AMRITSAR SMART CITY LIMITED

SCO – 21, 2nd Floor, District Shopping Complex, B-Block, Ranjit Avenue, Amritsar
143001 | Email: [email protected] | Tel: + 91- 183- 5015048

Detailed Project Report

For
Implementation & Maintenance of Smart Solutions
(Phase - I) in Amritsar City
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Proprietary Notice
This document contains confidential information of ASCL which is provided for the sole
purpose of permitting the recipient to evaluate the proposal submitted herewith. In
consideration of receipt of this document, the recipient agrees to maintain such information
in confidence and to not reproduce or otherwise disclose this information to any person
outside the group directly responsible for evaluation of its contents, except that there is no
obligation to maintain the confidentiality of any information which was known to the
recipient prior to receipt of such information from ASCL or becomes publicly known through
no fault of recipient, from ASCL or is received without obligation of confidentiality from a
third party owing no obligation of confidentiality to ASCL.

Disclaimer
This report is intended solely for the information and use of the management of Amritsar
Smart City Limited (ASCL), a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) Company incorporated under
Companies Act, 2013 implementing Smart City Projects in Amritsar City under Smart City
Mission of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), Govt. of India and is not intended to be
and should not be used by anyone other than the specified parties. Project Management
Consultant (PMC) therefore assumes no responsibility to any user of the report other than
Amritsar Smart City Limited (ASCL). Any other persons who choose to rely on our report
may do so entirely at their own risk. Amritsar Smart City Limited act as an implementation
agency on behalf of Punjab Municipal Infrastructure Development Company (PMIDC), a
State PSU under the Department of Local Government, Punjab for implementation of Smart
City projects under Smart City Mission (SCM) in Amritsar City.

Errors and Omissions

When reading this document if you identify any errors or omissions please advise the author
in writing, in 15 calendar days, giving a brief description of the problem, its location within
document and your contact details.

Confidentiality
This document contains privileged and confidential information pertaining to the “Selection
of Master System Integrator for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions (Phase
- I) in Amritsar City”. The access level for the document is specified above. The addressee
should honour access rights by preventing intentional or accidental access outside access
scope.

2|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Glossary of Terms
Abbreviation Description
AC Alternate Current
ACL Access Control List
AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
ANPR Automatic Number Plate Recognition
API Application Program Interface
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
ASCL Amritsar Smart City Limited
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOM Bill of Material
BOQ Bill of Quantity
BPDU Bridge Protocol Data Unit
CAD Computer Aided Dispatch
CCC Command and Control Centre
CCN Change Control Note
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CMOS Complementary metal–oxide–semiconductor
COC City Operations Centre
COD Chemical Oxygen demand
DC Data Centre
DC Direct Current
DG Diesel Generator
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DNS Domain Name System
DO Dissolved Oxygen
dpi dots per inch
DR Disaster Recovery
ECB Emergency Call Box
EMS Enterprise Management System
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
FRS Functional Requirement Specifications
Gbps Giga bits per second
GI Galvanized Iron
GIS Geographical Information Systems
GoI Government of India
GPRS General Packet Radio Services
GPS Global Positioning System
GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
GUI Graphical User Interface
HDD Hard Disk Drive
HTML Hyper Text Mark-up Language
HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure

3|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Abbreviation Description
HVAC Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning
ICCC Integrated Control & Command Centre
ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IGBT Insulated-gate Bipolar Transistor
IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol
IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol
INR Indian Rupee
iOS iPhone Operating System
IoT Internet of Things
IP Internet Protocol
IPS Intrusion Prevention System
IPsec Internet Protocol Security
IPv6 Internet Protocol version 6
ISE Ion Selective Electrodes
ISI Indian Standards Institute
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ISP Internet Service Provider
IST Indian Standard Time
ITIL Information Technology Infrastructure Library
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LDP Label Distribution Protocol
LED Light Emitting Diode
LIU Light Interface Unit
LLDP Link Layer Discovery Protocol
LOI Letter of Intent
LPU Local Processing Unit
MAC Municipal Corporation Amritsar
MAC Media Access Control
MCCB Moulded case Circuit Breaker
MIS Management Information System
MLD Multicast Listener Discovery
MoUD Ministry of Urban Development
MPLS Multi-Protocol Label Switching
MSI Master System Integrator
MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
MTU Maximum Transmission Unit
NAC Network Access Control

4|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Abbreviation Description
NAMP National Air Monitoring Programme
NAS Network-attached Storage
NAT Network Address Translation
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NOC Network Operations Center
NTP Network Time Protocol
OCR Optical Character Recognition
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OFC Optical Fiber Cable
ONVIF Open Network Video Interface Forum
P2P Point to Point
PAS Public Address System
PDU Power Distribution Unit
PMIDC Punjab Municipal Infrastructure Development Company
PoE Power over Ethernet
PSU Public Sector Unit
POP Point of Presence
PTZ Pan Tilt Zoom
PWM Pulse-width Modulation
QoS Quality of Service
RFC Request For Comment
RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances
RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
SAN Storage Area Network
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SD-WAN Software-defined Wide Area Network
SFP Small form-factor Pluggable
SFTP Shielded Foiled Twisted Pair
SLA Service Level Agreement
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SOAP Simple Object Access Protocol
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle
SRS Software Requirements Specification
SSH Secure Shell
SSL Secure Sockets Layer
STP Shielded Twisted Pair
TAN Total Ammonia Nitrogen
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TRAI Telecom Regulatory Authority of India
TSS Total Suspended Solids
UAT User Acceptance Testing

5|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Abbreviation Description
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
USB Universal Serial Bus
USD United States Dollar
VaMS Variable Message Signboards
VESDA Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VM Virtual Machine
VMS Video Management System
VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol
VPN Virtual Private Network
WAN Wide Area Network
Wi-Fi Wireless Fidelity
WSDL Web Service Description Language

6|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Table of Contents

Proprietary Notice ............................................................................................................................. 2

Disclaimer ......................................................................................................................................... 2
Glossary of Terms .............................................................................................................................. 3
Table of Contents .............................................................................................................................. 7
1. Project Background.................................................................................................................. 16
1.1 Smart City Mission ........................................................................................................... 16
1.2 Smart Cities in Punjab ...................................................................................................... 16
1.3 Project Background .......................................................................................................... 18
1.4 Project Implementation Phase ......................................................................................... 20
1.5 Project Stakeholders and their roles ................................................................................. 21
2. City Surveillance ...................................................................................................................... 23
2.1 Existing Solutions (As-Is Study) ......................................................................................... 23
2.1.1 Amritsar Police ......................................................................................................... 23
2.1.2 Existing Surveillance Camera Location Details ........................................................... 24
2.1.3 Existing Infrastructure Details ................................................................................... 29
2.2 ASCL requirement for Security Surveillance ...................................................................... 30
2.2.1 Requirement for Surveillance for Citizen................................................................... 30
2.2.2 Need of Security Surveillance in Amritsar City........................................................... 31
2.2.3 Amritsar Police intends to implement a city-wide Security Surveillance system with
the following objectives ........................................................................................................... 31
2.3 Air Quality Analyzer Sensor .............................................................................................. 33
2.3.1 Brief History of Punjab Pollution Control Board ........................................................ 33
2.3.2 Details about Punjab Air Laboratory ......................................................................... 33
2.3.3 List of Ambient Air Quality Stations (NAMP) in the State of Punjab ........................... 34
2.3.4 List of Ambient Air Quality Stations (NAMP) in the Rural Area of Punjab ................... 34
2.3.5 Functions of Punjab Pollution Control Board............................................................. 34
2.3.6 Comparative Values of RSPM, SO2 & NOx μg/m3 for the years 2013-2017 ............... 36
2.4 Online Waste-Water Quality Management System for Drainage Canals in Amritsar City... 39
2.4.1 Overview .................................................................................................................. 39
2.5 Communication Network ................................................................................................. 41
2.5.1 Geographical Scope .................................................................................................. 41
2.5.2 Existing Network Backbone ...................................................................................... 41
2.6 Integrated Command Control Centre ............................................................................... 42

7|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.6.1 IT Enablement of Emergency Systems in Amritsar..................................................... 42

2.6.2 Ambulance – Dial 108 ............................................................................................... 42
2.6.3 Fire ........................................................................................................................... 43
2.6.4 Dial 112 – Project in Amritsar ................................................................................... 43
3. Scope of Work ......................................................................................................................... 44
3.1 General Scope of Work..................................................................................................... 44
3.2 City Surveillance ............................................................................................................... 45
3.2.1 Installation of Standard and Cantilever GI Poles........................................................ 46
3.2.2 Outdoor Cabinets / Junction Boxes ........................................................................... 47
3.2.3 Civil and Electrical Works .......................................................................................... 48
3.2.4 Grounding, Earthing, Bonding and Surge Protection Measures ................................. 49
3.2.5 IP Camera Surveillance ............................................................................................. 49
3.2.6 Automatic Number Plate Recognition....................................................................... 50
3.3 Public Address system ...................................................................................................... 51
3.4 Emergency Call Box with Panic Button.............................................................................. 52
3.5 Air Quality Monitoring Stations ........................................................................................ 52
3.6 Online Waste Water Quality Monitoring System .............................................................. 53
3.7 Communication Network ................................................................................................. 54
3.7.1 General Guidelines ................................................................................................... 54
3.7.2 Leasing of Network ................................................................................................... 55
3.7.3 Fault Restoration Services ........................................................................................ 56
3.7.4 Examination of Finished Work .................................................................................. 58
3.7.5 System Security Safeguards and Risk Mitigation Strategy.......................................... 58
3.7.6 Commissioning of Active / Passive Equipment’s and Infrastructure ........................... 58
3.7.7 Training and Capacity Building .................................................................................. 59
3.8 Integrated Command Control Centre ............................................................................... 59
3.8.1 Setting up ICCC (Integrated Command Control Centre) ............................................. 60
3.8.1.1 Survey and Site Preparation...................................................................................... 60
3.8.1.2 Delivery .................................................................................................................... 60
3.8.1.3 Installation and Commissioning ................................................................................ 60
3.8.1.4 Acceptance Testing................................................................................................... 61
3.8.1.5 Manuals ................................................................................................................... 62
3.8.1.6 Product License ........................................................................................................ 62
3.8.1.7 Facility Management Services................................................................................... 62
3.8.1.8 Electrical System ...................................................................................................... 62
3.8.1.9 Diesel Generator ...................................................................................................... 63

8|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.8.1.10 UPS....................................................................................................................... 63
3.8.1.11 Cooling Systems or HVAC...................................................................................... 63
3.8.1.12 Integrated Building Management System ............................................................. 64
3.8.1.13 Other Infrastructure Management services .......................................................... 64
3.8.1.14 Other Infrastructure or Services ............................................................................ 65
3.8.1.15 Warranty and AMC ............................................................................................... 65
3.8.1.16 Transportation...................................................................................................... 65
3.8.1.17 Go Live of the project ........................................................................................... 65
3.9 City Operation Centre (COC) for Municipal Functions at ICCC ........................................... 66
3.10 Control and Command Centre (CCC) for Police Functions at ICCC ..................................... 66
3.11 Integration of ICCC with Dial 112 project .......................................................................... 67
3.12 Data Centre ...................................................................................................................... 68
3.12.1 Overall DC Architecture ............................................................................................ 68
3.12.2 ASCL Data Centre...................................................................................................... 69
3.12.3 Site Preparation........................................................................................................ 71
3.12.4 Setting up NOC (Network Operations Centre)/ SOC (Security Operations Centre) ..... 72
3.12.5 Disaster Recovery and DR Cloud ............................................................................... 73
3.12.6 Application Design, Development, Procurement, Delivery, Configuration,
Implementation, Testing, Commissioning, Operations & Maintenance .................................... 73
3.12.7 Compliance to SLA .................................................................................................... 80
3.12.8 Application Maintenance.......................................................................................... 80
3.12.9 Problem identification and Resolution ...................................................................... 81
3.12.10 Application Change & Version Control .................................................................. 81
3.12.11 Maintain configuration information ...................................................................... 81
3.12.12 Maintain configuration information ...................................................................... 82
3.12.13 Provide Change Control ........................................................................................ 82
3.12.14 Provision, deployment and supervision of manpower for Operations &
Maintenance of ASCL Smart Solutions...................................................................................... 82
3.13 Design and Implementation of Disaster Recovery Infrastructure for ICCC project ............. 82
3.13.1 Preparation of Disaster Recovery Operational Plan................................................... 85
3.13.2 Configure proposed solution for usage ..................................................................... 85
3.13.3 Periodic Disaster Recovery Plan Update.................................................................... 86
4. Detailed Costing of Integrated Command and Control Centre ....... Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.1 Details Cost (CAPEX + OPEX) .................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2 Total Manpower Cost ............................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.3 Total Overall Estimated Cost ................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.

9|P ag e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5. Project Implementation Timelines, Deliverables and Payment Terms ...................................... 87

6. Service Level Agreement.......................................................................................................... 90
6.1 Purpose............................................................................................................................ 90
6.2 Service Level Agreement & Targets .................................................................................. 90
6.3 Measurement & Target .................................................................................................... 91
6.4 Implementation SLA Matrix .............................................................................................. 92
6.5 Operations SLA Matrix ..................................................................................................... 94
6.5.1 Data Hosting & IT Infrastructure at ICCC ................................................................... 94
6.5.2 Communication Network.......................................................................................... 97
6.5.2.1 Performance levels for leased Network .................................................................... 97
6.5.3 Security SLA .............................................................................................................. 98
6.5.4 City Surveillance ....................................................................................................... 99
6.5.5 Environment Sensor ............................................................................................... 104
6.5.6 Water Quality Analyser........................................................................................... 105
6.5.7 Fleet Tracking ......................................................................................................... 107
7. Functional Requirement Specifications .................................................................................. 109
7.1 Field Infrastructure Functional Requirements................................................................. 109
7.2 City Surveillance ............................................................................................................. 109
7.2.1 Objectives of strengthening Security Surveillance ................................................... 109
7.2.2 Surveillance System Sub-Components .................................................................... 111
7.2.3 General Functional Requirements........................................................................... 112
7.2.4 Video Management & Recording System ................................................................ 113
7.2.5 Video Analytics ....................................................................................................... 121
7.2.5.1 Face Recognition System (FRS) ............................................................................... 129
7.2.5.2 Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) ......................................................... 132
7.2.5.3 Crowd Detection and People Counting in Camera View .......................................... 134
7.2.5.4 Privacy Masking...................................................................................................... 135
7.2.5.5 Un-Attended Objects .............................................................................................. 135
7.2.5.6 Vehicle Count ......................................................................................................... 136
7.2.5.7 Vehicle Detection and Tracking Techniques ............................................................ 136
7.2.5.8 Wrong way driving ................................................................................................. 137
7.2.5.9 Motion Detection Video Analytic ............................................................................ 137
7.2.5.10 Perimeter Protection .......................................................................................... 137
7.2.5.11 Congestion Detection ......................................................................................... 138
7.2.5.12 Video Management System (VMS)...................................................................... 138
7.3 Public Announcement (PA) System................................................................................. 143

10 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.4 Emergency Call Box (ECB) System ................................................................................... 145

7.5 Air Quality Monitoring System ....................................................................................... 145
7.6 Water Quality Analyser .................................................................................................. 146
7.7 Integrated Command Control Centre ............................................................................. 148
1.1.1 ICCC Platform Overview.......................................................................................... 148
7.7.1 ICCC Platform Functional Requirements ................................................................. 149
7.7.2 Network Operation Centre (NOC) Function Requirement ....................................... 151
7.7.3 Data Centre Functional Requirements .................................................................... 154
7.7.4 Cyber Security Framework...................................................................................... 155
7.7.4.1 Network Behaviour Analysis & Detection................................................................ 157
7.7.4.2 Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA).............................................. 158
7.7.4.3 Internal and Internet Firewalls................................................................................ 159
7.7.4.4 Intrusion Prevention system ................................................................................... 159
7.7.4.5 Web Security Solution ............................................................................................ 159
7.7.4.6 Anti-APT ................................................................................................................. 160
7.7.4.7 Web Application Firewall ........................................................................................ 160
7.7.5 Seating Capacity and IT/Non IT Equipment ............................................................. 160
7.7.6 Non IT - Civil Infrastructure: Guidelines and Specifications ...................................... 161
7.7.7 Non IT – Electrical Cabling: Guidelines and Specifications ....................................... 181
7.7.8 Non IT – Earthing Network: Guidelines and Specifications ...................................... 187
7.7.9 Non IT – Diesel Generator: Guidelines and Specifications ....................................... 190
7.7.10 Non IT – UPS: Guidelines and Specifications........................................................... 193
7.8 Communication Network ............................................................................................... 201
8. Technical Specifications Hardware ......................................................................................... 202
8.1 City Surveillance ............................................................................................................. 202
8.1.1 Standard GI Pole ..................................................................................................... 202
8.1.2 Cantilever GI Pole ................................................................................................... 202
8.1.3 Fixed Box Outdoor Camera - Face recognition, ANPR and General Surveillance ...... 203
8.1.4 Bullet Indoor Camera - Face recognition ................................................................. 205
8.1.5 360 Degree Panoramic Camera............................................................................... 208
8.1.6 PTZ Camera ............................................................................................................ 210
8.1.7 Public Address System with Integrated Audio Amplifier .......................................... 211
8.1.8 CAT 6 Cable ............................................................................................................ 213
8.1.9 IR illuminator.......................................................................................................... 214
8.1.10 Emergency Call Box with Panic Button .................................................................... 214
8.1.11 ANPR LPU (Inside Junction Box) .............................................................................. 215

11 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.1.12 Body Camera .......................................................................................................... 215

8.1.13 Docking System ...................................................................................................... 217
8.2 Environment Sensor ....................................................................................................... 217
8.2.1 Air Quality Monitoring Station ................................................................................ 217
8.2.2 Carbon Mono Oxide (CO) Sensor ............................................................................ 218
8.2.3 Ozone (O3) Sensor.................................................................................................. 218
8.2.4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Sensor ............................................................................... 219
8.2.5 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Sensor ................................................................................. 219
8.2.6 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor .................................................................................. 219
8.2.7 PM10 Sensor .......................................................................................................... 220
8.2.8 PM2.5 Sensor ......................................................................................................... 220
8.2.9 Noise Sensor........................................................................................................... 221
8.3 Fleet Tracking Unit ......................................................................................................... 221
8.4 Waste Water Sensor ...................................................................................................... 222
8.4.1 Multi-Parameter Smart Controller (Micro-Station) for COD, BOD, TOC, TSS, pH, DO,
NH4-N, Temperature, Oil and Grease parameters .................................................................. 222
8.4.2 Sensor Probe for BOD/COD/TOC/TSS ...................................................................... 224
8.4.3 Sensor Probe for DO (Dissolved Oxygen)................................................................. 225
8.4.4 Sensor Probe for Nitrate (NO3-N) and Ammonical Nitrogen (NH4-N) ...................... 226
8.4.5 Sensor Probe for pH and Temperature ................................................................... 228
8.4.6 Probe for Oil & Grease Analyser (Open Channel, Floating Type) .............................. 229
8.4.7 IEG with integrated 3G/4G communication capabilities with Cable and Other
Accessories ............................................................................................................................ 230
8.4.8 Field Enclosure / Panels for Waste water Quality Monitoring Stations / Controllers,
IEG 231
8.5 Network Backbone ......................................................................................................... 233
8.5.1 Electric Meter ......................................................................................................... 233
8.5.2 Industrial grade Field Layer-2 FE 8 port POE Switch ................................................ 237
8.5.3 Industrial grade Field Layer-2 FE 16 port POE Switch............................................... 239
8.5.4 Junction Box 1 KVA (Outdoor Utility Cabinet).......................................................... 239
8.5.5 Junction Box 2 KVA (Outdoor Utility Cabinet).......................................................... 241
8.6 Data Centre .................................................................................................................... 243
8.6.1 Surveillance Storage (1300 TB NL SAS Drives Usable Capacity) ................................ 243
8.6.2 SAN Switch ............................................................................................................. 244
8.6.3 Unified storage with SAN Switch (125TB for Video and Application Data) ............... 245
8.6.4 Blade Servers (Web, Application, Database, Platform Solutions etc.) ...................... 246

12 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.6.5 Rack - 42 U with necessary cabling.......................................................................... 247

8.6.6 Blade Chassis with Switch and virtual KVM ............................................................. 247
8.6.7 Internet Router ...................................................................................................... 249
8.6.8 Core Router ............................................................................................................ 252
8.6.9 Spine Switch ........................................................................................................... 254
8.6.10 Leaf (TOR) Switch ................................................................................................... 256
8.6.11 Internet Firewall ..................................................................................................... 258
8.6.12 Internal Firewall ..................................................................................................... 261
8.6.13 Web Security Appliance .......................................................................................... 264
8.6.14 L3 Switch ................................................................................................................ 268
8.6.15 24-Port PoE GE layer 2 Switch ................................................................................. 270
8.6.16 12-Port Layer 3 10G Switch (For Interconnecting) ................................................... 271
8.6.17 Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) Specification) ........................ 273
8.6.18 Network Behaviour Analysis ................................................................................... 276
8.6.19 SMS Gateway ......................................................................................................... 278
8.6.20 Fabric Controller..................................................................................................... 279
8.7 Generic IT Hardware ...................................................................................................... 282
8.7.1 Keyboard and Joystick ............................................................................................ 282
8.7.2 Video Wall .............................................................................................................. 283
8.7.3 PC – ICCC ................................................................................................................ 284
8.7.4 PC – DC & Help desk ............................................................................................... 284
8.7.5 Printer .................................................................................................................... 285
8.7.6 Desktop .................................................................................................................. 285
8.7.7 IP Camera Surveillance ........................................................................................... 286
8.8 Non - IT Hardware .......................................................................................................... 287
8.8.1 Fire Alarm System................................................................................................... 287
8.8.2 Rodent Repellent System........................................................................................ 290
8.8.3 Air-conditioned 2 Ton ............................................................................................. 290
8.8.4 Centralized Cooling System..................................................................................... 291
8.8.5 HVAC – PAC ............................................................................................................ 292
8.8.6 Transformer ........................................................................................................... 296
8.8.7 LT Distribution Panel .............................................................................................. 304
8.8.8 Lighting .................................................................................................................. 306
8.8.9 Diesel Generator 250KVA ....................................................................................... 307
8.8.10 UPS 60 KVA ............................................................................................................ 309
8.8.11 UPS 20 KVA ............................................................................................................ 310

13 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.8.12 Projector ................................................................................................................ 311

8.9 Helpdesk Hardware ........................................................................................................ 312
8.9.1 IP phone ................................................................................................................. 312
8.9.2 IP PBX (Call Control System).................................................................................... 313
8.9.3 Soft Phone .............................................................................................................. 314
8.9.4 IVR & ACD .............................................................................................................. 317
8.10 Variable Message Display (VMD) Board .......................................................................... 319
9. Technical Specifications Software .......................................................................................... 320
9.1 Integrated Command Control Centre ............................................................................. 320
9.1.1 Video wall management Software .......................................................................... 320
9.2 Data Centre - Software ................................................................................................... 321
9.2.1 Integrated Command & Control Centre (ICCC) Platform.......................................... 321
9.2.2 Enterprise Content Management System / Document Management System .......... 331
9.2.3 EMS and Network Monitoring System .................................................................... 334
9.2.4 Identity Access Management Software (IAM) ......................................................... 340
9.2.5 Directory Services ................................................................................................... 340
9.2.6 Backup Software .................................................................................................... 340
9.2.7 Antivirus Solutions.................................................................................................. 341
9.2.8 Automation and Orchestration Solution ................................................................. 342
9.2.9 Compute Virtualization Solution (Compute)............................................................ 342
9.2.10 Network and Security Virtualization ....................................................................... 344
9.2.11 Building Management System ................................................................................ 345
9.2.12 Central Environment System .................................................................................. 347
9.2.13 Video Management System .................................................................................... 348
9.2.14 Video Analytics ....................................................................................................... 352
9.2.15 Face Recognition System Software ......................................................................... 354
9.2.16 ANPR Software ....................................................................................................... 356
9.2.17 Body Camera Software License ............................................................................... 360
9.2.18 Public Announcement Software License ................................................................. 361
9.2.19 Fleet Tracking Software .......................................................................................... 363
9.2.20 OWQMS Web Application ...................................................................................... 364
9.2.21 Anti-Virus Solution.................................................................................................. 365
9.2.22 Web based Helpdesk & Incident Management Software with Application / Platform /
OS Licenses ............................................................................................................................ 366
9.3 Disaster Recovery Infrastructure Software ..................................................................... 379
10. Annexure I: Indicative Bill of Material........................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.

14 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

11. Annexure II: IP Camera Locations ....................................................................................... 381

12. Annexure III: Air Quality Monitoring Station Locations ....................................................... 409
13. Annexure IV: Water Quality Analyzer ................................................................................. 409
14. Annexure V: Manpower Requirements .............................................................................. 410
14.1 Manpower/Resource Requirements for Operations & Maintenance of Smart Solutions in
Amritsar City.............................................................................................................................. 410
14.1.1 Project Manager - IT Infrastructure ......................................................................... 410
14.1.2 Technical Lead ........................................................................................................ 411
14.1.3 System Admin - L2 .................................................................................................. 411
14.1.4 Network Admin - L2 ................................................................................................ 412
14.1.5 Security Specialist - L2 ............................................................................................ 412
14.1.6 DB Administrator - L2 ............................................................................................. 412
14.1.7 Video Analyst / IP camera Surveillance Expert - L3 .................................................. 413
14.1.8 Software Developer (Full Stack Developer) - L3 ....................................................... 413
14.1.9 Support Engineer – L1............................................................................................. 414
14.1.10 Electrical Maintenance Engineer ......................................................................... 414
14.1.11 HVAC Technician................................................................................................. 414
14.1.12 EMS Support Engineer – L2 ................................................................................. 415
14.1.13 BMS Support Engineer – L2 ................................................................................. 415
14.1.14 Helpdesk Staff .................................................................................................... 415
14.1.15 Security Staff ...................................................................................................... 416
15. Annexure VI: Location Details of Public Address System ..................................................... 417
16. Annexure VII: Location Details of Public Address System .................................................... 418
17. Annexure VIII: Indicative ICCC Room Layout ....................................................................... 420

15 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

1. Project Background

1.1 Smart City Mission

Smart City Mission was launched by Hon’ble Prime Minister of India in June 2015. The Smart
City Mission envisages interventions in across 98 cities in the country over a period of 5
years i.e. Mission Period 2015-2020. Government of India will give a Grant of Rs.100 Crore
per city for 5 years. Smart cities Selection is through competition after evaluation of the
Smart City Proposals (SCP) prepared through Intense Citizen Consultation by the cities by
a Panel of Experts put in place by MoUD, GoI.

The strategic components of Area-based Development (ABD) in the Smart Cities Mission are
city improvement (retrofitting), city renewal (redevelopment) and city extension (Greenfield
development) plus a Pan-city initiative in which Smart Solutions are applied covering larger
parts of the city.

The Mission aims to development, design, build and operationalize smart and innovative
solutions across core city infrastructures including:

· Adequate water supply and Assured electricity supply.

· Sanitation, including solid waste management
· Efficient urban mobility and public transport
· Affordable housing, especially for the poor
· Robust IT connectivity and digitalization
· Good governance, especially e-governance and citizen participation
· Sustainable environment
· Safety and security of citizens, particularly women, children and the elderly
· Health and education

1.2 Smart Cities in Punjab

Following cities of Punjab are under Smart Cities Mission of Ministry of Urban Development
(MoUD), Govt. of India:
· Amritsar
· Ludhiana
· Jalandhar

Name of the City Brief Background

Amritsar is the historically also known as Ramdaspur and
colloquially as Ambarsar, in north-western India is major
trading and commercial centre in the Majha region of the Indian
state of Punjab. The city is situated 217 km northwest of state
Amritsar Smart City
capital Chandigarh and 455 km northwest of Delhi. It is near
Pakistan, with the Wagah Border being only 28 km away. The
closest major city is Lahore, the second largest city in Pakistan,
located 50 km to the west.

16 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Name of the City Brief Background

Amritsar is a major spiritual and cultural centre for Sikh
religion. Amritsar is home to the Harmandir Sahib (commonly
known as the Golden Temple), which is one of the India’s
biggest tourist’s attraction. More than 2.5 crore tourists
visited Amritsar in year 2016, wherein apart from the Golden
Temple, Wagah Border and other historic places attract
tourists throughout the year.
Walled city area (>950 acres) is selected for Retrofit-
Redevelopment through desk research, analysis, meetings
with public representatives, prominent citizens and citizen’s
engagement. The total area of walled city is of the order of 350
hectares, approximately of about 2.4 Km. in length and 1.5
Km. of width. It houses nearly 1/6th of the population of
district Amritsar.
Ludhiana is the largest city in the Punjab with an area of 310
sq.km and an estimated population of 1,618,879 as of the
2011 census. It is an industrial centre of northern India, and
was referred to as India's Manchester by the BBC. The city
stands on the Sutlej River's old bank, 13 kilometres south of its
present course. Ludhiana is located 107 kilometres west of the
state capital Chandigarh on NH 95 and is centrally located on
Ludhiana Smart City National Highway 1, which runs from the Indian capital New
Delhi to Amritsar. It is also located 315 km north of Delhi and
142 km southeast of Amritsar.

AREA BASED DEVELOPMENT (ABD) Area Selected- Ferozepur

Road Area: Rose Garden, Ghumar Mandi, Bhaibala Chowk
(retrofitting) - Population (38,000 - projected 2017) - Area
(790 acres)
Jalandhar is the leading sports & manufacturing hub in Asia.
Jalandhar is the oldest inhabited major city in the Indian state
of Punjab. In recent times the city has undergone rapid
urbanisation and has developed into a highly industrialised
centre of commerce. Jalandhar is 144 km northwest of
Jalandhar Smart City
Chandigarh, the state capital of Punjab and Haryana

AREA BASED DEVELOPMENT (ABD) Area Selected Burlton

Park & Adjoining Area - Population (73,260) – Area (1010
acres)

17 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

1.3 Project Background

With the objective to usher Technology-led Transformation which would help in

transforming Amritsar into a Safe and Smart sustainable City. ASCL has identified below
mentioned identified ICT led Smart City Initiatives:

Area Based Development Projects1

Area Based Development Project Components as per Smart City Proposal

S. No. Module Name Project Components

1. Road Development

2. No Parking Zones with Smart Parking

3. Transport and Mobility Pedestrian Friendly Roads

4. Module Real Time Air Monitoring

5. Last Mile connectivity with e-Rickshaw

6. Cycle Sharing System

Smart Power Grid for 24x7 Un-Interrupted Power

7.
Supply & Improved Efficiency

Micro Grid Monitoring by replacing Existing

8. Assured Electricity Supply Meters with Smart Meters
System
9. Smart LED Street Lights

Undergrounding of Electrical Overhead Cables to

10.
improve Streetscapes

11. 24x7 Water Supply System with SCADA Sensors

12. Water Supply, Waste 100% Smart Water Metering

13. Water and Sanitation Reuse of Recycled Waste Water

14. Strom Water Drainage with Channelization

15. 100% Collection and Segregation

16. Smart Garbage Bins

17. Solid Waste Management Mechanical Sweeping

Economical Transportation and Scientific

18.
Disposal of Waste

Re-inventing available hierarchy of Urban

Open Space and Visibility
19. Spaces (60 No's) as attractive Public spaces for
Improvement
Recreational Areas

1
Projects identified in the Smart City Proposal (SCP)

18 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Area Based Development Project Components as per Smart City Proposal

S. No. Module Name Project Components

Re-inventing available Spaces along with Circular

20. Roads as Attractive Public Spaces for
Recreational Areas

Conversion of Sakatri & Gol Bagh into thematic

21.
Cultural Destination

22. Construction of Tourist Assistance Centre

23. Creating Public Squares as Open Theatres

24. Refurbishment of Peripheral wall of walled city

Development of Smart Mobile App for Municipal

25.
Services for the Citizens

E-Governance and Citizen Cameras with fully Equipped Operation Control

26.
Services Rooms for Walled City Area

Mobile Based Exploratory App for Ease of

27.
Tourists

Re-development of Town Hall into Socio-Cultural

28.
Re-creational Centre

Re-Development of Public Decongestion of walled city whole Sale Trade

29.
Amenities Cluster to City Periphery

30. Improved Green Cover in Walled City

31. Innovative Use of Open Spaces

Moving polluting wholesale Clusters Outside the

32.
Walled City
Relocation of polluting
Skill Development Centers to promote brand
33. Dense Urban Clusters
"Amritsari"
from Core Area
Affordable Housing Units on Mix Use
34.
Development

Pan City Solution Projects2

Pan City Project Components as per Smart City Proposal

S. No. Module Name Project Components

1. Traffic and Mobility Intelligent Traffic Management System

2
Projects identified in the Smart City Proposal (SCP)

19 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Pan City Project Components as per Smart City Proposal

S. No. Module Name Project Components

2. IP Based Video Surveillance System

3. Variable message Sign Board

4. Intelligent Parking

5. E-Rickshaws

6. BRTS with Disabled friendly buses

7. Smart Street lighting

8. Cycle Tracks and NMT

Door to Door Collection System with 24x7

9.
Control System

10. Segregation at Source

11. Intelligent Smart Bins

Intelligent Solid Waste
12. Management Waste Transport Routing Map

13. GPS based Vehicle Tracking System

14. Weight Bridge Facility

15. Waste to Energy Sites with ZERO Waste Status

16. Command and Control Centre

Public Grievance Redressal through Online

17.
E-Governance Platform

Tourist Destinations Through One Single

18.
Application

Piped Local Gas Network Piped Gas network for Household and
19.
Distribution System Commercial usages

1.4 Project Implementation Phase

S. No. Project Description Phase

1. City Surveillance Phase I

2. Environment Sensor Phase I
3. Integrated Command and Command Centre Phase I
4. Fiber Optic Network (Lease) Phase I
5. Public Wi-Fi Network Phase I
6. Solid Waste Management Phase I
7. Integrated Traffic Management System Phase II and Beyond
9. Tourist Destinations Through One Single Application Phase II and Beyond

20 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Project Description Phase

10. Variable message Sign Board Phase II and Beyond

11. Development of Smart Mobile App for Municipal Phase II and Beyond
Services for the Citizens
11. 100% Smart Water Metering Phase II and Beyond
12. Micro Grid Monitoring by replacing Existing Meters Phase II and Beyond
with Smart Meters
13. Last Mile connectivity with e-Rickshaw Phase II and Beyond
14. E-Governance for general citizen Phase II and Beyond
1.5 Project Stakeholders and their roles

The project envisages involvement of multiple stakeholders; some of them would be

common for all the smart city solutions while some of them would be solution specific. The
snapshot of key stakeholders and their high-level roles are presented below:

S. No Stake Holder Roles & Responsibilities

· To provide overall guidance and approach for
implementation & execution of the project.
· To Monitor the project on routine basis and take critical
decisions
Amritsar
· Provide acceptance of all Solutions implemented by MSI
1. Smart City
· To Provide requirements relating to the project
limited
· Acceptance of all Solutions implemented by MSI
· To Provide requisite approvals like site preparation for
installation of networks ducts and provisioning permission
for right-of-way

21 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No Stake Holder Roles & Responsibilities

· To provide network and bandwidth requirement for
implementation of all identified solutions
· To assist in collation and identification about information
pertaining to locations regarding implementation of CCTV
Surveillance, Environment sensor, Water Quality Analyzer
and Network Connectivity

· Provide necessary information pertaining to design,

development and implementation of Integrated Command
Departments / and Control Centre and CCTV Camera.
Agencies · Support and coordination for implementation of various
2. smart city initiatives at Amritsar
(Government
Stakeholders) · Provide requisite approvals as and when required
· Participate in the project implementation and provide
necessary feedback

· To provide inputs on critical infrastructure & rules etc.

· To deploy resources at Command and Control Centre
Amritsar · To inform and share the identified locations for the
3. Police installation of cameras
Department · To inform type of cameras, number of cameras and lat/long
details etc.
· To be trained on the new system

· To provide inputs on critical infrastructure & rules etc.

Punjab · To inform and share the identified locations for the
4. Pollution installation of Water Sensors and Water Quality Analyzer
control Board · To be trained on the new system

· Provide feedback on their ideas and apprehensions on the

5. Citizens systems

It is endeavoured that future smart city initiatives can leverage on this foundation
components to provide services to citizens of Amritsar.

22 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2. City Surveillance

2.1 Existing Solutions (As-Is Study)

2.1.1 Amritsar Police

Punjab Police has had an extremely proud history and the legend of keeping duty before
self. Even before Independence, Punjab Police had a name in the country for effective
policing and this has been continuously improving through the personal examples of its
leadership supported by great traditions, discipline, and highly professional attitude.

The emergence of Punjab Police as a separate organization is a post 1861 development,

which took place after the British annexation of Punjab in 1849. In about 150 years of its
existence, the police force in the state has faced many difficult phases. The onus of handling
law and order has always been a challenge before the police mainly because of the inherent
martial traditions prevailing in the state.

Setting up of the Police Training School at Phillaur in 1891, and later the introduction of
finger print section has been among the achievements of the Punjab Police.

Organization chart of Amritsar Police department are shown in the below hierarchy

23 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.1.2 Existing Surveillance Camera Location Details

There are 202 cameras (200 Fixed and 2 PTZ) which are currently installed at 40 different
locations across the Amritsar City. These cameras are monitored through 6 isolated control
centres by Amritsar Police.

Existing Camera Camera Type

Location of the
S. No. Command Quantity 2 MP
Cameras 2 MP 1MP
Centre (Nos.) PTZ
1 - -
- 1 -
1. Basant Avenue Market 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
Lawrence Road 1 -
Police Chowki - 1 -
2. Income Tax Chowk 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 -
3. Rialto Chowk 5
- 1 -

24 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Existing Camera Camera Type

Location of the
S. No. Command Quantity 2 MP
Cameras 2 MP 1MP
Centre (Nos.) PTZ
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
4. Lawrence cross Road 6
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
DAV College / Lawrence
5. 3 1 - -
Road
1 - -
- 1 -
- 1 -
6. Purani Chungi 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
Thasundera singh
7. 5 - 1 -
Chowk
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
8. Mall road School 3 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
9. Trillium Mall Junction 3 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
10. Ratan singh Chowk 5 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
11. ESI Cross Road 5 1 - -
Sardar Police
1 - -
Station
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Fatehgarh
1 - -
12. Chudiyanghar 6
1 - -
Circle
1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -
- 1 -
13. 88 Feet Road entry 4
- 1 -
- 1 -

25 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Existing Camera Camera Type

Location of the
S. No. Command Quantity 2 MP
Cameras 2 MP 1MP
Centre (Nos.) PTZ
- 1 -
- 1 -
14. 88 Feet Exit 4
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 -
- 1 -
15. Kabir Marg 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
16. Verka By-pass 5 1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
17. Majitha By-pass 6
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Makhan Restaurant 1 - -
18. 6
Chowk 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -
19. Crystal Chowk 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
20. Civil Line Police 4SS Chowk 5 - 1 -
Station - 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
21. Joshi Colony Market 5 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Circular Road (opposite
22. 5 1 - -
TSPCL office)
1 - -
- 1 -
Musta Chowk (Bagh 1 - -
23. 5
chowk) 1 - -

26 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Existing Camera Camera Type

Location of the
S. No. Command Quantity 2 MP
Cameras 2 MP 1MP
Centre (Nos.) PTZ
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -
- 1 -
24. Gala Mala Marg 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 -
- 1 -
25. Gopal Mandir Chowk 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
. 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
26. Hussain Pura Chowk 6
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
27. Kichlu Chowk 6
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -
28. District Shopping Centre 7 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- - 1
1 - -
Suvidha Centre 1 - -
- 1 -
29. C - Block market 6
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
30. Green Avenue Market 5 - 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
1 - -
31. Amrit nal Bagh 5 1 - -
1 - -
- 1 -

27 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Existing Camera Camera Type

Location of the
S. No. Command Quantity 2 MP
Cameras 2 MP 1MP
Centre (Nos.) PTZ
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
32. Gumtala By-pass 6
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Railway Station entry
33. 5 1 - -
point
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Railway Station exit
34. 5 1 - -
ADCP office point
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
UCO Bank (or petrol 1 - -
35. 6
pump) 1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
Railway Station entry /
36. 5 1 - -
exit, B/H
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
1 - -
37. Bhandhari Bridge 6
1 - -
1 - -
- - 1
Durgiyana - 1 -
Police Station - 1 -
- 1 -
38. Hall Gate 6
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
- 1 -
Durgiyana Mandir (Hathi
39. 5 - 1 -
chowk)
- 1 -
- 1 -
1 - -
40. Durgiyana New Entrance 2
- 1 -
Total 120 80 2

28 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

The key objective of real-time feeds from all cameras installed at these locations have to be
integrated with the ICCC as part of scope of this project. The storage of video shall remain
at local monitoring control rooms. The scope of software integration between ICCC and local
monitoring stations shall include retrieval of video over the network for analytics and real-
time viewing on video wall at ICCC. The MSI shall integrate with existing Video Management
and Recording servers for achieving this functionality. Apart from above, the existing
infrastructure integration, new surveillance infrastructure shall be installed at Pan-City level
along with requisite software at the ICCC as part of this project.

2.1.3 Existing Infrastructure Details

Quantity
S. No. Product Description Make and Model
(Nos.)
1. Fixed Camera 2 MP Axis M1125-E 120
2. Fixed Camera 1 MP Axis M1124-E 80
3. PTZ Camera 2 MP Axis P56 2
Services Machine with Windows Lenovo RD450 with Windows
4. 6
Server 2012 64 bits R2 OS Server 2012 64 bits R2 OS
Video Management Software Base
Genetics (GSC-Om-S)
5. License with SMA STANDARD 6
including SMA
Licenses
6. Video Management Camera license Genetics (GSC-Om-S-1C) 202
7. 4TB HDD Lenovo 42
8. HDMI Cable Standard 6
9. 22” Desktop Monitors LG 22MP58 6
10. 24U Server Rack Schneider 6
11. 2 KVA online UPS Eaton 2000INXL 6
12. Outdoor Junction Box – Metal RIttal AE 1350.500 40
13. Outdoor Junction box – Fiber SIntex 4030 40
14. Voltage Stabilizers Accurate 1000VA 40
15. Outdoor Network Cable Cat 6 DIGILINK 15000
16. Power cable Polycab 5000
17. 24 port loaded Patch Panel DIGILINK 6
18. Cat 6 Patch Cord 1 Mtr DIGILINK 60
19. Cat 6 Patch Cord 1 Mtr DIGILINK 30
20. Core Switch Netgear GS724T 6
21. Field Switches Netgear GS110TP 41
Tower for mounting Wireless
22. Fabricated 6
Equipment
23. 6 m Poles Fabricated 40
24. Wireless Access points Radios UBNT R5AC-PTMP 12
25. Access Points Antennas UBNT AM-5AC21-60 12
26. Wireless Radios UBNT PBE-5AC-500 55

29 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.2 ASCL requirement for Security Surveillance

2.2.1 Requirement for Surveillance for Citizen

Protecting citizens and ensuring public safety is one of the topmost priority of any
Government. Governments and law enforcement agencies require advanced security
solutions to effectively fight threats from activities of terrorism, organized crime,
vandalism, burglary, random acts of violence, and all other forms of crime. Video
surveillance is a fitting solution to commence the journey of government and law
enforcement agencies in implementing advanced security for public safety.

As elaborated in earlier sections, the Vision of Amritsar Smart City specifies building of
world-class infrastructure using smart elements. Further, the big picture and envisioned
future-state of Amritsar Smart City identifies implementation of infrastructure-intensive
smart solutions; Security Surveillance being one of the infrastructure-intensive smart
solutions. The envisaged Security Surveillance System is expected to monitor citizens
through strategically placed sensors throughout the City, which can collect data regarding
many different factors such as crime prevention, object / person identification, and so on.
It is also envisaged that the video inputs from few sensors implemented as part of Security
Surveillance System can be provided for monitoring civic functions like energy use and
waste reduction. The proposed Security Surveillance System can not only facilitate better
law enforcement and urban planning, and but also allow all stakeholders of the Smart City
Project to tailor their services to requirements and expectation of beneficiaries.
Proposed Security Surveillance System can be designed to accumulate intelligence through
data collection strategies key to intelligence-based policing, and through extensive CCTV
installations, and crime prediction software. This set-up can aid in significantly improving
the type and volume of information that is relied upon by law enforcement authorities when
dealing with crimes.
Commissioning of the proposed Security Surveillance System can involve setting up of IP
based outdoor security cameras, installed across different locations of strategic importance
throughout Amritsar City. The system can have the ability to monitor, detect and record
any criminal activities including theft, traffic violations etc.
Video surveillance data from cameras deployed at critical areas can be stored, monitored
and analysed at Integrated Command and Control Centre of ASCL.

The servers, storage devices and core network components for computing, processing and
storage of data, and analysis can be housed in the Data Centre for Integrated Command and
Control Centre for ASCL, which would be set up to cater to the requirements of the solution.

Detect Assess Respond Resolve

30 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.2.2 Need of Security Surveillance in Amritsar City

The word surveillance came from a French phrase for "watching over" ("sur" means "from
above" and "veiller" means "to watch").
Surveillance is monitoring of the behaviour, activities, or other changing information;
usually of people, for protecting people. Surveillance is used by governments and law
enforcement agencies for intelligence gathering of data, prevention of crime, protection of
citizens and for investigation of crime. Following details highlight the need for Security
Surveillance system in Amritsar City:
I. Conventional law enforcement mechanism has not been able to keep pace with
rapid urbanization
II. There has been an asymmetric growth in City population and vehicular traffic
III. Change in behavioural pattern of crimes
IV. Increase in traffic violations and related crime
V. Lack of technology intervention to address all of the above
VI. Limitation in manpower to address security needs of the city
VII. Lack of emergency response mechanism

2.2.3 Amritsar Police intends to implement a city-wide Security Surveillance system

with the following objectives

Traffic Monitoring3

3
https://www.hindustantimes.com/punjab/fee-row-parents-block-bhandari-bridge-in-amritsar-for-
6-hours-cause-traffic-jam/story-FRYVW8H7HkfLHVLmjj3BFP.html

31 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Crime Surveillance4

Post Incident Analysis

Crowd Management5

4
https://www.amarujala.com/photo-gallery/chandigarh/crime/bathinda-girl-brutally-murdered-by-
her-boyfriend-at-his-farm
5
http://www.tribuneindia.com/2011/20110330/aplus.htm

32 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.3 Air Quality Analyzer Sensor

2.3.1 Brief History of Punjab Pollution Control Board

The Punjab Pollution Control Board was constituted in the year 1975 vide Punjab
Government Notification No. 6186-BR II (4) 75/24146 dated 30.07.1975, after the
enactment of Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 to preserve the
wholesomeness of water. Subsequently, with the enactment of other environmental laws
the responsibility to implement the provisions of such laws was also entrusted to the Punjab
Pollution Control Board in the State of Punjab.

2.3.2 Details about Punjab Air Laboratory

Ambient Air Quality is monitored at 28 locations including 4 rural area stations in Punjab
under National Air Monitoring Programme (NAMP) for 24 hrs. thrice a week. The monitoring
of ambient air is carried out in the cities i.e. Patiala, Bathinda, Dera Bassi, Amritsar,
Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Khanna, Mandi Gobindgarh Dera Baba Nanak, Batala and Naya Nangal.
These stations have been set up for monitoring Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
(PM10), Sulphide dioxide (SO2) and oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). Four stations have been set
up in Rural Areas in village Rasulpur (Dist. Amritsar), Village Gangsar (Distt. Sangrur),
Village Himmatpura (Distt. Faridkot) and Village Mukandpur (Dist. S.B.S Nagar) to monitor
the impact of burning of agricultural residue on the ambient air quality there which are the
first ever stations installed in the country.

The ambient air quality monitoring data of all these stations are being sent to the Central
Pollution Control Board through EDB/Excel format regularly by air laboratory. This
monitoring is financed by Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.

During the year 2013-2014 the Board monitored the Ambient Air Quality by collecting
41480 ambient air samples.

Head office Air Laboratory carries out stack sample monitoring of regional offices
Fatehgarh sahib, Patiala, Sangrur, Bathinda, Faridkot & Nodal Office, Mohali.

Eleven nos. laboratories (10 private +1 Govt.) have been recognized by the Board and work
concerning approval of laboratories is carried out by air lab. The laboratories approved by
the Board can be perused at the link-Private laboratories approved by the Board.

33 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.3.3 List of Ambient Air Quality Stations (NAMP) in the State of Punjab

S. No. Name of Station

1. R.O. Building Amritsar
2. Vinod Chilling Centre, Amritsar
3. Golden Temple, Amritsar
4. Milk Plant, Bathinda
5. C-Pyte, Dera Baba Nanak
6. Winsome Yarn Ltd., Barwala Road, DeraBassi
7. PCPL, Dera Bassi
8. R.O.Jalandhar
9. Punjab Maltex, Sports &Sugical Complex, JDR
10. Focal Point, Jalandhar
11. MC Tubewell, JDR now Zonal Office, JDR
12. A.S. Senior Secondary School, Khanna
13. Markfed, Khanna
14. Milk Plant, Ludhiana
15. Rita Sewing Machine/ JBR, Ludhiana
16. VishvakarmaChowk, Ludhiana
17. Zonal Office, Ludhiana
18. Raj Steel, Mandi Gobindgarh
19. Modi Oil, Mandi Gobindgarh
20. United steel, Mandi Gobindgarh
21. NFL, Naya Nangal
22. PACL, Naya Nangal
23. Ceylon Industries, Patiala
24. Fire Brigade Station, Patiala
25. R.O Building, Batala

2.3.4 List of Ambient Air Quality Stations (NAMP) in the Rural Area of Punjab

S. No. Name of Station

1. Gurudwara Gangsar, Vill. Gangsar,Distt.Sangrur
2. Viilage .Himmatpura, Distt .Faridkot
3. Viilage .Rasulpur, Distt .Amritsar
4. Viilage Mukandpur, Distt. SBS Nagar

2.3.5 Functions of Punjab Pollution Control Board

2.3.5.1Pollution Control Regulatory functions

I. To inspect industrial plants and manufacturing process, sewage or trade effluents,

works and plants for the treatment of sewage and trade effluent or any control

34 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

equipment, to review plans, specifications or other data relating to plants set up

for effluent treatment or air pollution control devices, in connection with the issue
consents for installation and operation of industrial plant and to give, such
directions to such persons as it may consider necessary to take steps for the
prevention and control or abatement of water or air pollution.
II. To ensure that hazardous wastes generated by the industry are stored and
disposed of without any detrimental effect to the environment.

2.3.5.2Pollution Assessment

I. To assess the quality of water of rivers, streams, wells & ambient air in the State &
to plan a comprehensive Programme for the prevention, control & abatement of
pollution.
II. Laying Down Standards for Effluent and Emissions
III. To lay down, modify or annual effluent standards for the sewage and trade
effluents and for the quality of receiving waters resulting from the discharge of
effluents and for the emissions of air pollutants into the atmosphere from industrial
plants and automobiles.
IV. Research & Development including setting up of the demonstration plants
V. To encourage, conduct and participate in investigations and research relating to
problems of water & air pollution and prevention, control or abatement thereof and
to evolve economical and reliable methods of treatment of sewage and trade
effluents, having regard to peculiar conditions of soils, climate and water resources
of different regions.
VI. To evolve method of utilization of sewage & trade effluents on land for agricultural
purposes.

2.3.5.3Environment Awareness Programme

I. To collect and disseminate information relating to water and air pollution and
prevention, control or abatement thereof.
II. To collaborate with Central Board in organizing the training of persons engaged or
to be engaged in program relating to prevention, control or abatement of water
and air pollution and to organize mass education programs relating thereto.

2.3.5.4Advisory Role

I. To advise the State Government on any matter concerning the prevention control
or abatement of water and air pollution.

2.3.5.5Establishment Laboratories

I. To establish or recognize laboratories for analysing of sample of sewage or trade

effluent & air emission into the atmosphere.

35 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.3.6 Comparative Values of RSPM, SO2 & NOx μg/m3 for the years 2013-2017

Station Name: M/s Vinod Milk Chilling Centre, Amritsar

Station Name: M/s Nagina Soap Factory, Amritsar shifted to Focal Point, R.O.

36 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Amritsar SO2 Annual Avg. Conc. Amritsar NO2 Annual Avg. Conc.

Amritsar RSPM Annual Avg. Conc.

2.3.6.1Monitoring Of Ambient Air Quality & Noise Levels during Festival Days

Festivals in India are celebrated with great festivity, fervour and enthusiasm. Every festival
has its own importance at a particular point of time. Public participation is must to keep its
fervour. From Dushehra to Diwali, people enjoy these two occasions by using crackers and
try to outdo each other. Ambient Air Quality and Noise levels are bound to increase on these
days. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Respiratory SPM, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and above all, Noise have been widely recognized as major
environmental menace in the urban densely populated areas. The annoyance and the
consequent adverse health impact of these parameters are well documented. Noise
generated from various activities in the cities on these festival days and bursting of high
intensity crackers are of serious environmental concern in the Country both from the point
of view of public annoyance and public health.

During the period 2013-2014, the Board conducted a study about the impact of Diwali day
celebration on the environment particularly on the quality of air with respect to the
suspended particulate matter (SPM), obnoxious gases like nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur
dioxides (SO2) and high noise levels.

37 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) samples were collected in each day for 24
hrs. on a 4 hourly basis as per Punjab Pollution Control Board, timings for the NAAQM
stations in residential, commercial and sensitive areas in Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Amritsar,
Patiala and Mandi Gobindgarh. Noise was monitored during Diwali days i.e. for 6 hrs. (18.00
hours to 24.00 hours) on an hourly average basis at night when the bursting of crackers is
expected.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 24 Hourly Average Values of RSPM, SO2& NOx (μg/m3)

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 24 Hourly Average Values of RSPM, SO2& NOx (μg/m3)

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 24 Hourly Average Values of RSPM, SO2 & NOx (μg/m3)

38 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.4 Online Waste-Water Quality Management System for Drainage Canals in

Amritsar City

2.4.1 Overview

Amritsar falls under the catchment of Hudiara drain which flows in the north of the city and
moves downwards before entering into Pakistan. The storm water of the city of Amritsar is
carried through following two main drains being maintained by drainage division of Irrigation
department:
I. Tung Dhab drain
II. City Outfall drain

The overall drainage system of the city of Amritsar has been presented in below figure

39 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.4.1.1Tungdhab Drain

The Tungdhab drain flowing in the northern side of Amritsar city along the Northern Bypass
is an important drain originating from north east of the city and finally merging with Hudiara
drain flowing in the west of Amritsar LPA. Along its course, it covers many areas/villages
such as Pandori, Verka, Othian, Khan Kot, KotMit Singh, Sultanwind, etc. Tungdhab drain is
also carrying untreated industrial and sewage effluents and other waste materials, dense
weeds, shrubs, silts & mud and is extremely polluted. The flow of drain is moderately high
in its downstream side and along its course, spreads strong odour and nuisance towards
concerned residential areas within the LPA. As per visual observations, colour of the water
is brick red having strong odour with high turbidity level.

2.4.1.2City Outfall Drain

The walled city falls under the catchment of city outfall drain as highlighted in below figure.
As seen the figure, there are two drain flowing around the walled city of the Amritsar town
I. Drain starting from city centre passing through old Sabji Mandi, Durgiana Mandir,
and Hindustan Basti up to city outfall drain.
II. Drain starting from Amritsar Jalandhar Railway line passing through East Mohan
Nagar, Tarn Taran road Gujjar pura up to city out fall drain.

The drains before discharging into City outfall is being maintained by Municipal Corporation
of Amritsar

40 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Primary objective of the Online Water Quality Management System (OWQMS) for drainage
canals in Amritsar city under the smart city program is to monitor the quality of waste-water
in the drainage canals and monitor effluent treatment measures being done in the canal.
The project goals shall be to provide the following:

I. Monitoring of drainage water quality from City Operation Centre of ICCC

II. Monitoring the Quality of effluent treated and processing at the inlet and discharge
of each drain (Tung Dhab and City Outfall)
III. Measure waste water quality parameters like BOD, COD, DO, TSS, NH4-N, PH ,
Temperature and Oil & Grease in Tung Dhab and City Outfall Drain
IV. Integrate data with State and Central Pollution control websites and databases

2.5 Communication Network

2.5.1 Geographical Scope

Amritsar is a city in north-western India which is the administrative headquarters of the

Amritsar district - located in the Majha region of the Indian state of Punjab. It is located at
the coordinate 31.6340° N 74.8723° E. The city is situated 217 km (135 mi) northwest of
state capital Chandigarh and 455 km (283 miles) northwest of New Delhi, the national
capital. It is near Pakistan, with the Wagah Border being only 28 km (17.4 mi) away.
Amritsar Municipal Corporation is divided into 5 Tehsils which are further divided into 4 Sub-
Tehsils and 9 blocks.

2.5.2 Existing Network Backbone

There are multiple internet service providers in Amritsar city who own Fibre and cable
network backbone. Some of the service providers that are operating in Amritsar are BSNL,
Airtel, Reliance, Fastway and Connect broadband etc., who intend to provide their network
and services for smart city solutions as required by ASCL.

41 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Existing Services in Amritsar city include Hybrid Fiber Coaxial Cable TV, Internet services,
Cellular services to telecom networks, Enterprise connectivity, Fiber to Home services,
Dedicated Leased lines for internet and P2P services, MPLS VPN connectivity etc.

2.6 Integrated Command Control Centre

2.6.1 IT Enablement of Emergency Systems in Amritsar

The Amritsar Police department – City, Rural and Traffic have static webpage, provided
basic information about the Amritsar police department with contact details of the key
persons. The web features analysis summary of Amritsar police department is given below.

Online Toll
S. Control Face
Web Complaints Email WhatsApp Twitter Free
No. Room book
form Number
Amritsar
1. Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes
City
Amritsar
2. Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes
Rural
Amritsar
3. Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes
Traffic

The list of the Information technology interventions are available in the Police control room
are given below in the below table.

In Use
S. No. Features / Facility Available (Yes/No)
(Yes/No)
1. Call distribution system Yes No
2. Call incident management system Yes No
3. Vehicle tracking system Yes No
4. Voice Recording Yes No
5. MDT in the system No No
6. Call takers available Yes Yes
7. Dispatchers Yes Yes
8. Standard operation Procedures Yes No

2.6.2 Ambulance – Dial 108

A centralised call taker and dispatch facility is established in Amritsar for the state of
Punjab. 22 Ambulances are allocated for the Amritsar city. These 22 ambulance are
stationed at 22 locations earmarked for them. These ambulances are used for
transportation of needy persons to the nearest Public Health Centre or Government Hospital
or transfer of patients to the PGIMS in Chandigarh. Currently these vehicles do not have
Mobile device terminal, communication is established using mobile phones. GPS are not
available in the vehicles.

42 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

2.6.3 Fire

The fire department of Amritsar has 6 fire stations and is under the control of Municipal
Corporation, Amritsar. The fire stations are headed by fire brigadiers. Following are the
types of vehicles available with the fire department; Fire trucks, Medium size trucks, mini
fire vans and two wheelers. The fire department use mobile phones to communicate with
the control room and other fire stations. Also, department has hot line alarm for critical
assets in the city.

Summary of the IT interventions of police, fire and ambulance control rooms

S.
Control Room Assets/Processes Level of IT Intervention
No.
Manual (Automated
Call taking System is not
Police control room – Law operational)
1. & Order (City limits – C- Manual (Automated
Division) Dispatch System is not
operational)
Vehicles tracking GPS not available
Police control room – Call taking & Dispatch
2. Manual records
Traffic are same
Call taking Computerised
3. Ambulance Dispatch Computerised
Vehicle tracking GPS not available
Call taking Manual records
4. Fire Dispatch Manual records
Vehicle tracking GPS not available
2.6.4 Dial 112 – Project in Amritsar

As per the guidelines of the MHA, the Government of Punjab is in the process of
implementing Dial 112 project in the state. Police department is identified as the nodal
agency to implement the project across the state. The objective of project is to integrate
the Police, Fire, and Ambulance in the State with a single emergency number across the
state. The project is envisaged in the model of 911 in United States of America.

The Police Department is identified as the nodal agency for implementing this project. The
project shall be implemented by CDAC across the state. A centralised call taker facility with
twelve decentralised dispatch centres has been planned across the state. The centralised
call centre shall be established in Mohali with 150 seating capacity and 12 dispatch centre
across Punjab. MPLS connectivity shall be used to connect the call taker centre with the 12
dispatch centres. The solutions shall have Geographical Information System (GIS),
Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system and Mobile Device Terminals.

A dispatch centre in the Taran is being planned for the Amritsar city under Dial 112 project.

A command and control centre exclusively for Surveillance and Municipal functions is being
planned as part of the Amritsar Smart city Project.

43 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3. Scope of Work

3.1 General Scope of Work

I. Purchaser shall assist in obtaining all necessary approvals, legal permissions, No
Objection Certificate (NOC) from various departments to execute the project. MSI
shall have to identify and obtain necessary legal / statutory clearances for erecting
the poles and installing cameras, for provisioning of the required power, etc. MSI
shall provide & manage all necessary paper work to pursue permission from
respective authorities. No commercial/legal fees shall be applicable to Purchaser
for obtaining the necessary permissions. These shall be provisioned for by the MSI
in their financial bid.
II. The MSI shall provide all material required for the mounting of components such as
cameras, Air Quality Monitoring Stations with local displays, Water Quality Sensors,
Variable Display Board and other field equipment. All mounting devices for
installation of IP cameras to enable pan and tilt capabilities shall be included in the
costs of the respective component. The same is also applicable to cross-heads and
cross- arms, mounting brackets, stainless steel bands, screws and other
accessories.
III. All the equipment, software and workmanship that form a part of the service are to
be under warranty throughout the term of the service contract from the date of
service acceptance and commencement. The warranty shall require the MSI to be
responsible to bear all cost of parts, labour, field service, pick-up and delivery
related to repairs, corrections during the Project Period for any or all such
incidental expenses incurred during the warranty period.
IV. MSI shall ensure all the equipment’s installed in the outdoor locations are vandal
proof and in case the equipment gets damaged /stolen for reasons whatsoever, it
shall repair/replace the same in the specified time as per SLAs at no extra cost to
the Purchaser. All such costs shall be factored in the comprehensive insurance of
field equipment for the duration of the contract.
V. During implementation, if observed that any camera / field equipment requires
change in the field of view / orientation or needs servicing or cleaning, it shall be
done by MSI without any extra cost.
VI. In case of request for change in location of field equipment post installation, the
same shall be borne by Purchaser at either a unit rate as per commercials or a
mutually agreed cost.
VII. MSI shall provide training and capacity building for ASCL / Municipal Staff for all
software, network and hardware systems supplied and installed as part of this DPR.
VIII. MSI shall be responsible during the integration, testing and commissioning of all the
IT Infrastructure and Data Analytics systems along with all allied equipment,
software, updates, patches etc.
IX. MSI shall supply manpower as per enclosed Annexure - V for field operations, City
Operation centre, monitoring and training and capacity building for the project.
X. Master System Integrator shall provide operations and maintenance of the
infrastructure for the period of 4 years after effective date of Go-Live.

44 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Provision, Deployment and Supervision of manpower for Implementation and

Maintenance of ASCL Smart Solutions

I. The Master System Integrator shall be responsible for sourcing of the personnel
and the management of all matters relating to such personnel, to carry out the
responsibilities assigned to the Master System Integrator under the Contract. In
particular, these include:
· Recruitment of the personnel possessing the qualifications prescribed in the
DPR;
· Training of the personnel;
· Payment of salaries and benefits to the personnel;
· Meeting all statutory obligations/ payments arising out of engaging the
personnel;
· Meeting all the liabilities arising out of the acts of the personnel
II. During the course of the Contract, if it becomes necessary to replace any of the
Key Personnel (due to non-performance or any other reason whatsoever), the
Master System Integrator shall forthwith with due approval from ASCL, provide as
a replacement a person of equivalent or better qualifications and experience than
the resource being replaced/ or proposed in the bid
III. The team proposed in the proposal should be on the rolls of the bidder(s) at the
time of submission of the proposal. For any change of the resource or any resource
being proposed for operations, the bidder should have to submit the CV of the
resource, at least 2 weeks in advance for ASCL to decide on the replacement.

3.2 City Surveillance

The MSI shall perform survey of all the existing IP Camera locations. There are 6 existing
local monitoring centres connected to 40 Camera locations. The MSI shall connect these
existing local monitoring centres with the proposed Integrated Command and Control
Centre. Various components of the project, including users of the system are shown in the
diagram below:

45 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.2.1 Installation of Standard and Cantilever GI Poles

I. The MSI shall ensure that all pole installations are done as per satisfaction of
Purchaser
II. MSI shall meet all functional and technical requirements of Standard and Cantilever
galvanized iron poles as specified in this DPR
III. MSI shall provide structural calculations and drawings for the approval of Purchaser
before commencing installation. The design shall match with common design
standards as applicable under the jurisdiction of purchaser/authorized entity
IV. MSI shall coordinate with concerned authorities/municipalities for installation
V. Poles and cabinet shall be so designed that all elements of the field equipment could
be easily installed and removed
VI. MSI shall ensure that physical look of the installation area returns to neat & tidy
conditions after installation of poles, cantilevers etc. The placement shall be
designed keeping in mind the normal flow of vehicular traffic and pedestrian
movement is not disturbed
VII. For installation of IP Cameras, PTZ Cameras, Public Address System (PAS),
Variable Message Signboards (VMS) etc. MSI shall provide appropriate poles &
cantilevers and any supporting structures
VIII. The MSI shall use existing poles in Amritsar City for installing cameras where ever
feasible. The quantity of poles as mentioned in DPR BOM is indicative and may vary

46 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

after detailed site survey. Any additional required poles shall be procure by client
on unit rates quoted by MSI after mutual discussion
IX. MSI shall be required to supply, install, configure and integrate surveillance
cameras at the identified locations and thereafter undertake necessary work
towards their commissioning
X. MSI shall ensure that the poles erected to mount cameras are good, both
qualitatively and aesthetically. The designs of the poles shall be approved by ASCL
and AMC before installation starts and that necessary design changes incorporated
after reviews
XI. MSI shall use the industry leading practices while positioning and mounting the
cameras and ensure that the pole / mast implementation is vibration resistant.
Arrangements for bird scare spikes on top of camera shall be made to prevent birds
from sitting on top of camera box
XII. The poles shall be installed by MSI with base plate, pole door, pole distributor block
and cover.
XIII. The poles installed by MSI shall have proper grounding, earthing and bonding as
per relevant standards (to be specified by MSI) for such structures
XIV. Base frames and screws shall be delivered along with poles and installed by the MSI
XV. In case the cameras need to be installed beside or above the signal heads, suitable
stainless steel extensions for poles need to be provided and installed by the MSI so
that there is clear line of sight
XVI. MSI shall be responsible to undertake required structural analysis regarding the
regulated load conditions and considering the respective wind load while installing
the poles/cantilevers for IP cameras , Variable Messaging Sign boards (for Air
Quality Monitoring Station displays) and other equipment

3.2.2 Outdoor Cabinets / Junction Boxes

I. MSI shall ensure that each location shall be fitted with outdoor cabinets sized and
dimensioned to host all equipment necessary to operate Surveillance and future
Traffic management and enforcement Systems as defined in this DPR. The size of
outdoor cabinet / Junction Boxes shall be sufficient to house all the system
components, which may be installed at the intersection or nearby
II. MSI shall ensure that all junction boxes installed at Traffic Junction, Traffic
Hotspots and other important locations shall be modular and expandable to host
and support equipment as part of Traffic Management and Enforcement Systems
planned in next phase of Amritsar city. The battery, power supply and distribution
shall be expandable to meet requirements of Traffic systems. The MSI shall reserve
additional free space in the intersection controller cabinet to accommodate the
future system requirements
III. MSI shall ensure that boxes shall be dustproof and impermeable to splash-water.
They shall be suitable for outdoor environmental conditions in Amritsar. They shall
have separate lockable doors for:
a. Power cabinet: This cabinet shall house the electricity meter, rectifier,
battery bank and the power supply system
b. Control cabinet: This cabinet shall house the electronic components required
for all the field components (Surveillance Cameras, ANPR Cameras, Face

47 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Recognition Cameras, Public Announcement Systems, Traffic Detection and

Management Systems etc.) at that particular location. The typical end
equipment housed in the junction box shall include e.g. ANPR LPU, Face
Recognition LPU, PA External Amplifiers, Intelligent Traffic Light Controllers,
and Industrial Grade Ethernet to Fibre Optic Switches etc.
IV. MSI shall ensure that internal cabinet cabling shall be designed for an easy
connection and disconnection of the equipment and power, marked with identifiers
and installed in proper cable guidance trays
V. The cabinets shall be of robust construction and shall include 3-point security-
locking mechanisms to prevent unauthorized access to the field equipment
VI. The MSI shall ensure that all Junction Box enclosure compartments shall be
equipped with a natural convection air circulation system via provision of air
circulation filters for temperature and humidity control that shall not require
maintenance and shall allow free circulation of air inside the enclosures to prevent
overheating as well as the build-up and effects of humidity and heat, without
permitting the entry of elements that might endanger system operation
VII. MSI shall ensure that all the hardware is placed inside the junction boxes that could
withstand temperatures prevalent in Amritsar City throughout the year

3.2.3 Civil and Electrical Works

MSI shall be responsible for carrying out all the civil work required for setting up all the field
components of the system including:

a. Preparation of concrete foundation for Galvanized Poles & Cantilevers Poles

b. Laying of GI Pipes (B Class) complete with GI fitting where required
c. Hard soil deep digging and backfilling after cabling where required
d. Soft soil deep digging and backfilling after cabling where required
e. Chambers with metal cover at every junction box, pole and at road crossings
f. Concrete foundation from the Ground for outdoor racks
g. Any other work as required by municipal or smart city inspection teams

I. MSI shall provide electricity to the cameras through the aggregation point. Since
this component has dependency on approval from local authorities, it is
recommended that MSI plans this requirement well in advance & submits the
application to the concerned electricity distribution agency with requisite fees, if
applicable.
II. MSI shall carry out all the electrical work required for powering all the components
of the System.
III. Electrical installation and wiring shall conform to the electrical codes of India.
IV. MSI shall make provisions for providing electricity to the cameras (ANPR, PTZ, and
Fixed) via Junction Box, housing the power supply, with minimum backup as defined
in this DPR,
V. For the wired cameras, MSI shall provision for drawing power through PoE/POE+
(Power over Ethernet) as primary method and shall use dedicated power cable laid
separately along with STP/SFTP cable only in exclusive cases, in case POE/POE+ is
not possible.

48 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VI. Registration of electrical connections at all field sites shall be done in the name of
MSI/Purchaser as agreed and finalized in the contract agreement. The cost of
electricity for all field equipment and junction boxes in contract period shall be
borne by the bidder.
VII. MSI shall house the electricity meters inside the power cabinet as mentioned in the
controller Cabinet section as above.

3.2.4 Grounding, Earthing, Bonding and Surge Protection Measures

I. MSI shall comply with the technical specifications taking into account all grounding,
earthing, bonding and surge protection measures for system enclosure,
equipment, power and signal cabling
II. MSI shall describe the planned Grounding, Earthing, Bonding and Surge Protection
in their technical bid
III. MSI shall install surge protection devices of adequate capacity for protection of all
equipment
IV. MSI shall install for all interfaces of electronic equipment high speed photoelectric
isolation to reduce the damage to integrated circuit CMOS chips due to electrical
surges
V. MSI shall install the chemical earthing for the equipment that shall meet the related
industry standards
VI. The earthing cable shall be installed in a secure manner to prevent theft and shall
be rust proof

3.2.5 IP Camera Surveillance

The MSI shall be responsible for supply, design, installation, commissioning, testing, and
integration of city surveillance system along with operations and maintenance for 4 years
from effective date of Go-Live. The broad scope of service shall include but not limited to
the following:
I. MSI shall meet all functional and technical requirements of IP Camera Surveillance
system as specified in this DPR
II. The MSI shall survey all the existing IP Camera locations and local monitoring
stations and shall integrate the same with Integrated Command and Control Centre
(ICCC)
III. MSI shall describe in detail the design, operational and physical requirements of the
proposed IP Camera Surveillance system, to demonstrate compliance with all the
specified requirements in this DPR
IV. The MSI shall install IP Camera based monitoring system at locations across
Amritsar city as given in the Annexure-II
V. MSI shall also survey the proposed locations and suggest any changes in locations
mentioned in DPR based on detailed site survey and feasibility study
VI. The MSI shall undertake stakeholder consultations and exercise due diligence for
selection and placement of surveillance cameras to ensure the optimized coverage
of all locations, the traffic junctions along with all associated junction arms,
performance of video analytics on the field and for rugged operations

49 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VII. The MSI shall supply, design, install, commission, test, integrate the surveillance
network on lease basis as defined in the DPR and as per technical specifications; all
camera wiring connections for the system shall be installed by the MSI
VIII. The MSI shall supply all of the necessary equipment for the camera operations
including camera housings, local processing units, mountings, camera poles,
switches, cabling, and shall make all network connections to the junction box
IX. The MSI shall install all software for video analytics and process video feed as per
functional requirements and technical specifications in this document
X. Preventive maintenance shall be carried out once in a quarter along with corrective
maintenance and also on demand when calls are placed by Purchaser or its
designated agency.
XI. MSI shall be responsible for operations and maintenance of all the supplied and
installed equipment’s during the entire O&M phase
XII. In addition to above, the MSI shall be fully responsible for all maintenance activities
for the period between installation of equipment and roll-out of the system
XIII. The site has to be maintained by MSI against damages during the contract period
XIV. All the camera and equipment (Damage / Repair / Theft) shall be maintained by
Master System Integrator at his own cost
XV. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed as
required.
XVI. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL
XVII. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.2.6 Automatic Number Plate Recognition

I. MSI shall meet all functional and technical requirements of Automatic Number Plate
Recognition (ANPR) system as specified in this DPR
II. MSI shall provide ANPR solution at the identified locations including all cameras,
local processing units and other accessories
III. MSI shall describe in detail the design, operational and physical requirements of the
proposed ANPR system, to demonstrate compliance with all the specified
requirements in this DPR
IV. MSI shall integrate ANPR Solution with Video Management System (VMS)
V. The MSI shall provide enable ANPR LPU and ANPR software to process the license
plate image using OCR software for getting the registration number of the vehicle
with highest possible accuracy. The system shall be able to process the image of
the number plate for detection of alpha numerical characters. System shall be able
to identify stolen/suspected vehicles in real-time on GIS maps of Amritsar City at
all locations where ANPR is installed. This shall be done by cross checking against
police database/record system and verifying the vehicle characteristics with
vehicle database like Vahaan
VI. MSI shall enable ANPR cameras to provide a separate video stream to the ICCC for
surveillance video recording and evidence collection purpose
VII. MSI shall provide ANPR system that shall provide multiple pictures of vehicle and
number plates when vehicle passes by at high speed, event notification and alert

50 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

on detection of blacklisted vehicle, image captured, number detection and

recognition, event reports, customized report generation etc
VIII. MSI shall ensure the analysis of image captured shall be done in real time. Database
so created from the images captured & analysis shall store the following:
a. Details of vehicle like Registration No. either full or partial, Chassis No.,
Engine No., Body Type, Fuel Type, Colour, Name of Manufacturer,
Make/Model etc.
b. Number and time of entries and exits at various facilities
c. License plate numbers
d. Validation/Analysis results etc.
IX. MSI shall maintain complete ANPR system during the O&M period
X. MSI shall also responsible for any damage / repair / theft of all the system installed
in the end locations
XI. MSI shall take the periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established
and executed as required
XII. MSI shall schedule the maintenance plan from getting the approval from ASCL
XIII. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.3 Public Address system

I. The MSI shall install Public Address System at intersections, public places, market
places or those critical locations as identified by Purchaser to make important
announcements for the public
II. The MSI shall comply with all functional and technical requirements of the Public
Address System as per DPR
III. The PA system software installed by MSI at ICCC shall be able to broadcast
messages across all PA systems or specific announcement could be made to a
particular location supporting single zone / multi zone operations. The system shall
also be able deliver pre-recorded messages to the loud speakers attached to them
over the IP network and locally attached media for public announcements
IV. MSI shall ensure that the system shall contain an IP based amplifier and uses
PoE/POE+ power that could drive the speakers. The system shall also contain the
control software that could be used to control/monitor all the components of the
system that includes Controller, Calling Station & keypad, Amplifier (Mixing &
Booster)
V. The MSI shall describe in detail the design, operational and physical requirements
of the proposed public announcement system to demonstrate compliance with all
the specified requirements of DPR
VI. The MSI shall install IP based Public Address System as part of the information
dissemination system at 25 locations in the city as mentioned in Annexure VI. These
systems shall be deployed at identified junction to make public interest
announcements. The system deployed shall be IP based and have the capability to
be managed and controlled from the ICCC room
VII. MSI shall maintain all the Public Address System and Panic Button during the O&M
period
VIII. MSI shall also responsible for any damage / repair / theft of all the system installed
in the end locations

51 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

IX. MSI shall take the periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established
and executed as required
X. MSI shall schedule the maintenance plan from getting the approval from ASCL
XI. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.4 Emergency Call Box with Panic Button

I. The MSI shall comply with all functional and technical requirements of the
Emergency Call Box Solution with Panic Button as per DPR
II. The MSI shall also install Emergency Call Box/Panic buttons at 10 locations in the
city. These systems shall be deployed at identified locations for ease of access by
citizens of Amritsar city
III. The MSI, in consultation with police can propose alternate locations apart from the
locations mentioned in this DPR for installing the ECB with panic button system
where their effectiveness in helping citizens in distress conditions related to law
and order incidents or traffic accidents shall be maximized
IV. Amritsar Traffic Police shall review and approve the proposed locations. The MSI
shall install the ECB system with panic buttons on the approved locations

3.5 Air Quality Monitoring Stations

I. The MSI shall comply with all functional and technical requirements of the
Emergency Call Box Solution with Panic Button as per DPR
II. MSI shall install the Air Quality monitoring stations and local displays at various
identified locations as per Annexure III. In Amritsar three Air Quality Monitoring
Stations have already implemented and are monitoring critical air quality
parameters. The MSI shall install additional Air Quality Monitoring stations with
sensors such as NO2, NOx, SO2, CO, O3, CO2, PM 2.5, PM 10, Temperature,
Humidity etc. at 6 other identified locations
III. MSI shall integrate the Air Quality Monitoring stations with the central control
system to capture and display/ provide feed on the above mentioned air quality
parameters at website / portal / mobile application
IV. MSI shall collate the data centrally at the City Operation Centre, and analysed as
per the mentioned functional requirements. The MSI shall also integrate with the
existing and new sensor data with the city operation centre and centre and state
pollution control boards through web, mobile and API interfaces
V. MSI shall relay the Information instantaneously to digital signage installed
alongside the Air Quality Monitoring stations which lets customers know regarding
the prevalent air quality conditions
VI. The site interiors have to be maintained against damages during the contract
period
VII. All the sensors (Damage / repair / Theft) shall be maintained by Master System
Integrator
VIII. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed as
required
IX. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL
X. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

52 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XI. Proposed solution for Air Quality Monitoring Stations is shown in diagram below:

3.6 Online Waste Water Quality Monitoring System

I. The MSI shall comply with functional and technical requirements as specified in the
DPR
II. The broad scope of work of the bidder during the contract period shall be to Design,
Develop, Supply, Install, Test and Commission the Online Waste Water Quality
Monitoring System along with providing Operations and Maintenance services, for
a period of 3 years from effective date of Go-Live.
III. Online Waste Water Quality Monitoring Stations shall be installed by MSI at the Tung
Dhab and City Outfall Drainage Canals
IV. MSI shall supply Online Waste Water Quality Monitoring Stations to measure pH,
temperature, BOD, COD, TOC, TSS, DO, NH4-N, NO3-N, Oil and Grease using
Intelligent Edge Gateways integrated with probe analysers. The OWQMS system
shall be continuously monitoring the above mentioned parameters at the Tung
Dhab and Cityout falls drain
V. MSI shall be responsible for data transmission and integration of OWQMS system
with the ICCC using open SCADA/IoT communication protocols
VI. The MSI shall be responsible for securing the field infrastructure like electrical
panels and floating in-situ buoys with probes using protective fencing and chains
anchoring the buoys to the embankment respectively
VII. The site has to be maintained by MSI against damages during the contract period
VIII. All the analyser (Damage / repair / Theft) shall be maintained by System Integrator
IX. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be done on quarterly basis or on
demand in case of client request and executed as required during the contract
period
X. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL
XI. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance
with any downtime.

53 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.7 Communication Network

3.7.1 General Guidelines

ASCL intends to have Leased Network Backbone that can support all the current planned
initiatives i.e. Public Wi-Fi, City Surveillance, Smart Parking, Air Quality Monitoring Stations,
Integrated Command & Control Centre & Data Centre, Emergency Response System, Tourist
Information Centre Variable Message Display etc. and scalable to accommodate future IT
requirements of the city.
Critical network design parameters such as security, reliability, scalability, manageability,
interoperability and resiliency in end-to-end service oriented network delivery shall be
considered when taking network backbone on lease across the city from existing service
providers.
Free Right of Way shall be provided by AMC for any new network laying that is to be laid as
part of smart city initiative and for sole usage of smart city applications. ASCL shall help in
providing ROW permissions by coordinating with AMC.
The network backbone is expected to provide a converged network, bringing together
different city management vertical solutions on a common network infrastructure for
Amritsar. The converged network shall facilitate information exchange between resources
and applications across different domains.
The network architecture being proposed shall comply with the SLA’s , best practices and
industry standards to ensure high availability, scalability, manageability and security for the
information, services and solutions being managed on the network.
The designed network shall provide uninterrupted services across the Amritsar City
connecting seamlessly with various stakeholders. With the capability to handle high
bandwidth applications with low network latency.
The various locations that need to be connected on network are mentioned but not limited
to, Zonal offices, AMC Head Office, Integrated Command and Control Centre (ICCC), Ward
offices, Hospitals and other City Administration’s important buildings, Field locations which
have IoT / Smart City devices.
The Master System Integrator (MSI) shall adhere to the below guidelines while executing the
work:
I. The MSI shall submit the work plan and implementation schedule with list of
supplied equipment and personnel to be deployed on field for execution of works
for approval of Client.
II. The MSI shall commence work post approval of work plan and schedule by the
Client.
III. The MSI shall inform all concerned authorities and obtain NOC or permissions as
required before starting the work.
IV. The MSI shall register and get approval from concerned Government authorities to
carry out the work as required.
V. The MSI shall adhere to guidelines issued by concerned Government authorities
while executing the work.
VI. The skilled manpower, testing instruments and equipment & material required for
proper maintenance and meeting the SLA obligation shall be the sole responsibility
of the successful MSI.

54 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VII. The MSI should have proper legal agreement with the OEM to guarantee quality,
timely supply, performance, warranty and O&M during the full life-cycle of the
contract.
VIII. The MSI shall carry out periodical maintenance of the network commissioned and
shall submit the report on quarterly basis during the O&M phase.
IX. MSI shall responsible in case of theft or physically damage the equipment and FIR
shall be lodes by the MSI in such cases. In such cases, MSI will pay for both, material
as well as service charges and shall be completely responsible for security of field
equipment.
X. The cost of pre-notified planned shifting of cable route due to other reasons like
widening of road, construction of bridges or asked by central / state authorities
(PWD/NHAI/Railway etc.) or force majeure reasons will be paid by ASCL. The same
condition will be applicable during O&M period.

3.7.2 Leasing of Network

I. The MSI shall provide the network with sufficient capacity available on Lease to
ASCL for entire project duration
II. The MSI can provide existing network or can take network from other service
providers on lease
III. The MSI shall provide network connectivity at all required locations as mentioned
in the document. No location shall be left un-covered irrespective of existing
network is available or new network has to be laid
IV. If UG network is not available in any area and permission to lay New UG network is
difficult due to feasibility or other issues, MSI can lay OH network in that area with
written permission of ASCL and AMC
V. The MSI shall provide end to end connectivity from all locations to Central Location
in Data Centre through various technologies mentioned here but not limited to
Point to Point / SD-WAN / MPLS-VPN / Radio connectivity etc. over fibre or copper
physical media while meeting all SLA’s defined in this document
VI. The MSI shall be responsible to provide all Active / Passive equipment’s from
Central Location to Last point of connectivity
VII. The MSI shall upgrade the equipment’s free of cost, if required in future, to ensure
that services run smoothly and SLA is not breached
VIII. The MSI shall be responsible to provide any Monitoring / Managing Software which
shall be required to monitor/ manage the Leased network
IX. All the Locations must be connected in Ring till the last point of connectivity from
two different sides
X. The Leased network shall be future scalable and support upgrade in terms of
network, bandwidth and field components etc.
XI. The MSI shall be responsible for O&M of leased network for the said period from the
date of lease of network
XII. Any addition in the number of locations shall need to be connected as per the
agreed terms and conditions for already connected sites. Same terms and
conditions shall be applicable for change or removal of any site from earlier
selected sites

55 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XIII. Routine inspection, viz, patrolling on the routes, to identify area where Cable is
exposed and prone to cut due to natural wear and tear etc.
XIV. Fault rectification of cable cuts along routes
XV. Replacement of cable routes due to non-viability of transmission link
XVI. Ensure availability of cable route marker along the route at regular intervals
XVII. Maintain proper condition of joint boxes
XVIII. Prevent third party damages viz, theft, damage by other U/G utility etc.
XIX. Maintain condition of cable with casing or with special arrangements near critical
areas viz, major bridges, railway crossing, pipe line crossing etc.
XX. Visual inspection of joint boxes and junction boxes to check ingress of water,
foreign particles etc.
XXI. Preventive and regular checks of power plant battery, generator, ac & remote
alarm units
XXII. Periodic measurement of the link attenuation loss to ensure that the link is free
from any point loss defects etc.
XXIII. Maintaining history of events, analysis and reporting, public liasioning with
concerned authorities

3.7.3 Fault Restoration Services

I. The MSI shall deploy Maintenance Teams at the designated locations to ensure SLA
adherence. The Maintenance teams shall comprise of manpower, logistics, required
tools/tackles/machinery & equipment etc.
II. The MSI shall provide maintenance service on round the clock basis for attending &
rectifying the network faults in minimum downtime (including travel time) from the
time of lodging the complaint to the representative of lead MSI at their designated
office. The Lead MSI shall provide all assistance including providing manpower,
transportation of men and materials etc. if required in the event of link failure due
to any other reason
III. The Lead MSI shall provide conveyance facilities for maintenance, for transporting
the manpower, tools/tackles, test/ measuring equipment and consumables.
Suitable vehicle shall be available round the clock with each of the maintenance
team. Vehicle should be in good working condition and shall not be more than five
years old
IV. The MSI shall provide communication facilities to the maintenance teams. This shall
include landline phone at office location and mobile phone to members of the
maintenance teams for the purpose of contacting on an urgent need basis. The
team-in-charge should have mobile phone of mobile operator whose coverage is
available in the desired section and it should be always on
V. The MSI shall be required to carry out maintenance activities which include
identification of fault/cut on ground, obtaining permission from local authorities if
required, excavation of earth to expose cable, laying of required length of cable
with protection wherever required, installation of Jointing pit & back filling of pit
with sand, supply and installation of cable Route Markers and Joint Markers as per
specifications

56 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VI. The MSI shall arrange for logistics to provide facilities such as AC/DC power source,
lighting arrangement, dewatering facility, DG sets etc., which may be required
during the execution of maintenance job at site
VII. Optimum functionality of maintenance teams is a prime necessity to carry out day
to day maintenance of network links. Cable and accessories spares to cater for
repair of at least 10 cable cuts shall be maintained with each of these teams at all
times
VIII. MSI shall take insurance for all the workmen engaged under this contract and as
per labour laws applicable from time to time
IX. After attending the fault & permanent restoration a Fault-Rectification report,
jointly signed by ASCL & MSI, shall be generated for the closure of the complaint
X. Any other job required for the restoration of the cable cut in totality is to be taken
up by the MSI. In case, the site condition is not favourable for the immediate
restoration of the fault, the temporary restoration of the in-service cable shall be
taken up immediately with the approval of authorized representative of ASCL.
Permanent restoration work shall not be considered in breakdown time unless there
is again link break during restoration job. Permanent restoration of joint pits is to
be carried out by MSI within reasonable time of fault / cable cut. In case the site is
not conducive for permanent restoration, some arrangement of manpower has to
be done by MSI for safeguarding exposed cable till permanent restoration. No extra
payment shall be given to MSI on account of deployment of additional manpower.
In such case, further cut in that stretch shall not be counted in SLA measurements
as this is non attributable to PIA
XI. In case of any breakdown in the network, MSI shall be responsible for obtaining
approval from concerned authorities as required for carrying out the repair. ASCL
can assist in getting permission for repair in few cases where there is urgency
XII. Drains, pipes, cables and similar services encountered in the course of the works
shall be guarded by the MSI at his own cost, so that they may continue in full and
uninterrupted use to the satisfaction of the owners thereof
XIII. Should any damage be done by the MSI to any AC power mains, utility pipelines
cables or lines (whether above or below ground etc.) whether or not shown on the
drawings, the MSI must make good or bear the cost of making good the same
without delay to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge
XIV. MSI shall observe all national and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and
requirements pertaining to the work and shall be responsible for extra costs arising
from violations of the same
XV. MSI shall have at all times during the performance of the work, a competent
supervisor. Any instructions given to such supervisor shall be considered as having
been given to the MSI
XVI. The MSI shall employ as many personnel as required to comply with the local rules
and administrative orders governing the Working Hours of Employment. The MSI
shall be responsible for compliance with all statutory requirements including
personnel related matters
XVII. The minimum down time shall include time taken in restoration of fault/ cut caused
by any means like miscreant activity at day or night, due to work done by any other

57 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

organization, due to development of high losses/ break at existing joints, fault

caused due to rodent, ant etc.
XVIII. In case of partial damage of the cable or development of high loss in the working
and spare cable cut at any time (day/night) by miscreants or by any agency, the
responsibility of repairing the defective cable lies with the MSI
XIX. In case, MSI fails to completely restore (as per original condition) or submit test
reports (power level in live equipment) to establish completion of work, a penalty
shall be levied for the work involved at site

3.7.4 Examination of Finished Work

I. When finished work is taken down for the purpose of inspection for any reason, the
MSI shall bear the entire expenses incidental thereto in the event that the said work
is found to be defective. This situation may be applicable to both planned work as
also to emergency restoration.
II. During the maintenance or fault rectification work, should any damage occur to the
other cables, MSI is liable to pay compensation as demanded by the respective
owner.

3.7.5 System Security Safeguards and Risk Mitigation Strategy

The following threats from Intentional Attacks should be addressed by Master System
Integrator:

I. Eavesdropping/wiretapping may affect availability, integrity and confidentiality of

data and information systems respectively.
II. Theft of information/data or technology that may affect availability and
confidentiality.
III. Tampering/alteration of information/data, applications or technology via several
means e.g. information leak, reply attacks, malware etc. has effect on availability,
integrity and non-repudiation/accountability.
IV. Unauthorized use/access of information/data, applications or technology in an
unauthorized way which includes any unauthorized connection to a network, data
leaks, and browsing files, acquiring private data, controlling field components and
using resources for personal use.
V. 24x7 monitoring & management of availability & security of the infrastructure and
assets
VI. Ensure overall security – ensure installation and management of every security
component at every layer including physical security
VII. Reporting security incidents and resolution of the same
VIII. Reporting security incidents and co-ordinate resolution
IX. Providing root cause analysis for all defined problems

3.7.6 Commissioning of Active / Passive Equipment’s and Infrastructure

I. Procure & Supply all the active / passive components and accessories required for
smart city solutions as mentioned in the indicative bill of material.
II. Install and Commission procured material at respective sites.

58 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

III. Provide comprehensive onsite OEM warranty for all the supplied products/ services
at all the designated project locations for the entire project period.

3.7.7 Training and Capacity Building

I. MSI shall prepare and submit detailed User manuals to ASCL for review and
approval.
II. User Manuals are expected to be prepared in bilingual (English & Punjabi).
III. MSI shall impart operational and technical training to internal users on the
infrastructure that is being used, its physical properties, usages and mechanism.
IV. MSI shall update training manuals, procedures manual, deployment/Installation
guides etc. on a regular basis (Quarterly/ Biannual) to reflect the latest changes to
the solutions implemented and new developments.

3.8 Integrated Command Control Centre

The Integrated Command Control Centre (ICCC) will house City Operations Centre (COC) for
City Municipal Corporation functions and Command & Control Centre (CCC) for Police
functions. The ICCC shall be used by agencies to monitor their respective functions and
responsibilities.

ICCC shall be the ‘nerve Centre’ of Amritsar that assists in enhancing efficiencies of the city
Operations, management and Security. It provides a holistic view of all city operations
allowing monitoring, control and automation of various functionalities at an individual
system level along with enabling cross-system analytics. The ICCC shall be deployed in
Amritsar as part of this project, to make the city operations intelligent, integrated and
efficient.

In this DPR it is envisaged to have ICCC for police department and city operations. The
scope of work of MSI for the ICCC shall include:

I. The MSI shall design, supply, install, implement, configure, and test the component
sub-systems of the ICCC followed by operations and management as per the
contract for the Municipal functions and Police department for period of 4 years
from Effective Date of Go-Live.
II. The MSI shall coordinate with various agencies in an integrated manner
III. The MSI shall analyse and present the data as per the requirements of the ASCL.
IV. The MSI shall deploy necessary analytics and visualisation tools as per the
requirements of the ASCL.
V. MSI shall operate and manage the ICCC 24X7.
VI. The MSI shall deliver a roll out strategy for implementing and integrating the smart
solutions of the city utilities and surveillance in the ICCC.
VII. The MSI shall implement, monitor the SLA for the assets in the ICCC.
VIII. The MSI shall manage the operations and ensure to maintain the ICCC as per the
Industry standards and Continuous process improvement shall be ensured by the
MSI for better performance.
IX. MSI shall implement, monitor and manage the security policies and procedures for
the IT and NON IT assets as per the leading industry practices.

59 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

X. MSI shall prepare SOP for the Municipal function control centre and the surveillance
control centre.
XI. MSI shall co-ordinate with various agencies for successful implementation,
operations and maintenance of the project
XII. MSI shall ensure inter-operability, seamless integration and data sharing of data
between various solutions by building required APIs between end solutions and
ICCC Software Platform. These shall include all sub-systems in this DPR and future
solutions rolled out by the smart city during contract period of the MSI.
XIII. MSI shall ensure to abide industry- standard data transports and open protocols.
XIV. MSI shall share report of various data using reporting tools and visualisation tools
as per the requirements of ASCL.
XV. MSI shall deploy prescriptive and predictive analytics where ever applicable as per
the requirements of ASCL.
XVI. MSI shall ensure High level of perimeter and internal IT security at the ICCC and
shall be responsible for rectifying all security incidents as per SLA requirements.
XVII. MSI shall supply the necessary communication equipment, IP telephony and other
necessary infrastructure for the municipal and police department staff to be
deployed in the ICCC.
XVIII. The MSI shall ensure that the overall work shall be in reference to standards
published as per ISO 37120 and World Council of City Data (WCCD).

3.8.1 Setting up ICCC (Integrated Command Control Centre)

3.8.1.1Survey and Site Preparation

The MSI shall survey the identified site at Amritsar Municipal Corporation office 2nd Floor,
and submit necessary layouts for approval: civil, electrical, power and cooling. For ICCC and
Data Centre, space has been ear marked for the same.

I. The MSI shall prepare necessary layouts, architectural, civil, electrical, interior
drawings and submit the same for ASCL approval.
II. Upon approval, MSI shall complete the necessary civil, electrical, cooling and
interior work. The MSI shall also be responsible for the upkeep, operations and
maintenance of the ICCC infrastructure during the contract period at his own cost.
III. The MSI shall be responsible for the final design, sizing, procurement, deployment,
commissioning, and integration and testing of the security systems at the ICCC.

3.8.1.2Delivery

The Master System Integrator shall inform the ASCL and other required stakeholders about
the delivery of items in writing at least 7 days in advance. A copy of the Delivery challan
should be available along with the delivered items. Upon delivery of the items, a copy of the
Delivery Challan will be made available to the ASCL for verification and record purpose. A
delivery report has to be submitted to the office of ASCL.

3.8.1.3Installation and Commissioning

The Master System Integrator is responsible for all unpacking, assembling, wiring,
installations, cabling, interconnection and commissioning of the delivered components and

60 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

its required integration. The installation and testing includes all the networking devices but
not limited to the following.

I. Installation of all items as per BoQ

II. Installation and commissioning of line items as per BoQ
III. Carrying out necessary civil, electrical work, cooling, power as per BoQ
IV. Upon completion of the installation, Installation certification has to be submitted to
the ASCL.
V. Completion of installation does not mean the effective date of Go-Live date of the
project. The AMC and warranty of the product shall start from the effective date of
Go-Liveof the project.
VI. Commissioning has to be carried out as per the project requirements.
VII. The installation document should contain Physical layouts, Electrical layouts, Civil
Architectures, LAN Drawings. Revised document has to be submitted to ASCL,
whenever there are any changes during the period of the contract.

3.8.1.4Acceptance Testing

I. Acceptance team/committee have to be constituted by the MSI

II. Detailed acceptance test procedures and test plans have to be submitted to ASCL
office for vetting before the start of commissioning of equipment. Acceptance test
plan describing the detailed schedule of primary and sub tasks has to be submitted
to ASCL. Acceptance test procedure as per the industry standards has to be
submitted to ASCL. Acceptance tests have to be carried out as per the accepted
procedure and report has to be submitted for ASCL approval.
III. Upon acceptance of the test procedures, acceptance testing has to be carried out
by the MSI as per the approved acceptance test procedure.
IV. Upon completion of the testing, trial run has to be completed for a defined period.
V. Based on the testing, necessary recommendations of the committee has to be
implemented before the commencement of the trial run period.
VI. Multiple trial runs shall be required if ASCL to provide proof of operations and
compliance to SLA’s and performance criteria
VII. Detailed acceptance reports have to be submitted to ASCL office.
VIII. The testing shall be performed after the completion of installation at the site.
IX. Necessary test and measurement equipment’s/special tools for installation, testing
and commissioning of the new components, for the purpose of initiating the
operation & maintenance phase of new hardware should be made available by the
Master System Integrator. Necessary calibration should have been done and the
certification of the same should be made available if requested by ASCL.
X. The designated individuals/Team by ASCL shall verify the component level details
during this testing and shall sign the installation report after successful completion
of the post installation testing activities. Defects / shortcomings brought out in this
testing shall have to be attended as per the contract within the permitted time
schedule.

61 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.8.1.5Manuals

The Master System Integrator shall provide complete technical documentation of hardware,
firmware, all subsystems, operating systems, compiler, system software and the other
software. The source code shall also be shared with ASCL. The manuals, wherever
applicable shall be in English. All the applicable manuals/documents/Data Sheets for the
items delivered and installed should be submitted. Unless and otherwise agreed, the
equipment delivered and services rendered shall not be considered as completed for the
purpose of Effective Date of Go-Live until such manuals and drawings have been supplied to
the ASCL.

Before the commencement of trial run, the Master System Integrator shall supply all the
operation and maintenance procedures, (together with drawings of the goods and services
where applicable).

3.8.1.6Product License

All products license and warranty are to be procured in the name of ASCL. Copy of the
license terms and conditions has to be submitted to ASCL during trial run.

3.8.1.7Facility Management Services

The Master System Integrator shall carry out the Facility Management Services on a 24x7
basis towards Electrical systems, DG, UPS, HVAC & Control systems to meet the SLA,
specifications of each component. An Operation & Maintenance manual should be taken as
reference for facility management services but ASCL reserves the right to amend the
manual as per requirement during the course of the operations.

Operations and Management Manuals as per ISO 20000 standards have to be submitted to
the ASCL before the commencement of the trial run. The trial run has to be carried out as
per the approved operations and management manual.

ICCC (COC & CCC), Server farm Area, NOC- The entire infrastructure management would
be managed in multiple shifts covering the all 7 days a week.

The scope of the FMS services must include as mentioned below but may not be restricted
to

I. The site interiors have to be maintained against damages during the contract
period
II. The House keeping management for basic facilities such as drinking water shall be
managed by the Master System Integrator.
III. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed as
required
IV. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
V. 7 days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.8Electrical System

I. All electrical System at Project site has to be maintained by licensed electricians

(C/B) who would be responsible for electrical upkeep.

62 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

II. Electricity charges of project site shall be paid by Master System Integrator and
shall be reimbursed by ASCL.
III. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed
IV. A comprehensive FMS report for the maintenance of all the electrical system on a
periodical basis is to be submitted to ASCL and will be validated by ASCL along with
the ASCLs authorised agency.
V. All the corrective actions have to be completed as directed by ASCL
VI. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
VII. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.9Diesel Generator

I. Master System Integrator shall be responsible for consumables such as diesel,

engine oil, air & oil filters.
II. DG back up has to be made available 24/7 and necessary fuel stock and back up
arrangement has to be made in place.
III. A detailed logbook is to be maintained for diesel consumption.
IV. The diesel purchase invoice has to be maintained for all diesel purchases and shall
be reimbursed by ASCL
V. Preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed. Periodic
maintenance reports are to be submitted to ASCL and will be reviewed by ASCL or
Authorised Representative.
VI. Defects or malfunctions if identified are to be fixed with immediate corrective
action and may include replacement of spare parts, corrective action on existing
equipment or requesting a service call from the OEM to run diagnostic tests.
VII. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
VIII. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.10 UPS

I. Preventive maintenance schedules are to be established for UPS devices used for
IT Load as well as the Auxiliary UPS systems used for emergency lighting & BMS
II. Periodic maintenance reports are to be submitted to ASCL for review and approval
III. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
IV. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.11 Cooling Systems or HVAC

I. Spares consumables for PAC, Comfort AC, Split AC shall be taken care by the
Master System Integrator
II. Preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed periodically
for the PAC, CFM solutions and other cooling systems deployed at the site.
III. MSI shall submit periodic maintenance reports to ASCL which shall be reviewed by
ASCL. Defects or malfunctions identified are to be fixed with immediate corrective
action and may include replacement of spare parts, corrective action on existing
IV. All corrective actions have to be taken as directed by ASCL

63 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

V. Operational cycles should be established for cooling equipment to ensure the usage
of all redundant devices at optimum durations. To ensure operational readiness of
any device in the event of failure of one or more devices
VI. The following temperature has to be maintained
a. Server Farm Area – 21 C
b. Auxiliary Area – 26 C
VII. The following humidity has to be maintained
a. Server Farm area: 40-60%
b. Auxiliary Area: 20-80%
VIII. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
IX. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.12 Integrated Building Management System

I. All the physical & support infrastructure (such as DG set, PAC, UPS, control
systems, etc.) in the Amritsar Smart City project shall be monitored on a 24x7
basis.
II. Preventive maintenance schedules are to be established for Access Card, Fire
Alarm, IP Cameras, Rodent Repellent, Water Leakage Detection system, VESDA,
PA systems and must include inspection of the controllers installed in each device
III. IP camera video recordings are to be periodically backed up by the Master System
Integrator.
IV. Any device level replacement or upgrade is to be brought to the notice of the ASCL
with suitable justification for the same.
V. Periodic maintenance reports are to be submitted to ASCL for review and approval
VI. Maintenance plan and schedule have to be approved by the ASCL.
VII. Seven (7) days’ notice has to be submitted to ASCL office for planned maintenance

3.8.1.13 Other Infrastructure Management services

I. Visitor access register has to be maintained. Prior written approval is required for
entry of any visitors into the ICCC/Project site.
II. Movement Register has to be maintained. 365X24X7 access log for a complete
record of any person moving in and out of the project site.
III. Maintenance of existing Access card level security for various parts of the ICCC,
server area and other area for various members should be suitably managed by the
Master System Integrator.
IV. Access to the farm area is to be highly restricted and only selected technical
personnel are to be allowed. Biometric access has to be maintained for the farm
area.
V. A separate visitor’s log book is to be maintained for the farm area/Telecom Room
where occasional visitors will be requested to sign in.
VI. The Master System Integrator is expected to adhere environmental, health,
security and safety practices. ASCL shall be not be responsible to the implications
of any unhealthy practice or damage caused by the Master System Integrator

64 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.8.1.14 Other Infrastructure or Services

I. The ICCC and data centre interiors to be maintained against damages during the
contract period. The House keeping management for basic facilities such as
drinking water, waste disposal, cleaning etc. shall be managed by the Master
System Integrator.
II. Water dispenser and regular supply of the water within the ICCC & DC should be
provided by Master System Integrator
III. Periodic preventive maintenance schedules are to be established and executed as
necessary
IV. A comprehensive Facilities maintenance services report for the status of civil &
interior works is to be submitted on a periodical basis which will be certified by
ASCL in coordination with the consultants as necessary and indicate if necessary
repair works if any are to be carried out. All repair works to be completed as
directed by ASCL
V. All Furniture’s which are not limited chairs, tables, walls plastering, paintings,
floorings, glass panels, wall or glass partitions, false ceiling, lights, switches,
should be kept intact as in good working conditions. Any damages to be
rectified/replaced at the cost of the Master System Integrator

3.8.1.15 Warranty and AMC

The warranty period shall be as stated in bid document. The Master System Integrator shall,
in addition, comply with the performance guarantees specified under the contract. If, for
reasons attributable to the Master System Integrator these guarantees are not attained in
whole or in part, the MSI shall, make changes, modifications, and/or additions to the
equipment or any part thereof as may be necessary in order to attain the contractual
guarantees specified in the contract at its own cost and expenses and to carry out further
performance tests.

AMC/Warranty should commence from the effective date of Go-Live. The System Integrator
shall submit Warranty/AMC valid for the duration of the project for all supplied hardware,
software, licenses and Non IT with no extra cost in commercial part of bid. The installation
will be deemed incomplete if any component of the equipment or any documentation/media
is not submitted to ASCL. The Master System Integrator shall be responsible for the up keep
and maintenance of the infrastructure and necessary deliverables under the scope of work
during the entire warranty period.

3.8.1.16 Transportation

Transport of the goods to the project site(s) shall be arranged by the Master System
Integrator at their cost and own risk

3.8.1.17 Go Live of the project

On successful acceptance of the trial run and based on test reports, the go live date shall be
decided by ASCL. Effective date of Go-Live shall be considered as the warranty date for all
the equipment and devices.

65 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.9 City Operation Centre (COC) for Municipal Functions at ICCC

I. MSI shall develop, deploy, install and maintain the ICCC Software platform
application that integrates various municipal smart city applications.
II. Smart city applications in this phase shall include
a. Fleet Monitoring System
b. Online Air Quality Monitoring Systems
c. Online Waste Water Quality Monitoring System
d. IP Camera Surveillance System
e. Public Announcement Systems
f. Emergency Call Box
III. Smart city application to be integrated by MSI in ICCC for forthcoming phases shall
include;
a. Solid waste management system
b. SCADA of water, gas and electricity utility networks
c. Smart Parking
d. Intelligent Street Lighting
e. Variable Message Signboards
f. Public Wi-Fi System
g. Intelligent Traffic Management System
h. Solar Grids
i. E-Governance and ERP System
j. Geographical Information System
k. Citizen Engagement Platform and Mobile apps
l. Other applications as identified by ASCL and AMC
IV. MSI shall ensure complete data integration along with control, monitoring and
provisioning of IoT sensors and end equipment is possible from ICCC Software
platform.
V. Staff of various departments deployed in the ICCC are able to perform action as per
the agreed SOP.
VI. MSI shall ensure the transfer of feeds to other control centres and mobile phone of
staff as per the application requirements.

3.10 Control and Command Centre (CCC) for Police Functions at ICCC

I. MSI shall develop, deploy, install and maintain the ICCC Software platform
application that integrates various police functions.
II. MSI shall ensure that all the cameras feed are made available and controlled in the
ICCC
III. MIS shall provide video analytics dashboards for Face Recognition, ANPR and other
cameras feed.
IV. MSI shall ensure automatic object recognition and tracking using cameras feed.
V. Control Public Address System from ICCC
VI. MSI shall ensuretTwo way communication through Emergency Call Box and Panic
Button.

66 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.11 Integration of ICCC with Dial 112 project

The control rooms of Police, Ambulance and fire department are planned to be integrated
under single system call Dial 112. The dial 112 will be the universal number for all the
emergency services. In Punjab, the Dial 112 is planned to be implemented in distributed
model. In this model, there will be a centralised call taker centre and 12 dispatch centres
across 12 districts. The police patrol vehicles, ambulance and fire vehicles can be
dispatched from these dispatch centres.

The envisaged ICCC under smart city shall have the facility of the dispatch centre. The
following are the envisaged activities

I. MSI shall be responsible to integrate centralised call taker centre and vehicle
dispatch centre with ICCC
II. MSI shall be able to create incidents in the Dial 112 web based portal based on the
alerts generated in the surveillance system
III. MSI should be able to dispatch/communicate with the required police, fire and
ambulance vehicle covered in the dial 112 system.
IV. MSI shall be able to update the created incidents, update incidents and close the
incidents based on the alerts generated by the surveillance system.
V. MSI shall able to make out bound calls to the dispatch vehicles
VI. MSI shall develop APIs of the Surveillance system which should be seamlessly
integrated with the dial 112 for generation of the incidents.
VII. MSI shall install three monitors in the every workstations at police command centre
and city operation centre. One monitor should display the online GIS maps with
cameras and their locations.
VIII. MSI shall be responsible to generate display whenever there is an incident and the
respective camera video should be played in the screen.
IX. MSI shall integrate with dial 112 application which shall be operated from the ICCC
centre.

67 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.12 Data Centre

3.12.1 Overall DC Architecture

Following are the outlines of the broad areas of Scope of Work for system integrator which
have been further detailed in later sections:

I. Application Design, Development, Procurement, Supply, Delivery, Installation,

Configuration, Implementation, Testing, Commissioning, Operations &
Maintenance
II. Provisioning of Hosting/ Co-location Facilities for DC and maintaining readiness for
future DRC
III. Procurement and Installation of IT Infrastructure at DC and across all the smart
solutions
IV. Operations & Maintenance of all Smart Solutions
V. Operations & Maintenance of IT Infrastructure at DC and for all the field
infrastructure across all smart solutions
VI. Security of Information and Data at DC
VII. Provision, deployment and supervision of manpower for Implementation and
Operations & Maintenance of Amritsar Smart City Solutions
VIII. Requirement for Adherence to Standards
IX. Acceptance Testing

68 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

The following sections details out the Scope of Work to be performed by Master System
Integrator. The Master System Integrator shall be responsible for all the services, functions/
requirements listed in the following paragraph and as defined in the DPR

3.12.2 ASCL Data Centre

I. The selected bidder shall provide system integration services to procure and
commission the required software and infrastructure at the Data Centre.
II. MSI shall deploy, install, configure and customize Software solutions, as mentioned
in the relevant sections of this DPR and integrate with the external Agencies as
provided in the functional scope.
III. The MSI shall be completely responsible for the sourcing, installation,
commissioning, testing and certification of the necessary software licenses and
infrastructure required to deploy the Solution at the Data Centre in Amritsar City.
IV. MSI shall ensure that support and maintenance, performance and up-time levels
are compliant with SLAs as provide in the relevant sections of this DPR.
V. To ensure redundancy requirements are met, MSI shall ensure that infrastructure
procured by the MSI has redundancy built in.
VI. MSI shall also provide descriptive ‘Deployment Model, Diagrams and Details’ so that
redundancy requirements for the common Data Centre infrastructure can be
addressed.
VII. The MSI shall be responsible for sizing the hardware to support the scalability and
performance requirements of the solution.
VIII. The MSI shall ensure that the servers and storage are sized adequately and
redundancy is built into the architecture that is required meet the service levels
mentioned in the DPR.
IX. The MSI shall be responsible for the sizing of necessary hardware and determining
the specifications of the same in order to meet the requirements of the project
X. MSI will be single point of contact and in the backend MSI shall ensure uptime, SLA
as mentioned in SLA section of this document. Also, MSI would be responsible for
procurement and deployment of the required servers at the DC site
XI. Overall monitoring and management of the ASCL Smart Solutions implemented for
the Project shall be the responsibility of Master System Integrator
XII. Ensuring compliance to the uptime and performance requirements for solution
performance
XIII. 24x7 monitoring & management of availability & IT security of the infrastructure &
assets (including data, servers, systems etc.) through the Enterprise Management
Solution implemented for Project shall be the responsibility of Master System
Integrator
XIV. Implementation of a comprehensive security policy to comply with the
requirements of the DPR and conforming to relevant standards (ISO 27001)
XV. Ensuring uptime, performance and other key performance requirements of the
Project including data backup & business continuity
XVI. Perform patch management, testing and installation of software upgrades issued
by the OEM/ vendors from time to time. These patches/ upgrades, before being
applied on the live infrastructure of the Data Repository at DC, shall be adequately
tested. Any downtime caused due to up gradation & patches shall be to the account

69 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

of the Master System Integrator and it shall not be considered as ‘Agreed Service
Downtime’.
XVII. Develop the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), in accordance with the ISO
27001& ITIL standards, for Project Infrastructure management. These SOPs shall
cover all the aspects including Infrastructure installation, monitoring,
management, data backup & restoration, security policy, business continuity &
disaster recovery, operational procedures etc. The Master System Integrator shall
obtain sign-offs on the SOPs from the ASCL and shall make necessary changes, on
a half yearly basis, to the fullest satisfaction of ASCL.
XVIII. Preventive maintenance, carrying out the necessary repairs and replacement of
parts wherever needed to keep the performance levels of the hardware and
equipment in tune with the requirements of the SLA. Such preventive maintenance
shall not be attended during working hours of the ASCL, unless inevitable and
approved by the ASCL.
XIX. Reactive maintenance that is intended to troubleshoot the system with sufficient
teams
XX. Performance tuning of system as may be needed to comply with SLA on continuous
basis
XXI. Monitor and record, server & database performance and take corrective actions to
ensure performance optimization on a daily basis
XXII. Escalation and co-ordination with other vendors/ OEMS for problem resolution
wherever required
XXIII. System administration tasks such as managing the access control system, creating
and managing users, taking backups etc.
XXIV. Ensure that daily back-up copies of the data are created and maintained safely
XXV. Produce and maintain system audit logs on the system for a period agreed to with
the ASCL. On expiry of the said period the audit logs should be archived and stored
off-site.
XXVI. Regularly review the audit logs for relevant security lapses
XXVII. Review security advisories (such as bulletins generally available in the industry) on
a regular basis to determine vulnerabilities relevant to the information assets and
take necessary preventive steps
XXVIII. Master System Integrator shall ensure helpdesk facility shall have following:
a. Call logging mechanism through Phone
b. Call logging mechanism through e-mail
c. Call logging mechanism through portal
XXIX. Helpdesk shall provide its services on all working days of ASCL between 09:00 Hrs.
to 21:00 Hrs.
XXX. All complaints/ grievances made by any mode shall be recorded and the records
maintained for reference for a period of at least 3 months from the date of
resolution of the problem
XXXI. The Master System Integrator shall provide the following helpdesk performance
monitoring reports:
a. Calls per week, month or other period
b. Numeric and graphical representation of call volume
c. Calls tracked by type

70 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

d. Number of dropped calls

XXXII. The Master System Integrator shall provide at least six member team for the
helpdesk

Note: The MSI will ensure that all the licenses of proposed application / system software etc.
procured for this project are procured in the name of Amritsar Smart City Limited (ASCL)

3.12.3 Site Preparation

I. The MSI shall be required to undertake detailed assessment of the requirements

Data centre and commission required IT and non-IT infrastructure and also carry
out the civil/ electrical work as required.
II. Department shall carry out a detail assessment of the proposed design solution and
review design for DC including all its components such as Server Room, operators
seating arrangement, office space, supervisors seating arrangement, visitors’
gallery, reception area etc. on the parameters of overall Design, Safety & Security
and aesthetics and reserves it right to accept, reject or suggest for modifications
on the proposed solution. MSI may also deploy services of a professional architect
to prepare the interior design of the DC premises and carry out the civil / electrical
/ furniture work.
III. The site preparation activity to be carried out by the successful bidder would
include but not limited to civil work for building interiors, realignment of available
space based on requirement and architectural plan, necessary masonry, electrical,
carpentry and other works, partitioning, flooring, false ceiling & false flooring as
appropriately required, painting work, fire proofing of surfaces, cabling, ducting
etc.
IV. MSI shall be responsible for the overall architectural design, aesthetic
considerations, and optimal utilization of allotted space to ensure that the DC
location is state-of-the-art facilities in line with the importance of the ASCL project.
If any of the requirements are not mentioned in the DPR, MSI should include the
same as part of additional/proposal line items to ensure that the requirements and
expectations of ASCL are met.
V. The upkeep, maintenance, repairs etc. of the non-IT infrastructure and items
commissioned by MSI as part of site preparation shall be the responsibility of MSI
for the period of contract. At no point during the contract period, the facilities and
infrastructure should be rendered unrepaired.
VI. Bidders are advised to visit the site of DC and ascertain the scope of work and
activities to be carried out at location for site preparation.
VII. All necessary costs involved in site preparation to be included in the financial bid of
the bidders

ASCL shall provide the location to house the compute and storage infrastructure at the Data
Centre facility being built at the Command Control and Communication Centre.

Various ICT equipment to be provisioned and maintained by MSI at the Data Centre is given
below.

71 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

I. Only the minimum specifications for the active and passive ICT and Non-ICT
components are specified.
II. MSI may propose Data Centre Virtualization solution for price discovery
III. MSI shall procure items as provided in the BOM which are required to the meet the
performance requirements as per the proposed business needs. MSI may also
suggest additional components as per the solution requirements.

3.12.4 Setting up NOC (Network Operations Centre)/ SOC (Security Operations Centre)

I. Bidder shall setup NOC/SOC Services in the ICCC to monitor and control the
network operations for the entire project
II. The bidder has to ensure that at minimum two factor authentication based access
controls are followed for ICCC operations. The bidder shall ensure that all the staff
of ICCC should follow the 2 factor authentication for login to their respective
terminals while no application login will require 2F authentication. 2-factor
authentication shall provide an additional layer of security and shall make system
harder for attackers to gain access to a person's devices and because knowing the
user’s password alone shall not be enough to pass the authentication check.
III. Bidder shall choose biometric devices as fingerprint readers for implementing 2FA
at every desktop that shall be used together with a knowledge factor like username
and password credentials as suitable means to provide an effective 2FA solution
IV. Bidder shall provide 2F authentication application and support to manage both
application and biometric devices for additional authentication at desktop login
level. All the employees of ICCC shall be supported by MSI for managing
authentication to login in their respective terminals.
V. Bidder shall be responsible for supply, installation, configuration, testing,
commissioning, operations and maintenance of network infrastructure items such
as Router (cum Firewall), user Layer switches for monitoring
VI. The NOC/SOC will analyse network problems, perform troubleshooting,
communicate with various state site technicians and track problems through
resolution. The key objective of the NOC is to ensure the health and availability of
components and services.
VII. When necessary, NOC will escalate problems to the appropriate stakeholders. For
emergency conditions, such as a power failure of the NOC, procedures will have to
be in place to immediately contact technicians to remedy the problem
VIII. The bidder shall develop Services catalogue for NOC/SOC and get a sign-off from
ASCL.
IX. Primary responsibilities of NOC personnel shall include but not limited to:
a. Network monitoring and management
b. Resolution Management including incident and problem management
c. Service level management
d. Service Continuity and Availability Management
e. Reporting
f. Root Cause Analysis
g. Remediation plans
h. SLA monitoring

72 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.12.5 Disaster Recovery and DR Cloud

Provisioning of Disaster Recovery site is not in the scope of the existing phase. It is expected
that MSI will build an architecture for DC with due consideration that in subsequent phases,
ASCL shall opt for a Disaster Recovery Site

Note: Currently the Surveillance Solutions shall be backed up over tapes locally

3.12.6 Application Design, Development, Procurement, Delivery, Configuration,

Implementation, Testing, Commissioning, Operations & Maintenance

a. Systems Requirement Study & Solution Design

Solution Study

I. The Master System Integrator shall perform the detailed assessment of the
functional requirements for the services
II. Master System Integrator shall prepare the Functional Requirement Specifications
(FRS) & System Requirement Specifications (SRS) provided therein, based on their
individual assessment, and in consultation with ASCL and its representatives
III. FRS and SRS prepared by the Master System Integrator shall be submitted to ASCL
for inputs/ suggestions and same shall be incorporated by Master System
Integrator
IV. A formal sign-off shall be provided by ASCL

Solution Design

I. The Master System Integrator shall design integrated solution architecture for
meeting the System Requirement Specifications and submit to ASCL. The solution
design should have seamless integration of all the components comprising of the
solution being designed. The solution design shall include, but shall not be limited
to application architecture, user interface, database structures, security
architecture, network architecture, DC & DR (to be considered in subsequent
phases) architecture etc.
II. Master System Integrator shall be responsible for ensuring the compliance of the
end product to the requirements specified by ASCL in the DPR

Development/ Configuration / Work Around for ASCL Smart Solutions

I. The Master System Integrator shall perform the Development/ Configuration/ Work
around of ASCL Smart Solutions based on the requirements/ specifications
approved by ASCL

Solution Testing

I. The Master System Integrator shall design the Testing strategy including
traceability matrix, test cases and conduct testing of various components of the
software developed/ configured for the Project
II. The software testing shall include but not limited to Unit Testing, System Testing,
Performance Testing, Integration Testing etc.

73 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

III. The Master System Integrator shall perform the testing of the solution based on
the test plan approved by ASCL
IV. The Master System Integrator shall document the results and shall fix the bugs/
errors found during the testing
V. It is the ultimate responsibility of Master System Integrator to ensure that the end
product delivered meets all the requirements (including functional and technical
requirements) specified in the DPR
VI. The basic responsibility of testing the solution lies with the Master System
Integrator.

Deployment of ASCL Smart Solution Application

I. The Master System Integrator shall deploy the Smart Solutions required for
successful implementation of ASCL Smart City Implementation
II. Data Migration/ Transition
III. The Master System Integrator shall perform data migration/ transition activities (if
any)
IV. The data migration to be performed by the Master System Integrator shall be
preceded by an appropriate data migration methodology, prepared by Master
System Integrator and submitted to ASCL
V. Any corrections, identified by ASCL in the data migration by Master System
Integrator, shall be addressed by Master System Integrator at no additional cost to
the ASCL

User Acceptance Testing

I. The User Acceptance Testing of the software shall also be facilitated by the Master
System Integrator. The detailed requirement has been specified in the DPR.
Acceptance Testing shall involve:
a. Test Case development
b. Functional testing
c. Business case testing
d. Master System Integrator shall be required to bring its own testing
tools for testing

Comprehensive Training

I. Master System Integrator shall be required to provide training to all the ASCL staff
or relevant stakeholders, to enable them to effectively operate and perform the
relevant services using the solutions enabled by ASCL
II. The training content shall have to be relevant to the target trainees depending upon
the role played by them i.e. processing hands, technical/ administration personnel,
supervisors/ managers, and senior officers etc.
III. The Master System Integrator shall also be responsible for re-training the selected
employees whenever major changes are made in the ASCL Smart Solutions
IV. The Training shall be conducted in full synchronization with the overall Project
Implementation plan

74 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

V. Master System Integrator shall prepare a detailed training plan, including the
method/ mode of training, training needs at various levels, the proposed
curriculum, locations, material, duration of each training program and the entry
and exit level criteria, and get it approved by ASCL before starting on the actual
training
VI. The language for training shall be both English and Punjabi

Ownership and Licenses

I. The bidder shall provide licenses (perpetual) for application and all system software
without constraints
II. All licenses shall be provided with lifetime validity and free updates/ upgrades/
patches during warranty and AMC period
III. The ownership of application and all system software designed, developed,
procured, delivered, configured, and implemented for the Project shall lie with the
ASCL
IV. All licenses would be in the name of “Amritsar Smart City Limited”

b. Provisioning of Hosting/ Co-location Facilities for DC

Master System Integrator shall provision and provide Hosting/ Co-location facilities for DC.
The Hosting/ Co-location facilities shall have minimum following:

I. Tier 3 Data centres for the DC

II. DRC, when in scope in subsequent phases, shall be in different seismic zone from
DC

c. Procurement and Installation of IT Infrastructure at DC and Helpdesk

Establishment of IT Infrastructure at the DC and Helpdesk

The Master System Integrator shall procure and implement IT Infrastructure at DC that can
suitably meet requirements of performance, security, scalability and availability of ASCL.
The hardware set up by the Master System Integrator shall have minimum following:

I. Standard technologies
II. Guaranteed Service Levels
III. High quality support, operations and monitoring of ASCL Smart Solution
IV. Data and Application availability seven days a week twenty-four hours a day
V. Facility for centralized management
VI. Custom security options, multiple security levels
VII. Backup and archival services

Establishment of Test (Staging) & Development Environment

I. It is proposed that the Test (staging) & Development environment architecture

should be exactly similar to that of production environment
II. All the components of the Test (staging) & Development environment application
should be deployed in the similar way as they are deployed in the production
environment (taking care of aspects such as clustering, integration etc.) This would

75 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

streamline the process of testing before deployment on the production

environment

Procurement of IT Infrastructure

I. The Master System Integrator shall ensure that all the equipment procured is brand
new and is free of any defect of any sort
II. All the hardware should be from reputed OEMs and should come with the
appropriate OEM certification, stating that the latest generation of the equipment
(No IT equipment model should have been introduced in the market not later than
2 years back as on date of submission of bid) is being provided for the ASCL Smart
Solution at the time of deployment
III. It is expected that Master System Integrator and OEM shall ensure that the
equipment/ components being supplied by Master System Integrator shall be
supported for minimum 6 years from date of bid submission. If the same is de-
supported by the OEM for any reason whatsoever, the Master System Integrator
shall replace it with an equivalent or better substitute acceptable to ASCL without
any additional cost to the ASCL and without impacting the performance of the ASCL
Smart Solution in any manner whatsoever.
IV. No Products/ equipment under the DPR should be end of life for the Project term

IT Infrastructure Installation

I. The Master System Integrator shall be responsible for Installation and

Operationalization & Maintenance of the end-to-end solution, which includes
installation of IT Infrastructure at DC
II. Implementation of SLA Monitoring & Measurement System
III. Master System Integrator shall design/ procure, implement/ customize the
Enterprise Management System (EMS) and shall develop additional tools, if
required, to measure performance against each of the indicators listed under SLAs
specified in the DPR
IV. Master System Integrator shall ensure that proposed SLA monitoring system
addresses all the SLA measurement requirements and enables calculation of
eligible compensation to the Master System Integrator on a quarterly basis,
including the penalties as specified in the SLA

Warranty

I. The Master System Integrator shall warrant that the IT Infrastructure procured for
the Project shall have no defects arising from design or workmanship or any act or
omission. The warranty shall remain valid for project term.
II. The Master System Integrator warrants that the goods supplied under the DPR are
new, non-refurbished, unused and recently manufactured; shall not be nearing End
of sale/ End of support; and shall be supported by the Master System Integrator
and respective OEM along with service and spares support to ensure its efficient
and effective operations for the Project Term

76 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

III. The Master System Integrator shall provide the warranty for IT Infrastructure
(Software & hardware) supplied for Project Term on all the items supplied as per
the Contract
IV. The Master System Integrator shall replace any parts/ components of the IT
Infrastructure supplied for the Project if the components are defective and during
the entire warranty period, Master System Integrator shall apply all the latest
upgrades/ patches/ releases for the software after appropriate testing

Documentation

I. The Master System Integrator shall undertake preparation of documents including

that of Infrastructure solution design & architecture, configuration files of the
Infrastructures, Standard Operating Procedures, and Information Security
Management procedures as per acceptable standards
II. The Master System Integrator shall take sign-off on the documents, including
design documents, Standard Operating Procedures, Security Policy & Procedures
from ASCL and shall make necessary changes as recommended by ASCL before
submitting the final version of the documents
III. Master System Integrator would prepare and submit all the documentation before
‘Effective Date of Go-Live’ and also ensure that a periodic revision of the documents
are also done and submitted to ASCL

d. Security of Information and Data at DC

I. The Master System Integrator shall develop a detailed security policy and
supporting procedures for the ASCL Smart Solution and obtain ASCL approval to
ensure confidentiality, integrity and availability of data. The Master System
Integrator shall depute at least one designated Information security expert to be
assisted by an additional expert. He shall coordinate with ASCL’s Nodal Officer
responsible for information security matters. It shall be the responsibility of the
Master System Integrator to provide the required equipment, software and other
resources to establish the processes and comply with the security requirements of
the Solution. The Master System Integrator shall maintain a checklist for tracking
the progress of the various activities defined in this DPR.
e. Technology Refresh
I. Bidder shall be responsible for performing a feasibility study, prepare an
improvement plan and implement the same. This is part of the overall responsibility
of bidder for TCO reduction end to end Project operations.
II. Response Solution.
III. Bidder has to propose first Technology Refresh Reports at the end of 2nd year and
in the end of the Contract period.
f. Requirement for Adherence to Standards
I. The envisaged ASCL Smart Solution needs to be designed based on a prescribed
set of Standards (as illustrated in Table below). These Standards would apply to all
the aspects of the envisaged system including (but not limited) Design,
Development, Procurement, Delivery, Configuration, Implementation, Testing,
Data Migration, Commissioning, Operations & Maintenance and it is essential that
the same are achieved and fully-adhered to during application maintenance period.

77 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Preference for Open Standards

I. The application must be designed following open standards, to the extent feasible
and in line with overall system requirements set out in this DPR, in order to provide
for good interoperability with multiple platforms and avoid any technology or
technology provider lock-in.

Compliance with Industry Standards

I. In addition to above, the proposed solution has to be based on and compliant with
industry standards (their latest versions as on date) wherever applicable. There are
many standards that are indicated throughout this DPR as well as summarized
below. The list below is just for reference and is not to be treated as exhaustive.

S. No. Component/ Application/ System Prescribed Standard

1. Workflow Design WFMC/ BPM Standard
2. Portal Development W3C Specification
Information Access/ Transfer
3. SOAP, REST, HTTP/ HTTPS
Protocols
4. Interoperability Web Services, Open Standard
5. Document Encryption PKCS specification
6. Information Security ISO 27001 certified system
Operational Integrity & Security
7. ISO 27002 certified system
Maintenance
8. Operations ISO 9001 certified
9. IT Infrastructure Maintenance ITIL/ EITM specification
10. Service Maintenance ISO 20000 specifications or latest
11. Project Documentation IEEE/ ISO specifications for documentation

g. Acceptance Testing

Acceptance Testing & Audit

I. The primary goal of Acceptance Testing, Audit is to ensure that the solution meets
Requirements, Standards, and Specifications as set out in the DPR and as needed
to achieve the desired Output, Outcomes and Service Levels. The basic approach
for this shall be ensuring that the following are associated with clear and
quantifiable metrics for accountability:
a. Functional requirements
b. Availability of services in the defined locations
c. Performance
d. Security
e. Manageability

78 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

f. SLA Reporting System

g. Project Documentation
II. Complete testing of the solution shall be performed by Master System Integrator
which includes but not limited to preparation of test script and running of test
scripts. Master System Integrator has to get approved the same from ASCL.
III. As part of Acceptance testing & audit, ASCL at any time may review all aspects of
project development and implementation of ASCL Smart Solution including the
processes relating to the design of solution and sub-systems, coding, testing,
business process description, documentation, version control, change
management, security, and performance in relation to defined requirements,
interoperability, scalability, availability and compliance with all the technical and
functional requirements of the DPR

Infrastructure Compliance

I. ASCL may perform the Infrastructure Compliance Review to verify the conformity
of the Infrastructure supplied by the Master System Integrator against the
requirements and specifications provided in the DPR and/ or as proposed in the
proposal submitted by Master System Integrator
II. Compliance review shall not absolve the Master System Integrator from ensuring
that proposed infrastructure meets the SLA requirements

Security

I. ASCL Smart Solution developed by the Master System Integrator shall be tested
from security & controls perspective. Such testing shall also include the
Application, IT Infrastructure and Network deployed for the ASCL Smart Solution.
Following are the broad activities to be performed as part of Security Testing. The
security testing shall subject the ASCL Smart Solution for the following activities:
a. Audit of Server and Application security mechanisms
b. Assessment of authentication mechanism provided in the application/
components/ modules
c. Assessment of data encryption mechanisms implemented for the
solution
d. Assessment of data access privileges, retention periods and archival
mechanisms
e. Server and Application security features incorporated etc.

Performance

I. Performance is another key requirement for the ASCL Smart Solution and the
Master System Integrator shall perform the Performance Testing of the deployed
Solution against key parameters defined in SLA described in this DPR and/ or
Contract between ASCL and Master System Integrator. Such parameters include
request response time, work-flow processing time, concurrent sessions supported
by the system. The performance review also includes verification of scalability
provisioned in the application for catering to the requirements of volume growth in
future.

79 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Availability

I. The application should be designed to remove all single point failures. Appropriate
redundancy shall be built into all the critical components to provide the ability to
recover from failures. ASCL shall perform various tests including server, security,
DC failover tests to verify the availability of the services in case of component/
location failures.

Manageability Review

I. Master System Integrator shall verify the manageability of the ASCL Smart Solution
and its supporting sub-systems deployed using any enterprise management system
proposed by the Master System Integrator. The manageability requirements such
as remote monitoring, administration, configuration, inventory management, fault
identification etc. shall have to be tested out.

SLA Reporting System

I. Master System Integrator shall develop/ procure/ customize and implement tools
required to monitor the performance indicators listed under SLA prescribed in the
DPR and calculations of scores accordingly
II. The Master System Integrator shall verify the Accuracy and Completeness of the
information captured by the SLA monitoring system implemented shall certify the
same
III. The Master System Integrator shall provide complete access to ASCL of the SLA
tool(s).

Project Documentation

I. Master System Integrator shall submit the Project documents developed by Master
System Integrator including requirements, design, source code, installation, training
and administration manuals, version control etc. Any issues/ gaps identified by
ASCL, in any of the above areas, shall be addressed to the complete satisfaction of
ASCL.

3.12.7 Compliance to SLA

The Master System Integrator shall ensure compliance to uptime and performance
requirements of the Solution as indicated in the DPR and any upgrades/ major changes to
the Solution shall be accordingly planned by Master System Integrator for ensuring the SLA
requirements

3.12.8 Application Maintenance

I. The Master System Integrator shall address all the errors/ bugs/ gaps in the
functionality offered by solution (vis-à-vis the FRS or SRS or SDD signed off for
Project) at no additional cost during the maintenance period
II. For performing of any functional changes to system that are deviating from the
signed-off FRS or SRS or SDD, a separate Change Control Note (CCN) shall be
prepared by Master System Integrator and the changes in the software shall be

80 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

implemented accordingly. The time period for implementation of change shall be

mutually decided between the Master System Integrator and ASCL.
III. Modifications in the delivered ASCL Smart Solutions shall not be considered as
Change request, only new requirement shall be considered as change request
IV. It is clarified that changes in Application, hardware and other IT Infrastructure
required as a result of any legislative, administrative, policy changes by ASCL and
workflow shall not constitute change of ‘Scope of Work’
V. In case there is a change request in the Scope of Work, the Master System
Integrator shall prepare the “CNS (change note on Scope of Work)” and get it
approved by the department for the additional cost, effort and implementation time
VI. The decision of ASCL on change being a CCN or CNS would be final & binding on
Master System Integrator

3.12.9 Problem identification and Resolution

I. Identification and resolution of application problems (e.g. system malfunctions,

performance problems and data corruption etc.) shall be part of Master System
Integrator’s responsibility
II. The Master System Integrator shall also be responsible to rectify the defects
pointed out by ASCL and carry out the enhancements suggested by them, as a
result of the field assessments carried out by the ASCL, during the maintenance
period. This shall be at no additional cost to the ASCL, in so far as the
enhancements related to Scope of Work falling within the purview of the defined
Scope of Work for Master System Integrator.
III. Resolution of incidents/ problem logs created by the users of the ASCL Solutions

3.12.10 Application Change & Version Control

I. All planned changes to the ASCL Smart Solutions shall be coordinated within
established Change Control processes to ensure that:
a. Appropriate communication on change required has taken place
b. Proper approvals have been received
c. Schedules have been adjusted to minimize impact on the production
environment
II. The Master System Integrator shall define the Software Change Management &
Version control process and obtain approval for the same from ASCL. For any
changes to the ASCL Smart Solutions, Master System Integrator has to prepare
detailed documentation including proposed changes, impact to the system in terms
of functional outcomes/ additional features added to the system etc. Master
System Integrator is required to obtain approval from ASCL for all the proposed
changes before implementation of the same into production environment and such
documentation is subject to review at the end of each quarter of operations &
maintenance support.

3.12.11 Maintain configuration information

I. Maintain version control and configuration information for application software and
any system documentation

81 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

3.12.12 Maintain configuration information

Maintain and update documentation of the software system. Ensure that:

I. Application documentation is updated to reflect on-going maintenance and

enhancements including but not limited to FRS, SRS, SDD and RTM
II. User manuals & training manuals are updated to reflect on-going changes/
enhancements
III. Standard practices are adopted & followed for version control and management

3.12.13 Provide Change Control

All planned changes to application shall be coordinated within established Change control processes
to ensure that:

I. Appropriate communication on change required has taken place

II. Proper approvals have been received

3.12.14 Provision, deployment and supervision of manpower for Operations &

Maintenance of ASCL Smart Solutions

I. The Master System Integrator shall be responsible for sourcing of the personnel
and the management of all matters relating to such personnel, to carry out the
responsibilities assigned to the Master System Integrator under the Contract. In
particular, these include:
a. Recruitment of the personnel possessing the qualifications prescribed
in the DPR;
b. Training of the personnel;
c. Payment of salaries and benefits to the personnel;
d. Meeting all statutory obligations/ payments arising out of engaging the
personnel;
e. Meeting all the liabilities arising out of the acts of the personnel
II. During the course of the Contract, if it becomes necessary to replace any of the
Key Personnel (due to non-performance or any other reason whatsoever), the
Master System Integrator shall forthwith with due approval from ASCL, provide as
a replacement a person of equivalent or better qualifications and experience than
the resource being replaced/ or proposed in the bid

The team proposed in the proposal should be on the rolls of the bidder(s) at the time of
submission of the proposal. For any change of the resource or any resource being proposed
for operations, the bidder should have to submit the CV of the resource, at least 2 weeks in
advance for ASCL to decide on the replacement.

3.13 Design and Implementation of Disaster Recovery Infrastructure for ICCC

project

I. MSI shall propose to host Applications and storage on cloud for complete Data
Recovery (DR) operations. Applications should fail-over to the cloud in case of DR.
The MSI should design the DR according to RTO/RPO as mentioned below:

82 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Recovery Point Objective (RPO) 4 Hour

Recovery Time Objective (RTO) 1 Hour

II. DR shall be implemented based on managed cloud services and shall adhere to
guideline issued by MeitY over time to time. SLA for DR shall be as per MeitY
guideline.
III. MSI may propose the Cloud Service Provider from the empanelled vendors of MeitY.
IV. Below are the key factors to be considered for cloud hosting -

· The MSI is required to prepare and submit along with their technical proposal, the
details of methodologies and computations for sizing and capacity of storage,
compute, backup, network and security.

· There should be logical separation (of space, servers, storage, network

infrastructure and networks) to protect data, applications and servers on Private
cloud.

· The cameras shall operate at lower settings i.e. 720P @ 10 FPS in case of DR
scenario. This setting profile shall be applied by VMS on cloud on field cameras to
reduce bitrate in DR scenario. ANPR cameras shall operate at 720p@ 25 FPS.

· All applications in scope shall be operational from DR site after DC is not available
as per RTO/RPO guideline.

· Viewing bandwidth shall be provisioned for minimum of 100 cameras streams at

one time in DR scenario. During the period of disaster it shall be possible to view
video feeds from multiple police viewing centres in the city.

· All the important video evidence shall be moved to unified storage on regular
basis with help police personnel (ideally within 7 days). The complete application
databases, tagged video evidence data and other important data and files on 125
TB unified storage shall be replicated in cloud on based on RPO/RTO guidelines. It
shall be duty of MSI to delete data after requisite permissions from police
department.

· All applications except Face Recognition shall be operational

· The camera stream to DR shall be activated only in DR Scenario to reduce

bandwidth cost.

· It is expected that bidder shall make all necessary provision to ensure high
availability at the Data Centre and after switch over to the DR; it gets back in to
normal operations from the DC as soon as possible. However, the overall disaster
Recovery Solution should be provisioned in such a manner that previous 7 days
feeds are available and it should be able to run for 7 Days in case of Disaster.

· One full-scale DR drill to be conducted during UAT & post go-live and additional
DR Drills on quarterly yearly basis shall be conducted. Total DR period in a year
shall be assumed to be 24 days a year for purpose of sizing including DR drills

· The system shall be hosted in the site identified by the MSI and as agreed by the
ASCL for DR in a different seismic zone.

83 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

· There should be sufficient capacity (compute, network and storage capacity

offered) available for near real time performance (as per the SLA requirement of
the ASCL) during any unanticipated spikes in the user load.

· DR site shall be located in India only.

· The design ensure redundancy at each level

· MSI shall provide interoperability support with regards to available APIs, data
portability etc. for the ASCL to utilize in case of Change of cloud service provider,
migration back to in-house infrastructure, burst to a different cloud service
provider for a short duration or availing backup or DR services from a different
service provider.

· The MSI is fully responsible for tech refreshes, patch management and other
operations of infrastructure that is in the scope of the MSI.

· ASCL retains ownership of all virtual machines, templates, clones, and

scripts/applications created for the ASCL’s application. ASCL retains the right to
request (or should be able to retrieve) full copies of these virtual machines at any
time

· Provide a robust, fault tolerant infrastructure with enterprise grade SLAs with an
assured uptime of 99.999%, SLA measured at the VM Level & SLA measured at
the Storage Levels
· Cloud services should be accessible via internet and MPLS.

· Required Support to be provided to the ASCL in migration of the VMs, data,

content and any other assets to the new environment created by the ASCL or any
Agency (on behalf of the ASCL) on alternate cloud service provider’s offerings to
enable successful deployment and running of the ASCL’s solution on the new
infrastructure.

· The MSI should configure, schedule and manage backups of all the data including
but not limited to files, folders, images, system state, databases and enterprise
applications

· Perform and store data and file backups consisting of an initial full back up with
daily incremental backups for files;
· For the files, perform weekly backups;

· For the databases, perform a twice weekly full database backup, with a three
times daily backup of database log files

· Encryption of all backup files and data and management of encryption keys as a
service that can be enabled for Government Departments that require such a
service.
· Retain database backups for thirty (30) days
V. The MSI should offer dashboard to provide visibility into service via dashboard.
VI. MSI shall not delete any data at the end of the agreement (for a maximum of 45
days beyond the expiry of the Agreement) without the approval of the ASCL.

Preparation of Disaster Recovery Operational Plan

84 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

The MSI should provide detailed operating procedures for each application during the
following scenarios. These shall be mutually agreed upon with ASCL during the project kick
off.
a) Business as usual: the primary site is functioning as required, procedures for
ensuring consistency of data availability at secondary (DR) site.
b) Disaster: Declaration of disaster, making the DR site live for production, ensuring
availability of users to the secondary site.
c) Operations from DR site: Ensuring secondary site is addressing the functionality as
desired
Configure proposed solution for usage
The service provider shall provide DR Management Solution to ASCL meeting following
specifications:

Periodic Disaster Recovery Plan Update

The service provider shall be responsible for –
a) Devising and documenting the DR policy discussed and approved by ASCL.
b) Providing data storage mechanism from the Go-Live date till the date of contract
expiry for the purpose of compliance and audit
3.13.1 Preparation of Disaster Recovery Operational Plan

The MSI should provide detailed operating procedures for each application during the
following scenarios. These shall be mutually agreed upon with ASCL during the project kick
off.

I. Business as usual: the primary site is functioning as required, procedures for

ensuring consistency of data availability at secondary (DR) site.
II. Disaster: Declaration of disaster, making the DR site live for production, ensuring
availability of users to the secondary site.
III. Operations from DR site: Ensuring secondary site is addressing the functionality as
desired

3.13.2 Configure proposed solution for usage

The service provider shall provide DR Management Solution to ASCL meeting following
specifications:

S .No. Minimum Requirement Description

1 The proposed solution must offer a workflow based management & monitoring
and reporting capability for the real time monitoring of a DR solution
parameters like RPO (at DB level), RTO, replication status and should provide
alerts( including SMS and e-mail alerts) on any deviations. The proposed
solution should be able to conduct DR Drills from a centralized location
2 The proposed solution should provide a single dashboard to track DR Readiness
status of all the applications under DR
3 The proposed solution should be capable of reporting important health
parameters like disk space, password changes, file addition/deletion etc. to
ensure DR readiness
4 The proposed solution should have inbuilt ready to use library of recovery
automation action for heterogeneous databases and replication environment.

85 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S .No. Minimum Requirement Description

This must significantly reduce custom development of scripts and speedy
deployment of DR solutions
5 The proposed solution should facilitate out-of-the-box, workflow based
switchover and switchback for DR drills for standard applications based on
industry best practices
6 The proposed solution should facilitate workflows for bringing up the
applications and all the components it depends on at DR while it is up at primary
site without pausing/stopping the replication
7 The proposed solution should be able to manage hosts by either deploying
agents or without deploying any agent and should not require any change in the
existing environment
8 The proposed solution must support all major platforms including Linux,
Windows, Solaris, and Unix etc. with high availability options. It must support
both physical and virtual platforms
9 The proposed solution should facilitate workflow based, single-click recovery
mechanism for single or multiple applications
10 The proposed DRM solution should integrate seamlessly with the existing setup
without the need to reconfigure or remove existing application setup including
clusters
11 The proposed solution should cover all the functionalities mentioned in the
specifications and all the required licenses should be provisioned

3.13.3 Periodic Disaster Recovery Plan Update

The service provider shall be responsible for

I. Devising and documenting the DR policy discussed and approved by ASCL.
II. Providing data storage mechanism from the Go-Live date till the date of contract
expiry for the purpose of compliance and audit

86 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

4. Project Implementation Timelines, Deliverables and Payment Terms

S.N Timelines
Activity / Task Deliverables / Milestone Payment Milestone
o (Months)
Project Award and Contract Signing
Project Start
1. between ASCL and successful -
Date =T0
Bidder
Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) for the Project
2. Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) -
Term
Team Deployment for the following:
• Project Planning
• Final Project Plan
3. • Resource Scheduling T0 + 0.5 -
• Project Inception Report
• Development, Implementation &
Maintenance approach
Submission and approval of Site- • Solution Design Document
4. T0 + 2 5 % of the CAPEX
survey Report (All tracks) • Final Survey Reports
Completion of Site preparation,
Civil Works, HVAC Systems, • Completion Reports
5. T0 + 6 15 % of the CAPEX
Furniture and Electrical Work of • Inspection Reports approved by ASCL
Data Centre and ICCC
• Delivery Challan with date & stamp on delivery proof
• Copy/Original excise duty gate-pass
Supply of all equipment/ • Inspection report from an authentic third party
components (Hardware) including • Warranty certificate issued by respective OEMs for
6. T0 + 6.5 10 % of the CAPEX
System Software Licenses at the each hardware back to back in the name of “ASCL”
Data Centre and ICCC • License in case of system software
• Manufacturer Authorization Form
• Country of origin certificate
• Delivery Challan with data & stamp on delivery proof
Supply of all field equipment/ • Copy/Original excise duty gate-pass
7. components (Hardware) including T0 + 7 • Inspection report from an authentic third party 10 % of the CAPEX
System Software Licenses • Warranty certificate issued by respective OEMs for
each hardware back to back in the name of “ASCL”

87 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S.N Timelines
Activity / Task Deliverables / Milestone Payment Milestone
o (Months)
• License in case of system software
• Manufacturer Authorization Form
• Country of origin certificate
• Device-wise configuration report stating IP schema
Installation, Testing, Configuration • Installation, Testing and Commissioning Report
and Operationalization of all • Complete set of Technical, Operations & Maintenance
8. equipment/components (Hardware) T0 + 8.5 Manual 15 % of the CAPEX
including system software licenses • Configuration Change Report
at the Data Centre and ICCC • Software Installation Guide and Checklist
• Insurance certificate from the Insurance Company
• Device-wise configuration report stating IP schema
• Installation, Testing and Commissioning Report
Installation, Testing, Configuration
• Complete set of Technical, Operations & Maintenance
and Operationalization of all field
9. T0 + 10 Manual 15 % of the CAPEX
equipment including System
• Configuration Change Report
Software Licenses
• Software Installation Guide and Checklist
• Insurance certificate from the Insurance Company
• UAT Report
• Training and Capacity Building
User Acceptance Testing, Training
• Defect Resolution Report
10. and Go-Live of all smart T0 + 12 10 % of the CAPEX
• Commissioning Report
components
• User Acceptance Testing and Go-Live of all Smart
Solutions
CAPEX amortized
over 4 years: 20%
(16 quarterly
11. Post Go-Live Support • SLA Adherence Report on a Monthly/ Quarterly basis payments of 1.25%
after in equated
instalments after
deductions of SLA

88 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S.N Timelines
Activity / Task Deliverables / Milestone Payment Milestone
o (Months)
penalties)

AND

OPEX amortized for

4 years payable
quarterly at the end
of each quarter in
equated instalments
after deductions of
SLA penalties

· Additionally, all payments to be made by ASCL to the Bidder shall be inclusive of all statutory levies, duties, taxes and other charges
whenever levied/applicable (including GST as applicable). Any increase in rates of all applicable direct or indirect taxes (Central or State or
local), rates, duties, charges and levies (Central or State or local), excluding GST shall be to the account of the Bidder. Any increase or
decrease in the applicable tax shall be to the account of ASCL, for the services provided in this Contract.
· Any miscalculation of taxes by the Bidder shall be borne by the respective Bidder only, Purchaser shall not be liable for any miscalculation
of taxes quoted by the Bidder in their Bid
· The Bidder shall also bear all personal/income taxes levied or imposed on its personnel on account of payment received under this Contract.
Bidder shall further bear all income/corporate taxes, levied or imposed on account of payments received by it from ASCL for the work done
under this Contract.
· CAPEX & OPEX ratio shall be reasonable and realistic, a bid shall not be considered for Final Evaluation if the total CAPEX value happens to
be more than 50% of the overall bid value

89 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5. Service Level Agreement

5.1 Purpose
I. The purpose of Service Levels is to define the levels of service provided to the MSI
by the Client for the duration of the contract. The benefits of this are:
II. Help the Client control the levels and performance of SI services;
III. Create clear requirements for measurement of the performance of the system and
help in monitoring the same during the Contract duration.
IV. The Service Levels are between the Client and MSI.

5.2 Service Level Agreement & Targets

I. This section is agreed to by Client and MSI as the key performance indicator for the
project;
II. The following section reflects the measurements to be used to track and report
systems performance on a regular basis. The targets shown in the following tables
are for the period of Contract.

General Principles of Service Level Agreement

I. Service Level Agreement (SLA) shall become the part of the Contract between the
Client and the MSI. SLA defines the terms of SI’s responsibility in ensuring the
timely delivery of the deliverables and the correctness of the deliverables based on
the agreed performance indicators as detailed in this section.
II. The MSI shall comply with the SLAs to ensure adherence to project timelines,
quality and availability of services throughout the duration of the Contract. For the
purpose of the SLA, definitions and terms as specified in the document along with
the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
· “Total Time” – Total number of hours in consideration for evaluation of SLA
performance.
· “Downtime” – Time period for which the specified
services/components/system are not available in the concerned period,
being considered for evaluation of SLA, which shall exclude downtime owing
to Force Majeure and reasons beyond control of the MSI.
· “Scheduled Maintenance Time” – Time period for which the specified
services/components/system with specified technical and service standards
are not available due to scheduled maintenance activity. The MSI shall take
at least 7 days prior approval from the Client for any such activity. The
scheduled maintenance should be carried out during nonpeak- hours and
shall not exceed more than four (4) hours and not more than four (4) times
in a year.
· “Uptime” – Time period for which the specified services are available in the
period being considered for evaluation of SLA.
· Uptime (%) = [1- {(Total Downtime) / (Total Time - Scheduled Maintenance
Time)}]*100.
· “Availability”: When the system is working properly performing all business
and functional requirements as defined in this DPR.
90 | P a g e Private and Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL
· Availability = ((Agreed Hours - (Incident(s) x Duration)) / Agreed Hours)*100
· Penalties shall be applied for each criteria individually and then added
together for the total penalty for a particular quarter.
· “Incident” – Any event/abnormalities in the service/system being provided
that may lead to disruption in regular/normal operations and services to the
end user.
· “Response Time” – Time elapsed from the moment an incident is reported to
the Helpdesk either manually or automatically through the system to the time
when a resource is assigned for the resolution of the same.
· “Resolution Time” – Time elapsed from the moment incident is reported to
the Helpdesk either manually or automatically through system, to the time
by which the incident is resolved completely and services as per the Contract
are restored.
5.3 Measurement & Target

a. Implementation Phase related SLAs

i. During Implementation phase any delay in deliverables and milestones shall
attract liquidated damages as per conditions of Contract.
b. Operations & Maintenance Phase related SLAs
i. These SLAs shall be used to evaluate the performance of the services post
the Implementation Phase and commencement of the O&M Phase. These
SLAs and associated performance shall be monitored on quarterly basis.
Penalty levied for non-performance as per SLA shall be deducted through
subsequent payments due from the Client or through the Performance Bank
Guarantee.
ii. The Scheduled Maintenance Time should be approved by the client in writing.
The schedule maintenance request should be submitted to the client 15 days
in advance from the scheduled maintenance rate.
iii. The Exhibit below provides the Service Level’s (SLA) to be adhered by the
bidder during the operational hours of the project/system/sub-
system/components. The scheduled maintenance and the scheduled down
time shall be carried out by the Bidder during the non-operational hours of
the project. In case of not meeting the SLA’s, the corresponding penalties as
defined in the Exhibit in the subsequent section on next page:
c. Severity Weights
i. “Upon ninety (90) days’ advance notice to Master System Integrator, ASCL
may adjust the Severity Weights of the respective Service Levels, as ASCL
deems appropriate, so long as the total of such percentages does not exceed
one hundred percent (100%).”
d. Service Level Changes
i. From time to time, ASCL may add or delete Service Levels or assign or adjust
Severity Weights, but the aggregate of all Severity Weights may not exceed
100% within a Service Category. New Service Levels are Changes authorized
through the Change Control Procedures. Changes that add Service Levels
shall be effective within ninety (90) days after ASCL proposes the Change, or
as otherwise agreed.
91 | P a g e Private and Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5.4 Implementation SLA Matrix

Timelines
S.No Activity / Task Deliverables / Milestone Penalty
(Months)
Project Award and Contract
Project Start
1. Signing between ASCL and NA
Date =T0
successful Bidder
Performance Bank Guarantee Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) for the Project
2. NA
(PBG) Term
Team Deployment for the
following:
• Project Planning • Final Project Plan
3. T0 + 0.5 NA
• Resource Scheduling • Project Inception Report
• Development, Implementation
& Maintenance approach
Submission and approval of Site- • Solution Design Document 10 % of the Invoice
4. T0 + 2
survey Report (All tracks) • Final Survey Reports Amount
Completion of Site preparation,
Civil Works, HVAC Systems, • Completion Reports 10 % of the Invoice
5. T0 + 6
Furniture and Electrical Work of • Inspection Reports approved by ASCL Amount
Data Centre and ICCC
• Delivery Challan with date & stamp on delivery proof
• Copy/Original excise duty gate-pass
Supply of all equipment/
• Inspection report from an authentic third party
components (Hardware)
• Warranty certificate issued by respective OEMs for 10 % of the Invoice
6. including System Software T0 + 6.5
each hardware back to back in the name of “ASCL” Amount
Licenses at the Data Centre and
• License in case of system software
ICCC
• Manufacturer Authorization Form
• Country of origin certificate

92 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Timelines
S.No Activity / Task Deliverables / Milestone Penalty
(Months)
• Delivery Challan with data & stamp on delivery proof
• Copy/Original excise duty gate-pass
Supply of all field equipment/ • Inspection report from an authentic third party
components (Hardware) • Warranty certificate issued by respective OEMs for 10 % of the Invoice
7. T0 + 7
including System Software each hardware back to back in the name of “ASCL” Amount
Licenses • License in case of system software
• Manufacturer Authorization Form
• Country of origin certificate
Installation, Testing, • Device-wise configuration report stating IP schema
Configuration and • Installation, Testing and Commissioning Report
Operationalization of all • Complete set of Technical, Operations &
10 % of the Invoice
8. equipment/components T0 + 8.5 Maintenance Manual
Amount
(Hardware) including system • Configuration Change Report
software licenses at the Data • Software Installation Guide and Checklist
Centre and ICCC • Insurance certificate from the Insurance Company
• Device-wise configuration report stating IP schema
Installation, Testing, • Installation, Testing and Commissioning Report
Configuration and • Complete set of Technical, Operations &
10 % of the Invoice
9. Operationalization of all field T0 + 10 Maintenance Manual
Amount
equipment including System • Configuration Change Report
Software Licenses • Software Installation Guide and Checklist
• Insurance certificate from the Insurance Company
• UAT Report
• Training and Capacity Building
User Acceptance Testing,
• Defect Resolution Report 10 % of the Invoice
10. Training and Go-Live of all smart T0 + 12
• Commissioning Report Amount
components
• User Acceptance Testing and Go-Live of all Smart
Solutions

93 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5.5 Operations SLA Matrix

All Operations & Maintenance SLA shall be monitored by MSI using EMS and NMS tools and providing reports for the same shall be in scope of
the MSI. MSI shall also be responsible for building any custom reports required by ASCL by interfacing to applications, database, API , logs or
other interfaces for correct reporting for all metrics related to SLA’s provided below. ASCL or a third party auditor reserves the right to decide
the method for calculation of the SLA provided below and make any corrections to methods used.

5.5.1 Data Hosting & IT Infrastructure at ICCC

“Data Hosting & IT Infrastructure Availability”: When the system is working properly performing all business and functional requirements as
defined in this RFP.
Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.
“UPS Availability” is defined as: When UPS is available in full working condition as defined in this RFP. UPS running in “Bypass” mode shall
also be considered as unavailable. Availability shall be calculated only for power outages that are less than the UPS backup time. Power
outages beyond UPS backup time shall be excluded from the SLA calculations.

Falls By /
S. Severity
Component Requirement Increases Penalty Calculation (Currency in INR)
No Level
By (INR)

For every decrease of 0.10% in

Servers / Storage /Router/ Switches/ availability of each device & its
High 99.90% 0.10% 50000
1. Link Load Balancers associated components in a quarter, a
penalty of 50000 shall be imposed on
quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.10% in
Firewall / IPS/ AMP/ APT// DDOS/ availability of each device & its
High 99.90% 0.10% 50000
2. WAF associated components in a quarter, a
penalty of 100000 shall be imposed
on quarterly payment
94 | P a g e Private and Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Falls By /
S. Severity
Component Requirement Increases Penalty Calculation (Currency in INR)
No Level
By (INR)

For every decrease of 0.50% in

availability of each device & its
Workstations/Laptops/Multifunctional
Moderate 99% 0.50% 5000 associated component in a quarter, a
3. Printer /Monitors/IP Phones/Joy Stick
penalty of 5000 shall be imposed on
quarterly payment

For every decrease of 0.50% in

availability of the ICCC Software
Platform & its associated services in a
4. ICCC Software Platform High 99.50% 0.50% 7500
quarter, a penalty of INR 7500 for
every 0.50% decrease shall be imposed
on quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.10% in
availability of Video wall & its
5. Video Wall & Management System High 99.90% 0.10% 20000 Management System in a quarter, a
penalty of INR 20000 shall be imposed
on quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in
availability of the Building
Management system & its associated
6. Building Management system High 99.50% 0.50% 7500
services in a month, a penalty of INR
7500 for every 0.50% decrease shall
be imposed on quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in
7. Access management system High 99.50% 0.50% 7500 availability of Access management
system & its associated component in

95 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Falls By /
S. Severity
Component Requirement Increases Penalty Calculation (Currency in INR)
No Level
By (INR)

a month, a penalty of INR 7500 shall

be imposed on quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.10% in Uptime
8. UPS Medium 99.90% 0.10% 10000 of each UPS in a month, a penalty of
INR 5000 shall be imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in Uptime
of the Diesel Generators & its
associated services in a month, a
9. Diesel Generators High 99.90% 0.10% 10000
penalty of INR 7500 for every 0.50%
decrease shall be imposed on quarterly
payment
Non availability of resource INR 3000/
Man power /
10. Manpower Low Shift 3000 Man power/shift shall be deducted
shift
from quarterly payment
Sitting enclosures , chairs, tables,
fans, AC. Lights, light enclosures or Within 48 INR 500 for every day after 48 hours
11. Low Day 500
any other equipment/devices and hours shall be deducted quarterly payment
other Non-IT hardware at ICCC
Safety Equipment like Fire Within 24 INR 5000 for every day after 24 hours
12. High Day 5000
Extinguishers and their refilling Hours shall be deducted quarterly payment

96 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5.5.2 Communication Network

5.5.2.1Performance levels for leased Network

Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) shall be monitored on the time taken between logging of complaint against the network and its closure.

Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.

S. Severity Falls By /
Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
No. Level Increases By
For every hour after 4 hours, a penalty of
Mean Time to
1. High 4 hours Hour 20000 INR 20000 shall be imposed on quarterly
repair
payment
For every 0.1% decrease in uptime below
2. Uptime High 99.9% 0.1% 25000 requirement , a penalty of INR 20000 shall
be imposed on quarterly payment
For every incident of increase in latency
< 50 ms
3. Network Latency High 1 ms 25000 above 50 ms, a penalty of INR 25000 shall
Round Trip
be imposed on quarterly payment
For every incident of increase in jitter above
4. Jitter High < 5 ms 1ms 25000 5 ms, a penalty of INR 25000 shall be
imposed on quarterly payment
For every incident of increase in packet loss
5. Packet Loss High < 0.1% .01% 25000 above .1% , a penalty of INR 25000 shall be
imposed on quarterly payment
For every incident of 1% decrease in
Available
available bandwidth at each junction box
6. Bandwidth at High 100% 1% 25000
level, a penalty of INR 25000 shall be
Junction Box
imposed on quarterly payment

97 | P a g e Private and Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Severity Falls By /
Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
No. Level Increases By
For every incident of 1% decrease in
Available
available bandwidth at ICCC, a penalty of INR
6. Bandwidth at High 100% 1% 25000
25000 shall be imposed on quarterly
ICCC
payment
5.5.3 Security SLA

Fall By /
Severity Penalty
S. No. Component Requirement Increases Calculation
Level (INR)
By
Quarterly security report to be submitted with 100% For every delay of
Security
KPIs defined for security (agreed with Client at start one day a penalty of
1. Reporting High 1 day 2000
of project) INR 2000/day shall be
imposed
Vulnerability assessment for all For every delay of
Vulnerability systems/subsystems shall be performed at least one day after 7 days a
2. assessment High once every quarter and all detected vulnerabilities to 1 day 2000 penalty of INR
and closure be closed within 7 days. Client may appoint third 2000/day shall be
party agency to cross-check. imposed
For every delay of
Penetration testing shall be conducted once every
Penetration one day after 7 days a
quarter.
3. Testing High 1 day 2000 penalty of INR
All vulnerabilities shall be closed within 7 days.
2000/day shall be
imposed
Cyber Crime/Hacking/Data For every delay of
Application
High Theft/Fraud shall be attributable to MSI one day a penalty of
4. Security 1 day 2000
To be evaluated per occurrence. INR 2000/day shall be
imposed
98 | P a g e Private and Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

5.5.4 City Surveillance

Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.

Surveillance Network Equipment & Software SLA

S. Severity Falls/Increases
Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
No. Level By
IT Component
For every decrease of 0.10% in
uptime of the Camera & its
1. Camera (Fixed & PTZ) High 99.50% 0.10% 5000 associated services in a month, a
penalty of INR 5000 for every 0.10%
decrease shall be imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in
uptime of the IR Illuminators in a
2. IR illuminator High 99.50% 0.10% 5000 month, a penalty of INR 5000 for
every 0.10% decrease shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in
Uptime of each 16 port POE+
3. 16 port POE+
High 99.50% 0.10% 5000 Industrial Switches in a month, a
Industrial Switches
penalty of INR 5000 shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in
Junction Box
Uptime of Junction Box, internal
4. (including last mile
High 99.50% 0.10% 5000 equipment, earthling, etc.) in a
networking, earth,
month, a penalty of INR 5000 shall
Power Backup etc.)
be imposed

99 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Severity Falls/Increases
Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
No. Level By
IT Component
For every decrease of 0.50% in
5. Emergency Call Box Emergency Call Box, in a quarter, a
High 99.50% 0.10% 5000
System penalty of INR 5000 shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in
6. VMS and Video availability of either VMS or Video
High 99.9% 0.10% 50000
Recording Servers Recording in a month, a penalty of
INR 50000 shall be imposed
For every decrease of 0.10% in
availability of either Video
Video Analytics, ANPR
7. Analytics, ANPR or Face
or Face Recognition High 99.5% 0.10% 25000
Recognition Applications in a
Applications
month, a penalty of INR 25000 shall
be imposed
Non IT Component
For every decrease of 1.00% in
8. Uptime of each pole in a month, a
Pole Medium 99.00% 1.00% 5000
penalty of INR 5000 shall be
imposed

Surveillance Network Performance SLA

100 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fall
Severity
S. No. Component Requirement By/Increase Penalty(INR) Calculation
Level
By
For every hour after 4 hours 0.5% of
1. Mean Time to repair High 4 hours 1 Hours payment shall be deducted from
quarterly payments.
End to End
Surveillance Camera For every 0.1% decrease in uptime of a
Streams camera stream below requirement , a
2. High 99.9% 0.1% 25000
(Cameras streams to penalty of INR 25000 shall be imposed
Recording servers and on quarterly payment
Video Wall)
For every incident of increase in latency
End to End
< 50 ms above 50 ms a camera stream, a penalty
3. Surveillance Camera High 1 ms 25000
Round Trip of INR 25000 shall be imposed on
Stream Latency
quarterly payment
For every incident of increase in jitter
End to End
above 5 ms a camera stream, a penalty of
4. Surveillance Camera High < 5 ms 1ms 25000
INR 25000 shall be imposed on quarterly
Stream Network Jitter
payment
For every incident of increase in packet
End to End
loss above .1% a camera stream, a
5. Surveillance Camera High < 0.1% .01% 25000
penalty of INR 25000 shall be imposed on
Stream Packet Loss
quarterly payment

Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR): Performance/Accuracy

“Detection Accuracy”: The detection accuracy of an ANPR system is measured against the license plates been detected by the system. Any
license plate not correctly detected by ANPR system shall be considered as unreadable and specified penalty shall be applicable.

101 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

“Conversion Accuracy”: The conversion accuracy of an ANPR system is measured against the license plates been correctly converted into
alpha numeric format by the system. If any license plate cannot be correctly converted by ANPR system, the specified penalty shall be
applicable.

S. Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

Component Requirement Calculation
No. Level By (INR)
For every decrease of 1% in detection in
ANPR detection
1. High 95% 1% 5000 a quarter, a penalty of INR 5000 shall be
Accuracy
imposed
ANPR conversion For every decrease of 1% in conversion
Accuracy for of number plate by system in a quarter,
2. Medium 85% 1% 10000
Standard Number a penalty of INR 10000 shall be
Plate imposed.
ANPR conversion For every decrease of 1% in conversion
Accuracy for Non- of number plate by system in a quarter,
3. Medium 70% 1% 10000
standard Number a penalty of INR 10000 shall be
Plate imposed.
Speed Accuracy:
For every decrease of 1% in speed
should be + 5% w.r.t
4. Medium 90% 1% 5000 accuracy by system in a quarter, a
actual speed of the
penalty of INR 5000 shall be imposed.
vehicle

Face Recognition - Performance/Accuracy

S. Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

Component Requirement Calculation
No. Level By (INR)
Matching of Known For every decrease of 1% in face
1. Faces from database High 95% 1% 20000 matching in a quarter, a penalty of INR
with full face view 20000 shall be imposed

102 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

Component Requirement Calculation
No. Level By (INR)
Matching of Known For every decrease of 1% in face
2. Faces from database Medium 75% 1% 20000 matching by system in a quarter, a
with partial face view penalty of INR 20000 shall be imposed.
For every instance of decrease of .1sec
1:N Face matching
in 1: N Face matching by system in a
3. Speed (Database of High 5 Sec .1 sec 20000
quarter, a penalty of INR 20000 shall be
10,000 faces)
imposed.

Public Announcement System

Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

S. No. Component Requirement Calculation
Level By (INR)
For every decrease of 0.50% in
VoIP/
availability of each device & its
1. Amplifier with High 99% 0.5% 5000
associated component in a quarter, a
Built-in DSP
penalty of INR 5000 shall be imposed.
For every decrease of 0.50% in
availability of each device & its
2. PAS Speakers Medium 99% 0.5% 10000
associated component in a quarter, a
penalty of INR 10000 shall be imposed.
For every decrease of 1% in availability
Ambient of each device & its associated
3. Medium 98% 1% 5000
Noise Sensor component in a quarter, a penalty of INR
5000 shall be imposed.

103 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

S. No. Component Requirement Calculation
Level By (INR)
For every decrease of 0.50% in
PAS
availability of each device in a period of
4. Operator Medium 99% 0.5% 5000
one month, a penalty of INR 5000 shall
Console
be imposed
For every decrease of 0.50% in
Variable Message availability of each device & its
5. High 99% 0.5% 5000
Sign (VMS) associated component in a quarter, a
penalty of INR 5000 shall be imposed
5.5.5 Environment Sensor

Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.

Severity
S. No. Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
Level
For every decrease of 0.50% in Availability of
the mobile API & web application server & its
1. Field Air Quality 5000 per 1.00%
High 99.00% associated services in a month, a penalty of
Monitoring Station decrease
INR 5000 for every 0.50% decrease shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 1% in availability of
2. Variable Message 10000 per 1.00% each device & its associated component in a
High 99.00%
Signboard decrease quarter, a penalty of INR 10000 shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.25% in availability of
3. Overall Network 1000 per 0.25% each device & its associated component in a
High 99.50%
Availability decrease quarter, a penalty of INR 1000 shall be
imposed

104 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Severity
S. No. Component Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation
Level
For every increase of 30 mins in repairing of
4. Mean Time To Repair Fibre / network & its associated component in
Medium <= 2 hours 5000 per 30 mins
(MTTR) a quarter, a penalty of INR 50000 shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.50% in Availability of
the Central Environment System & its
5. Central Air Quality 2500 per 0.50%
High 99.50% associated services in a month, a penalty of
Monitoring Software decrease
INR 2500 for every 0.50% decrease shall be
imposed
For every decrease of 0.50% in uptime of each
6. 5000 per 0.50% Mobile Application & its associated
Mobile Application High 99.50%
decrease component in a month, a penalty of INR 5000
shall be imposed
7. Man power / Non availability of man power. INR 1000/ Man
Manpower Low 1000
shift power/shift
Manpower as
8. Replacement of per INR 1000 for Non Availability of a resource /
Medium 1000
Manpower contract and per day. (INR 1000 per resource/day)
deployed
*All the numbers shall be rounded off to nearest decimal. For e.g. 98.82 shall be rounded off to 98.8 and 98.87 shall be rounded to 98.90.

Note- Hardware, operating systems, IP Monitoring components are expected to be available, functioning and delivering all its expected
services to the fullest. The MSI integrator is expected to hold contingency plans, redundant devices , spare parts to ensure 100% uptime
and 100% availability of their equipment’s and applications so uninterrupted service from each equipment is achieve.

5.5.6 Water Quality Analyser

Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.
105 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Component Severity Level Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation

For every decrease of 0.50% in Availability of
BOD , COD, TSS Analyser and other
1. BOD , COD , TSS Analyser Medium 99% 10000 associated hardware per location in a month,
a penalty of INR 10000 shall be imposed on
the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of
Dissolved Oxygen Analyser and other
2. Dissolved Oxygen Analyser Medium 99% 10000 associated hardware per location in a month,
a penalty of INR 10000 shall be imposed on
the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of PH
and temperature analyser and other
3. PH and Temperature Analyser Medium 99% 10000 associated hardware per location in a
quarter, a penalty of INR 10000 shall be
imposed on the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of
Ammoniac Nitrogen analyser (NH4-N) and
Ammoniac Nitrogen Analyser
4. Medium 99% 10000 other associated hardware along per
(NH4-N)
location in a quarter, a penalty of INR 10000
shall be imposed on the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of Oil
and Grease analyser and other associated
5. Oil and Grease Analyser Medium 99% 10000 hardware per location in a quarter, a penalty
of INR 10000 shall be imposed on the
quarterly payment
Open Channel Embankment For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of
Mounted Electrical Control Panel Open Channel Embankment Mounted
6. Medium 99% 10000
with Intelligent Gateway , Analog- Electrical Control Panel with Intelligent
Digital Converter Cards, Integrated Gateway , Analog-Digital Converter Cards,
106 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Component Severity Level Requirement Penalty (INR) Calculation

3G/4G communication, DC SMPS , Integrated 3G/4G communication, DC SMPS
Cable and Other Accessories (As , Cable and Other Accessories per location
per Requirement) in a month, a penalty of INR 10000 shall be
imposed on the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of In-
Situ Flotation Buoy with Integrated Sensor
In-Situ Flotation Buoy with
Probes and tethering chain from
7. Integrated Sensor Probes and Medium 99% 10000
embankment per location in a month, a
tethering chain from embankment
penalty of INR 10000 shall be imposed on
the quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Availability of
OWQMS Cloud Subscription based Web
8. OWQMS based Web application Medium 99% 10000 application per location in a month, a penalty
of INR 10000 shall be imposed on the
quarterly payment
For every decrease of 0.50% in Uptime of
Network between Control Panel and ICCC in
9. Network Connectivity Medium 99% 10000
a quarter, a penalty of INR 7500 shall be
imposed on the quarterly payment
5.5.7 Fleet Tracking

Measurement Tool: Reports from EMS & NMS Tools provided to ASCL or its appointed agency by MSI. Third party agency shall audit
configuration of EMS & NMS and submitted reports on the performance and adherence to the SLA’s on regular basis.

Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

S. No. Component Requirement Calculation
Level By (INR)
For every decrease of 0.50% in availability of
1. AVL OBU High 99% 0.5% 5000
each device & its associated component in a

107 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Severity Fall By/Increases Penalty

S. No. Component Requirement Calculation
Level By (INR)
quarter, a penalty of INR 5000 shall be
imposed.
For every decrease of 0.50% in availability of
Fleet Tracking Fleet Tracking Software & its associated
2. High 99% 0.5% 5000
Software components in a quarter, a penalty of INR
5000 shall be imposed.

108 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6. Functional Requirement Specifications

6.1 Field Infrastructure Functional Requirements

I. Field switches shall be industrial grade robust & ruggedized switch to work in
outdoor environment
II. ISP shall connect all the junction point as per required bandwidth (MSI shall ensure
the proposed bandwidth from each junction point is as per solution requirements)
III. Central Authentication, Authorization and network device management server
shall be placed in HA with required number of licenses
IV. Multiple Fixed Box/PTZ cameras and other field devices shall terminate on
industrial grade Ethernet switch within Junction Box place in proximity to the end-
points.
V. Street layer devices like Variable Messaging Sign boards/PA systems/Emergency
Call Boxes and other Smart City solution field devices will connect to nearest
available industrial grade Ethernet switch within Junction Box
VI. Sizing the junction Box and provisioning of power is responsibility of MSI as per
functional and technical requirements of this RFP
VII. Total industrial grade Ethernet switches considered may vary depending on
feasibility/nos. of devices and extra industrial grade Ethernet switch if required will
responsibility of MSI.

6.2 City Surveillance

6.2.1 Objectives of strengthening Security Surveillance

Objectives of strengthening Security Surveillance systems within Amritsar City are as

follows:

I.
Instil confidence and create a sense of security among the people
II.
Reduce vandalism and efficiently protect citizens and property
III.
Identify and locate offender/s and criminals in the city
IV.Detect stolen/blacklisted vehicle movement in the city
V.Optimize resource allocation for patrols, emergency response and other general
duties
VI. Improve situational awareness and intelligence though utilization of digital imaging
and video analytics
VII. Easy centralization of video surveillance operations and integration with other
systems

Types of locations that may be considered for Security Surveillance system are presented
below:
S.
Location Name Type of location
No.

1. Existing Cameras All Existing IP Camera Location

109 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S.
Location Name Type of location
No.
Major junction where Crime incident
2. Crime Hotspots
usually took place

Procession/Gathering Prominent locations where mostly

3.
Hotspots crowd gathering events take place

All Traffic signals Railway station -

4. Traffic Congestion Points inner and outer area with all entry &
exit points
All the entry and exit point of
5. City Entry/Exit Points
Amritsar

Railway Stations Entry/Exit Railway station - inner and outer area

6.
Points with all entry & exit points

Bus Stations Entry/Exit The entry and exit point of all the Bus
7.
Points Stations

Entry and exit gate of Amritsar

8. Airport Entry / Exit Points
Airport road

Tourist Hotspots Entry/Exit

9. All the tourist departments
Points

Main Markets Entry/Exit All exit and entry point of main

10.
Points / Prime view market and prime locations

11. Schools School entry and exit gate

Government Colleges Government College entry and exit

12.
(Entry/Exit Points) gate

All areas around prominent hospitals

13. Government Hospitals in the City Prominent commercial
area locations and complexes

14. Traffic Junctions All major traffic junctions of the city

15. Parking Lots IP Camera for Parking lots

16. Administrative Building In front of administrative building

110 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S.
Location Name Type of location
No.

Government Infrastructure
17. All Government infrastructure assets.
Assets

6.2.2 Surveillance System Sub-Components

I. Surveillance system deployed by MSI shall have IP Cameras that generates real-
time video streams, which are monitored, analysed and stored at ICCC for
maintaining law and order in the city
II. The MSI shall deploy Junction boxes at all identified locations to aggregate IP
camera feeds and transmit them to ICCC over backhaul network leased from
existing ISP’s in the city
III. The MSI shall supply Video Management and Recording application servers at the
ICCC to administer the cameras remotely, real-time viewing of the cameras and
recording the live video streams for a period of 30 Days for law and order function
IV. The MSI shall provide both edge and server side video analytics that can be applied
to the video streams and alerts can be generated from it to escalate incidents in
real-time for quick response
V. The MSI shall also implement Facial Recognition System (FRS) on 50 video streams
to help the agencies deter criminal offences and also safeguard public at airport,
railway stations, bus stations, crime hotspots and city entry & exits
VI. The MSI shall also implement Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) system
on around 72 video streams to help the agencies identify and locate blacklisted
vehicles at airport, railway stations, bus stations and city entry & exits
VII. The MSI shall also implement Emergency Call Box with panic button at around 10
locations to help the citizens to reach the ICCC and facilitate reporting of
emergency incidents to police from these locations in the city
VIII. The MSI shall also implement an IP network based Public Announcement (PA)
system at around 25 locations to help the police to control law and order and traffic
from ICCC at these locations in the city. These locations shall also have PTZ and
other cameras to support remote viewing and check adherence to instructions
transmitted over PA system

S. No. Servers Description

Video Management System Servers shall maintain coherent
operations between all servers and workstations. It shall host
Control Centre, where the system is administered, and System
Video
database. It shall monitor one or more Recorder servers on
1. Management
separate dedicated computers, storage devices, IP-compatible
Server(s)
devices, and one or more workstation. All network
communication shall also be is performed via the Video
Management servers.

111 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Servers Description

Video The Video Recorder Server shall be a dedicated server that shall
2. Recording store and processes video with the help of Video Management
Server(s) System
Video Analytics Software shall be installed in the Video Analytics
Server, to analyse live video in real-time to detect, identify, and
track location, objects and people of interest. It shall
automatically issue alerts to the appropriate personnel and
Video initiate appropriate follow-up action according to predefined
3. Analytics rules. This software shall also manage sensors; each sensor
Server (s) shall monitor a single video feed for security events. The video
feeds shall be connected over the network to the Video
Analytics Server. Sensors on the Video Analytics Server shall
perform all event detection functions. Analytics shall also
include ANPR and Face Recognition systems at the ICCC.
Web Server(s) Both Web Servers and thick client’s interfaces shall be available
4. and Thick to launch the client application remotely on web browsers or
Clients directly as an application installed on end viewing system.
A Media Gateway server shall be used to establish remote
Gateway connections to review and transcode the video. Standalone
5. Server (s) (If Media Gateway servers can also be installed on separate
required) machines. Standalone servers shall be recommended for such
large systems that shall transfer video data to remote clients.

6.2.3 General Functional Requirements

I. All cameras supplied shall be for outdoor 24 X 7 operation with day and night
operation with 4 year defect and damage replacement warranty
II. All cameras shall be installed with
a. Pole erection as per standards to provide safety for mounted equipment
b. Electrical and Network wiring in conduits protected from environment,
pests or other elements
c. Earth protection for poles and equipment
d. Environment protection rating as per standards for all equipment as per
outdoor conditions in Amritsar
e. Mounting of all equipment shall meet weight and wind shear protection
guidelines
f. Bird and pest protection measures for complete installation
g. External IR illuminators with range up to 100 meters
h. Tamper protection measures
i. Surge protection measures
j. Theft protection measures
k. Replacement of equipment damaged due to any of the above listed causes
shall be in scope of the bidder
III. All cameras shall support H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed at 1920
X 1080 @ 30 FPS per stream and MJPEG technology to reduce bandwidth and
storage requirements of the system.

112 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

IV. All video feeds shall be either directly encrypted or carried through encrypted
tunnel using AES 256, TLS 1.2/PKI, FIPS 140-2 grade protection or equivalent high
grade end to end encryption technology.
V. The cameras shall support only secure PKI certificate based authentication
mechanism for both ONVIF and web based administrative access for the cameras.
The certificate authority shall be secured using best in class technology in case of
self-signed certificates.
VI. All mounting , field of view and focal length adjustment for cameras shall be done
in discussion with police department based on local surveillance requirements
VII. All cameras shall support minimum 3 streams with configurable resolution,
framerate and compression that can be directed to any IP/URL address. It shall be
possible to configure these streams for connectivity to ICCC Data Centre, Disaster
Recovery Site (at a later date) and local police stations/LPU’s etc.
VIII. Amritsar Police may review requirements for video resolution, FPS and may change
these numbers to suit certain specific requirements at any given point.
IX. It system shall allow SMS and EMAIL alerts to be sent to any concerned person for
escalation of a situation under a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).
X. Housing of box camera and glass shall be certified by camera OEM or from the same
camera OEM for optimal performance of the camera.
XI. The MSI shall leverage GPU based processing for video analytics wherever possible
to reduce the video analytics hardware server requirements and processing time.

6.2.4 Video Management & Recording System

The Video Management System (VMS) can bring together physical security infrastructure
over the IP network as the platform for managing the entire surveillance system using high
end security with encryption for video in motion and rest.
113 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

I. The IP Cameras (Fixed & PTZ) installed in the identified locations shall be transmit
encrypted video feeds to ICCC VMS & Recording Servers for viewing a CCC for
police through Junction Boxes with industrial grade network switches that connect
to leased backhaul network from ISP’s.
II. The VMS shall support Open standards which are scalable, can integrate Cameras
from different manufacturers and provide the ease of integrating with other third
party applications in the future.
III. The VMS shall provide a Server – Client architecture and multiple client viewing
options using multicasting techniques based on the solution architecture of the
MSI.
IV. The VMS shall be scalable system that shall permit the retrieval of live or recorded
video anywhere, anytime on a variety of clients and also through a web browser
interface after proper authentication.
V. The cameras and surveillance system shall support Maximum Full HD (1920X 1080)
resolution at 30 FPS (across all channels/streams).
VI. The cameras and surveillance system shall support 30 frames per second (across
all channels)
VII. The cameras and surveillance system shall support Adjustable resolution, quality,
and frame rate settings:
a. Adjustable by camera
b. Adjustable by time schedule
VIII. The cameras and surveillance system shall support Alarm and other event-
triggered recording available
a. Adjustable by frame rate, resolution and quality on alarm
IX. The cameras and surveillance system shall support Continuous Recording
a. Adjustable by camera
b. Adjustable by schedule
X. The cameras and surveillance system shall support Motion-based Video Recording
XI. The cameras and surveillance system shall support advanced compression methods
available ("H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed at 1920 X 1080 @ 30
FPS per stream and MJPEG” etc.) on all existing and new cameras installed.
XII. The surveillance system shall support intelligent storage methods
a. Ability to store evidence for period of 30 days with automatic overwriting
b. Ability to adjust storage duration
c. Ability to store images by event type (e.g. ANPR alert, Face Recognition
alert, motion-based, alarm-based etc.)
d. Ability to adjust storage duration by event type
e. Ability to retain important evidence for longer duration based on flagging by
police personnel
f. The system shall use NL-SAS drives for storing video
g. Retrieval time for any data stored on secondary storage should be max. 4
hours for critical data & 8 hours for other data.
h. It shall be possible to view archived video online without need for
downloading it
i. The system shall perform automatic archival to tape library without user
intervention on regular-interval and/or storage size basis
XIII. The surveillance system shall support RAID storage to prevent data loss

114 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

a. RAID offered as an upgrade or standard feature

XIV. The surveillance system shall support Analogue and IP camera from multiple makes
and their models i.e. Fixed Box, Dome, PTZ, Panoramic etc. The surveillance
system shall support PTZ protocols of all existing and new cameras being installed.
XV. User interface and functionality shall be consistent across support of all the
different types of cameras supported
XVI. The surveillance system shall support multiple camera API’s
a. Ability to easily integrate new camera technologies and/or functionalities
through a camera API
b. Camera API enables user interface and functionality to be consistent across
support of all the different types of cameras supported
XVII. The surveillance system shall support channel expansion on the same license at
additional per channel cost. The Surveillance System should not have any limit on
the number of cameras to be connected for Surveillance, Monitoring and recording.
Any increase in the no. of cameras should be possible by augmentation of Hardware
components.
XVIII. The surveillance system shall support Multi-camera viewing on large video walls
a. Multiple cameras displayed in single video wall screen
b. 14.2 The system shall support digital zooming on live and recorded video
c. 14.3 Browsing recordings from storage systems
d. 14.4 Creating and switching between multiple of views.
e. 14.5 Viewing video from selected cameras in greater magnification and/or
higher quality in a designated hotspot.
f. 14.6 Controlling PTZ cameras.
g. 14.7 Using sound notifications for attracting attention to detected motion
or events.
h. 14.8 Getting quick overview of sequences with detected motion.
i. 14.9 Getting quick overviews of detected alerts or events.
j. 14.10 Quickly searching selected areas of video recording for motion (also
known as Smart Search).
XIX. The surveillance system shall support Virtual matrix
XX. The surveillance system shall support simultaneous recording, live viewing, and
remote transmission
XXI. The surveillance system shall support live video monitoring application
a. Sequencer and multi-camera viewing shall be available on the software
b. Alerting capabilities on the live video feed
XXII. The surveillance system shall support surveillance activity summary display
XXIII. The surveillance system shall support adjustable image sizes for enlarged viewing
XXIV. The surveillance system shall support ability to create and name camera groups
XXV. The surveillance system shall support Event naming
a. Open naming fields and canned pick lists
XXVI. The surveillance system shall support ability to create alerts
a. For activity in restricted zones (defined by motion grid)
b. For activity at restricted times
c. Send alerts including thumbnails via email, SMS and VOIP call
XXVII. Ability to conduct correlated searches (e.g. all motion occurring within 2 minutes
of “event id”)
XXVIII. Thumbnail image display of search results
115 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XXIX. Ability to search by specific data fields

XXX. Ability to search for events across systems
XXXI. Ability to search and review face images
XXXII. Ability to search a specific face by similarity
a. Across systems and locations
XXXIII. Ability to search activity within a specific region
XXXIV. Ability to search by direction of motion
XXXV. The system shall support saving searches
XXXVI. Cases stored and managed centrally
XXXVII. Case management and investigation tools can be accessed from a single application
by multiple investigators simultaneously.
XXXVIII. Case exporting
a. Export to PC, CD, or email
b. Video player included with case or files in a universal format that does not
required proprietary video player
c. Case export in a format that is easily viewable (e.g. HTML and XML) and
able to import into other systems for reporting or analysis.
XXXIX. The system shall support Video/image retrieval
a. 36.1. Ability to specify types of events shown in real-time
XL. Ability to import images, and search against imported images
XLI. Ability to verify authenticity of video and events through watermarking method
(e.g. Secure Hash Algorithm). It shall be possible to watermark camera location,
date, time, Frame Rate, Resolution etc.
XLII. The surveillance system shall support Time/Date, Camera Location, Frame Rate,
and Resolution Overlay on video/images. All devices shall be synchronized with
NTP server for date and time.
XLIII. Ability to add analytics as software upgrades without require buying additional
hardware
XLIV. The surveillance system shall support edge analytics on cameras
XLV. The surveillance system shall support complete integration with Facial Recognition
and Automatic Number Plate recognition software.
XLVI. The surveillance system shall support Directional Motion Analysis
XLVII. The surveillance system shall support Regional Motion Analysis
XLVIII. The surveillance system shall support Object added/removed Analysis
XLIX. The surveillance system shall support License Plate Recognition
L. The surveillance system shall support Analytics-triggered alerts
LI. The surveillance system shall support Search by analytics (outside of alerts) (e.g.
search in a region, or search for a specific person where no alert has been set)
LII. The surveillance system shall support People analytics like Dwell Time, Loitering,
People Counting, Queue Length and Crowd Detection.
LIII. API to integrate data from external, non-video system such as transaction, POS,
and access control etc.
a. Web standard protocol (e.g. REST/SOAP)
b. Supported integration methods (e.g. IP, serial)
c. It shall be possible to integrate the system to Social Media and Citizen
Engagement software for monitoring incidents or crime
116 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

LIV. Integration with DVR/NVR’s UI and Functionality

a. Integrated data events have same functionality as other surveillance
activity in system (e.g. date/time/camera/system searching, correlated
searching).
b. Data events seamlessly integrated into UI
c. Data events fields customizable
d. Data events stored centrally
e. Data events can be stored separately and longer than video
f. Ability to search by specific fields and details (e.g. account #, sequence #,
transaction type, or other fields)
LV. API to integrate 3rd party software analytics and/or hardware into DVR/NVR or
support remote analysis hardware
a. Web standard protocol (e.g. SOAP)
LVI. Integration with DVR/NVR’s UI and Functionalities
a. Integrated data events have same functionality as other surveillance
activity in system (e.g. date/time/camera/system searching, correlated
searching).
b. Data events seamlessly integrated into UI
c. Data events fields customizable
d. Data events stored centrally
e. Data events can be stored separately and longer than video
LVII. Ability for 3rd parties receive data from DVR/NVR according to specified criteria
a. Use of standard web protocols (e.g. RSS)
b. System events are encoded in format for easy parsing, transformation, or
rendering (e.g. XML)
c. Customize feeds for any set of data and also alerts
LVIII. Enterprise management of systems (i.e. single sign on ability to manage distributed
systems centrally)
LIX. Remote configuration of systems
a. Ability to adjust all types of recording settings (such as resolution, quality,
fps, motion-based or continuous recording) remotely. This should be
possible on 100% of the cameras to conserve bandwidth and storage.
b. Ability to adjust global camera settings remotely (e.g. frame rates across all
cameras)
c. Ability to adjust individual camera settings remotely
d. Ability to configure storage settings (such as RAID configurations) remotely
LX. Ability to upgrade “over the wire” for easier hardware and software updates
LXI. Saved configurations in case of system failure
a. Automatic backup of individual appliance configurations, enabling quick
restoration of settings on a replacement box.
b. Number of past configuration versions saved
LXII. Saved system and camera templates available, which can be applied to
systems/sites and cameras
LXIII. Remote troubleshooting
a. Remote reboot available
b. Live video check available
c. Testing connectivity of servers available
LXIV. NTP Time Synchronization
LXV. Ability to centrally manage users and roles across sites/systems

117 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

LXVI. Ability to remotely manage users and roles

LXVII. Ability to create users
· Ability to grant access to specific regions and/or systems
· Ability to assign roles with specific permissions (e.g. creating an
investigator role, which allows one with an investigator role to edit cases
but not configure system settings)
· Ability to enable automatic password expiration
· Ability to enable automatic password renewal
LXVIII. Remote health monitoring
LXIX. Enterprise health monitoring
LXX. Health alerts available
· Cameras health alerts
· Camera or camera connection failure
· Camera added or removed
· Network connection failure
· System not recording
· Software update needed
· External data not received (e.g. data from transaction system not received)
· Email alerts customizable by type of alert and recipient
· Intelligent filtering of nuisance alerts
· The system shall support SNMP alerts for integration with third party
systems
LXXI. Reporting
· Ability to view summary of health alerts
· Ability to run customized report of system issues
· Ability to create and run customized summary of systems’ health (to meet
end-user’s security standards) including system and channel configurations
and transaction events being received.
LXXII. Audit
· The system shall support keeping record of all administrative actions for
audit purpose
· The system shall support keeping record all system logs, event logs, alert
logs and audit logs
LXXIII. Resiliency
· The surveillance system shall continue to record video from surveillance
cameras on recording servers irrespective of availability of video
management or other servers irrespective of it being offline
· The video recording servers shall support automatic failover to multiple
failover servers for a group of recording servers. This functionality shall be
accomplished by failover server as a standby unit that shall take over in the
event that one of a group of designated recording servers fails. Recordings
shall be synchronized back to the original recording server once it is back
online.
· The video management server and database shall support automatic
failover to a failover server.

118 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

LXXIV. The system shall support the use of separate networks, VLANs or switches for
connecting the cameras to the recording servers to provide physical network
separation from the clients and facilitate the use of static IP addresses for the
devices.
LXXV. The system shall support the rules based event/actions such as Starting and
Stopping recording , Set non-default live frame rate, Set non-default recording rate
,Start and stop PTZ patrolling, Send notifications via email , Pop-up video on
designated Client Monitor recipients etc.
LXXVI. The Video Recorder Server will be a dedicated server that will store and processes
video with the help of Video Management System.
LXXVII. The system should be capable of continuous video recording for period of 30 days.
LXXVIII. The system shall automatically overwrite the data after 30 days. It should be noted
that at any point of time the local storage at the storage servers should have the
data of previous 30 days. Direct extraction through any physical device like USB
flash drive, Portable Hard disk etc. shall be possible
LXXIX. The surveillance solution shall support web and mobile viewing of live video feeds
after multi-factor authentication mechanisms over secure and encrypted
interfaces. Bidder shall be required to provide a standardized Mobile Application to
integrate smart phones and tablets for 2-way communication. Amritsar Police may
provide such tablets / smart phones to the designated Police Personnel. It shall be
responsibility of MSI to configure such tablets / Smartphone, for the Surveillance
System being implemented a part of this project, and ensure that all the necessary
access is given to these mobile users. Functionalities to be provided through mobile
application: Viewing of any video stream from Central VMS, uploading of video /
pictures central VMS, Location based GIS Map access, tagging of mobile
device/location information for all relevant functionalities.
LXXX. All the systems proposed and operationalization of Video Management System
should comply with requirements of IT Acts, privacy laws, cybersecurity laws and
other applicable government laws and regulations in India.
LXXXI. System should have a facility to create CDs or other storage media for submission
to Judiciary, which can be treated evidence for legal matters. Such storage media
creation should be tamper proof and MSI to provide appropriate technology so that
integrity and quality of evidence is maintained as per requirements of the judiciary.
Bidder is required to specify any additional hardware / software required for this
purpose & the same can be listed in miscellaneous section of the commercial bid.
MSI shall also prepare the guideline document to be followed by the Police
Personnel for the retrieval of Video / images from the CCTV System so as to
maintain integrity of the evidence. Such a guideline document should include
methods of retrieval of data, check-list to be followed and flowchart of the entire
process to be followed.
LXXXII. Any hardware or software required to achieve the functional requirement and
technical solution of the overall Project (may not be not specified in the schedule)
is to be proposed in the Bid and the applicable cost shall be borne by the MSI.

119 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

LXXXIII. There would be the provision for Third party audit periodically, paid by ASCL
separately. ASCL reserves the right to appoint any Independent Evaluation Agency
at any time during the phases of the project.

120 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.2.5 Video Analytics

Video Analytics Software is a very important tool for Police to analyse events of interest which can be pre-defined based on the requirement.
Also the triggers generated can be sent to ICCC for immediate response and action on ground. The analytics software can bring significant
benefit in analysing both live video feeds and recorded footages to review the incidences and look for suspicious activity.
Below table provide indicative break-up of camera locations with type of analytics and camera count at those locations types:

Panoramic ANPR
Indoor Outdoor
Video Analytics Type at 360º Surveillance PTZ (Fixe
S. No Location Type Face Face
Locations Camera (Fixed Box) Camera d
(Bullet) (Fixed Box)
Box)
· Video Recording
· Camera Blocked
All Locations Fixed
· Camera Dusty
1. Cameras + PTZ + 21 35 75 778 130 72
· Camera Focus
ANPR
· Camera FOV Change
· Privacy Protection
· Automatic object/person
recognition and tracking
with PTZ cameras
· Alarm object tracking from
All Locations PTZ
2. fix camera to PTZ camera 0 0 0 0 130 0
Cameras
· Alarm object tracking from
PTZ camera to PTZ camera
· Object tracking underneath
the camera
· Face Recognition
· ANPR
3. Crime Hotspots 7 29 0 8 7 15
· Un-attended object origin
search

121 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Panoramic ANPR
Indoor Outdoor
Video Analytics Type at 360º Surveillance PTZ (Fixe
S. No Location Type Face Face
Locations Camera (Fixed Box) Camera d
(Bullet) (Fixed Box)
Box)
· Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Loitering
· Crowd Detection in Area of
interest
Procession/Protes · Un-attended object origin
4. 0 0 0 20 10 0
t Hotspots search
· Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Traffic Congestion
Traffic Congestion Detection (by Avg Speed)
5. 0 0 0 10 8 0
Stretch Wrong Direction Traffic
Flow
City Entry/Exit
6. · ANPR 0 0 0 0 0 42
Points
· Face recognition=4
ANPR
Railway Stations Un-attended object origin
7. 4 0 0 0 0 4
Entry/Exit Points search
Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Face recognition
ANPR
Bus Stations Un-attended object origin
8. 10 0 0 4 4 6
Entry/Exit Points search
Person of Interest Origin
Search

122 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Panoramic ANPR
Indoor Outdoor
Video Analytics Type at 360º Surveillance PTZ (Fixe
S. No Location Type Face Face
Locations Camera (Fixed Box) Camera d
(Bullet) (Fixed Box)
Box)
· Face recognition
ANPR
Airport Entry / Exit Un-attended object origin
9. 0 0 0 3 1 4
Points search
Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Un-attended object origin
Tourist Hotspots search
10. 0 0 0 12 0 0
Entry/Exit Points Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Un-attended object origin
Main Markets
search
11. Entry/Exit Points / 0 0 0 10 9 0
Person of Interest Origin
Prime view
Search
· Un-attended object origin
search
12. Schools 0 0 0 9 0 0
Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Un-attended object origin
Government
search
13. Colleges 0 0 0 9 0 0
Person of Interest Origin
(Entry/Exit Points)
Search
· Un-attended object origin
Government search
14. 0 0 0 8 1 0
Hospitals Person of Interest Origin
Search
· Congestion Detection
15. Traffic Junctions 0 0 0 6 6
Wrong way driving
123 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Panoramic ANPR
Indoor Outdoor
Video Analytics Type at 360º Surveillance PTZ (Fixe
S. No Location Type Face Face
Locations Camera (Fixed Box) Camera d
(Bullet) (Fixed Box)
Box)
16. Parking Lots · ANPR 0 0 0 0 0 4
Administrative · Motion Detection
17. 0 0 0 8 0 0
Building Indoor/Outdoor Trip Wire

124 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Functional Requirement of Video Analytics

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
The System shall be a real-time video analytics engine
General
VCA-FR-01 that utilizes advanced image processing algorithms to
Requirements
turn video into actionable intelligence.
The system shall provide configurable detection
General zones and lines to detect events of interest, Detection
VCA-FR-02
Requirements zones define an area of interest and Detection lines
define a perimeter instead of a region.
General The system shall facilitate creating multiple zones
VCA-FR-03
Requirements and lines in a single scene to trigger various alerts
General The system shall allow the configuration of applicable
VCA-FR-04
Requirements rules and manage them.
General The system shall also enable editing the Zones and
VCA-FR-05
Requirements lines to the desired shape or size.
The triggers generated by the applied rules shall
General provide visual indicators to identify the event. Such
VCA-FR-06
Requirements as a yellow coloured target changing the colour to red
on event
General The system shall enable masking of areas which
VCA-FR-07
Requirements interfere detection zones in other areas of the scene
General The system shall enable detecting rules in the defined
VCA-FR-08
Requirements areas (zones/ lines)
The system shall provide a functionality for
General
VCA-FR-09 configuring timelines for various events such as
Requirements
abandoned object, camera tampering etc.
General The system shall be able to filter large amounts of
VCA-FR-10
Requirements video and focus on human attention appropriately
General The system shall allow classification of different
VCA-FR-11
Requirements objects like animals, vehicles, people etc.
The System shall have Automated PTZ camera
General control for zooming in on interesting events like
VCA-FR-12
Requirements motion Detection etc. as picked up by Camera without
the need for human intervention.
General VCA shall provide secured feeds with encryption,
VCA-FR-13
Requirements watermarking for data authenticity
VCA shall be able to trigger alerts for the vehicle
General
VCA-FR-14 direction, vehicle speed, vehicle parked in defined
Requirements
zones etc.
The system shall have a reporting generation
General
VCA-FR-15 functionality to provide inputs on various instances of
Requirements
events triggered in the system
General VAS should allow to add, edit, delete or disable and
VCA-FR-16
Requirements enable Policies.
The city wide surveillance system needs to have the
capability to deploy intelligent video analytics
VCA-FR-17 Features
software on any of selected cameras. This software
should have the capability to provide various alarms

125 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
& triggers. The solution should offer following
triggers from Day1:
Camera Tampering (In case this is an inherent feature
of the camera, this may not be provided as a separate
VCA-FR-18 Security Features
line item in VA), Unattended object, Object
Classification, Tripwire / Intrusion, Loitering, etc.
Vehicle Wrong Way Detection, Illegal Parking
Traffic / Parking
VCA-FR-19 Detection, Congestion Detection, Vehicle Counting,
Features
Speeding Detection, Parking Management etc.
Enhanced Video Stitching with Object Tracking, Video
VCA-FR-20 Monitoring Stabilization, Video Smoke Detection, Video Fire
Features Detection etc.
Crowd Crowd Control, Counter-Flow Detection, People
VCA-FR-21
Management Counting, Line Control, People Tracking etc.
Motion Detection component that automatically
detects moving objects in the field of view of a
General
VCA-FR-22 camera, and is capable of filtering out movement in
Requirements
configurable directions and movement due to camera
motion (e.g. from wind)
System shall have a sophisticated rule-based engine
General
VCA-FR-23 with powerful analytics capabilities that provides
Requirements
automatic event notification,
System should have a proper MIS system for
recording of various video analytics as per need.
There should be provisions for acknowledging the
VCA-FR-24 Log Management
events with remarks in the system itself & print out of
a period specific list can be taken for recording
purpose.
General The system shall allow classification of different
VCA-FR-25
Requirements objects like animals, vehicles, people etc.
The System shall have Automated PTZ camera
General control for zooming in on interesting events such as
VCA-FR-26
Requirements motion Detection etc. as picked up by Camera without
the need for human intervention
General VCA shall provide secured feeds with encryption,
VCA-FR-27
Requirements watermarking for data authenticity
VCA shall be able to trigger alerts for the vehicle
General
VCA-FR-28 direction, vehicle speed, vehicle parked in defined
Requirements
zones etc.
The system shall have a reporting generation
General
VCA-FR-29 functionality to provide inputs on various instances of
Requirements
events triggered in the system
General VAS should allow to add, edit, delete or disable and
VCA-FR-30
Requirements enable Policies
The System shall be a real-time video analytics engine
General
VCA-FR-31 that utilizes advanced image processing algorithms to
Requirements
turn video into actionable intelligence
General The system shall provide configurable detection
VCA-FR-32
Requirements zones and lines to detect events of interest, Detection
126 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
zones define an area of interest and Detection lines
define a perimeter instead of a region.
General The system shall facilitate creating multiple zones
VCA-FR-33
Requirements and lines in a single scene to trigger various alerts
General The system shall allow the configuration of applicable
VCA-FR-34
Requirements rules and manage them.
General The system shall also enable editing the Zones and
VCA-FR-35
Requirements lines to the desired shape or size
The triggers generated by the applied rules shall
General provide visual indicators to identify the event. Such
VCA-FR-36
Requirements as a yellow coloured target changing the colour to red
on event
General The system shall enable masking of areas which
VCA-FR-37
Requirements interfere detection zones in other areas of the scene
General The system shall enable detecting rules in the defined
VCA-FR-38
Requirements areas (zones/ lines)
The system shall provide a functionality for
General
VCA-FR-39 configuring timelines for various events such as
Requirements
abandoned object, camera tampering etc.
General The system shall be able to filter large amounts of
VCA-FR-40
Requirements video and focus on human attention appropriately
The city wide surveillance system needs to have the
capability to deploy intelligent video analytics
software on any of selected cameras. This software
should have the capability to provide various alarms
& triggers. The solution should offer following
triggers from Day1:
a. Parking Violation
b. Wrong Direction
c. People loitering
VCA-FR-41 Features d. Camera Tampering (In case this is an inherent
feature of the camera, this may not be
provided as a separate line item in VA)
e. Unattended Object
f. Crowd detection
g. Traffic flow/Congestion
h. Traffic Volume estimation and statistical
counts
i. People tracking
Motion Detection component that automatically
detects moving objects in the field of view of a
General
VCA-FR-42 camera, and is capable of filtering out movement in
Requirements
configurable directions and movement due to camera
motion (e.g. from wind)
System shall have a sophisticated rule-based engine
General
VCA-FR-43 with powerful analytics capabilities that provides
Requirements
automatic event notification
127 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
System should have a proper MIS system for
recording of various video analytics as per need.
Log There should be provisions for acknowledging the
VCA-FR-44
Management events with remarks in the system itself & print out of
a period specific list can be taken for recording
purpose.

The analytics system shall help in resolving the following use cases;

Nature of
S. No. Detailed use case
Requirement
Alert to be generated when camera has been tampered by
way of change of Field of view of camera, blurring of view,
blocking of view by cloth or obstruction, camera
disconnection, blinding of camera by laser or flashlights
Camera Once alert is generated, the incident should be flagged and
1.
Tampering system should have the capability to trace the person
responsible for the sabotage in other cameras and send
notification to nearest Police asset on the field about the
person of interest. The track/trace of the person shall be
shown on the map.
Inside the city, when crowd monitoring is done at sensitive
locations, and if crowd reaches above certain threshold,
alarm should be created in the control room.
Crowd Monitoring
2. During processions etc. as the crowd starts gathering and
and Detection
reaches certain level, these cameras should automatically
popup along with alarm and start monitoring from CCC by
dragging these cameras on video wall
Alert for the Object detected in an area of interest that has
Abandoned/
been left more than specified time span
Unattended
The system shall be able to track the person who left the
Object detection
3. object across various cameras and to find the origin of such
and
person. The track/trace of the person shall be shown on the
Person/Object
map. It shall be possible to search both known and unknown
Origin Search
faces in the system within network of cameras in the area.
Detection of intruder entering/exiting a given area of
interest
Perimeter Once verified and confirmed by operator that it is a rouge
4.
Protection person, the system shall be able to track the person across
various cameras and to find the origin of such person. The
track/trace of the person shall be shown on the map
Tracking of person based on image captured from the
proposed IP camera footage, e.g. pause the video and track
Person tracking
the person of interest in multiple IP cameras and stored
5. over network of
video footage of 30 days
cameras
Tracking of person based on verbal clues given to the central
control room e.g., man having beard, dark skin, with white

128 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Detailed use case
Requirement
shirt and blue jeans and black jacket. The system shall
trigger search and tracking based on attribute based search
Tracking of people based on Full body photographs received
by the police control room
Tracking and detection of people based on Facebook or
social media profiles on camera footage as well as recorded
video footage
Person Tracking - Track a specific person identified by the Face Recognition
Combination cameras.
of Face The Face Recognition devices must be able to provide the
Recognition full frame of the person for enhanced tracking
6.
Cameras and
The person of interest search application shall allow access
person of interest
to all relevant associated VMS recordings to track the
tracking
person of interest in multiple IP cameras
capability

The surveillance system shall support following Built-in-Edge Analytics for the
Cameras:

I. Auto Tracker: To detect and track movement in the field of view.

II. Adaptive Motion Detection: To detect and track object that enter a scene and then
triggers an alarm when the object enter a user-defined zone.
III. Abandoned Object: To detect objects placed within a defined zone and triggers an
alarm if the object remains in the zone longer than the user-defined time allows.
IV. Camera Sabotage: Triggers an alarm if the lens is obstructed by spray paint, a cloth
or a lens cap.
V. Directional Motion: Generates an alarm in a high traffic area when a person or
object moves in a specified direction.
VI. Object Removal: To triggers an alarm if the object is removed from a user-defined
zone.
VII. Stopped Vehicle: To detect vehicles stopped near a sensitive area longer than the
user-defined time allows.
VIII. Intrusion Detection – Detect intrusion

6.2.5.1Face Recognition System (FRS)

I. Face Recognition cameras shall be Full HD (1920 X 1080) @ 30 FPS and shall be
installed at transit hubs like Airports, Railway Stations and Bus Stands at building
entry and exit gates (indoor environment). These shall also be installed at crime
hotspots in the city in an outdoor environment
II. These cameras shall be mounted at a height of approximately 5-10 feet to capture
faces clearly at distance of up to 3 meters
III. The face recognition cameras shall transmit maximum resolution uncompressed
video feed for best face recognition results to Local Processing Unit (LPU) inside
junction boxes for processing and extracting face recognition minutiae from the

129 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

video feed. Only minutiae shall be shared with Face Recognition head end software
at the ICCC for further matching and alert generation Alternatively, video streams
can also be analysed at server end without local processing unit
IV. The face recognition cameras shall send a compressed video stream to ICCC for
video recording and analytics for evidence purpose and general surveillance
V. The facial recognition system should be able to integrate with IP Video Cameras as
required in the solution and shall be able to identify multiple persons of interest in
real-time, through leading-edge face recognition technology. The system shall be
able to recognize subjects appearing simultaneously in multiple live video streams
retrieved from IP surveillance cameras. The Facial recognition system should
seamlessly be integrated to the network video recorders and the video
management system
VI. The facial recognition system should be able to work on the server/ desktop OS as
recommended by OEM and provided by the System Integrator
VII. The user interface of the facial recognition system should have a report
management tool without installation of any additional client software. It should be
able to generate real time report such as Audit log report, Hit List Report, Daily
Statistics Report, and Distribution Report
VIII. The facial recognition system should be accessible from 5 different
desktop/laptops at any given time. When choosing a distributed architecture, the
system shall be able to completely centralize the events and galleries from each
local station into a unique central station, devoted to management and supervision
IX. The system should have ability to handle initial real-time watch list of 10,000 Faces
(should be scalable to at least 1 Million faces) and 50 Camera Feeds simultaneously
and generate face matching alerts
X. The algorithm for facial recognition or the forensic tool should be able to recognize
partial faces with varying angles
XI. The system should be able to detect multiple faces from live single video feed
XII. The system should have combination of eye-zone extraction and facial recognition
XIII. The system should have short processing time and high recognition rate
XIV. The system should be able to recognize faces regardless of vantage point and any
facial accessories/ hair (glasses, beard, expressions)
XV. Face detection algorithms, modes and search depths should be suitable for
different environments such as fast detection, high accuracy etc. The FRS system
shall use of GPU technology instead of Traditional CPUs, to greatly improve the
computational performance in crowded environments
XVI. The system should be able to identify and authenticate based on individual facial
features
XVII. The system should be compatible with the video management system being
proposed by the system integrator
XVIII. The system should have capability for 1:1 verification and 1: N identification
matching
XIX. The system should be able to integrate with other systems in the future such as
'Automatic fingerprint identification system (AFIS)' etc.

130 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XX. The system should be able to support diverse industry standard graphic and video
formats as well as live cameras
XXI. The system should be able to match faces from recorded media
XXII. The system should be able to detect a face from a group photo
XXIII. The system should be able to detect a face from stored videos of any format
XXIV. The system should have bulk process of adding faces in the system
XXV. The system should be an independent system, with capability to integrate with
industry standard Video Management Systems (VMS) for alert viewing
XXVI. The system should allow users to search or browse captured faces (based on date
or time range), export any captured image for external use with a capability to
support a Handheld mobile with app for windows OS or android OS to capture a face
on the field and get the matching result from the backend server
XXVII. The proposed solution should provide the ability to assign different security levels
to people and places. It should alert security staff when someone is spotted in an
area where they’re not permitted, whilst allowing them free access to non-
restricted/public areas
XXVIII. The system should have the facility to categorize the images like "Remember this
person" or "hit-list" or "wanted"
XXIX. It should be able to provide information such as Gender & Age Group along with
facial detection/match data
XXX. The face recognition algorithm used in the facial recognition system shall be among
the top 5 vendors in the latest Face Recognition Vendor Test (FRVT) report from
NIST as on date of publish of this DPR

Face Recognition System (FRS) is designed for identifying or verifying a person from various
kinds of photo inputs from digital image file to video source. The system should offer logical
algorithms and user-friendly, simple graphical user interface making it easy to perform the
facial matching.
The system can be able to broadly match a suspect/criminal photograph with database
created using photograph images available with Passport, CCTNS, and Prisons, State or
National Automated Fingerprint Identification System or any other image database available
with police/ other agencies

The system can be able to:

I. Capture face images from IP Camera feed and generate alerts if a blacklist match
is found.
II. Search photographs from the database matching suspect features
III. Matching suspected criminal face from pre-recorded video feeds obtained from IP
cameras deployed in various critical identified locations, or with the video feeds
received from private or other public organization’s video feeds
IV. Adding photographs obtained from newspapers, raids, sent by people, sketches
etc. to the criminal’s repository tagged for sex, age, scars, tattoos, etc. for future
searches
V. Investigate to check the identity of individuals upon receiving such requests from
Police Stations

131 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.2.5.2Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR)

The ANPR System shall have the following in built features:

I. The ANPR System should be capable of detecting and converting vehicle license
plates into English readable OCR data. The system should support real-time
detection of vehicles at the deployed locations, recording each four wheelers, 2
wheelers and other vehicle type number plate, database lookup from central server
and triggering of alarms/alerts based on the vehicle status and category as
specified by the database. The system usage should be privilege driven using
password authentication for VMS GUI access
II. ANPR cameras shall be mounted at City Entry/Exit Points and at Transit Hubs like
Railway Stations, Bus stands and Airports primarily for purpose of surveillance
only. The system shall have capability to compare license plates against a
blacklisted or stolen vehicle database that is part of the system for alert generation
III. It shall be possible to get all real-time alerts on a city map at ICCC, related to
location of detection of blacklisted vehicle with all extracted data characteristics of
the vehicle including speed
IV. The system shall also show location of all existing Dispatch Units on a map to know
which one is closest to the location
V. The system shall have capability to integrate with an external Computer Aided
Dispatch (CAD) system via API and the MSI shall be responsible to make this
integration to trigger automatic incident creation and dispatch on detection of the
blacklisted vehicles
VI. The system shall have capability to queue all pending incidents (of detection of
blacklisted vehicles) so that CAD operators can attend to them one by one.
VII. The system shall maintain complete record of all vehicles detected in an audit trail
for record keeping and audit purpose
VIII. ANPR cameras shall be required to work at 30 FPS at Full HD (1920 X 1080)
resolution with 5 to 50 mm lens high quality lens.
IX. The ANPR cameras can transmit uncompressed video feeds for better accuracy to
Local Processing Units (LPU) inside the junction boxes for extracting
a. Vehicle Number Plate
b. Other characteristics like vehicle colour, type, count etc. using Automatics
Traffic Counter Classifier (ATCC) function
c. Speed of the vehicle
X. A single compressed stream shall also be sent to server for recording and general
video analytics purpose
XI. The LPU shall transfer the extracted metadata with cropped license plate images
to the ANPR head end software for further processing and alerts generation.
XII. At the City Entry/Exit points they shall be required to be mounted on a cantilever
pole arm with each ANPR camera covering one lane. The height of installation shall
be approximately 6 meters
XIII. At the transit hub they shall be mounted at entry and exit gates and installed to
cover all vehicles that enter and exit these locations
XIV. Vehicle Detection and Video Capture Module
132 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

a. The System should automatically detect a vehicle in the camera view using
video detection and activate license plate recognition.
XV. License Plate Detection

a. The System shall automatically detect the license plate in the captured video
feed in real-time.
b. The system shall perform OCR (optical character recognition) of the license
plate characters (English alpha-numeric characters in standard fonts).
c. The System shall store JPEG image of vehicle and license plate and enter the
license plate number into database along with date time stamp and site
location details.
d. System should be able to detect and recognize the English alpha numeric
License plate in standard fonts and formats of all vehicles including cars,
HCV, and LCV.
e. The system should be able to process and read number plates of vehicles with
speed of up to 200 km/hr.
f. The system shall be robust to variation in License Plates in terms of font, size,
contrast and color and should work with good accuracy.
XVI. Colour Detection

a. The system shall detect the color of all vehicles in the camera view during
daytime and label them as per the predefined list of configured system colors.
The system shall store the color information of each vehicle along with the
license plate information for each transaction in the database
b. The system shall have options to search historical records for post event
analysis by the vehicle color or the vehicle color with license plate and date
time combinations
XVII. Alert Generation

a. The system should have option to input certain license plates according to
the hot listed categories like “Wanted”, “Suspicious”, “Stolen”, etc. by
authorized personnel
b. The system should be able to generate automatic alarms to alert the control
room personnel for further action, in the event of detection of any vehicle
falling in the hot listed categories
XVIII. Vehicle Log

a. The system shall enable easy and quick retrieval of snapshots, video and
other data for post incident analysis and investigations.
b. The system should provide advanced and smart searching facility of License
Plates from the database. There should be an option of searching number
plates almost matching with the specific number entered (up to 1 and 2
character distance)
XIX. Vehicle Make Detection Module

133 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

a. System should be able to identify the make of the vehicle coming in the field
of view of the camera with good accuracy
XX. Vehicle Classification module

a. System should be able to classify the vehicle into LMV, HMV and 2-wheelers
XXI. Over Speed Detection Module:

a. The system should be able to detect vehicles moving up to speeds of 200

km/hr and read their number plates with good accuracy. Vendor should
provide manufacturer certificate/test report in support of their claim
b. The certification for the accuracy of speed measurement should be from the
approved Govt. body from the country of origin. Certifications shall be
provided for the complete system and not individual components. The system
should be calibrated for accuracy prior to handing over and the successful
bidder should ensure annual calibration of the system
XXII. Central Management

a. The Central Management Module shall run on the ANPRS Central Server at
ICCC. It should be possible to view records and edit hotlists from the Central
Server
XXIII. The system should be able to do - No helmet detection for 2-wheelers
XXIV. The system should have reading accuracy of 80% on vehicles including 2 & 4
wheelers which are visible by human eye for English alphanumeric number plates
excluding cursive fonts

6.2.5.3Crowd Detection and People Counting in Camera View

Crowd monitoring and activities understanding using visual methods is significant in many
surveillance applications. Crowd density evaluation is one of the most fascinating nuisances
in crowd analysis. A common application on crowd density evaluation is automatic
monitoring of the crowd density in communal places for security control such as crowd
congestion detection and evacuation detection. Most methods proposed in the literature
can be categorized into two types: direct and indirect approaches. Direct approach is a
detection based method that detects each individual person in a scene using segmentation
or human detection.
The total number of persons can then be determined easily. Some of these methods involve
explicit detection, tracking, and monitoring of individuals in the scene such as the use of
histogram of oriented gradients (HOG) features for person and the indirect approach is a
map based approach that maps some detected visual features to the number of people.
Crowd movement tracking is quite altered from tracking individuals in the crowd

I. Provides flexibility in installation. It can be installed either in the same machine as

VMS or in a separate machine
II. Can take video feed directly either from camera or VMS
III. Can send alarms to VMS viewer (like smart client) applications
IV. Can run as a windows service up to 100 channels per server

134 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

V. Supports Failover
VI. Supports ONVIF to get video stream from camera and send video stream to VMS
VII. Supports several leading VMS

6.2.5.4Privacy Masking

For a smart and safe city, the safety and security aspects cannot be compromised. Video
Surveillance and Automated Monitoring through Video Analytics are as inevitable for critical
zones and high-security areas as they are for general public places. Be it School & Colleges,
or even Airports or Malls, you need to put up a full-proof security monitoring system in
place. The trade-off is infringement of people’s privacy. The challenge, therefore, is to
monitor the places while ensuring the privacy need for people under surveillance.
I. Run privacy masking in real-time for the video shown live to monitoring personnel
II. Simultaneously record & store unmasked video for back up and future reference
III. Option to run the privacy masking on any previously recorded video as well
IV. Configure masking once it works for all video frames and all agents in the video
V. Selective masking can be done for a specific area as against the complete screen
VI. Effective even in continuous crowd where it can ensure privacy for all the faces
VII. Supports privacy masking for people of any ethnicity & complexion
VIII. Inbuilt models and custom models take care of different illumination levels during
day/night time

6.2.5.5Un-Attended Objects

The left out object detection application automatically identifies any foreign physical object
for example bags, boxes or any inanimate objects kept/left un-attended in the user defined
region of interest in the field of view of a surveillance camera and automatically generates
alerts with relevant information for subsequent processing by a system or an operator.

To achieve maximum accuracy of this application, following are basic requirements:

I. The field of view should be “uniformly” illuminated
II. Captured video from camera should be of high quality. There should not be any
flickering, visible noise, motion blur in the captured video from the camera for
desired accuracy
III. Network bandwidth should be stable and non-fluctuating for smooth video and no
loss of frames
IV. The network should have enough bandwidth to capture video with highest quality
and highest bitrate allowed in the camera for best accuracy
V. The camera “FPS” (frames per second) must be stable and non-fluctuating
VI. The camera should be installed in a stable platform so that there is no vibration of
the camera.
VII. Camera view should not be tilted
VIII. Avoid region with glare, glass walls, flashing lights, trees etc.
IX. Camera should be focused for very sharp imagery
X. Height of the camera from the floor should be at least 7ft up and camera down
angle

135 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XI. Should be maintained to make any object (human/vehicle) present in the scene,
fully visible throughout the movement

6.2.5.6Vehicle Count

Video Based Automatic Traffic Counting & Classification for National Highway applications
using IP Cameras and intelligent counting units, the Video Turnstile vehicle traffic counting
system achieves over 98% accuracy in all conditions: day and night in rain, sun and snow.

One can set the vehicle traffic detectors to count vehicles going straight on or turning. One
camera can cover several exits of a junction. At four-way junctions, for example, the system
provides multi-directional counts for vehicles turning north, south, east or west and coming
from any direction.

The system is designed so that

I. Traffic data is uploaded securely in real-time to web browsers: users can log into
their password-protected on-line accounts from anywhere
II. There is no limit to the number of roads and junctions on which traffic can be
counted using the scalable IP Camera system
III. Users can easily verify the vehicle counts simply by watching the video back and
seeing the counts increase as the cars pass
IV. Counts can cover any period of time: the number of cars passing in each hour or
each day for example
V. Local video analytics minimises bandwidth use
VI. It is simple to set up and non-intrusive. No components need to be installed directly
into the road surface and users can easily modify the zones through which vehicles
are counted, from their office

6.2.5.7Vehicle Detection and Tracking Techniques

This approach has three steps for detecting the vehicles i.e. 1.Segmentation 2.Training
3.Validation. In first step, it takes some training images from total number of images
depending upon number of frames. Then it proceed with the optimization of the
segmentation parameters for segmentation and is repeated for training samples that
involve multi-resolution segmentation and the spectral difference segmentation and then it
transfer to validation part of object accuracy valuation with the training samples. In this
model the condition of applicability to high spatial resolution weakly sensed data, and to
address the essential for a quantitative, user-supervised method for taking best
segmentation parameters. It developed an impartial metric which is the number of training
object matched with maximize area matched and is minimizes below and over segmentation
for chosen images in objective primitives. There are some object tracking methods in vehicle
tracking:

I. Region-Based Tracking Methods

II. Contour Tracking Methods
III. 3D Model-Based Tracking Methods
IV. Feature-Based Tracking Methods
V. Colour and Pattern-Based Methods
136 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.2.5.8Wrong way driving

It is described the methodology used to detect and validate the vehicles circulating in the
wrong way. In each new frame, the optical motion flow is computed and the median of the
flow direction for each blocks are calculated. An object is defined as circulating in the wrong
direction when the difference between both the direction of the flow in the present frame
and the estimated means of the corresponding block learned are larger than 2.57σ for the
99% confidence interval.

It is possible, due to the vibration of the surveillance camera pole and noisy motion flow
estimation, that a vector or a set of vectors of flow are detected even if there is no real
motion on those blocks of the image. Thus, it is necessary to validate all the objects detected
in the wrong way before trigging an alarm. Two types of validation were used, namely a
temporal validation, to verify if the detected objects make a coherent trajectory, and an
appearance-based validation, to check if that object is really a car.

6.2.5.9Motion Detection Video Analytic

Motion detection can be used to detect unauthorized entry, for example, if a member of
staff leaves by an unapproved exit. Specific areas of interest can be defined in a scene and
searched automatically through a recording to identify and view any significant motion that
occurred during the recording. This is hugely useful when searching for motion in a quiet
area throughout a long period of recorded video. It can be tuned using parameters such as
object size and sensitivity. A "no-motion" option lets you monitor things that should be
moving and alert when motion stops, e.g. School, College, Government building, night time
in-front bank and blank places.

6.2.5.10 Perimeter Protection

The standard functionality of this perimeter video surveillance system is to deter and detect
potential intruders or unauthorised persons from approaching the perimeter. In doing this,
the system provides an alarm from Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA) and associated alarm
image and video with metadata describing the location and path of the intruder in the event
of a perimeter attack. Our perimeter security surveillance solution can also provide
advanced object classification, offering both 3D rule based and cognitive object
classification in order to minimise nuisance alarms caused by animals, inanimate objects,
vegetation and shadows. Features of our Perimeter Protection System:

I. Above 99% long range detection accuracy with extremely low false alarm rate
II. Advanced object classification with 12 pre-defined classes and support for user
defined classes
III. Simple and fast template based configuration
IV. Deployable as the sole perimeter protection system
V. Reduce perimeter security surveillance costs through deploying object
classification on wide Field of View cameras and therefore cutting down on camera
count

137 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VI. Increase operational efficiency and prevent theft and vandalism

VII. Flexible deployment model - server or edge based perimeter video surveillance
analytics
VIII. Optional cloud based alarm hosting service

6.2.5.11 Congestion Detection

Proposing a fast detection algorithm for urban road traffic congestion based on image
processing technology. Firstly, to speed up the processing and to freely select the
interesting area, the human-computer interaction vehicle area detection was put forward.
Then, by using the difference of texture features between congestion image and
unobstructed image, proposing vehicle density estimation based on texture analysis.
Through image grayscale relegation, grey level co-occurrence matrix calculation and
feature extraction, the energy and entropy features that could reflect vehicle density were
obtained from vehicle area. After features training, the decision threshold could be obtained
and traffic congestion was carried out.

Congestion Detection is used to detect a build-up of congestion in an area of interest

(railway station platforms, public spaces, highway entry/exit slip roads, point-of-sale
queues, etc.) This helps to initiate timely action and prevent an undesirable situation from
worsening. It can also be used to provide statistics for staff planning and marketing
purposes. For example, it can detect when a shopping mall is at its busiest, or when
hypermarket queues start to build up.

6.2.5.12 Video Management System (VMS)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Video Management System (VMS) shall use the IP network as the platform
VMS.FR.01 for managing the entire surveillance system. End users shall have rapid
access to relevant information for analysis.
This shall allow operations managers and system integrator to build
customized video surveillance networks that meet the city requirements.
VMS.FR.02
VMS shall be a scalable and flexible video management system that could
be easily managed and monitored 10000 cameras in total.
Scalable system shall permit retrieval of live or recorded video anywhere,
anytime on a variety of clients via a web browser interface or media player.
Video management server, on which the Video surveillance operation
manager is hosted, shall manage the recording servers and IP cameras.
VMS.FR.03 Video management recording server shall record the feed of IP Camera
installed at field locations. Video feed shall get recorded in video storage.
Proposed storage box should be unified/NAS storage appliance with
distributed architecture preferably. All the proposed IP Camera should
provide with following functional specifications.
Proposed intelligent video analytics software shall have the capability to
provide various alarms & triggers and should notified if any
incidence/violation happens. Various video analytics that shall be offered
VMS.FR.04
on identified cameras are:
· Person of Interest Origin Search
· Unattended Object detection
138 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

· Object tracking underneath the camera
· Traffic Congestion Detection (by Avg Speed)
· Wrong Direction Traffic Flow \ Congestion Detection
· Wrong way driving
· Indoor/Outdoor Trip Wire
The surveillance system shall provide a scalable and reliable platform to
VMS.FR.05
enable customized, network-based surveillance applications.
The surveillance system shall be open standard supporting multiple
VMS.FR.06 vendor IP cameras and encoder manufacturers within the same system.
The system shall support integration of ONVIF compliant cameras.
The system shall support digital pan-tilt-zoom on live video. PTZ cameras
should allow operators to use PTZ controls to zoom to a specific region in
VMS.FR.07
the viewing pane. Operators should select part of the full image and
perform the PTZ controls within that region.
The surveillance system viewing system should be in thick client for local
viewing and thin client through http browser for remote viewing. Both thin
VMS.FR.08
and thick client shall provide the capability of viewing single or multiple
live and archive cameras, control PTZ camera.
VMS Review Player should support stand-alone Windows utility that plays
video archive clips without a browser. The Review Player should also
support MP4 files into a tamper-proof MPX (tamper proof MP4 file
VMS.FR.09
formats) formats .MPX file should include a password that is entered
when the file is created. Application should ask the password to open and
view the video file.
VMS application should mobile application for Android & Apple devices
such as the iPad and iPhone. App features should include recorded video
VMS.FR.10
playback, thumbnail video preview, and user profiles that allow multiple
users to share a single device.
The proposed surveillance system can be supported by the existing
VMS.FR.11
network infrastructure
The System shall support the scalability of additional camera installation
VMS.FR.12 beyond the originally planned capacity. One single Video Management
system shall be expandable to 10,000 cameras.
The proposed video management system shall support deploying the
VMS.FR.13 software on Virtual servers, thus minimizing the hardware foot print for
the project.
The system shall have capability to stream video at remote sites by
VMS.FR.14
optimizing the bandwidth on WAN.
The System should support automatic discovery and configuration, when
any camera connect to network, the switch should recognizes the camera
VMS.FR.15
as a video endpoint, and then uses Smart Port macros to set the right
network parameters for the video stream on the network.
The system should allow users to access video streams from remote
locations that have limited outbound bandwidth. The video should be
VMS.FR.16
delivered to multiple users without placing additional load on the remote
locations.
The System should support Maps integration in future with below
VMS.FR.17 features;
· Adding Image Layers to the location map.

139 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

· Define the location map for each location.
· Add cameras to the map images.
· Add image layers to the map.
· Add a Maps Server
System should support raster format images of jpeg/jpg and png file and
VMS.FR.18
Vector (shape files)
Video Surveillance Storage System – The video surveillance storage
system should support multiple options to store video. Servers, Direct
VMS.FR.19 Attached, shall augment server internal storage. The video surveillance
storage system shall store video in loops, one-time archives, or event
clips triggered by alarm systems. It shall support for RAID 6 storage.
The system shall provide for integration with other software applications
through an open and published Application Programming Interface (API).
VMS.FR.20
Such applications shall include, but not be limited to, access control, video
analytics, and other alarm and sensor inputs.
The system should ensure that once recorded, the video cannot be
VMS.FR.21
altered; ensuring the audit trail is intact for evidential purposes.
All camera recordings shall have camera ID and location or area of
VMS.FR.22 recording and shall be programmable by the system administrator with
user ID and password.
System shall support camera template to define the resolution, frame
rate, recording duration, and then apply to a group of cameras. The
VMS.FR.23
modification of the template will be reflected to all the cameras under the
template.
The system shall supports Bulk Action to allow to search and perform
VMS.FR.24
administration activities on multiple camera.
The system shall support Bulk import of cameras from file such as
excel/.csv, or other standard file format. The files shall include camera
VMS.FR.25
name, ip address, server, template, location, camera username and
password
The System should support LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)
VMS.FR.26
server
VMS.FR.27 VMS System
VMS.FR.28 VMS System should have below application/ Console;
VMS.FR.29 VMS Server Management Console
VMS Server Management Console should use by system administrators to
perform infrequent administration tasks on a single physical or virtual
machine. For example, use the Management Console to complete the
VMS.FR.30
initial server Setup Wizard, monitor system logs and resources, and
troubleshoot hardware and system software issues, and gather
information about the installed hardware and software components.
The VMS Server Management Console user interface should available for
VMS.FR.31 each instance of system software installed on either a physical server or
as a virtual machine.
VMS Server Management systems should support network time protocol
VMS.FR.32
(NTP) on server, which automatically sets the server time and date.
VMS Server Management Console should support configurable in a high
VMS.FR.33 availability (HA) arrangement that should allow a primary server to be
paired with additional Failover, Redundant, or Long Term Storage Media

140 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Server. These HA servers should support the primary server with hot
standby, redundant stream storage and playback, and long term
recording storage to help ensure that functionality and recordings are not
lost if the primary server goes offline.
VMS.FR.34 VMS Operations Management Console
The VMS Operations Management Console should have browser-based
configuration and administration tool used to manage the devices, video
VMS.FR.35
streams, archives, and policies for Video Management System
deployment.
VMS.FR.36 The VMS Operations Management Console should have below features ;
Manage physical devices - Add, configure and monitor the cameras,
VMS.FR.37
servers, and encoders that provide live and recorded video.
Manage server services - Configure, enable or disable server services,
VMS.FR.38
such as the recording servers that manage video playback and recording.
Monitor video - View live and recorded video, save video clips, search
thumbnail summaries of recorded video, use the camera, Pan, Tilt and
VMS.FR.39
Zoom (PTZ) controls, or configure pre-defined video Views and Video
Walls.
Define recording and event policies - Create recording schedules, define
VMS.FR.40
event-triggered actions, configure motion detection, and other features.
Monitor system and device health - View a summary of system health for
VMS.FR.41
all devices, or device status, alerts and events.
The Health Dashboard has been enhanced to provide an overall snapshot
of the recording servers, cameras and encoders in project deployment.
VMS.FR.42 System should provide view overall information, information about a
specific device, or the estimated number of cameras that can be added to
a recording Server, and other information.
System should provide Storage for the total storage and used storage on
VMS.FR.43 the server, Existing Camera Count—The number of cameras currently
added on the server.
Backup and restore - Backup the system configuration, and optionally
VMS.FR.44
include historical data (such as alerts).
The VMS Operations Management Console should support (if required)
VMS.FR.45 configurable as a redundant pair for high availability (HA) and system
should ensure uninterrupted system access for users and administrators.
VMS.FR.46 VMS Monitoring Console
VMS monitoring Console application should allow VMS System users to
VMS.FR.47
monitor live and recorded video.
VMS.FR.48 VMS monitoring Console should below viewing tool features;
Operator can create video clips from multiple cameras using the Bulk
VMS.FR.49 Clipping feature. The clips can be automatically transferred to an FTP
server, if necessary.
Administrators should have hide live or recorded video from operator for
VMS.FR.50 specific cameras. System should allow to hide all live video streams, all
recorded video, or recorded video for specific time spans.
Operator should allow to pause live video streams by it should be enabled
by default. Administrators should have option to disable this feature. Any
VMS.FR.51
user assigned to a user group with the Pause Live Video access
permission can use the pause button when viewing live video streams.

141 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

VMS.FR.52 i. Desktop monitoring application
Allows simultaneous viewing of up to 25 cameras per Workspace, and up
VMS.FR.53
to 48 cameras per workstation.
VMS.FR.54 Create Video Matrix windows for display in separate monitors.
VMS.FR.55 View Video Walls.
VMS.FR.56 Create unattended workstations.
VMS.FR.57 View and manage alerts.
View cameras, video, and alerts based on a graphical map should support
VMS.FR.58
(if required)
VMS.FR.59 ii. Web-based configuration and monitoring tool
VMS.FR.60 Allows simultaneous viewing of multiple video panes:
VMS.FR.61 View up to 25 cameras with the 64-bit version of Internet Explorer.
VMS.FR.62 Add the users, Views and Video Walls available in the desktop application.
VMS.FR.63 Configure the camera, streams and recording schedules.
VMS.FR.64 iii. Desktop video clip player
VMS.FR.65 Simple player used to view video clip files.
VMS.FR.66 iv. Web-based server console
Should provide basic viewing features for a single stream (Stream A) from
VMS.FR.67
a single camera.
VMS.FR.68 VMS monitoring Console should have below features;
Client Application - A full-featured monitoring application should provide
access to the cameras and video from a single screen should include the
following workspaces and features:
· Video workspace
VMS.FR.69
· Wall workspace
· Alert workspace
· Maps workspace support (if required)
· Forensic Analysis Tools should support (if required)
Video Player - monitoring application that includes the following
monitoring workspaces:
VMS.FR.70
· Video workspace
· Wall workspace
Video Wall Application – This should launches a monitoring application for
unattended workstations. Unattended mode allows video monitoring
windows to display Video Walls without access to the monitoring console
VMS.FR.71
configuration interface. The unattended screens should remain open even
is the keyboard and mouse are disconnected, and can (optionally) re-
appear when the workstation is rebooted.
Forensic Analysis Tools - VMS monitoring Console should support below
VMS.FR.72
features
Thumbnail Search—Use Thumbnail Search to quickly locate specific scenes
or events in recorded video without fast-forwarding or rewinding.
VMS.FR.73
Thumbnail Search should display a range of video as thumbnail images,
should allow to identify a portion of the recording to review.
Clip Management—Use Clip Management to view, download and delete
VMS.FR.74
MP4 clips that are stored on the server.
Motion Analysis—Use Motion Analysis to view a summary of motion events
VMS.FR.75
for recorded video.

142 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.3 Public Announcement (PA) System

S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications

The PAS can be used by ASCL, Police and other stake-holders of the project
PA-FR-01
to disseminate information to road users/public.
PA-FR-02 The objective of the voice based sub-system is to disseminate the
information to the citizens particularly during emergencies for the
messages to reach quickly.
PA-FR-03 The system should have the capability of designing the messages based on
the situation or context for broadcasting across PAS.
PA-FR-04 The software and solution of PAS shall comply with all functional and
business requirement as specified in this RFP, elsewhere.
PA-FR-05 The PA system shall provide provision for emergency announcements to be
made on per-location, selection of locations, or a system wide basis.
PA-FR-06 The PA system shall have provision for announcements to be made from
two central locations.
PA-FR-07 The Integrated Traffic Management system shall provide for the ability to
produce and play-out either pre-recorded messages or make live
announcements through PA software.
PA-FR-08 The PA system shall be integrated with the Integrated Traffic Management
&
Emergency Response Management System for making automated, system
generated, or manual announcements as per the SOPs.
PA-FR-09 The system should have ability to integrate with CCTV systems, other
main/sub systems at COC for configuring and broadcasting the messages.
PA-FR-10 The system should have ability to configure the messages with the static or
dynamic text from various applications/systems to form a complete
message as and when required.
PA-FR-11 The system should recognize and broadcast messages based on some of
the analytics such as sound alerts, system alerts, incident alerts and
various other alerts.
PA-FR-12 The System should be able to integrate other networks PA system of third
party application systems where the alerts are generated to broadcast
messages.
PA-FR-13 There shall be an operator at central control room to operate the PAS
application on PAS console.
PA-FR-14 The system should be able to generate various statistics, reports & MIS
from time to time
PA-FR-15 The system shall be designed and installed so that it automatically
minimizes
community sound pollution
PA-FR-16 The requirements of local noise level standards & by-laws shall be respected
by this system.

143 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications

PA-FR-17 The system should have the ability to schedule category wise system
messages or overall messages in advance for a period of time to selective
or all PAS locations.
PA-FR-18 The PAS message quality shall be such that it is clearly audible from its
location to a distance of more than 100m without any distortion and loss in
quality of the sound during the prevailing situation in street.
PA-FR-19 Ability to integrate with CCTV systems, VMD and other main/sub systems
at Command Centre for configuring and broadcasting the messages to the
road users.
PA-FR-20 Ability to configure the messages with the static or dynamic text from
various applications/systems to form a complete message as and when
required.
PA-FR-21 Ability to categorize the messages as per the business need and able to
configure as per category.
PA-FR-22 The PAS should provide the status indicators on the system and as well at
various command centre
PA-FR-23 The PA system shall have an operations monitoring dashboard, located at
the control centre
PA-FR-24 On this dashboard there shall be a schematic layout of the PA system
showing all the connected nodes on the GUI.
PA-FR-25 The various nodes when connected & disconnected shall be represented in
different colour schema on the GUI of the Control Centre operator.
PA-FR-26 If any particular node is disconnected from the control room, the same shall
raise an alarm to the COC operator GUI & appropriate action shall be taken
to rectify the same.
PA-FR-27 The monitoring dashboard shall allow the COC operator to click on any node
& view the details of “Operator” logged in, time duration since logged in,
summary of operations If COC operator or any other user form COC
disable/enable/operate any active device remotely, the same shall be
captured in COC activity report with all details including but not limited to
date, time, device, action performed etc.
PA-FR-28 The monitoring dashboard shall show the status (connected/disconnected,
faulty/working) of all logical devices (PA system) connected to a particular
node when clicking on a node from the monitoring dashboard GUI.
PA-FR-29 In case of any fault in the devices connected to a node, or connectivity
failure with a node, a pop-up message shall appear on the monitoring
dashboard workstation. The operator has to acknowledge the pop-up
message & report the type of fault to the maintenance team & shall record
the details to the assigned team/individual into the system.
PA-FR-30 Fault assignment to the maintenance team shall be managed and controlled
by the system software only. Once a fault is assigned by the COC operator
or authorized user to the maintenance team, the same shall be displayed in
the maintenance module and once fault is closed/resolved by the

144 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications

maintenance team it shall be updated automatically (in case of active
devices) or else updated manually in the software application/maintenance
module.
The access to monitoring dashboard shall be specific to the privilege of the
PA-FR-31 user which can be defined in the system & shall be specific to a group/part
of node locations.

6.4 Emergency Call Box (ECB) System

I. A high quality digital transceiver, to be placed at certain traffic junctions

determined by the Police Department (mostly at junction boxes / camera poles to
avoid any additional investments)
II. Key is to make it easily accessible by public
III. The unit shall preferably have a Double button which when pressed, shall connect
to the Interim ICCC/ICCC/Police Command Centre/other locations over the existing
network infrastructure setup for ITMS & Surveillance project
IV. These are to be placed only a select locations such as Police/Traffic islands or
pedestals or within the vicinity of constant Police supervision or IP camera field of
view to avoid misuse and vandalism of the call box

6.5 Air Quality Monitoring System

a. Air Quality Monitoring Stations

I. Environmental sensor station shall monitor following additional parameters and
include the following integrated sensors inside one station:
· SO2
· NO2
· CO
· CO2
· O3
· PM10
· PM2.5
· Noise pollution
· Temperature
· Humidity
II. It shall be an integrated station which shall monitor overall ambient air, light and
noise quality among other parameters as detailed in point above
III. Air Quality monitoring station shall be ruggedized enough to be deployed in open
air areas such as Industrial area, Markets, important bus stands and parks.
IV. Air Quality Monitoring Systems shall be placed at approx. 6 locations in Amritsar
as per Annexure III.
b. Central Environment System
I. The Central Air Quality Monitoring software(AQMS) would be installed at the ICCC

145 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

II. All Air Quality Monitoring stations shall be integrated with centralized monitoring
software.
III. Software shall display real time and historical data in chart and table views for
dashboard view of the Client
IV. Software shall display trends of environmental parameters based on user specific
time periods
V. It shall be possible to configure and calibrate the sensors through the software from
a remote location
VI. Alarms shall be generated for events where the environmental parameters
breaches the safe or normal levels
VII. Amritsar Smart City Limited should be able to configure or change the erroneous
environmental parameters based on suggestion from stakeholders.
VIII. These Air Quality Monitoring stations shall sense the prevailing environment
conditions and send the data to the AQMS, where real-time data shall be analysed,
presented on dashboard with alerts.
IX. The AQMS shall also be integrated with the state and central pollution control board
website and database via API integration to share data with them on regular
intervals.

c. Digital Display Unit

I. The collated environmental information shall be relayed instantaneously to local
Variable Messaging Sign Boards (VaMS) mounted on poles alongside the Air Quality
Monitoring Stations which let citizens know the prevalent environmental
conditions.
II. A Digital display software system shall be provided at the ICCC for message
preparation, monitoring and control of the VaMS. The VaMS shall communicate
with ICCC using an IP based network
III. The Digital display software application should accommodate different access
rights to various control unit functionalities depending on operator status and as
agreed with the client.
IV. Software should be GUI based, and capable to handle multiple VaMS. User should
be able to select desired location on the Map and the live status of that specific Air
Quality Monitoring Station and associated VaMS.

6.6 Water Quality Analyser

I. Micro-Station for Quality Parameters Monitoring at ICCC

II. The micro-station for waste water shall be supplied for online monitoring of water
quality parameters in waste water. The required components: Spectro-probes and
controller shall be the factory assembled with all required flow cells, mounting
fittings and pipes on a compact panel
III. The fully modular micro-station shall combine instruments to a compact and
versatile system. It shall present a complete solution, as the user only has to
connect water supply and –discharge (“plug & measure”) in order to receive at no
extra cost a previously unheard variety of immediately available information and

146 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

parameters. The micro station shall include terminals with monitoring tool software
for data acquisition, data display and station control. The process connection shall
be through PVC pipes with probes installed within flow cell. The micro station shall
include compressor for pressurized automated cleaning
IV. It shall provide the pressurized air for automatic cleaning of the probes. The device
shall be designed for online monitoring of below mentioned quality parameters at
Tung dhab and City Outfall drain
V. The required components like the probes, controllers shall be factory assembled
with all required flow cells, mounting fittings and pipes on a compact panel. Micro
station data for quality parameters shall be integrated to IEG using Modbus RTU
signal for local and remote monitoring
VI. Following table describes the details of probe ranges, accuracy and the type of
parameters to be measured at the Tung dhab and City Outfall drain

Waste Water Quality Parameters details with Probe ranges at the Tung dhab and City
Outfall drain:

Treated
S. Parameters Waste Water Probe Treated Waste
Unit Accuracy
No. at Outlet Limits at Range Water Limits
Outlet of STP

1. Oil & Grease mg/l <5 0 to 500 ±2 % <5

BOD (3 days
2. mg/l < 20 0.01 - 20 ±1 % <10
27 Degree C)

3. COD mg/l < 50 0 – 2000 ± 2.5 % < 50

4. TSS mg/l < 50 0 - 1000 ±2 % < 10

5. NH4-N mg/l <5 0.05 - 20.0 ±2 % <5

6. pH NA 6.5 to 9 2.0 - 12.0 ±1 % 6.5 to 9

7. DO mg/l >2 0 - 50 ±1 % >2

Deg < 5 Deg C

8. Temperature Deg C 0-100 ±1 %
C Change

The major prerequisites of efficient online analysers are as follows:

I. The Quality Monitoring Controllers / Analysers shall produce accurate output with
high precision and repeatability
II. MSI shall install robust and rugged instrument/analyser, for optimal operation
under extreme waste water conditions, while maintaining its calibrated status.
III. The Quality analyser / Controllers supplied, shall have inbuilt features for automatic
water matrix change adaption

147 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

IV. The instrument/analyser shall have data validation facility with features to transmit
raw and validated data to central server.
V. The OWQM station controller shall have remote system access from central server
for provisioning and log file access.
VI. The OWQM station controller shall have provision for data transmission from each
station without intermediate PC or plant server directly over 3G/LTE network.
VII. It shall have provision to send system alarm to central server in case any changes
made in configuration or calibration.
VIII. Should have provision to record all operation information in log file.
IX. For each parameter there shall be provision for independent analysis, validation,
calibration & data transmission.
X. Must have provision of a system memory (non-volatile) to record data for at-least
one year of continuous operation.
XI. Should have provision of Plant level data viewing and retrieval with selection of
Ethernet, wireless, Modbus & USB.
XII. The correlation/interpretation factor for estimating COD and BOD using UV-Visible
Absorption Technique shall be regularly authenticated/ validated and details
provided
XIII. Record of calibration and validation should be available on real time basis on central
server from each location/parameter
XIV. Record of online diagnostic features including sensor status should be available in
database for user friendly maintenance
XV. Expandable program to calculate parameter load daily, weekly or monthly basis for
future evaluation with flow rate signal input
XVI. Must have low operation and maintenance requirements with low chemical
consumption and recurring cost of consumables and spares

This spectrophotometer records light attenuation in the wavelength region between 200
and 750 nm. The measurement is performed in-situ, without sampling or sample pre-
treatment, thus preventing errors due to sampling, sample transport and storage etc. A
measurement cycle takes between 20 and 60 seconds, making possible a high measuring
frequency and detection of rapid changes

6.7 Integrated Command Control Centre

1.1.1 ICCC Platform Overview

With the increasing urbanization, the operational issues are increasing which in turn affect
the quality of services offered to the citizens. Various government agencies provide
multiple services to the citizens. These agencies function in silos and provide a wealth of
information which can be utilized for efficient services across the city in making decisions
anticipating the problems and by ensuring cross-agency responsive actions to the issues
with faster turnaround time.
Command and Control Centre with robust IoT Platform involves leveraging on the
information provided by different devices/ platforms & various departments and providing
a comprehensive response mechanism for the day-to-day challenges across the city.

148 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Under the Amritsar smart City Initiative it is intended to cover and integrate various
disparate systems including:
I. City Surveillance
II. PA system
III. Emergency Call Box
IV. Fleet Management
V. Water Sensor analysers
VI. Air Quality Monitoring Stations
VII. Integrated Dashboard for City Officials
VIII. Variable Massage Displays (Future Phase)
IX. E-governance Applications (Future Phase)
X. Intelligent Traffic Management System (Future Phase)
XI. Smart Parking (Future)
XII. Smart Lighting (Future Phase)
XIII. Environmental Sensor ((Future Phase)
XIV. Solid Waste Management system (Future Phase)
XV. Citizen Mobile App (Future Phase)
XVI. Integrated Utilities Management (Energy , Water and Gas) (Future Phase)

6.7.1 ICCC Platform Functional Requirements

I. The Platform shall be a fully integrated portal-based solution that provides

seamless incident–response management, collaboration and geo-spatial display.
II. The Platform shall provide real-time communication, collaboration and
constructive decision making amongst different agencies by envisaging potential
threats, challenges and facilitating effective response mechanisms. Thus, the
platform shall provide a Common Operating Picture (COP) of various events in real-
time on a unified platform with the means to make collaborative and consultative
decisions, anticipate problems to resolve them proactively, and coordinate
resources to operate effectively.
III. The platform should have high processing power and adequate data storage with a
high performance information highway to provide process information in real time
and serving decision support system. The platform should also provide portability
to meet changing city scenario. The MSI is required to provision data storage and
processing power of the platform adequately to meet the system design and
functionality to be achieved.
IV. The solution should be capable of seamless integration to various government and
emergency services such as law enforcement, disaster and emergency services,
utility services etc.
V. The platform shall support adding more layers of solutions seamlessly with minimal
effort which the municipality/development authority intends to develop in time to
come (But not limited to mentioned solution only).
VI. On the ICCC platform, the system shall provide Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs), step-by-step instructions based on the Authorities policies and tools to
resolve the situation and presents the relevant situation information in a quick and
149 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

easily digestible format for an operator to verify the situation. The system shall
provide reporting & audit trail functionalities to track all the information and
monitor operator interactions with the system and to impart necessary training to
the users.
VII. The inputs/feeds from the different components of Smart City Solutions shall be
received at Integrated Command and Control centre video wall for monitoring,
tracking and decision support purpose on real time basis supported with GIS
technology. Further, operators shall be working on their respective monitors for
assessing the inputs and triggering actions at ground level.
VIII. MSI needs to conduct a detailed assessment, design a comprehensive technical
architecture, implement and operate the common Integrated Command & Control
Centre Platform.
IX. The proposed Integrated Command & Control Centre Platform shall be hosted at
data centre and all field level smart cities use cases needs to be integrated with this
platform. City level applications like ERP, E-governance, taxes and all other
business application shall also be integrated with ICCC platform to read & analyse
data from those application to visualize on ICCC dashboard.
X. Proposed ICCC architecture should be combination key functionalities like Data
Normalization, IoT Platform, API Manager/Gateway, Database and City operation
centre software.
XI. Data Aggregation & Normalization Layer must integrate City urban services as per
current & future need of city and must deliver an architecture which shall be future
scalable to accommodate more urban services & Applications.
XII. Data from this aggregation & normalization layer shall be used for urban
services/applications management & Control & customized Reporting’s. Also, this
layer should provide the data to various cities partners/application developer’s via
API to develop citizen centric applications, portal and mobile applications etc.
XIII. MSI needs to conduct a detailed assessment, design a comprehensive technical
architecture, implement and operate the common Integrated Common Command
& Control platform.
XIV. All field level smart cities use cases needs to be integrated with this platform. City
level applications like ERP, E-governance, taxes and all other business application
(In future) shall also be integrated with platform to read & analyse data from those
application to visualize on City level CCC (Command & control Centre) dashboard
XV. Proposed Solution architecture should have combination of data normalization (IoT
Platform) and City operation centre software functionalities covering Complex
Event Processing, Rules Engine, Map and Video Based Visualization.
XVI. Data Aggregation & Normalization Layer must integrate City urban services as per
current need of city and must deliver an architecture which shall be future scalable
to accommodate more urban services & Applications.
XVII. Data from this aggregation & normalization layer shall be used for urban
services/applications management & Control and customized reporting’s.

150 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.7.2 Network Operation Centre (NOC) Function Requirement

I. NOC shall monitor all the infrastructure devices (Router, switches, firewall,
advance security component, bandwidth, Application performance etc.) that are
kept in core locations, aggregation layer along with key services that shall be
provisioned in due course.
II. NOC Shall help in monitoring the issues related to fiber, network, and infrastructure
implemented, Applications and Platforms and provide help desk system for the
same.
III. Configurations and Change Management: Configuration shall be managed from
core locations for all the devices/sensors on the network. For any change
applicable, based on the type/severity/complexity of change, the change should be
proposed with due justification and to be implemented upon approval from ASCL.
IV. The proposed solution shall be scalable in nature to host all key services under
smart city.
V. The proposed solution shall have redundancy built at each layer.
VI. The proposed solution shall be ready to scale up both horizontally and vertically.
VII. The proposed solution shall be ready in all respect where it is envisaged by ASCL
to make use of this infrastructure under different revenue models under its long-
term vision.
VIII. The solution shall meet demands of bandwidth needs for all the procured and
planned smart city solutions in near future ( Applicable for Core component in Data
center)
IX. The key functionalities of the NOC shall include

· Incident Management based on resource workload, incident Category etc.

· Tracking and reporting of all contractual SLAs in an automated way.
· Updateable knowledge base for technical analysis and further help end-users to
search solutions for previously solved issues.
· The NOC shall escalate issues in a hierarchical manner, so if an issue is not
resolved in a specific time frame, the next level is informed to speed up problem
remediation.

X. Primary responsibilities of NOC personnel shall include but not limited to:

· Network Supervision and Monitoring: Monitor the complete network 24/7, to keep
network and systems functioning in a stable operation mode
· Configuration Management: Ensure the proper configuration of network, systems
and applications or the provision of reliable and high quality end-user services
· Change Management, Network Extension: Ensure efficient day-to-day
management of short-term network changes and optimization, including their
implementation. This activity shall be synchronized with the maintenance
scheduled activities
· Performance Management: Provide efficient performance management
procedures ensuring a reliable, high-quality network performance and service
· Service and Network Provisioning: Define all necessary actions to be performed
when a request for a new service is issued, and control the actions performed at
NOC level or field level until completion
151 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

· Scheduled Activities Planning: Provide regular plans for all scheduled activities,
including preventive maintenance. Respect a schedule, and achievement of the
plan. This is linked to the change management function which ensures overall
synchronization of all network activities
· IT and DB Management: Day-to-day management of all OSS systems, IT systems
and databases (administration, backups)
· Security Management: Define and implement security policies, guidelines, and
best practices, and check for compliance with security regulations
· Quality Management: Define quality management policies, and ensure
implementation and usage for competitive quality of service
· Workforce Management : Manage field personnel to ensure timely interventions
and respect of the preventive maintenance plan
· Inventory Management : Ensure consistent management of network equipment,
and accurate, up-to-date documentation of it
· Spare Parts Management : Manage spare part handling and logistics to minimize
repair/swap turn-around times for defective items, & keep low CAPEX for spare
parts and consumables
· Asset Inventory Management : Ensure consistent inventory management for
all assets including infrastructure, buildings, tools, spares, and equipment
· Repair and Return: Receive and repair defective boards, return repaired or
replacement boards.

XI. The MSI shall ensure adherence to the following prerequisites:

· All the IT devices that are installed by the MSI shall be Simple Network
Management Protocol (‘SNMP’) enabled and the MSI shall centrally and remotely
monitor and manage the devices on a 24x7x365 basis. It should also be
provisioned to bring Non-IT components on the common monitoring
· MSI shall provide on-site comprehensive maintenance of the entire IT / Non-IT
Infrastructure and their components supplied with a provision of onsite spares on
24x7x365 basis after successful execution and acceptance of respective project
phase. The individual project phases will run independently.
· MSI shall operate and maintain the Network infrastructure (Active / Passive /
Physical) as per well-defined Standard Operating Procedures.
· MSI to establish and implement leading practices of IT service Management like
Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL), International Organization
for Standardization (ISO)/IEC 20000 standard that shall promote the adoption of
an integrated approach to effectively deliver managed services to meet the
requirements.
· MSI shall identify all assets and document the importance of these assets. The
asset inventory shall include all the information necessary in order to recover
from a disaster, including type of assets, format, location, backup information,
license information etc.
· MSI shall undertake scheduled and ad hoc maintenance (on need basis) and
operations like configuration backup, patch management and upgrades
· MSI shall establish basic tools for IT and Non-IT management to undertake health
check monitoring, troubleshooting etc. for all Network operations
· MSI shall establish access control mechanism and shift wise attendance
management system

152 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

· The MSI shall ensure that all resident engineers in the NOC are certified (of the
OEMs of the network components) and are provided at Command and Control
Center for 24/7 operations.

XII. Typical Network Infrastructure Management Services shall include

· MSI shall ensure that the network is available 24x7x365 as per the prescribed SLAs
· MSI shall provide services for management of network environment to maintain
performance at optimum levels.
· MSI shall be responsible for attending to and resolving network failures and snags
· MSI shall support and maintain overall network infrastructure including but not
limited to WAN/LAN passive components, routers, switches, Firewalls’, IPS/IDS,
Load Balancers etc.
· MSI shall Configure and backup network devices including documentation of all
configurations
· MSI shall provide information on performance of Ethernet segments, including
capacity utilization and error statistics for the segment and the top-contributing
hosts, WAN links and routers
· MSI shall create required facilities for providing network administration services
including administrative support for user registration, creating and maintaining user
profiles, granting user access and authorization, providing ongoing user password
support, announcing and providing networking services for users.
· MSI shall provide a single-point-of-contact for requesting any service. The Network
Administrator shall respond to the initial request from the user groups within the
agreed service levels and service coverage hours.
· MSI shall provide support as required to assist in hardware and software problem
isolation and resolution in the LAN/WAN environment.
· MSI shall perform LAN/WAN problem determination.
· MSI shall communicate changes affecting the LAN/WAN environment.
· MSI shall maintain LAN/WAN configuration data.
· MSI shall be responsible for polling / collecting of network devices security logs from
all the systems. All these logs shall be made available to the Enterprise Management
System (EMS) solution
XIII. Security Administration and Management Services:
· Management of security environment of the entire network infrastructure to
maintain performance at optimum levels.

153 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

· Address ongoing needs of security management including, but not limited to,
monitoring of various devices / tools such as firewall, intrusion detection, content
filtering and blocking, and vulnerability protection through implementation of proper
patches and rules.
· Maintain an updated knowledge base of all the published security vulnerabilities and
virus threats for related software and microcode, including, but not limited to,
operating systems, security solutions, network solutions, etc.
· Ensure that patches / workarounds for identified vulnerabilities are patched /
blocked immediately.
· Respond to security breaches or other security incidents and coordinate with
respective OEM in case of a new threat is observed to ensure that workaround /
patch is made available for the same.
· Maintenance and management of security devices, including, but not limited to
maintaining firewall services to restrict network protocols and traffic, detecting
intrusions or unauthorized access to networks, systems, services, applications or
data, firewalls, servers, desktops from viruses.
· Operating system hardening through appropriate configuration and patch updates
on a regular basis.
XIV. Physical & Environmental Security at locations
· Ensure that all network switches are secured and are enabled only when required by
authorized employees.
· Perform reactive and preventive maintenance exercise
· Monitor the environmental controls for security of network equipment, cabling
security and IT hardware management.
· Ensuring that the security policy is maintained and updates to the same are made
regularly as per ISO 27001, BS 7799 and BS 15000 guidelines

6.7.3 Data Centre Functional Requirements

I. Amritsar Smart City Data centre architecture shall categorized in three zones with
the help of Spine and leaf architecture as per below mentioned.
· External zone shall consist of termination points for Internet & City WAN Network
ISP links and a DMZ zone that shall be create for accessing the public servers
from internet.
· Internal zone shall consist of a MZ & DMZ zone where all Security, Collaboration,
Monitoring, Application performance and management devices shall be placed

154 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

· Compute & Storage Network where all Compute hardware & Smart city
application software, Surveillance & unified storage and Backup appliance shall
be placed
II. Proposed solution shall meet the minimum following
· Internet Links shall be terminated at internet routers in high-availability mode
· City WAN network shall be aggregated into ISP links that shall be connected at
Core router in high-availability mode and MSI should include required number &
type of Ports in the core router to terminate the WAN ISP links with some spare
ports for future use.
· Internet firewall shall be proposed with Next Generation Firewall including IPS &
Anti-APT functionality to protect the data centre network from internet born
threats and shall be placed at perimeter level.
· Core firewall shall be placed at between core network components and internal
data centre as a 2nd layer of defence of the data centre network
· Network Behaviour Analysis flow collector & sensors shall be placed at perimeter
level for continuous real-time monitoring & pervasive view of all network traffic.
· Data centre switching architecture shall be based on spine-leaf architecture
wherein all the devices should connect to leaf switches and Spine switch should
connect to leaf switches over high speed connectivity
· All the L4-L7 devices (Anti-APT, Server Load Balancer, WAF, Policy Server, NBA,
EMS etc.) shall connect to Leaf switches over multiple 1/10G Ethernet links.
· The compute infrastructure shall also connect to leaf switches over multiple of
10G connectivity’s
· Surveillance and Unified Storage shall connect to leaf switches or compute infra
through SAN switch as per solution
6.7.4 Cyber Security Framework

A smart city is an intelligent interconnection of people, processes, data and things. A smart
city uses digital technologies or information and communication technologies (ICT) to
enhance quality and performance of urban services, to reduce costs and resource
consumption, and to engage more effectively and actively with its citizens.

Smart cities use a variety of sensors to digitize various forms of information, and carry the
digital data over a transport network to a data centre, where the data is processed and
analysed using different tools, and viewed by operators in the central command and control
centre.

Integrated Command & Control centre personnel also use the standard IT infrastructure for
a variety of services like Internet access and email services. The Internet access is also
provided into the data centre of the smart city for access to specific applications for
disseminating information, or carrying out digital transactions.

ICCC is the place where all of the applications would reside and process the data generated
by the millions of sensors across the city. Any security breach into the ICCC would lead to

155 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

loss of data or data being manipulated. This needs to be prevented by having a proper
security architecture in place for the ICCC.

Segmenting ICCC into multiple zones with each zone having a dedicated functionality e.g.
all sensors for one Operational domain can connect to the ICCC in one zone, and the Internet
facing side of the ICCC shall be in another zone. This would ensure that any disturbance/
breach in one functional domain does not impact the other domains. All communications
between these zones has to be controlled through dedicated firewalls.

Internet facing part of the ICCC shall have a Demilitarized zone where all the customer
application servers would be located that are customer facing. Only these servers can
access the data from the actual utility application servers on predefined ports. Further, the
customer application servers would be accesses only by the web server that is hosted in a
different zone of the ICCC.

In addition to the firewalls, and Intrusion detection & Intrusion prevention systems that are
being used in the ICCC, Behavioural analysis device shall be deployed in the ICCC to look out
for any abnormal behaviour as defined by the administrator or a behaviour that is different
from normal network baselines.

Security devices deployed in the ICCC shall be able to use global threat intelligence and be
able to use that knowledge in detecting any attacks on the ICCC infrastructure. The system
shall also be able to correlate this threat intelligence with advanced threat analytics and
provide intelligent actionable information.

Next, a Denial of Service prevention device shall be used within the ICCC to ensure that the
user services are not disrupted by overwhelming the devices in the ICCC by sending
malicious traffic.

Finally, a string security team needs to be built that can take the alerts from the different
security elements, to provide a cohesive view of the overall security posture of the Smart
city infrastructure and to detect any threats based on global threat intelligence from threat
intelligence sources, to be able to take proactive action to prevent any data/ service loss.

The security events that are of significance in the ICCC network infrastructure and the
protection mechanisms/ technologies against the same are indicated in the Table below:

Area of focus Description Devices/ Technologies

Protecting against unauthenticated
Authentication,
devices from sending information to the
Access Security Authorization and
Integrated Command & Control Centre
Accounting (AAA)
(ICCC).
Access control and secure
Transport Prevent any eavesdropping on the encrypted transport over
Security network by sniffing data on the network. network like Leased line/
SDWAN/MPLS networks

156 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Area of focus Description Devices/ Technologies

Preventing any illegitimate traffic from
entering the ICCC from the access
network.
Preventing attacks on one component of
the ICCC solution from impacting other
solutions/ components.
Internet & Internal
Preventing any unauthorized access
Firewall.
into the ICCC from the Internet through
Network Behavioural
emails, or web browsing.
Analysis and Detection.
Base lining the normal traffic patterns in
ICCC Security Web security devices.
the smart city network infrastructure
Anti-APT solutions on
and detecting for any deviations from
network perimeter like
the baseline.
email and web gateways.
Preventing against any malicious files
that can transform after coming into the
network (Advanced Persistent Threats).
Preventing users and systems from
within the ICCC to access any malicious
sites even before they initiate the
request.
Ensuring that the smart city services are
Services always available to the users/ citizens, Application DDoS
Security and are not impacted by any DDoS protection systems.
attacks.
Ensuring that the security logs are
analysed proactively, and the traffic and
data patterns analysed for proactive Managed Detection and
Security threat hunting. Response Services coupled
Operations Ensure that if a security incident occurs, with threat intelligence
it is detected, contained and mitigated services by MSI.
in a fast and effective manner so as to
prevent the spread of the infection.
As per the minimum-security requirements below are the devices which will be required as
minimum

6.7.4.1Network Behaviour Analysis & Detection

MSI shall propose required solution for automated discovery function to identify network
devices and capture information such as IP address, OS, services provided, other
connected hosts. Also shall capture signature / heuristics based alerts and block the same.

Network Behaviour analysis is an Integral part of today’s cyber security solution as it

provides entire visibility of network like who is doing what etc. Some of the Functional
Features that shall provide visibility into network and detect threats proactively are as
below:
157 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

I. Visibility & Identity Awareness

a. NBA Solution shall provide the internal network visibility and actionable insight
required to quickly identify and troubleshoot a wide variety of network issues.
Additionally, NBA integrates user information with network traffic statistics to
deliver detailed intelligence into user activity anywhere across the network.
b. NBA Solution shall also collect and analyse device through integration with the
AAA devices.
II. Troubleshooting
a. NBA Solution shall also offer the flexibility and capability to drill down into the
end user, MAC, flows, interface utilization and a wide array of other host
statistics needed for rapid incident resolution.
b. BYOD & Mobile Devices
c. NBA Solution shall monitor users and mobile devices on the network, including
personal smartphones, tablets and laptops. Mobile awareness helps pinpoint
the exact source – even USB drives – of issues such as zero-day attacks, insider
threats, policy violations and data leakage.
III. Forensics and Incident Response
a. By collecting, analysing and storing large amounts of flow data, NBA System
provides a full audit trail of all network transactions for detecting anomalous
traffic and performing more effective forensic investigations.

6.7.4.2Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA)

I. Solution shall provide a highly powerful and flexible attribute-based access control
solution that combines authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA);
posture; profiling; BYOD, and guest management services on a single platform.
Shall allow admin to authenticate and authorize users and endpoints via wired,
wireless, and VPN with consistent policy.
II. AAA shall control the network with predefined policies, including pre-admission
endpoint security policy checks and post-admission controls defining which users
and devices can connect to the network, and what network segments can they
access.
III. Shall allow to authenticate and authorize users and endpoints via wired, wireless
and VPN with consistent policy throughout the enterprise and support variety of
authentication methods with Dual Stack / Layer mode.
IV. System need to integrate with end-point Antimalware, anti-virus solution or any
other solution for mitigation of non-zero day attacks, and shall support Security
compliance policy for antivirus, patch update, operating system version etc.
V. The system shall have programmable external facing interfaces, providing OPEN
APIs to extend the system to support different authentication protocols, identity
stores, health evaluation engines and port and vulnerability scanning engines.
VI. The system shall include an integration mechanism, preferably in the form of open
APIs and/or standard interfaces, to enable integration with firewall, IPS, Router,
Switch, Wireless Access Points, Active Directory, LDAP, MDM, SIEM solutions,
ticketing systems etc. of major OEMs.

158 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.7.4.3Internal and Internet Firewalls

The appliance based security platform shall be capable of application visibility, and control,
VPN functionality in a single appliance. Also uses open architecture based on multi-core
CPU’s to protect & scale against dynamic latest security threats. Supports multiple
mechanisms for issuing alerts (e.g., SNMP, e-mail, SYSLOG).

I. The firewall shall be a next generation appliance capable of providing firewall

features, application visibility.
II. Shall provide application detection for commonly used protocols like DNS, FTP,
HTTP, SMTP, ESMTP, LDAP, MGCP, RTSP, SIP, SQLNET, TFTP, H.323, SNMP etc.
III. Support for access-rules for both IPv4 & IPv6 objects simultaneously with detecting
& blocking malware and sandboxing, as per the guidelines defined in the section
Protection against Advanced Malware and have a rich set of Northbound APIs for
it to be integrated into a SIEM system.

6.7.4.4Intrusion Prevention system

I. The IPS shall accurately detect intrusion attempts and discerns between the
various types and risk levels including unauthorized access attempts, pre-attack
probes, suspicious activity, Do’s, DDoS, vulnerability exploitation, hybrids, and
zero-day attacks, Worm, Phishing, Spyware, Virus, Trojan, P2P, VoIP, Backdoor,
Reconnaissance, Bandwidth Hijacking, Cross-site scripting, SQL Injection,
malformed traffic etc.
II. Shall detect and block all known, high risk exploits along with their underlying
vulnerability and not just one exploit of that vulnerability.
III. Shall support traffic inspection for IPv6, IPv4, and Tunnelled: 4in6, 6in4, 6to4
traffic.
IV. Support for ingestion of threat intelligence feeds like IP reputation intelligence
feeds, URL & DNS threat intelligence feeds and SNORT signatures.
V. Shall have an integration mechanism, preferably in the form of open APIs and/or
standard interfaces, to enable events and log data to be shared with external
network and security management applications, such as Security Information and
Event Managers (SIEMs), and log management tools.

6.7.4.5Web Security Solution

With the emergence of Web 2.0 and social media, web has become very important threat
vector for cyber criminals. We have envisaged that web security shall be important aspect
of our cyber security solution and shall have following critical features:

VI. Appliance Requirement and Functionality: Shall be a hardened Web Proxy, Caching,
Web based Reputation filtering, URL filtering, Antivirus and Anti-malware
appliance. All the functionalities shall be in a single appliance only. Option to run
Advance Malware Protection engine utilizing sand boxing technology for file and
file reputation analysis.

159 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

VII. Secure Remote Access: Critical feature of the solution as web security shall be
deployed across an organization. Support Team shall be able to login to appliance
using secure tunnelling methods such as SSH for troubleshooting purposes.
VIII. Forward proxy mode - Single and Dual IP configuration: Forward proxy mode
deployment solution to support single / Dual IP proxy configuration where one IP
will be of local LAN and another IP will be of DMZ.
IX. Support multiple deployment options: The solution shall allow to deploy the
appliance in explicit proxy as well as transparent mode together.

6.7.4.6 Anti-APT

Advanced persistent threat (APT) is a network attack in which an unauthorized person gains
access to a network and stays there undetected for a long period of time. The intention of
an APT attack is to steal data rather than to cause damage to the network or organization.
Bidder shall provide solution which is capable of working in Inline Blocking mode without
depending on other network components like a separate FW, IPS or Web Security Appliance.

6.7.4.7Web Application Firewall

Overall solution shall have web application firewall (or WAF) functionality to filter, monitor,
and block HTTP traffic to and from a web application. WAF shall be able to filter the content
of specific web applications. By inspecting HTTP traffic, it shall prevent attacks stemming
from web application security flaws, such as SQL injection, cross-site scripting (XSS), file
inclusion, and security misconfigurations.

6.7.5 Seating Capacity and IT/Non IT Equipment

Expected
Room Mandatory Tentative Computer
S. No. Seating
Description or optional Equipment
capacity
Personnel Computer with
Visitor Management
1. Reception 1 Person Mandatory
Logging- 1 No. with a
Monitor
Personnel Computer with
work stations - 10 Nos with
Police Function
12 People – 10 3 Monitor for each PC.
Control Room
2. Operator and 2 Mandatory Heavy Duty All in one
with Gallery
Supervisors Printer - 1 No.
option
Video Wall 4X3 50”Cube –
1 No. / IP Phones – 12 No.
Personnel Computer with
Municipal
work stations - 12 Nos. with
Functions 12 People – 10
3 Monitor for each PC.
3. control Room operator and 2 Mandatory
Video Wall 4X2 50”Cube -
with Gallery Supervisors
1nos / IP Phones – 12 No.
Option
Data centre Work Stations or Laptop for
4. staff - PM, 16 People Mandatory 16 People as per
Server, N/w, requirement

160 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Expected
Room Mandatory Tentative Computer
S. No. Seating
Description or optional Equipment
capacity
Security, Help
desk,
Application
Development/s
upport staff &
ICCC Staff etc.
4 Racks with
Data centre -
space for Including server and
5. Farm Area (4 Mandatory
expansion to 10 network racks
Racks)
racks
1 telecom racks
Telecommunica with space for Including server and
6. Mandatory
tions Room expansion to 4 network racks
racks
Video Conference
Equipment, 20 People
Conference 20 People with
Seating capacity with
7. Room/War LAN Mandatory
furniture. Size may be
Room connectivity
reduced if required in final
design.
1 Rack and 1
8. Staging room Personnel Mandatory Rack -1 and PC -1
computer
Power Switching
Distribution panels and
9. Mandatory -
Panel Room & electrical
Battery Room devices
Building
5 People
Management Personnel Computer - 5
10. including Mandatory
System Room Nos. with BMS Systems
supervisor.
with staff
PAC in the farm 3 nos. or as per
11. Mandatory -
area requirements
DG with Fuel 1 nos. or as per
12. Optional -
Tank requirement
Sub Station / 2 nos. or as per
13. Optional -
Transformer requirement
As per
14. Earth Pits Mandatory -
requirement

6.7.6 Non IT - Civil Infrastructure: Guidelines and Specifications

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
i. The MSI shall perform detailed site assessment and
1. Site Survey survey to design, implement, operate and maintain the
ICCC and DC.
161 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
i. Removing and Dismantling of existing walls, false
ceiling, existing Aluminium windows & ventilators with
glass on, Brick walls, Doors, partitions, including,
associated wiring, etc. in order to suit the Proposed
Demolishing &
2. Layout and carting away the debris from the site.
Dismantling Works
Necessary care shall be taken to ensure minimum
damage to the existing materials. All dismantled
salvageable items shall be neatly stacked in a designated
area within the compound as directed by the Client
i. Providing and construction of Brick wall - 230 mm thick
using best quality bricks in cement mortar 1:4. The rate
shall be inclusive of all material, labour necessary
scaffolding and Pointing, lifting, curing and other
charges if any etc. all complete

ii. Providing and construction of Brick wall - 115 mm thick

using best quality bricks in cement mortar 1:4 with
proper reinforcement bands at every 1m height
intervals, and also match with existing wall surface both
inside and outside. The rate shall be inclusive of all
material, RC lintels at required levels for full-height
construction, labour, necessary scaffolding and
Pointing, lifting ,curing and other charges if any etc. all
complete

iii.Closing of existing windows along the ICCC and Data

centre periphery with Brick work - 230 mm thick using
best quality bricks in cement mortar 1:4. Brick work in
window / Ventilator area should be constructed with
3. Site Preparation
water tight and also match with existing wall surface
both inside and outside. The rate shall be inclusive of all
material, labour necessary scaffolding and Pointing,
lifting, curing and other charges if any etc. all complete

iv.Providing Anti termite treatment before starting brick

work area with ISO brand chemical approved by ASCL or
Consultant. The rate inclusive of labour & material all
complete

v. Providing and laying 12mm thick internal plaster on

brick walls in cm ratio of 1:4. Rate shall be inclusive of
providing and fixing scaffolding to the necessary level
with necessary safety arrangements

vi.Providing and laying external plaster on brick walls in 2

layers. First layer shall be 12mm thick in 1:4 ratio cm
mixed with waterproofing compound and second layer
of 8mm thick in 1:3 ratio cm mixed with waterproofing
compound. Rate shall be inclusive of finishing the

162 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
exterior surface with matching exterior weatherproof
paint of existing type and shade. Rate shall be inclusive
of providing and fixing scaffolding to the necessary level
with necessary safety arrangements

vii. Providing & laying cast-in-situ controlled reinforced

cement concrete of the designed grades using 20 mm
and down size coarse graded machine crushed hard
stone aggregate including designing the mix, weigh
batching, mechanical mixing, transporting and placing
at all lifts, vibrating, consolidating, curing and finishing
smooth as required all exposed faces, complete for the
following RC structural and other elements including
centring, shuttering, form work either straight, curved,
plain, tapered or sloped, supplying and mixing
admixtures, dewatering wherever necessary, the cost of
all complete materials, labour, all leads and lifts, tools,
plant and machineries, hire and fuel charges and all
other incidental charges etc., complete. The designing
of concrete mix for different grades of controlled
concrete should be done in accordance with latest IS -
SP 23. (Hand book on concrete mix design) in the field
laboratory and the same should be got approved by the
Engineer. Rate shall include providing and fixing
reinforcement for the following RCC work with Thermo
mechanically treated (TMT) bar of various diameters
and grade of steel as designed for the imposed loads
conforming to IS or equivalent BS specification including
cutting and waste, bending, hoisting, fabricating and
placing in position and binding the reinforcement with
galvanized annealed binding wire of double fold of 18
gauge and providing PVC cover blocks for placing the
reinforcements in position and for maintaining the cover
specified and/or according to relevant IS or equivalent
BS code
viii. Construction of structurally designed RCC Civil
foundation platform, each of approximate size of 8.2
meters by 3meters & 1.2 meters depth for housing the
proposed DG (2 x 630 KVA) with a static load 10 tons &
dynamic load of 18 tones. Rate shall include supply and
fixing of required base plates, etc. for supporting the DG
at required locations, complete in all respects

i. Providing and fixing Filing storage unit of 900 (W) x 450

(D) x 2100 mm (H) in the BMS room but in general, it
Carpentry/Furniture
4. shall be made out of 19 mm thick commercial plywood
– Cabinets/Storage
on all sides. The storage unit shall include adjustable
intermediate shelves made of 19mm comm. Plywood

163 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
placed on necessary S.S stud supports. The openable
shutter shall be made out of 19mm thick comm. plywood
with necessary teakwood supports etc. complete. Rate
shall include for providing teak wood moulding of size 40
x 15mm at top level etc. complete. All exposed surfaces
shall be finished with 1mm thick laminate of approved
shade and all inner / recessed surfaces shall be painted
with sealer finish. Rate to include all hardware, tower
bolt, magnetic catch, heavy duty hinges, S.S handles -
of approved make, including locking arrangements with
master key of approved make etc. complete

Single-sided W/s row - size 1200 x 600mm, 60mm thick

partition of height 1200mm; Data raceway at skirting level;
Power raceway at below table-top level; 25mm thick
laminate table-top with post-formed edges; individual 3-
drawer mobile pedestal storage unit; Pin-up soft boards
with approved colour felt cloth; Keyboard tray; CPU
trolley; Gable end support;

Double-sided W/s row - size 1200 x 600mm, 60mm thick

partition of height 1200mm; Data raceway at skirting level;
Power raceway at below table-top level; 25mm thick
laminate table-top with post-formed edges; individual 3-
drawer mobile pedestal storage unit; Pin-up soft boards
with approved colour felt cloth; Keyboard tray; CPU
trolley; Gable end support;

Modular Furniture Running Table-top counter in Staging area - 25mm thick

5. for DC staff & ICCC countertop with Laminate finish and Post formed edges
staff with required intermediate Gable ends; 2 nos. of mobile 3-
drawer pedestal storage unit

Running Table-top counter in Help Desk room - 25mm thick

countertop with Laminate finish and Post formed edges
with required intermediate Gable ends; 3 nos. of mobile 3-
drawer pedestal storage unit

Running Table-top counter in BMS room - 25mm thick

countertop with Laminate finish and Post formed edges
with required intermediate Gable ends; 1 no. of mobile 3-
drawer pedestal storage unit
Meeting Table - 10-seater; Size 3000 mm x 1500 mm;
25mm thick countertop with Laminate finish and Post
formed edges; and 2 sets of required concealed Flip-top
boxes for Electrical and Data outlets.

i. Providing and fixing in position of 75 mm thick

6. Partition Type 1
Gypsum board partition using 12.5 mm thick gyp-

164 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
board single skin on both sides with G.I steel metal
stud frame of size 48 mm thick using floor and ceiling
channels of 50 mm thick i.e. 0.55 mm thick and
having equal flanges of 36 mm with GI stud 48 mm
width i.e. 0.55 mm thick and having one flange of 36
mm placed @ every 600 mm c/c in vertical direction
upto ceiling and the ends should be crimped /
screwed rigidly at top and bottom etc. complete. Rate
shall include to stiffen the partition horizontally with
GI fixing channel of 0.99 mm thick, 99 x 2440 mm
long size and screw it on either side of the G.I frame
etc. and also ensure that the stud frame at the top
level of the joinery opening with joints staggered to
avoid continuous joints etc.

ii. Fixing of channels shall also provide for suitable

attachment of fixtures to the partitions and the
perimeter opening should be trimmed with G.I metal
studs packed with best quality treated Malaysian Sal
wood to required size and shape with 2 coats of fire
proof paint over a coat of anti-termite treatment /
anti-corrosive primer to receive screws / anchor
fasteners to fix Joinery frame in position etc.
complete. Rate shall include Gypsum board on both
sides of the frame work vertically spanning from floor
to ceiling fixed with drywall screws to a suitable
diameter and length at every 300 mm c/c. The
screws should be of zinc chromium plated, self-
drilling etc. The joints between the gyp-boards shall
be finished flush and even with jointing compound
and paper tape and the surface shall be painted with
2 coats of plastic emulsion paint of approved make
and shade over a coat of primer suitable for gyp-
board after E-Mix / P.O.P / Gypsum putty and all as
per manufacturer’s specification etc. complete and
all as directed. Rate shall include necessary
arrangement to ensure proper anchorage / fixing
from the ceiling to get sufficient rigidity (to the
required level)

iii. Rate shall include fixing of 100 mm high recessed

skirting made out of 12mm tk. Comm. Ply and
finished with 1 mm laminate of approved shade

i. Providing and fixing glazed partitions of 10 mm thick

toughened glass as per basic First floor layout
7. Type 2 Partition
drawing using S.S Patch fittings. Rate shall include
for transport charges, handling, loading and

165 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
unloading, installation of glass and clear sealant
between butt joints and perimeter on all sides
i. Providing and fixing running glazing for Vision panel
within the partitions along the Tech Support room of
10 mm thick clear glass as per basic first floor Layout
drawing. 12 mm thick MDF beading finished with
paint of approved shade shall be used to fix the glass.
Care shall be taken to paint the inner faces of the MDF
beading before fixing the glass. Rate shall include for
transport charges, handling, loading and unloading,
installation of glass and clear sealant between butt
joints and perimeter on all sides.
ii. Providing and fixing vertical blinds with 89 mm wide
imported superior polyester base fabric vanes with
Scotch guard application as per approved sample and
the ranges of louver shall be in ' Select and Classic'.
The vertical blinds shall have a head rail of extruded
anodized high strength aluminium alloy, shall be 25
mm x 50 mm high or equivalent with gauge thickness
of 1.2 mm or equivalent. End control units consist of
reduction gearbox having the reduction ratio of 3.5:1
for a very smooth operation of the blind. This unit
shall consist of planetary gear in the outer housing,
four small transmission gears fitted in the middle
assembly and an end receiving gear attached to
8. Type 3 Partition central sprocket unit. Tilter chain is made of 4.5mm
plastic beads moulded on 2.2mm thick polyester card
iii. The pitch of the beads shall be 6mm. The end control
unit shall have the facility to rotate the louver by 180
degrees. Tilt rod shall be made of extruded aluminium
having 3 keyways and the average dia shall be 5.8
mm. Carrier (Runner) shall be made of moulded
plastic having anti-friction additive. It shall consist of
polymer housing with wheels mounted on sides &
shall have a gear and worm mechanism with vertical
worm fixed with a tongued poly-carbonate stem to
hold the louvers.
iv. The vanes shall be capable of 180 deg. rotation in
position and shall be of polyester / viscose yarn dyed
in fast colours a strain resistant chemicals treatment
or equivalent protective coating shall be applied on
vanes. The installation shall be complete in all
respects
v. Providing and fixing soft board panel of specified
sizes having 12 mm thick soft board covered with felt
fabric of approved make and shade of premium
quality .The board shall have
teakwood/cedar/beech/matching wooden beading,
lipping around. The board shall be fixed on prepared

166 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
surface with necessary hardware fittings etc.
complete. All concealed wood works shall have sealer
polish as directed. Rate quoted shall be for the
complete finished work including all the materials and
labour mentioned above
vi. Providing and fixing Glass Writing Board with S.S
studs inclusive of all taxes, surcharge, duties, etc.
Rate shall be inclusive of delivery and installation,
and all material and labour. a) Size of 6'0" x 4'0"
(NOC Room)
i. Providing frosted etching to glass panels using 3M
9. Glass Etching stickers of "sparkle" type as per approved design and
as directed
i. Providing and fixing seamless ceiling with Gypboard
of 12.5 mm thick, fixed to the underside of the
suspended grid formed of GI perimeter channel of
size 20 x 27 x 30 mm (MF 6A) fixed along the wall by
using wood screws and metal expansion rawl plugs.
The GI intermediate channel of size 45 x 15 x 0.90
mm (MF7) shall be fixed to the suspended strap
hanger / GI ceiling angle at intervals not more than
1220 mm. The suspended GI ceiling angle / Strap
hanger is to be connected with GI soffit cleat of size
37 x 27 x 25 x 1.6 mm and it should be fixed on the
roof slab / beam, by using metal expansion fasteners
of 12.5 mm dia. to a length of 35 mm with 6 mm dia.
bolt / screw at top ends
ii. The GI ceiling section of size 80 x 26 x 0.5 mm (MF 5)
is to be provided across the intermediate channel at
intervals not more than 457 mm centers at bottom
and the same shall be fixed by GI connection clips
10. False Ceiling
2.64 mm dia. at the intersection points. The ends of
ceiling section (MF 5) channel by adopting an overlap
length of minimum 150 mm, connected with
intermediate channel shall be fixed to perimeter
channel in insertion. The Gypboard shall be fixed to
the underside of the suspended grid by using 25 mm
long drywall screws. The joints shall be finished with
joint paper tape by using jointing compound and
applying over it 3 layers of the filler compound to
provide a smooth surface. The ceiling surface shall be
painted with two coats of approved first quality
plastic emulsion paint, after applying a coat of primer
etc. complete. The rate shall include making cutouts
for tube lights, spot lights, duct doors, of specified
size, grills etc. for which no extra cost shall be paid
separately
iii. Rate shall include providing additional trimming
around cutouts for light fittings, cove lighting

167 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
arrangement and grills and providing additional
supports from ceiling where main / cross members
are cut for light fittings etc. No extra cost shall be
paid for providing multilevel false ceiling, cove
lighting arrangement etc. Note : Horizontal area only
shall be measured for payment
i. Providing and fixing in true horizontal level false
ceiling grid as approved by ASCL, using hot dipped
galvanized steel section, exposed surface chemically
cleaned capping prefinished in backed polyester
paint, main tee of size 24x38x.33mm at every 600
c\c max and rotary stitched cross tee of size
24x30x.457mm wall around the wall to from Grid
size of 600mmx600mm and suspending the grid
using 2mm GI rod and 5mm Nylon rawl plug at every
1200 mm intervals at the main tee and laying mineral
Acoustic Mineral fiber Acoustic ceiling board of prima fine fissured
11.
Fibre False Ceiling type of size 600mm x 600mm x 15mm having fire
rating of 60 minutes as per BS 476 /23 of 1987,
Noise Reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.50 to0.55,
sound Attenuation of 34 dB, Thermal conductivity of
K = 0.052 w/m, weight of 3.5 kg / sq. meter and
Humidity resistance greater than 90%
ii. Rate shall include necessary wastage, clips, GI
screws, etc. complete. Rate to include making
necessary cut-outs or opening for light fixture etc.,
complete. The rate inclusive of labour & material all
complete
i. Providing and fixing Cavity floor systems of approved
make as per site requirement and as per the following
specifications System: Access floor system to be
installed shall provide a maximum finished floor
Height of 600mm from the existing floor level. The
12. Flooring system shall provide for suitable pedestal and under-
structure designed to withstand various static loads
and rolling loads subjected to it in an office / server /
DCS / panel / rack area. The entire Access floor
system shall provide for adequate fire resistance,
acoustic barrier and air leakage resistance.
i. Panels shall be made from steel. The bottom of the
panel shall be embossed in 49 hemispherical shape of
60mm dia and 12 reverse conical of 25mm dia to give
strength and flexural rigidity. The top sheet shall be
plain and resistant welded at various locations after
13. Panels
the top and bottom sheets have been degreased and
phosphated. The above hollow panel shall have an
infill of light weight cementations material. The entire
panel shall be coated with epoxy coating on the
exposed surface. Panels shall remain flat through and

168 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
stable unaffected by humidity or fluctuation in
temperature throughout its normal working life
ii. Panels shall provide for impact resistance top
surfaces minimal deflection, corrosion resistance
properties and shall not be combustible or aid surface
spread of flame. Panels shall be insulated against
heat and noise transfer. Panels shall be
600mmx600mm fully interchangeable with each
other within the range of a specified layout. Panels
shall rest on the grid formed by the stringers which
are bolted on to the pedestals. Panels shall be
finished with anti-static Laminate of approved colour
and PVC beading /trimming along the edges

iii. The panel should be designed for a concentrated

point load of 560 kg. and a uniformly distributed load
(UDL) of 1800 kg/sq. meter The maximum
permissible deflection should not exceed 2mm
i. Pedestal installed to support the panel shall be
suitable to achieve a finished floor height of 75 to
600mm. Pedestal design shall confirm speedy
assembly and removal for relocation and
maintenance. Pedestal base to be permanently
secured to position on the subfloor. Pedestal
14. Pedestals
assembly shall provide for easy adjustment of
levelling and accurately align panels to ensure lateral
restrain. Pedestals shall support an axial load of
2000 Kgs, without permanent deflection and an
ultimate load of 3500 Kgs. Pedestal head shall be
designed to avoid any rattle or squeaks
i. Consisting of 100 x 100 x 2mm thick galvanized
epoxy polyester coated MS Base plate die-pressed
orbitally riveted to a 21mm. O.D. 2.5mm thick epoxy
coated MS pipe to engage the pedestal head
assembly. The pedestal head assembly consists of an
embossed steel plate having 4 holes with ¼ the
15. Pedestals Assembly
tapping for fastening and locating of tile; orbitally
riveted to a corresponding threaded stud 16mmdia.
(O.D), length 100mm which is designed to engage the
pedestal base assembly. The assembly shall provide
a range of height adjustment upto 25mm, with the
help of check nuts.
i. Under structure system consists of stringers of size
575 x 30x 20 x 1.5mm to form a grid of 600 x
600mm. These stringers are locked into the pedestal
16. Under structure
head and run both ways. The US system shall provide
adequate solid, rigid and quiet support for access
floor panels.

169 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
ii. Uninterrupted height of 550 mm between the bottom
of the floor and bottom of the access floor for
electrical conducting and wiring Stringers: Stringer
system is all steel construction, rectangular channels
30 x 20 x 1.6mm thick with pre-punched counter
sunk holes at both ends for securing the stringers
onto the pedestal head ensuring maximum lateral
stability in all directions. The grid formed by the
pedestal and stringer assembly shall receive the floor
panel. Rate shall include preparation of surface,
supply of Lifting hook - 2 Nos, cutting for
supply/return Air Grills and for Grommet of required
size, wastages, lead & lift, grouting the system with
anchor fastener, removing all debris from the
premises etc. complete, as directed and for providing
Class-'0' 19mm thick Nitrile rubber of approved make
as a subfloor insulation fixed with approved non-
formaldehyde based adhesive to the entire area of
existing floor (Below false flooring) as per
manufacturer's specification. Rate shall be inclusive
of providing ramp and landing in the entry, finished
with the antistatic laminate panel
iii. Providing new flooring Floor tiles (seamless)
conforming to ISO 13006/EN 176 Group Bias with
technical specification as Mohs scratch hardness
greater than 6, Water Absorption of 0.06%, Modulus
of Rupture greater than 27 N/mm, Deep Abrasion
resistance less than 204 mm cube, Surface flatness,
Straightness of sides ± 0.25%, thickness ± 5% of size
of approved colour and size & thickness as specified
below, set in 1:4 cement mortar over the existing
sub-floor and pointing the joints with approved joint
filler grout compound of matching shade as per
Manufacturer's Specification and as directed. Rate
shall include for wastages, for preparation of base
surface, cleaning, acid wash, and protection of new
finished floor with Gypsum / POP layer over Plastic
sheet and removing the same before handing over,
work at all levels and as directed. Rate shall be
inclusive of wastages, etc. complete. Size of tiles
shall be 600mm x 600mm and 10mm thick
iv. Providing & Fixing 2mm thick Anti-static vinyl flooring
of approved make and shade finished flush with the
Cavity Floor level
v. Providing and Fixing Polypropylene Modular Carpet
Tile flooring in the Meeting Room of approved make.
It should conform to Loop Pile construction, min.
total thickness of 6mm, and min. total pile weight of

170 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
20 oz./yd. Installation as per manufacturer's
specifications, complete
i. Providing and Fixing Style-less Glass Doors with
Patch fittings made of 12mm thick toughened glass.
Rate shall include all necessary hardware such as
heavy duty floor spring, top pivot, floor-recessed
locking arrangement, 450mm high S.S door handle of
approved makes & sample, etc. complete
a) Single Door GD1 of size 900 x 2100 mm
b) Double Door GD2 of size 1645 x 2100 mm
ii. Providing and fixing 35 mm thick Flush Door shutters
with 1.5mm tk. laminate finish single leaf of solid core
of block board type bonded with phenol
formaldehyde synthetic resin thermo pressed with 8
mm thick teak wood external lipping. The
construction procedure of the shutter should be as
per IS 2202. The shutter shall be shop prepared for
taking mortice lock or latches suitable lock block of
wood may be provided for fixing the hardware. The
size of block, shall perfectly correspond to the
maximum size of lock, covered in IS 2209. All the four
edges of the door shutter shall be square.
iii. The shutter shall be free from twist or warp in its
plane and of required size etc.
iv. Rate to include providing and fixing necessary lever
17. Joinery handle with mortise lock, door closers, ball bearing
hinges all of approved make. Rate also to include 200
x 600mm glass vision panel of 6mm thick with
suitable wooden beading duly polished / painted
a. Single Door D1 of size 900 x 2100 mm
b. Single Door D2 of size 750 x 2100 mm
v. H3 Providing and fixing of 2-hour rated Hollow metal
fire door with Vision Panel of fully flush type of 46
mm thick, Pressed Galvanised steel Double leaf
Guardian of approved make, which consists of frame,
shutter, infill and finish as detailed below and
conforming to IS:277
vi. Door frame shall be double rebate profile of size 143
x 57 mm with bending radius of 1.4 mm having 1.6
mm thick galvanised steel sheet (16 gauge) with steel
door shutter of 46 mm thick fully flush, double skin
door shall manufactured from 1.25 mm thick
galvanised steel sheet (18 gauge).The infill material
shall be resin bonded honey comb paper with thermal
insulation. Door frames and shutter shall be finished
with etched primer coating, stored zinc phosphate
primer and thermosetting synthetic enamel paint (35
micron DFT) of approved colour. The rate shall
include for supply and fixing of 3 mm thick base

171 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
plates, all joints of frames with provision for anchor
bolt fixing to wall / partition / RC surface,
reinforcement pad for fixing of door closers of
approved make, factory finish pre-punched cut outs
to receive hardware and iron mongery, 3mm thick
hinge plates predrilled to receive hinges for screw
mounted fixing, stainless steel double bearing butt
hinges of size 102 x 89 x 3 mm thick, mortice sash
lock with 5 pin tubular brass cylinder 70 mm thick
with internal thumb / knob operation and external key
provision with knob, brass / nickel lever handles and
heavy duty automatic door closer of approved make.
Rate shall also include for grouting the frame with
cement slurry including providing necessary Elastic
fire stop Sealant at the Joints between Wall & Frame
to the required thickness and to be applied by using
Dispenser tool CS 201 P1as per manufacture's
specification etc. complete and as directed.
vii. Rate shall be inclusive of providing and fixing Vision
Panel of size 200 x 300mm of approved make fire
rated glass of required thickness. Rate shall be
inclusive of making cut-outs, provisions, etc. for
receiving Access Control provision.
a) Single Door FD1 of size 1200 x 2400 mm with
Panic Bar
b) Double Door FD2 of size 1500 x 2250 mm.
viii. Rate shall include providing and fixing of plywood
framework below Cavity floor to receive the Door
floor spring, other hardware, etc. The plywood
framework shall be properly anchored from the
existing floor to ensure proper rigidity and avoid
vibration during door movement. The plywood shall
be finished with 2 coats of fire proof paint over a coat
of anti-termite treatment / anti-corrosive primer to
receive screws / anchor fasteners to fix Joinery
frame in position etc. complete.
a. Single Door FD3 of size 900 x 2100 mm
b. Double Door FD4 of size 1800 x 2250 mm.
ix. Rate shall include providing and fixing of plywood
framework below Cavity floor to receive the Door
floor spring, other hardware, etc. The plywood
framework shall be properly anchored from the
existing floor to ensure proper rigidity and avoid
vibration during door movement. The plywood shall
be finished with 2 coats of fire proof paint over a coat
of anti-termite treatment / anti-corrosive primer to
receive screws / anchor fasteners to fix Joinery
frame in position etc. complete.
a. Single Door FD5 of size 1200 x 2400 mm.

172 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
b. Double Door FD6 of size 2400 x 2400 mm.
c. Double Door FD7 of size 1500 x 2400 mm.
x. H4 Providing and Fixing 2 hour fire rated fixed glass
with frame of Prompt or approved make. Rate shall
include all hardware and assembly arrangements.
i. Providing and applying two coats of Plastic emulsion
paint to existing brick walls & RC Columns of
approved colour over a coat of water based primer
including preparation of surface by thorough
cleaning and wetting and applying POP / Gypsum
powder putty as per manufacturer’s specification
fully to give an even shade before painting and curing
18. Painting Works
as per manufacturers specifications and as directed.
Paint to be applied with roller.
ii. J2 Providing and applying good quality of ISO
branded Plaster of Paris throughout the internal brick
wall surface. POP punning thickness should be 12mm
& above across all the internal surface and finished to
uniform smooth finish.
i. Making of openings in existing brick wall for
Electrical / AC services connections and filling up the
same with brick bats in 1:5 cement mortar mixed with
waterproofing compound to finish flush with adjacent
wall surfaces and matching wall thickness.
ii. Sealing of all penetrations through the Data centre
area to allow services routing, etc. by using fire
resistant bulk-head sealant of quality makes.
Complete and tested as per manufacturer's
specifications
iii. Chipping of existing sub-flooring to a required width
and depth for floor trunking, raceways, junction
boxes and conduits, and redoing / re-finishing the
same with C.C 1:2:4 to make good the surface
Miscellaneous
19. iv. Chasing in existing brick walls to accommodate
Works
concealed conduits & pipes to required width and
depth as per Electrical & AC requirements, and re-
filling the same with 1:4 cement plaster to finish flush
with adjoining surfaces
v. Providing and Fixing S.S Handrail for Data centre
access ramp along the 115mm brick wall made of
50mm dia. SS pipe with necessary intermediate wall
support of 32mm dia. S.S pipe grouted in existing
brick wall and welded to the 50mm dia. Pipe. The
main handrail pipe shall be fixed 2" away from the
wall / intermediate column and shall follow the slope
of the ramp. The installation should have sufficient
rigidity and welded joints should be neatly levelled
and finished.

173 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
vi. Providing and placing 300 x 300 x 300 mm high
concrete pedestals at Ground floor to mount the
Electrical panels and other equipment.
i. All requirements such as skilled and unskilled labour,
plant, equipment, scaffolding, materials, etc.
required for complete execution of the work in
accordance with the drawings and as described
herein and/or as directed by the ASCL/Consultant
General have to be met. All workmanship shall be in
20.
Requirements accordance with the latest standards and best
possible practice. Masonry work shall be true to line
& level as shown on drawings. All such masonry shall
be tightly built against structural members and
bonded with dowels, anchors, inserts, etc., as shown
on the drawings.
i. Burnt clay bricks, for general masonry work, shall
conform to IS: 1077 and for face brick work, shall
conform to IS: 2691. First class quality table moulded
chamber burnt bricks of nominal size 8-3/4” x 4-1/2”
x 2-3/4” shall be used for general masonry work.
Table moulded bricks should be used if manufactured
locally.
ii. Bricks for general masonry work shall be sound, hard,
well burnt (but not over burnt) without being vitrified,
of uniform size, shape, having sharp edges, cherry
red colour and homogenous in texture. These shall be
free from cracks, flaws or nodules of free lime and
shall emit clear ringing sound (metallic sound) when
struck. These shall not show any signs of
efflorescence either when dry or subsequent to
soaking in water. Fractured surface shall show
uniform texture free from girts, lumps, holes etc.
21. Materials Bricks
iii. Unless otherwise specified, minimum compressive
strength shall correspond to class designation 50 as
per IS: 1077 with a minimum crushing strength of 50
kg/sq.cm. For general masonry work, Water
absorption after 24 hours immersion shall not exceed
20% by weight for common bricks and 15% for face
bricks.
iv. Bricks shall be stacked on dry firm ground in regular
tiers even as they are unloaded to minimize breakage
and defacement of bricks. Bricks of different class,
selected for various categories of use in the work,
shall be stacked separately. Each stack shall contain
equal number of bricks, preferably not more than
3000.
v. Representative samples of bricks shall be submitted
to the Consultant for approval before supply to site
and the approved samples shall remain with the

174 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
ASCL. All bricks proposed to be used shall conform to
the approved samples in all respects. Bricks picked up
at random from the stacks shall be tested as to
ascertain to satisfy the acceptability requirements as
and when desired by the Consultant at the MSI’s cost
i. The cement used shall be the Ordinary Portland
cement conforming to IS: 269 and IS: 8112. Unless
otherwise specified ordinary Portland cement of 43
grade conforming to latest IS – 8112 shall be used for
all masonry and concrete works.
22. Cements ii. Own arrangements for the storage of adequate
quantity of cement should be made. Cement shall be
stored in closed weather proof sheds with raised
wooden plank flooring to prevent deterioration by
damages or intrusion of foreign matter away from
walls
i. Sand shall conform to IS: 383 and IS: 2116. Sand
shall have fineness modulus between 2.1 and 2.5.
Sand shall be hard, durable, clear and free from dirt
23. Sands
clay organic method or other impurities. Silt content
of sand shall not exceed 5% by volume. Sand
containing any trace of salt shall be rejected.
i. Water used for mortar and curing shall be clean and
free from injurious amounts of deleterious matter
24. Water such as oils, acids, alkalis, sugar, organic materials
etc. Potable water is generally considered
satisfactory for mixing masonry.
i. Lime shall be stone lime and it shall conform to IS:
712. Hydrated lime shall be mixed with water to form
putty. This shall be stored with reasonable care to
prevent evaporation of water for at least 24 hours
25. Lime
before use. Quick lime shall be slaked with enough
water to make a cream and then stored with
reasonable care to prevent evaporation of water for
at least seven days before use.
i. Unless otherwise instructed by the ASCL/Consultant,
double scaffolding having two sets of vertical
supports shall be provided for all building work. The
supports shall be sound, strong and tied together
26. Scaffolding with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks
shall be fixed. The MSI shall be responsible for
providing and maintaining sufficiently strong
scaffolding so as to with stand all loads likely to come
upon it.
i. IS: 2250 shall be followed as general guidance for
preparation and use of mortar. Mixing of mortar shall
27. Mortar be done in a mechanical mixer. Cement and sand shall
be mixed dry in specified proportions thoroughly and
then water shall be added gradually. Wet mixing shall
175 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
be continued till mortar of the consistency of a stiff
paste and uniform colour is obtained. Only the
quantity of mortar which can be used within thirty
minutes of its mixing shall be prepared at a time.
Hand mixing may be allowed by the ASCL on clean
approved platform in special cases only.
ii. Mortar shall be used as soon as possible after mixing
and before it has begun to set and in any case within
thirty minutes after the water is added to the dry
mixture. Mortar left unused for more than thirty
minutes after mixing shall be rejected and removed
from the site of work. Surplus mortar droppings while
laying masonry, if received on a surface free from
dirt, may be mixed with fresh mortar if permitted by
the ASCL, where directed for addition of extra
cement and this shall be implemented.
i. Only cement-sand mortar shall be used. Unless
otherwise specified, mortar for brickwork having one
or more brick thickness shall be 1 part cement and 6
parts sand by volume as specified. Mortar for half-
28. Brick Masonry brick thick walls shall be 1 part cement and 4 parts
sand by volume. Richer mix proportion shall be used,
whenever specified or as per design requirement.
Mortar shall meet the compressive strength
requirement as per IS:2250 and IS:1905
i. IS: 2212 shall be followed as general guidance for
construction of brick masonry. Bricks shall be soaked
in water before use for a period generally not less
than 6 hours so that the water just penetrates the
whole depth of the bricks.
ii. Bricks shall be laid in English Bond unless otherwise
specified. Half or cut bricks shall not be used except
where necessary to complete the bond. Closer in such
cases shall be cut to the required size and used near
the ends of the walls, next to quoin headers.
iii. Bricks shall be laid generally with frogs upwards. A
layer of mortar shall be spread on the full width and
29. Laying of Bricks
over a suitable length of the lower course. Each brick
shall be properly bedded and set home (in position)
by gently tapping with the trowel handle or with a
wooden mallet. It’s inside face shall be buttered with
mortar before the next brick is laid and pressed
against it. On completion of a course, all vertical
joints shall be fully filled from the top with mortar.
The thickness of joints shall be kept uniform and shall
not exceed 10 mm. Bricks shall be so laid that all
joints are full of mortar.
iv. All face joints shall be raked to a minimum depth of
15 mm by raking tools during the progress of

176 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
brickwork, when the mortar is still green, so as to
provide proper key for the plaster or pointing to be
done. When plastering or pointing is not required to
be done, the joints shall be struck flush and finished
at the time of laying.
v. Brickwork in walls shall be taken up truly plumb. All
courses shall normally be laid truly horizontal unless
indicated to be laid on slope and all vertical joints
shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints in alternate
courses shall come directly one over the other. Brick
wall shall be construed with at least one plain face
with proper alignment.
vi. All connected brickwork shall be carried up
simultaneously and no portion of work shall be left
more than one meter below the rest of the work.
Where this is not possible, in the opinion of the ASCL,
the work shall be raked back according to bond (and
not toothed) at an angle not steeper than 45 deg. The
work done per day should not be more than one
meter height All iron fixtures, pipes, water outlets,
hold fasts for doors and windows, etc. which are
required to be built into the brickwork shall be
embedded in their correct position in mortar or
cement concrete as the work proceeds as per
directions of the ASCL/Consultant.
vii. All brickwork shall be built tightly against columns,
floor slabs or other structural parts and around door
and window frames with proper distance to permit
caulked joint. Wherever deemed necessary structural
steel columns and spandrel beams are to be partly or
wholly covered with brickwork, the bricks shall be laid
closely against all flanges and webs with all spaces
between the steel and brickwork filled solid with
mortar not less than 10mm in thickness.
viii. The top courses of all plinth, parapet, steps and top
wall shall be laid with brick on edge unless otherwise
specified. Care shall be taken that the bricks forming
the top courses and ends of walls are properly
radiated and keyed into position.
ix. Scaffolding shall be strong enough to withstand all
the dead, live and impact loads which are likely to
come upon it. It shall also be so designed as to ensure
the safety of the workmen using them.
x. In case of joining old brickwork with new brick work,
the old work shall be toothed to the full width of the
new wall and to the depth of quarter of a brick in
alternate courses. It shall be cleaned of all dust, loose
mortar, etc., and thoroughly wetted before starting
new brick work. Thickness of each course of new work

177 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
shall be made equal to the thickness of the
corresponding course of the old work by adjusting
thickness of horizontal mortar joints.
xi. The face of the brickwork shall be cleaned on the
same day on which brickwork is laid and all mortar
dropping removed promptly.
xii. Template (bed-block) of plain or reinforced cement
concrete shall generally be provided to support ends
of RCC beams. Top surface of the wall shall be
suitably treated as per direction of the
ASCL/Consultant so as to minimize the friction to
movement of the concrete slab over the bearing.
xiii. Brickwork shall be protected from rain by suitable
covering when the mortar is green. Masonry work
shall be cured by keeping it constantly moist on all
faces for a minimum period of seven days. Brickwork
carried out during the day shall be suitably marked
indicating the date on which the work is done so as to
keep a watch on the curing period.
The work shall be done in the same manner, as mentioned
in 7.02 except that all courses shall be laid with stretchers.
Unless otherwise specified the walls with RCC (1:2:4)
binders reinforced with 2 nos. of 8 mm mild steel bars and
30. Half brick masonry 6 mm MS tie bars at 230 intervals. The cost of half brick
work shall include the cost of reinforcement and form work
for binders. RCC band shall be of size 115 mm wide x 80
mm high and shall be continuous, unless where broken by
openings in walls.
i. Exposed brickwork i.e. brickwork is superstructure
which is not covered by plaster shall be done by
especially skilled masons. All courses shall be laid
truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly
vertical. Vertical joints in alternate courses shall
come directly one over the other.
ii. Thickness of brick courses shall be kept uniform and
for this purpose wooden straight edge with
graduations indicating thickness of each course
including joint shall be used. The height of window
31. Exposed brickwork
sills, bottom of lintels and other such important
points in the height of the wall shall be marked on the
graduated straight edge. Masons must check
workmanship frequently with plumb, spirit level, rule
and string.
iii. For all exposed brick work, double scaffolding having
two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The
supports shall be sound and strong, tied together
with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks
shall be fixed.

178 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
iv. If face bricks shall be in composite work with face
bricks on the exposed face and balance in standard
bricks, but maintaining the bond fully. Where face
bricks are not specified, bricks for the exposed face
shall be specially selected from available stack of
bricks. All exposed brickwork on completion of work
shall be rubbed down, washed clean and pointed as
specified. Where face bricks are used, carborundum
stone shall be used for rubbing down
For external walls, the anchorage in the form of flats or
Reinforcing rods from spandrel beams and columns and any other
32.
anchorage anchoring and reinforcement shall be adequately
embedded in the masonry
i. Unless noted otherwise in the bill of quantities, the
method of measurement for various items shall be
generally in accordance with IS 1200, subject to the
following.
Mode of ii. Except where otherwise described, stone work and
33.
measurement stone walling general shall be given in cubic meters
and fascia work in square meters.
iii. When measuring walls, the thickness shall be
measured to the nearest one centimetre. Deductions
shall be made as described in IS: 1200.
i. Materials shall be of the best approved quality
obtainable and they shall comply with the respective
Indian Standards Specification.
ii. Samples of all materials shall be got approved before
placing order and the approved sample shall be
deposited with the ASCL
iii. In case of non-availability of materials in metric sizes,
the nearest size in FPS units shall be provided with
the prior approval of the ASCL/Consultant for which
no extra cost shall be paid nor shall any rebate be
recovered.
iv. If directed, materials shall be tested in any approved
Testing Laboratory and the Test Certificate in original
34. Materials
shall be submitted to the ASCL and the entire charges
of testing including charges for repeated tests if
ordered shall be borne by the Contractor.
v. It shall be obligatory for the MSI to furnish Certificate,
if demanded by the ASCL/Consultant, from
manufacturer or the material supplier that the work
has been carried out by using their material and as
per their recommendation.
vi. All materials supplied by the ASCL or any other
government departments directed by the ASCL shall
be properly stored and the MSI shall be responsible
for its safe custody until they are required on the
works and till the completion of work.

179 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. Nature of
Guidelines / Specifications
No. Requirement
vii. Unless otherwise mentioned in the Schedule of
Quantities or Special Specifications the quality of
materials, workmanship, dimensions, etc. shall be as
specified here-in-under.
viii. All Equipment and facilities for carrying out field tests
on materials shall be provided without any extra cost
i. Doors, Windows and Grills
Clear area over one face inclusive of frame shall be
measured. Hold fasts and portions embedded in
masonry or flooring shall not be measured.
ii. Internal Partitions (Gypboard, Plywood, etc.)
The partition height shall be measured upto bottom
of false ceiling and framing members / ply / Gypboard
going above shall not be measured.
iii. Decorative panelling over wall or over partitions the
area of cladding shall be measured in square metre,
or square feet. The gross area cladded shall be
measured. No deductions shall be made for gaps upto
one centimetre between the panels.
iv. Vitrified Ceramic Tile: the actual area covered by the
vitrified tile shall be measured. No extra shall be
allowed for wastage.
v. Paving and tile work the work mentioned in this
section shall be measured in Sq. ft. /Sq. meter and
shall be priced per unit of Sq. ft. / Sq. meter In all
Mode of
35. paving work, the slabs shall be touching the walls and
Measurements
go well under the plaster, but the measurements shall
be the clear measurements of the rooms or areas
when finished. No allowance shall be made for
portions going under the plaster.
vi. False ceiling: For false ceiling work, the measurement
shall be for the actual area covered. No deductions
shall be made for the cut-outs, for light fittings,
speakers, column upto 5.00 Sq.ft. / 0.50 Sq. meter.
vii. Wood work: For conversion of inches to feet/cm to
metre, the resultant figure shall be taken upto two
digits after decimal point. Third digit shall not be
taken into account.
viii. Note: All materials shall be of the 1st quality and ISI
marked.
Wherever MSI shall use standard product makes which
shall be approved ASCL/Consultant. Any additional
expenditure and time due to this shall be solely on MSI’s
account and no claims whatsoever shall be entertained, in
this regard.

180 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6.7.7 Non IT – Electrical Cabling: Guidelines and Specifications

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. Power supply from two different substation to be
ensured for redundancy. Appropriately Substation to be
commissioned and automatic fail over of substations to
be enabled. The power distribution room is tentatively
planned to commission in BASEMENT of the Municipal
corporation office
ii. Power from the Main Panel (Dual Line) shall be received
in a Main MV Panel of Single busbar type to be located at
Electrical Panel at Basement
iii. Electrical Panel for Raw power to ICCC, DC & UPS in
Second floor shall be planned in Basement
iv. Electrical Panel for DG to ICCC, DC & UPS in second floor
shall be planned in Basement
v. All interlocking arrangement shall be done thro’
Electrical / Mechanical interlocking arrangements
vi. From this panel, feeders can be taken to various
requirements as under:-
Sub Power Panel for Raw Power and AC distribution.
a. Incoming of 250KVA UPS - 1
b. Incoming of 250KVA UPS - 2
c. Incoming of 20KVA UPS -1
d. Incoming of 20KVA UPS – 2
1. Raw Power
vii. Two Numbers of 630KVA DG sets has been proposed to
be installed in the Basement with Auto Synchronising
panel
viii. Moulded Case Circuit Breakers along with Air Circuit
Breakers shall be used in the construction of distribution
panels. The final distribution shall be done using
Miniature Circuit Breakers. All underground cables are of
XLPE sheathed Aluminium cable for the rating above 25
Sq.mm. PVC sheathed Aluminium cable for the rating
below 25 Sq.mm. The Panels shall have MCCBs as
components and not FSUs. The panels / switch boards
shall have sufficient spares as required to provide for
future additions or alterations. From the Main panels,
Underground PVC insulated XLPE sheathed cables shall
be used to transmit power to the Main Building and Guest
Block. The cables shall be laid in the bare ground with
necessary bricks, sand layers and with Cable Route
Markers (or) in a permanent constructed trench with
precast slab as cover
ix. The final distribution boards (LDBs and PDBs) which feed
the socket outlets, lighting circuits and other
requirements are protected by ELMCBs which in turn
protect the downstream circuits too

181 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
x. From the final distribution boards, copper cabling shall
be laid above false ceiling shall be enclosed in MS
conduits as a safety measure against spread of fire in
case of some accident. MS conduits shall be used in case
of concealed wiring
Cables
i. All Power cables shall be of aluminium / copper
conductors only. All control cables shall be of solid or
stranded copper conductors. The control cables used for
mobile equipment shall be flexible type. Power cables for
415 V AC and upto 1000 V DC and control cables for
wiring within the building shall be of PVC insulated and
PVC sheathed armoured / unarmoured heavy duty 1100
V grade. Cross-sectional areas of multi core power
cables shall not exceed 400 sq.mm unless otherwise
specified. Minimum cross-sectional area of power cable
shall be 6 sq.mm in case of aluminium conductor and 1.5
Sq.mm in case of copper conductor. The cross-sectional
area of neutral conductor of multicore cables shall
constitute about 50% of phase conductor for cables
Cables and
2. having cross-sectional are of 25 sq.mm and above.
Terminations
However this is not applicable for UPS distribution. For
cables below 25 sq.mm as well as flexible trailing cables,
the neutral conductor shall be of same cross-section
area as the phase conductor. All cables 10 sq.mm and
above shall be of stranded type.
ii. PVC Cables: PVC insulated, XLPE Sheathed / PVC
sheathed armoured/unarmoured heavy duty cable shall
be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance
with IS : 1554 (PART - I). The insulation shall consist of
polyvinyl chloride compound suitably extruded with
softeners and plasticizers. The inner sheath shall be
either vulcanized rubber or PVC. The outer sheath shall
be of XLPE compound. The armouring of multi-core
cables where required shall be of single layer galvanized
steel round wire or flat strip.
i. The power cable sizes shall be adopted on the basis of
current loading, ambient temperature condition, method
of installation and permissible voltage drop in each
circuit. The minimum cross-section of the cable shall be
determined on the basis of available short circuit current
Cable Selection
3. and tripping characteristics of the circuit protective
devices. Colour code shall be maintained for the entire
wiring installation (i.e.) Red, Yellow and Blue for the
three phases, Black for neutral and Green for earthing.
Besides, ferruling shall be provided with number coding
and easy identification for maintenance purposes.
Cable Joining i. Cable jointing shall be done as per the recommendations
4.
of the cable manufacturer. Jointing shall be done by

182 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
qualified cable jointers. Each terminations shall be
carried out using brass compression glands and cable
sockets. Hydraulic crimping tool shall be used for making
the end terminations. Cable gland shall be bonded to the
earth by using suitable GI Wire / tape. Suitable
identification tags with the feeder designation inscribed
on an aluminium / G.I. Sheet steel be tied to either ends
of each cable
i. Cables shall be laid on cable trays/ racks wherever
specified. Cable racks/ trays shall be of perforated steel
section slotted angles for suitable purpose. The trays /
racks shall be complete with plates, tees elbows, risers
and all necessary hardware. The steel trays shall be
painted. Cable trays shall be erected properly to present
a neat and clean appearance. Suitable cleats or saddles
shall be used for securing the cables to the cable trays.
The cable trays shall comply with the following
requirements:-
ii. The trays are ladder type and shall have suitable
Cable Conduit
5. strength and rigidity to provide adequate support for all
trays
contained cables
iii. It shall not present sharp edges, burrs of projections
injurious to the insulation of the wiring / cables
iv. If made of Sheet metal, it shall be adequately strength
protected against corrosion or shall be made of
corrosion resistant material
v. It shall have side rails or equivalent structural members
vi. It shall include fittings such as horizontal, vertical bends,
tie rods, hooks etc., or other suitable means for changes
in direction and elevation of runs, fish plates and hard
wire
Method of Laying Cables:
i. Cables laid exposed in racks/trays/hooks and routed
from trenches to individual equipment etc. shall be taken
in embedded / exposed rigid G.I pipes or flexible conduits
unless directly terminated to the equipment in the panels
located above the trench. Extra length of cables shall be
provided wherever possible for any future contingency
to the extent of 10% of the length of any section. The
Cable support
cables laid fully buried in ground or partly in trench and
6. systems
partly in ground shall be armoured type. Cables are laid
fully in rack/tray/hook or laid in G.I. pipes, shall be also
armoured type.
ii. The installation work shall be carried out in a neat
workman like manner by skilled, experienced and
competent workmen particularly with experience in
jointing termination of aluminium conductor cables.
Cables runs shall be uniformly spaced properly
supported and protected in an approved manner. All

183 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
bends in runs shall be well defined and made with due
consideration to avoid sharp bending and linking of the
cable. The minimum bending radius of cables shall not be
less than twelve times the overall diameter. Cable
installation shall be property co-ordinates at site with the
routing of other services, utilities and the cable routings
with a view to avoid interference with any part of the
building, structure, equipment, utilities and services. All
cables shall be provided with identification tags
indicating the cable numbers in accordance with the
cable/circuit schedule. Tags shall be fixed at both the
ends of cable at joints and at 20 mspacing for straight
runs. When a cable passes through a wall tags shall be of
durable fibre of aluminium sheet with the numbers
punched on them, and securely attached to the cables
with non-corrosive wire. For single core cables wire shall
be non-ferrous material. All cables shall be tested for
proper insulation prior to laying. The cable drums shall
be transported on wheels to the place of work. The
cables shall be laid out in proper direction as indicated
on the drum using cable drum stands. In case of higher
size cables, the laid out cables shall run over rollers
placed at close intervals and finally transferred carefully
on to the trenches and racks. Care shall be taken so that
links and twists or any mechanical damage does not
occur in cables. Only approved cable pulling grips or
other devices shall be used. Adequate length of cables
shall be pulled inside the switchboards, control panels,
terminal boxes etc. so as to permit neat termination of
each core/conductor. Control cables cores entering
switchboard or control panels shall be neatly bunched
and strapped with PVC perforated tapes and suitably
supported to keep it in position at the terminal block. All
spare cores shall be neatly dressed and suitably taped at
both ends. Power cable terminations shall be carried out
in such a manner to avoid strain on the terminals by
providing suitable clamp near the terminals. All power
cable terminations shall be by means of crimping type
cable lugs. Control cables shall be terminated by
crimping or directly clamped in the terminal blocks by
screws. No jointing shall normally be made at any
intermediate point in through runs of cables unless the
length of the run is more than the length of the standard
drum supplied by cable manufacturers. In such cases
when jointing is unavoidable, the same shall be made by
means of standard cable jointing boxes/kits. All cables
entry openings in the equipment shall be sealed and
made proof against entry of creeping reptiles.

184 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. Power cables in trenches and on structures shall be laid
on racks and shall be clamped by means of single or
multiple galvanized MS saddles. The saddles shall be
placed at an interval of 1000 mm. in both horizontal and
vertical straight runs, at each bend and turnings from
horizontal to vertical direction and vice versa. All 1100
V grade power cables shall be laid touching each other.
Multi-core control cables shall be laid touching each
other on trays and wherever required may be taken in
two layers. G I Ladder type cable racks shall be selected
from two sizes viz.
ii. 600 mm. and 1500 mm. Ladder type trays shall be
galvanized after fabrication. And inside the module shop
only G I perforated type cable trays shall be used.
Laying of Cables Vertical spacing between cable racks/trays shall be 250
on Racks / Trays mm. Power cables of different voltage grades shall be
7.
/ Brackets laid in separate racks / brackets / hooks. Control cables
as well as signal and communication cables shall be laid
in a separate trays. However, in cases where smaller size
power cables (below 16 sq.mm.) of fewer numbers
cables provided suitable vertical barriers are installed
between them. As far as possible AC and DC Power
cables shall be laid in separate trays. Order of laying of
various cables in racks/trays brackets/hooks shall be
such that control cables are located at the bottommost
tier and 1100 V grade cables at top tier. In case of
duplicate feeders of same consumer, these shall be laid
in two separate racks/brackets. Where there is
possibility of mechanical damage, cable rack / trays shall
be adequate protected by sheet steel covers. For future
installation of cables, provision shall be made to keep
20% space as spare on each ray/rack/bracket.
i. Cables shall be laid in indoor trenches wherever
Cables In Indoor specified. Suitable angle iron brackets, clamps, hoods
8.
Trenches and saddles shall be used for securing the cable in
position.
i. Cables shall be laid on cable trays/ racks wherever
specified. Cable racks/ trays shall be of perforated steel
section slotted angles for suitable purpose. The trays /
racks shall be complete with plates, tees elbows, risers
and all necessary hardware. The steel trays shall be
painted. Cable trays shall be erected properly to present
Cables On Trays
9. a neat and clean appearance. Suitable cleats or saddles
/ Racks
shall be used for securing the cables to the cable trays.
The cable trays shall comply with the following
requirements:-
ii. The trays are ladder type and shall have suitable
strength and rigidity to provide adequate support for all
contained cables.

185 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
iii. It shall not present sharp edges, burrs of projections
injurious to the insulation of the wiring / cables.
iv. If made of Sheet metal, it shall be adequately strength
protected against corrosion or shall be made of
corrosion resistant material.
v. It shall have side rails or equivalent structural members.
vi. It shall include fittings such as horizontal, vertical bends,
tie rods, hooks etc., or other suitable means for
cha8nges in direction and elevation of runs, fish plates
and hard wire.
vii.
Installation
i. Cable trays shall be installed as a complete system. Trays
shall be supported properly from the building structure.
The entire cable tray system shall be rigid.
ii. Each run of the cable tray shall be completed before the
installation of cables. Portions where additional
protection is required, non-combustible covers /
10. Installation enclosure shall be used.
iii. Cable trays shall be exposed and accessible.
iv. Where cables of different system are installed on the
same cable tray, non- combustible solid barriers shall be
used for segregating the cables.
v. Cable trays shall be grounded by two nos. earth
continuity wires. Cable trays shall not use as equipment
grounding conductors.
i. System of wiring
ii. The system of wiring shall consist of FRLS flexible copper
cables (or) PVC insulated PVC sheathed FRLS copper
conductor wires in M S conduits. Minimum size of copper
conductor shall be 1.5 sq.mm. For lighting and 4 sq.mm.
For power. Colour code shall be maintained for the entire
wiring installation (i.e.) Red, Yellow and Blue for the
three phases, Black for neutral and Green for earthing.
Besides, ferruling shall be provided with number coding
and easy identification for maintenance purposes. M
Installation of
S conduits shall be used if they are concealed in the wall
wiring
11. / slab.
conductors
The following cable sizes shall be used in the
installation:-
a) Lighting circuits: 2.5Sq.mm.copper
b) Point Wiring: 1.5Sq.mm.Copper
c) Power Circuits (16 Amps): 4.0Sq.mm.copper
d) Incomer to single phase LDB: 3 core 4.0 Sq.mm. copper
e) Incomer to Three phase LDB: 4 c 10 Sq.mm. Aluminium
f) Incomer to PDBs: 16.0 Sq.mm. Aluminium to 25.0 Sq.mm.
Aluminium depending on requirement.
g) UPS Circuit (server room): 3 core 4 Sq. mm flexible copper
wire in MS conduit

186 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
h) UPS Circuit (workstation room): 3 runs 2.5 Sq. mm copper
wire in MS conduit
i. All wiring shall be carried out only with M S conduits all
light, fan sockets and any other equipment must be
earthed. Wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade
PVC insulated single core multi stranded copper
conductor wires as per IS: 694. The method of wiring
shall be as recommended in IS: 732 and its several parts.
The physical and electrical continuity of the conduit
system shall be maintained throughout. No wire shall be
left exposed at any location; metallic flexible pipe shall
be used to cover the same. Colour coding of wire shall be
carried out as detailed below:
Wiring to walls a. PHASES RED/YELLOW/BLUE
and above false b. NEUTRAL BLACK (OR) GREY
12.
ceiling. c. EARTH GREEN
ii. The minimum diameter of the conduits shall be 25 mm.
only. The following sizes of PVC insulated multi stranded
copper conductor wires shall generally be followed
throughout:
iii. From the final switch to individual outlets 1.5 sq.mm
iv. From Distribution Boards to First Switch Board and 2.5
sq.mm
v. Subsequent switchboards all 15A socket (Only Phase &
Neutral) 4.0 Sq.mm.
vi. Earth wire throughout for Lighting. 1.5 Sq.mm.
vii. Earth wire for raw power 2.5 Sq.mm

6.7.8 Non IT – Earthing Network: Guidelines and Specifications

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. Distributed earthing shall be carried all along the LT
distribution system, through local earth stations
effectively bonding the cables / equipment.

ii. For Main building, Substation and Electrical Panel DC

Room, one main earthing ring shall be provided along the
General building periphery connected to required number of earth
1. Earthing electrodes. The earthing ring shall be taken 1525 mm
System away from building column / wall and shall be laid directly
buried in ground. Main earthing ring shall be further cross-
connected and a mesh formed depending on the layout
and location of the equipment. The cross-connections
shall generally run in cable trenches, or embedded in
concrete floor based on the layout.

187 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
iii. All non-current carrying metallic parts of various
electrical equipment as well as cable armouring metallic
conduit/GI pipe system, cable racks/trays brackets,
supporting structures etc. shall be effectively earthed.
Earthing of medium and high voltage equipment shall be
done by means of two separate earth conductors
connected either directly to earth electrodes or to an
earthing ring irrespective of use of armoured cable or
metallic conduit/GI pipe.

iv. Building / technological steel structures, metallic utility

pipes shall not be used as earth continuity conductor. All
earthing system shall be so designed as to ensure
effective operation of protective gears in case of earth
faults. The total earth resistance at any point of the
earthing system for substations and main plant buildings
shall not be more than one ohm. However, at other points
the value shall not exceed 3.Ohms.

v. Generally, main earthing rings and earthing leads shall be

directly buried in ground. Additional earthing rings
wherever provided inside plant buildings/substations and
earth continuity conductors shall be taken either exposed
on cable racks/trays, structures, walls, ceiling etc. or
embedded in concrete depending on installation. Earth
conductor directly buried shall be taken at a depth of
600mm. It shall be provided with one coat of bituminised
paint, at all welded joints to prevent corrosion. Earthing
ring wherever embedded in concrete shall be laid parallel
to the column rows of buildings. Earth continuity
conductor embedded in concrete shall generally follow
the shortest route and wherever possible shall be taken
along pipes embedded for laying of cables. Earth
conductors lay on cable racks, trays etc. shall be placed in
accessible location keeping adequate clearance to
facilitate easy connections.

vi. All 3 phase equipment shall have duplex earthing,

whereas single phase equipment shall have only one run.
Earthing for light and power points shall be carried out
using insulated copper earth wire running throughout the
length of circuits and shall be terminated at boxes,
fixtures etc. with effective bonding to main earth.
vii. Separate and distinct earth stations and electrodes
shall be provided for UPS System, EPABX and Server
Racks. Earthing for UPS Neutral, Server Racks and EPABX
points shall be carried out with insulated copper earth
wires. The total earth resistance at any point shall not be
more than 1.Ohm

188 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. All jointing of earth flats shall be done in such a way that
all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and rubbed with
2. Precautions
emery paper before jointing. Ensure that there is no air
gap between the flats after jointing.
i. All safety equipment’s shall be positioned optimally as
Safety well as the procedures followed by the local authorities.
3.
Equipment’s All safety equipment’s shall be as per IS standards as
specified in the BOQ
i. Wherever needed, these supports shall be provided to suit
Fabricated type
the requirements. All supports shall be painted as
4. supports and
specified. All supports shall be properly fixed on to the
Miscellaneous
ceiling with necessary anchor fasteners.
i. The adequate Light fittings shall be deployed in the DC.
The light fittings shall be preassembled with necessary
ballasts, lamp holders, lamps, interconnections, terminal
light Fittings
5. connectors and other associated accessories. The light
fixtures work
fittings shall be carefully installed at site. Until hand over
necessary protection sheets like polythene covers shall be
provided so that no insects can go in.
i. The Data Centre shall be provided with appropriate
methods & equipment to effectively reduce ESD. It is
required that the personnel handling sensitive equipment
Electro Static shall use wrist straps, heel rounders etc. to reduce the
6. Discharge likelihood of human instigation of ESD. Cabinets, Racks,
(ESD) Control cages shall be properly grounded & operated by trained
officials during inspection, maintenance and repairs.
Usage of room ionisers is preferred to attract charged
objects for neutralization
i. Emergency supply system with Inverters shall be provided
to maintain minimal light levels through an independent
inverter system with Sealed. Maintenance Free batteries.
Emergency lighting fixtures shall be located strategically.
MSI should provision for Backup Diesel Generators sets to
support the UPS in providing emergency power supply to
the computer equipment in a prolonged power outage.
The need of diesel generator depends on the service
requirements of the computer system. However, the
Emergency generator should also be able to support other essential
7. Power Supply facilities and equipment such as the air conditioning.
System, security and access control system and lighting.
The DG set shall come online automatically within 10
seconds of AC mains failure.

ii. The DG set should have an Auto Synchronizing Panel

(ASP) MV panel controller between main power & DG set.
MSI should make an arrangement with a Fuel Supply
Company for continuous supply of Diesel to DG sets in
case the Fuel supply is erratic, not available or is deficient
on any reason whatsoever. The MSI should store diesel
189 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
sufficient enough to last for a minimum of 7 days. MSI
shall provide the details and formal arrangement copy
with the Fuel Company to ensure that MSI is guaranteeing
fuel availability. MSI shall also provide the diesel storage
and replenishment policy to ASCL. ASCL shall provide
space for parking their Fuel Replenishment vans etc.
i. Apart from implementing effective maintenance & service
schedules and use of energy efficient drives, especially
motors, the following is proposed for implementation
a. Use of LED indicators in EXIT signs with battery
backup instead of incandescent lamps
8. Energy Saving
b. Use of energy efficient transformer
c. Use of CFL lamps which are more efficient
d. The LT side voltage shall be maintained constant as an
energy saving concept

i. MSI shall be responsible for preparation of electrical

schematic layout & physical layout drawings approval for
the all electrical installation, equipment, like UPS,
9. CEIG Approval inverter, PAC, DG, etc., and obtaining safety certificate
from the CEIG. The submission of drawings follow up
actions & statutory fee and coordination with CEIG are the
also responsibility of the MSI

6.7.9 Non IT – Diesel Generator: Guidelines and Specifications

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. MSI has to Commission a DG sets comprising of 2 Nos.
630 KVA, for the DC as per following requirements &
specifications as per the detailed Technical
Specifications

ii. Two DG Sets of 630 KVA prime output capacity is

required for this project. The set shall automatically
start one after the other upon mains power failure
depending on the line loads, run up to full speed within 6
seconds of power failure. The set shall be provided with
1.
a multiple start mechanism with indication of alarm for
“failed to start” condition. A Tachometer switch shall
provide control for the start mechanism and also for the
"run” indications. The set shall be skid mounted on
independent foundation. The acoustic treatment shall
ensure a maximum sound pressure not more than 68 dB
(A) at 1 meter from the room during the day and 45 dB
(A) at the neighbour’s premises during night, while
running on partial or full load. This condition shall apply
to the engine exhaust noise levels also. A vertical type

190 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
“Critical” silencer shall be fitted on the exhaust pipe
after the flexible coupling to reduce the exhaust noise.
The exhaust gases shall be piped to the top of the
building covering full height of the building. The pipe
shall be thermally insulated with ceramic insulation and
covered overall with aluminium jacketing. The exhaust
pipe and Critical Silencer shall be fixed on a steel
structure which shall be rigidly fixed to external wall
vertically.
i. The basic diesel engine shall be Water cooled diesel
engine with exhaust Turbo charging and charge air
cooling, four valve, individual cylinder heads with
exhaust valve rotators, fuel oil pump, fuel duplex filter
with diverter valve, fuel injection system, electronically
controlled injection, lube oil circulation and coolant
thermostats for main cooling and charge air cooling
2. Engine
circuit, necessary drives, dry exhaust manifolds,
vibration dampers, all necessary pipe work, electric
starter suitable for 24 V DC, Generator 28V DC,
Electronic speed governor, Fuel filters, Oil dip stick, Oil
extraction equipment with hand pump, set of air filters
including maintenance indicators, exhaust bellows with
connecting flange.
i. Two Nos. 630KVA Output, 415 Volts, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
Generator with Class F Insulation for both stator and
rotor with high response static exciter and automatically
3. Generator
operated regulator suitable to maintain the voltage
within 1% of set value having response time not more
than 1 second.
i. The Switch Board shall be of standard design, free
Switch Board – standing, and dust and vermin proof and wired up to
4. Auto Sync Panel terminals ready for installation. The Switch board with
Auto Synchronizing Facility included Auto Start and
Auto OFF facility
i. The DG set with enclosure and Auto Start Logic. The
Panel should have provision to receive reference EB
Supply through potential free contacts to enable
connection of external audio alarm in case EB Supply has
resumed. Separate battery charger cost to be indicated
and the reference EB Supply can be used to charge the
batteries. The Auto Start Logic shall be in such a way
5. Auto start logic that the moment EB supply has failed or if the voltages
reduce to a pre-determined level, it shall be detected
through a voltage monitor and a command shall be given
to DG to start with a timer. After the DG voltage has built
up to a certain level, the command for changing over of
motorized MCCBs from EB to DG or vice versa shall be
given. When the EB supply gives normal voltage or has
resumed, the command to change over shall be issued

191 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
with a timer. However, the stopping of the DG shall be
only after the DG has run for about 5 minutes on no load
basis for it to cool down
i. 24 Volts Battery with Float cum boost charger
ii. Proper DC Charging circuits shall be incorporated in the
control panel to boost and trickle charge the 24 V DC
batteries used for starting the engine. The Control
Battery chargers circuit voltage shall be 48 V DC. Proper DC charging
6. and battery circuits shall be incorporated in the Control Panel to
boost and trickle charge the 48 V batteries used to
power the control circuit. The selection of battery shall
be done in such a way that the batteries shall be able to
power the circuit even if charging does not take place for
48 hours
i. Power cables & Control cables are interconnected to use
between Generator and Auto Sync Auto load Sharing
panel. The required cables for all auxiliary equipment are
to be included in the scope of supply
ii. All Starters and auxiliary devices / drives if any required
should be included in the scope of supply Audio Alarm
and Indicators. A separate 24 Window annunciation
panel shall be installed in the panel for indicating the
following conditions on both sets. A common alarm shall
also be sound locally
a. Engine Run Condition
b. Set failed to start
c. High Water temperature
d. Low Lube Oil Pressure
e. Engine Over Speed
f. System Power ON
7. Cables
g. MCCB Open
h. Under Voltage
i. Over Voltage
j. Frequency Out of Limit
k. Over current trip
l. Earth Fault
m. Reverse Power Trip
n. Reverse KVA Trip
o. Low and High Fuel level
p. Fail to Synchronize
q. Load exceeding limit
r. Low and High Coolant level in the radiator
s. High Alternator Stator temperature
t. High Alternator Bearing temperature Alarm
u. Restricted earth fault trip.

Audio Alarm i. Audio Alarm along with indication shall be provided

8.
whenever the synchronizing batteries as well

192 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
ii. As the control circuit batteries reach a voltage level
below 20 V and 40 V respectively
i. The function of the Auto Manual Selector switch is to
make the operation of the entire panel including
operation of change over MCCBs. D G Set starting,
Auto Manual
9. stopping etc., selectable between Auto & Manual.
Selector Switch
ii. Care should be taken in such a way that the panel does
not remain partly in Auto and partly in Manual mode
when the switch is operated.
i. The following Meters shall be provided in the Control
Panel Compartment:-
ii. DC Ammeter in the DG Charging Kit
Measuring iii. DC Voltmeter to measure battery voltage
10. Devices in iv. DC Ammeter in the trickle charging Kit.
Control Panel v. DG Set speed in RPM
vi. Hours Run Meter
vii. 2 Nos. CTs of 1000/ 5 A of Class 5 P 10 for Protection.

i. The Generator shall be capable of starting and running

Duty Conditions
11. continuously for about 12 hours

i. The DG must be stiffened properly and reading for noise

and vibration at full variable condition to be checked
before dispatch to Site. Expansion bellow
ii. s to be provided before and after silencer
iii. MSI would be responsible for conducting the Load Test
of D.G set for 6 hours with Diesel (Load to be arranged
by the Tenderer)
12. General iv. All consumables towards testing of DG at the factory and
project site shall arranged by the MSI till the issue of
commissioning certificate
v. MSI shall obtain permission / approval from the Board
for the installation of the DG Set as per exact Rules at
their own cost
vi. BMS integration through MODBUS protocol with RS485
interface should be provided

6.7.10 Non IT – UPS: Guidelines and Specifications

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. MSI has to Commission a UPS system comprising of
2Nos. 250 KVA, 2 Nos. 20 KVA UPS with 30minutes
SMF battery backup for the ICCC and DC as per
1. requirements & specifications as per the detailed
Technical Specifications as given in the tender. The civil
works like excavation, construction and installation of
foundation, trenches; Hume pipes etc. shall be in the

193 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
scope of the MSI. The power cabling as specified in the
BOQ shall be in the scope of the contractor. The
complete signal cabling as required in the UPS room
between various equipment shall be in the scope of the
contractor. The UPS shall communicate to the BMS
through a RS485 port-MODBUS/BACNET protocol. All
parameters of the UPS including alarms as displayed on
the UPS shall also be displayed real time on the PC
screen.
i. 2 Nos of 250 KVA UPS connected in Dual bus (LBS)
configuration for Servers in independent panel
Configuration ii. 2 x 20 KVA UPS connected in PRS for miscellaneous
2.
loads.
Note: All UPS should have Inbuilt Isolation transformer

i. The design, manufacturing, testing, installation and

performance of equipment and components there have
included in this specification, shall comply with all
System currently applicable Indian & IEC Standards. This
3. Specifications specification covers the requirements for design,
manufacture, supply, installation and commissioning of
UPS & Batteries as specified in the design data and Bill
of quantities /schedule of quantities (BOQ)

i. This specification is for a three phase, on line,

continuous operation, solid-state uninterruptible power
supply (UPS). The UPS has to operate in conjunction
with the existing building electrical system backup
power protection, and power distribution for the critical
loads. The UPS shall be True Online with delta or double
conversion technology. The power flow is through
Rectifier and then the Inverter. The rectifier shall be
with SCR (12 Pulse) as power conversion element. The
inverter shall be with IGBT design and with state of the
art sine wave control technology, for the 350 KVA UPS
which shall ensure high quality of power conditioning.
UPS
4. The design must provide for a mean time between
specifications
failures, field proven minimum of 120,000 hours. For
ease of maintenance and service, the UPS must have
field replaceable modular sub-assemblies. All material
comprising the UPS module must be new, of current
manufacture and should not have been in prior service
except as required during factory testing. The UPS
module must contain no PVC materials.

ii. The UPS shall be capable to operate and charge battery

even when the incoming supply goes to +/-15% over the
nominal (300V to 480V). It shall be ensured that the
battery charging should be possible at minimum input

194 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
supply voltage condition. Battery should not be
discharged up to the minimum input supply voltage
level. Being a high-end data centre application a Full-
fledged and highly reliable Power Conditioning system
(UPS) is desirable. The system should have a close
voltage regulation viz. 400 +/- 1% for the entire
computer / server load spectrum. Also the output
frequency correction of +/- 1% is preferable when the
input frequency goes out of tolerance and system
should not go to battery mode during 47Hz input or 53
Hz input. This might happen with DG sets some time.

iii. The system shall have the highest industry efficiency,

employing appropriate conversion technology and built
in isolation transformer for load safety and cost
effective operation all through.

iv. Since power quality is a key factor for load safety and
mains safety (both output and input of the UPS) the
following major specs may be called for. Voltage
Regulation and Transient Response: Voltage regulation
should be 1% of the set value, and transient response
should be less than 5% with fastest correction (< 5
milliseconds).

Note: The output quality is a major concern and therefore

very low Total Voltage harmonic Distortion is required
to be maintained, at all load points especially at Server
Input terminals to minimize load side false trips etc. The
total number of series power devices may be reduced
to ensure high uptime (MTBF) and overall reliability.

i. The rectifier design shall be state of the art PWM

rectifier, employing IGBT/SCR as rectifying element
along with filters (in case SCR technology) to achieve
Input Power Factor is expected to be better than 0.92
and the current harmonic distortion level less than 5%.
The Total Voltage harmonic Distortion should be < 5%
for 100% non-linear / SMPS /Computer loads. This shall
reduce the load side current harmonics to a great
5. Rectifier extent and the UPS system shall be low impedance type
using appropriate technology. The generator rating
required for the UPS shall be max.50% more than the
rating of input power for the UPS.
ii. Float charge: Under nominal operating conditions, the
battery charger has to provide a nominal DC bus
voltage.
iii. Boost charge: The battery charger has to provide a
boost charge of 2.27 to 2.40 volts per cell

195 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
(programmable) for a period of 1 to 24 hours
programmable.
iv. Battery charger temperature compensation:
For protection of the batteries, the unit must monitor
the temperature of the batteries. To extend battery life,
charge voltage must be compensated for changes in
battery temperature.
v. Battery charge current limit:
The battery charge current limit must be limited to 10%
of nominal DC discharge current (programmable to
lower level).
i. The UPS shall provide state of the art power
conditioning. The output waveform shall be pure sine
wave with distortion level of less than 2% on 100% linear
load and less than 5% on non-linear load. It should
support loads with crest factor of 3:1 or higher. The
dynamic regulation shall be superior and the UPS
6. Inverter
should have capability to clear branch circuit fuses
(HRC type) – with minimum of 20% rating. The control
shall be fully digital employing dual microprocessor or
superior technology. The inverter has to be capable of
supplying overload current of min. 150% of the system
rating for 30 seconds.
i. The batteries shall be sealed maintenance free lead acid
type, the batteries shall be housed in a powder coated
open rack complete with battery, inter cell connectors
etc. The cabinet shall be cubicle type, floor mounted
and powder coated. All sides of the cabinet shall be
open and with louvers for ventilation. The battery
cabinet shall be designed to allow for ease of
maintenance / easy access. Battery type: Sealed valve-
regulated, flooded, battery cells designed for high rate
of discharge.
ii. Design Lifetime: ≥ 5 years
iii. DC ripple: Max. 2%
7. Battery iv. Low battery voltage protection: To prevent total
discharge or damage to the battery, the UPS must
transfer to standby operation when the battery voltage
reaches a set minimum voltage level (programmable). If
the AC input source has not returned within 10 minutes
after "low battery" shutdown, the UPS shall
automatically disconnect DC power from the battery to
avoid deep discharge.
v. A battery-monitoring unit must be part of the system
and it shall be capable of monitoring and defining
battery capacity. It must be possible to program the
unit to perform an automatic battery test every 90 days
to test the condition of the battery.

196 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
vi. Battery manufacturing controls: Each battery cell must
be clearly identified as to cell type, voltage, and
capacity. All cells in the battery have to be tested to
verify 100% system capacity. The equipment must be
designed and manufactured under a quality assurance
program that is controlled and documented by written
policies, procedures, or instruction.
i. Display unit: A microprocessor-controlled display unit
shall be located at the front of the UPS cabinet. The
display shall consist of an Alpha-numeric backlit LCD
display, an alarm LED, and a touch key pad. The UPS
should have a minimum of 200 record histories. UPS
status messages The display unit shall show the
following UPS status messages:
ii. Normal operation, load power xxx%
iii. Battery operation, time xxx minutes
iv. Standby
The display unit shall show the following metered
parameters:
v. Input AC voltage (line-to-line, three-phase
simultaneous).
vi. Input AC current (line-to-neutral, three-phase
simultaneous).
Ups Display and
8. vii. Output AC voltage (line-to-line, three-phase
Controls
simultaneous).
viii. Output AC current (line-to neutral, three-phase
simultaneous)
ix. Battery voltage
x. Battery current (charge/discharge)
xi. Battery temperature.
xii. Output peak current
xiii. Input / Output Power - KVA / KW
xiv. Input / Output Power Factor
xv. Input / Output Frequency
xvi. The display unit shall record a log of all active alarms.
More than 40 alarm conditions must be monitored. The
record shall be in the form of a time and date stamped
log of the 500 most recent UPS status and alarm
events. These alarm events must be able to be seen
thru the RS485 C interface in a designated PC/BMS.
The following control and operational commands shall be
shown on the display unit:
i. Silence an audible alarm.
ii. Set the alphanumeric display language to English or the
9. Controls alternative language.
iii. Display or program the time and date
iv. Enable or disable the automatic restart feature.
v. Transfer to or from forced battery operation.
vi. Program the unit for economy operation.

197 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
vii. Program the battery charger.
viii. Calculate battery back-up time.
ix. Test battery condition on demand.
x. Program the unit to periodically test battery condition.
xi. Program voltage and frequency windows
xii. Calibrate metered parameters
xiii. Enable or disable adaptive slew rate. Set maximum
slew rate.
xiv. Adjust set points for different alarms.
xv. Program the remote shutdown contact
(enable/disable remote shutdown, polarity, delay.)
xvi. Set the delay for the common fault contact.
xvii. Program the unit for soft start for use with a
generator.
The following control and operational commands shall be
shown on the display unit:
i. Silence an audible alarm.
ii. Set the alphanumeric display language to English or
the alternative language.
iii. Display or program the time and date
iv. Enable or disable the automatic restart feature.
v. Transfer to or from forced battery operation.
vi. Program the unit for economy operation.
vii. Program the battery charger.
viii. Calculate battery back-up time.
10. ix. Test battery condition on demand.
x. Program the unit to periodically test battery condition.
xi. Program voltage and frequency windows
xii. Calibrate metered parameters
xiii. Enable or disable adaptive slew rate. Set maximum
slew rate.
xiv. Adjust set points for different alarms.
xv. Program the remote shutdown contact
(enable/disable remote shutdown, polarity, delay.)
xvi. Set the delay for the common fault contact.
xvii. Program the unit for soft start for use with a
generator.
i. Momentary UPS on and off push button must be
provided in a locked user accessible compartment.
UPS ON and OFF Upon activation of the on push button, the UPS must
11. Push buttons automatically connect the UPS output to the load. Upon
activation of the off push button, the UPS must remove
power from the load

i. The UPS must be equipped with potential free contacts

for indicating:
UPS Potential
12. ii. Common fault alarm
free contact
iii. Battery operation.
iv. Other optional indications / control.

198 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
i. The system shall have a communication interface board,
which shall provide the following communication ports,
and it must be possible to use two or more ports
simultaneously.
1. RS485 serial port
2. COM PORT with the following normally open or normally
UPS closed potential free contacts:
Communication a. UPS on.
13.
interface board b. Battery operation.
c. Battery low.

ii. The UPS shall have to communicate with the BMS on

RS485/MODBUS protocol. All hardware / software
(with passwords) required for the communication is
deemed as included and shall be provided whether
expressly mentioned or not.
i. All electrical parameters, faults, alarms etc. must be
displayed on a remote alphanumeric LCD display. All
alarms shall be displayed with a built in sounder and
14. Remote Display
should be possible to be acknowledged and reset at this
remote panel also.

i. The UPS, Battery cubicle and Switching cubicle must be

housed in a powder coated open rack. All service access
must be from the front and top. The cable entry shall be
from the Top. The UPS and switching cubicle can be
cooled by forced air. The battery cubicle can be cooled
by free air ventilation and convection.
ii. Performance: The UPS system shall be designed for full
power rating. The MSI needs to specify output current
at rated power factor and considering 45 Deg. as
ambient temperature.
iii. Efficiency: The overall efficiency of systems shall be
very high and minimum as specified.
Mechanical iv. Accessories: Only MCCB shall be provided in battery
15.
Design path. Switch fuse unit for battery isolation is not
acceptable. The monitoring software and BMS
compatibility using RS485 MODBUS/BACENT protocol
and the UPS to battery cables shall be integral part of
Systems and made available at no extra cost.
v. Total Power Protection: The multiple power protections
to the rectifier as well as inverter and to the load shall
form integral part of UPS design.
vi. Codes of Operation: The UPS has to operate as an
online system in the modes listed below:
Normal: The rectifier / inverter charger has to operate
in an online mode to continuously regulate the power to
the load. The inverter / battery charger also has to

199 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
derive power from the AC input source and supply DC
power to float charge the battery.
Mains A.C Input power failure: Upon failure of the AC
input source, all the output loads must continue to be
supplied by the inverter without any break by switching
over to battery derived input power. There must be no
break / interruption of power to the load upon failure or
restoration of the AC input source.
Recharge: Upon restoration of the AC input source, the
battery charger must simultaneously recharge the
battery and regulate the power to the critical load.
vii. STANDARDS: The UPS and all its components, SMF
battery etc. shall comply with all the relevant ISI and
global standards and norms.
i. The contactors should comply with the latest BSEN
60947 – 4 -1 / IEC 60947 – 4 All contactors must be
rated for AC3 duty.
ii. The contactors should be capable of frequent switching
and should operate without derating at 600 deg C for
AC3 applications. They should be climate proof as
standard .The coil of the contactor should have class H
insulation to support frequent switching.
iii. The contactor should be modular in design with
16. Miscellaneous minimum inventory requirements and built in
mechanically interlocked 1NO 1NC auxiliary contact up
to 32A.
iv. Wherever D.C control is required, the contactor should
have wide range (0.7 to 1.25Uc) D.C coil with built in
interference suppression as standard. The control and
power terminals should be at separate layers preferably
with colour coding (black for power and white for
control).

i. Control and selector switches shall be of the rotary

type, having enclosed contacts, which are accessible by
removal of the cover. Control and selector switches for
instruments shall be flush mounted on the front of the
panels and desks. Local / Remove selector switches
when located on switchgear cubicles, shall be mounted
inside the relay compartment at an accessible location.
Control and ii. All control switches shall be of the spring return to
17.
Selector Switches normal type. Circuit breaker control switches on
switchgear cubicles shall be lockable in the trip position.
Control switches shall have momentary contacts.
Circuit breaker control switches shall be provided with
a sequencing device to prevent repetitive closing
operations without first moving to the trip position.
Selector switches shall be of the stay – put maintained
contact type.

200 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Guidelines / Specifications
Requirement
iii. Control switches shall be provided with pistol grip
handles. Selector switches shall be provided with round,
knurled handles. All handles shall be black in colour.
Properly designated numbering plates clearly marked
to show the operating positions shall be provided with
all switches.
i. The electrical installation work covered by this
Standards for
specification shall unless otherwise stated comply with
18. commissioning of
the requirements of the latest edition of relevant Indian
UPS
Standard, statutory regulations and codes of practices
i. Indian Electricity Rules. –1956
ii. Tariff advisory committee. - Approvals.
iii. BSEN 60947 / IEC 60947: Code of practice for
selection, installation & maintenance of Switch
gear and control gear
19. Standards
iv. BS 3535: Isolation Transformers BS CODE of practice
for earthling
v. BS 6651 – 1985 Code of practice for protection of
building and allied structures against lightning.
vi. BS CODE of practice for electrical wiring installation.

6.8 Communication Network

I. There shall be redundant network connectivity at Junction Box level. Typically

junction boxes shall be part of ring network as per MSI solution.
II. The network connectivity provided at Junction boxes shall be scalable to carry
bandwidth up to 1Gbps.
III. City WAN network shall be aggregated into ISP links that shall be connected at Core
router in high-availability mode and MSI should include required number & type of
Ports in the core router to terminate the WAN ISP links with some spare ports for
future use.
IV. The core & Internet router interfaces shall be sized as per the termination links
provided by ISP and shall meet all functional and technical requirements as
mentioned in this RFP.
V. Network is taken on lease as a service, therefore all kinds of maintenance work or
upgrades on the network shall be taken care by MSI at his own expense without any
charge to ASCL.
VI. The design and construction of network cabling used shall be inherently rugged and
robust under all conditions of installation, operations, storage and transport.
VII. The cable shall be able to work in all field level environmental conditions and should
be protected against corrosion or damage from rodents and other pests.
201 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7. Technical Specifications Hardware

7.1 City Surveillance

7.1.1 Standard GI Pole

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Specifications
Shall be minimum 20ft (6.5mts) height as per
POLE-TR-01 General Requirement
NHAI norms
Hot dip galvanized pole with silver coating of 86
micron as per IS:2629 min 10 cm diameter pole
and suitable bottom and top thick HT plate along
POLE-TR-02 General Requirement with base plate size 30x30x15 cms suitable for
wind speed 50m/sec with suitable arm bracket
and with J type foundation bolts. Fabrication in
accordance with IS 2713 (1980)
The pole would be fixed on an adequate and
strong foundation so as to withstand city
POLE-TR-03 Foundation
weather conditions and wind speed of 150km /
hr
Casting of civil foundation with foundation bolts
to ensure vibration free (video feed quality
POLE-TR-04 Foundation should not be impacted due to wind in different
climatic conditions) Expected foundation depth
of minimum 100cms or better
POLE-TR-05 Protection Lighting arrestors with proper grounding
Sign Board with Sign board depicting the area under surveillance
POLE-TR-06
number plate and with the serial number of the pole
The height of the pole shall be as per
POLE-TR-07 Height requirement of the location varying from 6.Mts
to 12/15 Mts.
7.1.2 Cantilever GI Pole

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Specifications

Shall be minimum 6.00mts height as per NHAI
norms
POLEA-TR-01 General Requirement
Wall Thickness: 4.5 mm Overhang: 9mtr or 6 or
3 mtr. depending on lanes
Mild Steel (M.S) Tubular Pipe ( B-Class) as per
POLEA-TR-02 Quality
IS-1239 (Part-1)-193
Size 400 mm x 400 mm x 16 mm thick welded
POLEA-TR-03 Base Plate
to the bottom of the signal pole
Casting of civil foundation with foundation bolts
POLEA-TR-04 Foundation
to ensure vibration free (video feed quality

202 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Specifications

should not be impacted due to wind in different
climatic conditions) Expected foundation depth
of minimum 100cms or better
· Length: 600 mm
· Width: 600 mm
· Depth: 150 mm
· Bolts: 25 mm/8 Nos.
· 8 mm Rings: 8 Nos.
· 16 mm Rods: 12 Nos.
POLEA-TR-05 Protection Lighting arrestors with proper grounding
Sign board depicting the area under
Sign Board with
POLEA-TR-06 surveillance and with the serial number of the
number plate
pole
Pole painted with two coats of primer and
POLEA-TR-07 Paint in addition bituminous
painting for other bottom 1.5 M portion of pole
The pole shall be able to support 2 arms of 6
POLEA-TR-08 Arms meter length each on either side and suitable
for ANPR and Surveillance camera mounting
7.1.3 Fixed Box Outdoor Camera - Face recognition, ANPR and General Surveillance

These fixed box cameras shall be installed outdoors for face recognition for e.g. at crime
hotspots, for ANPR at critical transit hubs and City entry and exit points and general
surveillance in the city.

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
FBCFR-TR-01 Image Sensor 1/2.8” progressive scan RGB CMOS
Operating
FBCFR-TR-02 50 Hz
Frequency
Day/ Night
FBCFR-TR-03 Yes with IR Cut Filter
Operation
Colour: 0.2 Lux @ 30 IRE
Minimum B/W: 0.01 @ 30 IRE
FBCFR-TR-04
Illumination 0 Lux with Built in or External IR, IR Range 50
Meters
The camera shall be able to provide usable Colour
FBCFR-TR-05 Low light Capability
video in low light conditions
FBCFR-TR-06 Lens 5-50mm IR corrected, CS-mount lens, P-Iris
FBCFR-TR-07 Electronic Shutter 1/30 to 1/10000 s or better
1920 x 1080, 1280 x 720, 800 x 450, 480 x 270,
FBCFR-TR-08 Image Resolution
320 x 240
H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed at
FBCFR-TR-09 Compression
1920 X 1080 @ 30 FPS per stream and MJPEG
Frame Rate and Bit 50 FPS at all resolutions with Controllable Bit
FBCFR-TR-10
Rate Rate/ Bandwidth and Frame Rate

203 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The camera shall be able to setup and stream out
minimum three (3) stream profiles. Each stream
FBCFR-TR-11 Video Streams profile can have its own compression, resolution,
frame rate and quality independently up to Full HD
@ 30 FPS
Yes built in with multiple configurable areas in the
FBCFR-TR-12 Motion Detection
video stream
FBCFR-TR-13 Pan Tilt Zoom Digital PTZ
Electronic Exposure
FBCFR-TR-14 Automatic/ Manual
& Control
Wide Dynamic
FBCFR-TR-15 120 dB or better
Range
Backlight
FBCFR-TR-16 Required
Compensation
FBCFR-TR-17 Privacy Masks Minimum 20 configurable 3D zones
FBCFR-TR-18 Connectors 1 Input & 1 Output for Alarm Interface
FBCFR-TR-19 Audio Two way Audio
Intelligent video, Edge Storage event, External
Input, Audio Level, Motion Detection, Day/Night
FBCFR-TR-20 Event Triggers
Mode, Network, Time scheduled, 3rd Party
Analytics, Manual Trigger, Alarm Input Trigger
File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email
Notification: email, HTTP and TCP, Edge Storage/
FBCFR-TR-21 Event Actions NAS Storage, Pre & Post Alarm Recording,
Actions configurable by web interface, External
Output activation
SD Card Slot with minimum 64GB Support Class
FBCFR-TR-22 Edge Storage
10 speed
FBCFR-TR-23 Remote Focus Ability to fine tune focus of camera remotely
The Cameras shall have the feature to directly
FBCFR-TR-24 Storage record the videos/ images onto NAS/SAN without
any Software or integration
IPv4/v6, HTTP , HTTPS b, SSL/TLS b,QoS Layer 3
DiffServ, FTP , CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour,
FBCFR-TR-25 Protocols UPnP™,SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB - II), DNS,DynDNS,
NTP, RTSP, RTP,TCP,
UDP,IGMP,RTCP,ICMP,DHCP,ARP,SOCKS
Date & time, and a customer-specific text, camera
FBCFR-TR-26 Text Overlay
name, graphical image etc.
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPS
encryption, IEEE 802.1Xa network access
FBCFR-TR-27 Security
control, Digest authentication, User
access log
The firmware upgrade shall be done though web
FBCFR-TR-28 Firmware Upgrade interface, The firmware shall be available free of
cost

204 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The camera shall provide minimum logs of latest
FBCFR-TR-29 Logs connections, access attempts, users connected,
changes in the cameras etc.
FBCFR-TR-30 Interface RJ 45, 100 Base TX
IP66 casing made of Polycarbonate/Aluminium,
FBCFR-TR-31 Enclosure
IK 10
FBCFR-TR-32 Power requirements PE IEEE 802.3af / POE+ IEEE 902.3at compliant
Operating
FBCFR-TR-33 -10 °C to 50 °C
Temperature
FBCFR-TR-34 Operating Humidity Humidity 20–95% RH (condensing)
FBCFR-TR-35 Certification UL, CE, FCC, IEC
Application The interface shall be available for integration
FBCFR-TR-36 Programmers with 3rd party analytics and applications in public
Interface domain free of cost
Housing, Mount and
FBCFR-TR-37 Shall be of the same make of OEM or better
IR
FBCFR-TR-38 Onvif S Required
FBCFR-TR-39 Warranty Min 5 Years OEM Warranty
Detection of camera tampering and Detection of
FBCFR-TR-40 Security Motion should be possible using either camera or
VMS
Self-cleaning / anti-dust / hydro-phobic coating
FBCFR-TR-41 Functional
features
FBCFR-TR-42 White Balance Auto and Manual setting
The system should not be an end of life / end of
FBCFR-TR-43 Support
service product
General The camera should be manufacturer's official
PTZ-TR-44
Requirements product line designed for 24x7x365 use.
The camera should be based upon standard
General
PTZ-TR-02 components and proven technology using open
Requirements
and published protocols

Cameras shall meet all the above requirements and key requirements mentioned in
function requirement specification

7.1.4 Bullet Indoor Camera - Face recognition

These bullet cameras shall be installed at Airport, Railway and Bus Station Entry and Exit Gates.

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
BCS- TR -01 Image Sensor 1/3” progressive scan RGB CMOS or better
BCS- TR -02 Operating Frequency 50 Hz
BCS- TR -03 Day/ Night Operation Yes with IR Cut Filter
BCS- TR -04 Minimum Illumination Colour: 0.3 Lux @ 30 IRE F1.4; 0 Lux with IR
Mechanical Pan Tilt
BCS- TR -05 Pan: ± 135°, Tilt: 0°– 90°
Adjustment

205 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
3 - 10 mm, IR corrected, P-Iris, Megapixel Lens
BCS- TR -06 Lens
with remote zoom and focus
BCS- TR -07 Electronic Shutter 1/30 s to 1/10000 s or better
BCS- TR -08 Image Resolution 1920 x 1080 or better
H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed
BCS- TR -09 Compression at 1920 X 1080 @ 30 FPS per stream and
MJPEG
Up to 50 FPS at all resolutions with Controllable
Bit Rate/ Bandwidth and Frame Rate. In CBR
Frame Rate and Bit
BCS- TR -10 Priority to be defined for Video quality or frame
Rate
rate and the bandwidth upper limit shall not
exceed the defined limit
The camera shall have the capability to produce
BCS- TR -11 Image reproduction
Coloured video images in low light conditions
The camera shall be able to setup and stream
out minimum three (3) stream profiles. Each
BCS- TR -12 Video Streams stream profile can have its own compression,
resolution, frame rate and quality
independently
Yes built in with multiple configurable areas in
BCS- TR -13 Motion Detection
the video stream
The Camera shall be able to Include or Exclude
any area of any size/ dimension within the
BCS- TR -14 Image Configuration
scene in order to Eliminate False alarm and also
optimize the bandwidth and storage
BCS- TR -15 Pan Tilt Zoom Digital PTZ
BCS- TR -16 Wide Dynamic Range 120 dB or better
Backlight
BCS- TR -17 Required
Compensation
30 Meter (Built in or External) Optimized IR with
BCS- TR -18 IR
adjustable intensity and angle
BCS- TR -19 Alarm Connectors 1 Input & 1 Output for Alarm Interface
Live Stream Accessed, Motion Detection,
Day/Night Mode, Network, Temperature, ,
BCS- TR -20 Event Triggers
Camera Tampering, Edge Storage Disruption,
Video Analytics, Manual Trigger,
FTP, HTTP, network share, email Notification:
email, PTZ function, Edge Storage/ NAS
BCS- TR -21 Event Actions Storage, Pre & Post Alarm Recording, Actions
configurable by web interface, WDR Mode,
External Output Trigger, Text Overlay
BCS- TR -22 Edge Storage SD Card Slot with 64GB Support Class 10 speed
IPv4/v6, HTTP , HTTPS, SSL/TLS, QoS Layer 3
DiffServ, FTP , CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour,
BCS- TR -23 Protocols UPnP,SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB - II), DNS, DynDNS,
NTP, RTSP, RTP,TCP, UDP,
IGMP,RTCP,ICMP,DHCP,ARP,SOCKS, SSH

206 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Date & time, and a customer-specific text,
BCS- TR -24 Text Overlay
camera name, graphical image etc.
Password protection, IP address filtering,
HTTPS encryption, IEEE 802.1X network
BCS- TR -25 Security
access control, Digest authentication, User
access log
The firmware upgrade shall be done though
BCS- TR -26 Firmware Upgrade web interface, The firmware shall be available
free of cost
BCS- TR -27 Interface RJ 45, 100 Base TX
BCS- TR -28 Memory 512 MB RAM, 256 MB Flash or better
IP66 rated and NEMA-4X-rated casing
BCS- TR -29 Enclosure
Polycarbonate/Aluminium, IK 08
PE IEEE 802.3af / POE+ IEEE 902.3at
BCS- TR -30 Power requirements
compliant
Operating
BCS- TR -31 -10 °C to 60 °C
Temperature
BCS- TR -32 Operating Humidity Humidity 20–90% RH (condensing)
BCS- TR -33 Certification UL, CE, FCC, IEC,
Application The interface shall be available for integration
BCS- TR -34 Programmers with 3rd party analytics and applications in
Interface public domain
The camera shall provide a platform allowing
Embedded
BCS- TR -35 the upload of third party applications into the
Applications
camera
BCS- TR -36 Mount Wall Mount/ Pole Mount
BCS- TR -37 Onvif S Required
BCS- TR -38 Warranty 5 Years OEM warranty
Detection of camera tampering and Detection
BCS- TR -39 Security of Motion should be possible using either
camera or VMS
Self-cleaning / anti-dust / hydro-phobic coating
BCS- TR -40 Functional
features
BCS- TR -41 White Balance Auto and Manual setting
The system should not be an end of life / end of
BCS- TR -42 Support
service product
The camera should be manufacturer's official
PTZ-TR-43 General Requirements
product line designed for 24x7x365 use.
The camera should be based upon standard
PTZ-TR-44 General Requirements components and proven technology using open
and published protocols

Cameras shall meet all the above requirements and key requirements mentioned in Functional
Requirement Section

207 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.1.5 360 Degree Panoramic Camera

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
PCT-FR-01 Image Sensor 4 x 1/2.8” progressive scan CMOS or better
Operating
PCT-FR-02 50 Hz
Frequency
Day/ Night
PCT-FR-03 Yes with Built-in Automatic IR Cut Filter
Operation
Minimum
PCT-FR-04 Colour: 0.3 Lux @ 30 IRE
Illumination
Varifocal, 3–6 mm, F1.8–2.6,remote focus,
PCT-FR-05 Lens
remote zoom
PCT-FR-06 Field of View 96°–56°° each sensor
PCT-FR-07 Electronic Shutter 1/32500 s to 1/25
PCT-FR-08 Image Resolution 4 x 1920x1080 (1080p)
" H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed
PCT-FR-09 Compression at 1920 X 1080 @ 30 FPS per stream and
MJPEG"
Frame Rate and Bit
PCT-FR-10 Up to 25/30 fps
Rate
The camera shall be able to setup and stream out
minimum eight (8) stream profiles. Each stream
PCT-FR-11 Video Streams profile can have its own compression, resolution,
frame rate and quality independently up to Full
HD @ 30 FPS
Yes built in with multiple configurable areas in the
PCT-FR-12 Motion Detection
video stream
Saturation, contrast, brightness, sharpness,
WDR, white balance, exposure control, exposure
zone, fine tuning of behaviour at low light,
PCT-FR-13 Image settings
defogging, rotation: 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°
including Corridor Format, text and image
overlay, privacy mask, compression
Live Stream Accessed, Motion Detection,
Intelligent Network, Active Tampering, Edge Storage
PCT-FR-14
capabilities Disruption, 3rd Party Analytics, Manual Trigger,
Virtual Input, Built in pixel counter
File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email
PCT-FR-15 Event Actions Notification: email, HTTP and Overlay text, pre-
and post-alarm video buffering, SNMP trap
Built in SD card slot with support up to 64 GB with
PCT-FR-16 Edge Storage
Class 10 speed
Support for recording to dedicated network-
PCT-FR-17 Storage
attached storage
Embedded The camera shall provide a platform allowing the
PCT-FR-18
Applications upload of third party applications into the camera
IPv4/v6, HTTP , HTTPS b, SSL/TLS ,QoS Layer 3
PCT-FR-19 Protocols DiffServ, FTP , CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour,
UPnP™,SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB - II), DNS,DynDNS,

208 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
NTP, RTSP, RTP,TCP,
UDP,IGMP,RTCP,ICMP,DHCP,ARP,SOCKS
Date & time, and a customer-specific text, camera
PCT-FR-20 Text Overlay
name, graphical image etc
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPS
encryption, IEEE 802.1X network access control,
PCT-FR-21 Security
Digest authentication, User access log,
Centralized Certificate Management
The firmware upgrade shall be done though web
PCT-FR-22 Firmware Upgrade interface, The firmware shall be available free of
cost
The camera shall provide logs of latest
PCT-FR-23 Logs connections, access attempts, users connected,
changes in the cameras etc.
PCT-FR-24 Interface RJ 45, 100 Base TX
External IR illumination up to distance of 100
PCT-FR-25 IR illumination
meters from camera
IP66, IK09 impact-resistant aluminium or plastic
PCT-FR-26 Enclosure
casing with polycarbonate hard-coated dome,
PCT-FR-27 Memory 1GB RAM, 256 MB Flash or better
Power
PCT-FR-28 Power over Ethernet (PoE) IEEE 802.3af/802.3at
requirements
Operating
PCT-FR-29 -10 °C to 65 °C
Temperature
PCT-FR-30 Warranty 10–95% RH (condensing)
PCT-FR-31 Certification UL, CE, FCC, IEC, EN
The camera shall be fully supported by an open
Application and published web service using REST API
PCT-FR-32 Programmers (Application Programmers Interface), which shall
Interface provide necessary information for integration of
functionality into third party applications
PCT-FR-33 Mount Wall/ Ceiling/ Surface/ Pole
PCT-FR-34 Onvif S Required
PCT-FR-35 Warranty 5 Years OEM Warranty
Detection of camera tampering and Detection of
PCT-FR-36 Security Motion should be possible using either camera or
VMS
Self-cleaning / anti-dust / hydro-phobic coating
PCT-FR-37 Functional
features
PCT-FR-38 White Balance Auto and Manual setting
The system should not be an end of life / end of
PCT-FR-39 Support
service product
General The camera should be manufacturer's official
PTZ-TR-40
Requirements product line designed for 24x7x365 use.
The camera should be based upon standard
General
PTZ-TR-02 components and proven technology using open
Requirements
and published protocols

209 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.1.6 PTZ Camera

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
General The camera should be manufacturer's official
PTZ-TR-01
Requirements product line designed for 24x7x365 use.
The camera should be based upon standard
General
PTZ-TR-02 components and proven technology using open
Requirements
and published protocols
True WDR 120 db or better, 1/2.8' Progressive
Image Sensor with
PTZ-TR-03 CMOS Sensor or better with minimum 2 MP
WDR
resolution
PTZ-TR-04 Resolution Camera should be Full HD PTZ 1920 (w) x1080 (h)
PTZ-TR-05 Frame Rate Min 25 fps
PTZ-TR-06 Lens specs Auto-focus, 4.4 – 84.6 mm (corresponding to 18x)
Minimum
PTZ-TR-07 Colour: 0.5 lux, B/W: 0.1 lux (at 30 IRE) or better
illumination
PTZ-TR-08 Pre-set Positions 256 or better, Pre-set tour
Pan: 0 to 360° endless/continuous, 0.2 to 300°/s
(auto), 0.2 to 100°/s (Manual)
Tilt: 90°, 0.2 to 100°/s (Auto), 0.2 to 40°/s
PTZ-TR-09 PTZ
(Manual)
20x optical zoom and 10x digital zoom
Auto-Tracking
The camera shall be able to setup and stream out
minimum two (2) stream profiles. Each stream
PTZ-TR-10 General
profile can have its own compression, resolution,
frame rate and quality independently
The camera should be complete with IP 66 rated
Outdoor housing, Connectors, Camera Mounts, Power
PTZ-TR-11
Protection Supply and all Ancillary Equipment & all
accessories
HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, RTCP,
PTZ-TR-12 Protocol
DHCP, 802.1X, IPv4/v6, QoS, DNS, DDNS, NTP
Compression " H.265 compression or 3 Mbps and lower speed
PTZ-TR-13
Capability at 1920 X 1080 @ 30 FPS per stream and MJPEG"
PTZ-TR-14 Noise Reduction Ultra DNR (2D/3D)
PTZ-TR-15 Certificate CE, UL, FCC, ONVIF
PTZ-TR-16 Industry Standards ONVIF S Compliant
PTZ-TR-18 Miscellaneous Power Supply : External 12V /24V/48V DC/ POE+
PTZ-TR-19 Ethernet Connectors: 10Base-T/100Base-TX
PTZ-TR-20 Miscellaneous Cable routing through base or rear of housing
Operating conditions unit: -10° C to 50° C or
PTZ-TR-21 Miscellaneous
better, humidity 0% to 95% non-condensing

210 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
PTZ-TR-22 Miscellaneous Tamper Proof
Detection of camera tampering and Detection of
PTZ-TR-23 Miscellaneous Motion should be possible using either camera or
VMS
The system should not be an end of life / end of
PTZ-TR-24 Support
service product
PTZ-TR-25 Audio Audio capture Capability
PTZ-TR-26 Local Storage 32GB or higher
Password Protection,
PTZ-TR-27 Security
HTTPS encryption, IEEE 802.1X
PTZ-TR-28 S/N Ratio ≥ 50dB
Self-cleaning / anti-dust / hydro-phobic coating
PTZ-TR-29 Functional
features
Mounting
PTZ-TR-30 For pole and surface mount with L/C Brackets
Accessories
PTZ-TR-31 IR Illumination Internal > 150 meters
7.1.7 Public Address System with Integrated Audio Amplifier

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The system should allow streaming in both local
network and internet and operable from Central
command centre. System should have the
PAS-TR-01 capability to control individual PAS i.e. to make an
announcement at select location (1:1) and all
location (1: many) simultaneously. The PAS should
also support both, Live and pre-recorded inputs
General Unlimited number of both sources and incomers of
PAS-TR-02
stream in the system
Division of the speakers into independently
controlled groups, minimum 2 Speaker, to be used
for public address system at a location.
PAS-TR-03 Possibility to setup an independent operating
PAS-TR-04 Audio playback from a file or an external source
PAS-TR-05 Audio streams mixing - playlist creation support
PAS-TR-05 Audio One-way/two-way (mono)
G.711 PCM 8 kHz, G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz, WAV,
MP3 in mono/stereo from 64 kbps to 320 kbps.
PAS-TR-06 Compression
Constant and variable bit rate. Sampling rate
from 8 kHz up to 48 kHz. Configurable bit rate
Built-in microphone with frequency 50 Hz - 16
PAS-TR-07 input/output
kHz (for testing purpose)
Max sound
PAS-TR-08 >120 dB
pressure level

211 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Frequency
PAS-TR-09 280 Hz -12.5 kHz
response
PAS-TR-10 Coverage Minimum 70° horizontal by 95° vertical (at 2 kHz)
PAS-TR-11 Built In Amplifier 7 W Class D amplifier
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPS
encryption,
PAS-TR-12 Security IEEE 802.1X network access control, Digest
authentication, User
access log
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPS, SIP, SSL/TLS, QoS Layer
3 DiffServ, FTP,
Supported CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP
PAS-TR-13
protocols v1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II),
DNS, DynDNS, NTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, ICMP,
DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH
The horn speaker shall support SIP for integration
PAS-TR-14 Audio functionality with VoIP, peer-to-peer or integrated into
SIP/PBX
The horn speaker shall provide a function for
PAS-TR-15 Language altering the language of the user interface, and
shall include support for at least English and Hindi
The horn speaker shall include a test functionality
Installation and allowing a test tone sequence to be generated
PAS-TR-16
Maintenance and measured by the built-in microphone to verify
full functionality
Horn speakers shall be fully supported by an open
and published API (Application Programmers
PAS-TR-17 API Interface), which shall provide necessary
information for integration of functionality into
third party applications
The firmware upgrade shall be done though web
PAS-TR-18 Firmware interface, The firmware shall be available free of
cost
PAS-TR-19 Audio Speaker test Shall be available for testing speaker functionality
PAS-TR-20 Event triggers Call, Virtual inputs
File upload via HTTP/network share/ email
Notification via email, HTTP and TCP
Play audio clip
PAS-TR-21 Event actions
Send Auto Speaker Test
Send SNMP trap
Status LED
Built-in
PAS-TR-22 Test tone
installation aids
Auto Speaker Test, Connection verification, Built-
Functional
PAS-TR-23 in system
monitoring
logging
PAS-TR-24 Housing Impact-resistant aluminium, IP66 rated
PAS-TR-25 Built in Memory Minimum 256 MB RAM, 256 MB Flash

212 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Power over Ethernet (PoE) IEEE 802.3af/802.3at
PAS-TR-26 Power Type 1 Class 3
(max 14 W)
PAS-TR-27 Connectors RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE
Operating
PAS-TR-28 0°C to 50 °C
Temperature
Operating
PAS-TR-29 Humidity 10–100% RH (condensing)
Humidity
PAS-TR-30 Certification EN, CE, FCC, UL, IEC
PAS-TR-31 Warranty 5 Years OEM Warranty

7.1.8 CAT 6 Cable

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
CAT-TR-01 Environmental Space Plenum
Networking Horizontal Cable, 1000Base-T
(Gigabit Ethernet), 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet),
10Base-T (Ethernet), 100BaseVG, ANYLAN,
155ATM, 622ATM, ANSI.X3.263
CAT-TR-02 Suitable Applications
FDDI TP-PMD, NTSC/PAL Component or
Composite Video, AES/EBU, Digital Video, RS-
422, Noisy Environments, 250 MHz Category
6
CAT-TR-03 AWG Size 23
CAT-TR-04 Material FEP - Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene
CAT-TR-05 Outer Shield Material Aluminium Foil-Polyester
CAT-TR-06 Drain wire Material TC - Tinned Copper
CAT-TR-07 Outer Jacket Material LS PVC - Low Smoke Polyvinyl Chloride
CAT-TR-08 Cabling Patented Central X-spline
CAT-TR-09 Conductor DCR 9.38 Ohm/100m
CAT-TR-10 Capacitance 160 pF/100m
Installation Temp
CAT-TR-11 0°C To +50°C
Range
CAT-TR-12 UL Temp Rating 75°C
Storage Temp Range -20°C To +75°C
CAT-TR-13
Operating Temp Range -20°C To +75°C
CAT-TR-14 Bulk Cable Weight 44 lbs/1000ft
Max Recommended
CAT-TR-15 25 lbs
Pulling

213 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Tension
Min Bend Radius/Minor
CAT-TR-16 1.0 in
Axis
Min Bend Radius /
CAT-TR-17 2.25 in
Installation
S-116-732-2013 Category 6, ANSI/NEMA WC-
CAT-TR-18 ANSI Compliance
66 Category 6
Telecommunications
CAT-TR-19 ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6
Standards
CAT-TR-20 IEEE Specification POE per 802.3af & POE+ per 802.3at-2009

7.1.9 IR illuminator

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
IRI-TR-01 Range Distance Minimum 200 Meters
Adaptive 10 to 80 degrees using lens; High sensitivity at Zero
IRI-TR-02
illumination lux
Input 100-240V AC, or 12/24 V AC/DC, and
IRI-TR-03 Power
automatic on/off operation
IRI-TR-04 Casing IP66 rated / NEMA 4X vandal resistance
Operating
IRI-TR-05 -5° to 50°C or better
Condition
IRI-TR-06 Certification CE, FCC, RoHS
IRI-TR-07 Lighting High Definition LED's
Required
IRI-TR-08 Power Supply, Mounting Clamps, U-bracket
Accessories
The system should not be an end of life / end of
IRI-TR-09 Support
service product
7.1.10 Emergency Call Box with Panic Button

S. No. Category Minimum Requirement Specifications

Cast Iron/Steel Foundation, Sturdy Body for
ECB-TR-01 Construction
equipment
ECB-TR-02 Connectivity GSM/PSTN/Ethernet as per solution offered
ECB-TR-03 Sensors For tampering/Vandalism
Internal Battery with different charging options
ECB-TR-04 Battery
(Solar/Mains)
ECB-TR-05 Power Automatic on/off operation
ECB-TR-06 Casing IP-55 rated for housing
ECB-TR-07 Operating conditions 0° to 50°C

214 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.1.11 ANPR LPU (Inside Junction Box)

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Shall have minimum Quad Core CPU (4
LPU.FRS.TR.01 Technical
physical CPU cores)
LPU.FRS.TR.02 Technical Shall have minimum 64-bit architecture
Shall have minimum 8 GB RAM (DDR3-1600
LPU.FRS.TR.03 Technical
or above)
LPU.FRS.TR.04 Technical Shall have minimum 500 GB Hard Disk
Shall have Dedicated Gigabit network port
LPU.FRS.TR.05 Technical per camera (MTU 9000 / jumbo frames), +1
LAN port
Shall have capability to connect 4 cameras
LPU.FRS.TR.06 Technical
per LPU
7.1.12 Body Camera

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
BC-TR-01 General The Body Worn Camera System (BWCS) should
consist of a single device comprising of a
camera, rechargeable battery and recording
unit. It should be able to capture clear high
definition video & audio as well as take still
photographs. It should be able to compress the
video/audio files using appropriate non-
proprietary algorithm and store it on a local
drive.
BC-TR-02 Dimensions The BWCS should be lightweight, of a small size
and be comfortable to wear on the body. It can
be mounted / installed on the shoulder or shirt
front or shirt pocket etc. The mounting should
be of an ambidextrous design and should keep
the equipment stable.
BC-TR-03 Capture of video, The BWCS should be a point of view audio/video
audio and still recording system capable of capturing
photographs audio/video/still photographs of what the
officer is seeing.
BC-TR-04 Date and Time The camera shall contain an embedded real-time
Stamping clock which provides accurate date and time
stamps on videos/ photographs.
BC-TR-05 Recording Resolution The camera should encode video at resolution
upto HD quality (1280 x 720 pixel or better).
BC-TR-06 Camera Sensor The camera should capture video & photograph
with a minimum of 1 megapixel sensor. It should
also have capability of night mode recording.
BC-TR-07 Field of view of lens 100 degrees or better.
BC-TR-08 Display Minimum 2” LCD colour Display
BC-TR-09 Replay The device should be able to play the recorded
audio/video/images on the screen.

215 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
BC-TR-10 Compression The camera must support MPEG-4 / H.264
(video) and MPEG-4/ MP2 (audio) compression
algorithm and should offer the compression at
upto 30 frames per second.
BC-TR-11 Storage The BWCS shall support on-board storage via
Solid State Storage or SD Card of 32 GB capacity
(included).
The on-board storage should be sufficient to
record up to 08 hours at maximum resolution.
BC-TR-12 Battery The BWCS should be supplied with an internal
rechargeable Lithium battery. The battery
should be of appropriate capacity to allow for
continuous use including recording for up to 4
hours.
BC-TR-13 Battery recharge time The battery recharge time from empty to full
capacity should be not more than 3 hours.
BC-TR-14 Data Transfer Each BWCS should be able to connect and
upload data using a USB 2.0 port or better.
BC-TR-15 Configurations and All configurations (including the adjustment of
Video Management the real time clock) of the BWCS should be
possible via a PC-based windows application.
The management application should allow the
user to backup and transfer data from one or
multiple BWCS and also allow query for
video/photograph on the basis of device, user,
time, filename etc.
BC-TR-16 Battery charger Each BWCS should be supplied with a separate
charger.
BC-TR-17 Security features The user should not be able to delete / edit /
overwrite original video file/photograph. The
deletion/uploading/ transfer of
video/photograph on a PC should be possible
only through the management software and
should be administrator controlled.
However, there should be an option of auto-
overwriting on the basis of oldest-file-first-to-
be-deleted, once the memory is full and further
recording is being done.
BC-TR-18 Design The BWCS should be water resistant, dust
resistant, impact resistant and should be
operable in normal steady rainfall (IP-55 or
better).
The BWCS should have an LED warning light
which should remain ‘On’ when the camera is
recording. It should also give an audible beep
when the camera is switched on/ off and when
the battery has become low etc.
BC-TR-19 Operating 0 to 55 degrees C.
Temperature
216 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
BC-TR-20 Night Vision
BC-TR-20 Warranty The BWCS should have a comprehensive onsite
warranty (incl. battery) for 3 years.

7.1.13 Docking System

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
DS-TR-01 Capacity Min 10 slot chassis with battery charging
DS-TR-02 Connection Single USB and Power connection
Should be Capable to transfer data from device
automatically to defined system when docked and
DS-TR-03 Functionality simultaneously charge the device. Docking station for
single device and 10 (for multiple device data transfer and
charging at a time) both to be provided
7.2 Environment Sensor

7.2.1 Air Quality Monitoring Station

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Should be ruggedized enough to be deployed in open air
SE-TR-01 General
areas, on streets and parks
Should be able to read and report the following
SE-TR-02 General
parameters: PM 10, PM 2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, O3, CO2,
Sensors should be able to connect through Fibre, USB,
SE-TR-03 Connectivity Ethernet, Wi-Fi, 2G, 3G 4G, LTE, LoRA connectivity
mediums, whichever was feasible
Enclosure shall be rugged weather proof IP65 rated and
Environmental shall house the power modules, thermal management
SE-TR-04
Conditions system, embedded PC and user configured Analyzer
modules as well
Environmental
SE-TR-05 Environmental operating range shall be 0°C to +60°
Conditions
The design shall be modular in nature which shall have
SE-TR-06 General the capability to add additional environmental sensors in
the future into the enclosure
Data of all the environmental sensor shall be available
SE-TR-07 General
on the same software interface
It shall be possible to remove or replace individual
SE-TR-08 General sensor modules without affecting the functioning of rest
of the system
Data of all the environmental sensor shall be available
SE-TR-09 General
on the same software interface

217 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Mounting of the environmental sensor module shall be
SE-TR-10 General co-located on streetlight pole or shall be installed on a
tripod stand or a standalone pole
7.2.2 Carbon Mono Oxide (CO) Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
CO.TR.01 Range Range of CO sensor shall be between 0 to 1000 PPM
CO.TR.02 Resolution Resolution of CO sensor shall be 0.01 PPM or better
Lower Lower detectable limit of CO sensor shall be 0.040 PPM
CO.TR.03
Detectable Limit or better
Precision of CO sensor shall be less than 3% of reading
CO.TR.04 Precision
or better
Linearity of CO sensor shall be less than 1% of full scale
CO.TR.005 Linearity
or better
Response time of CO sensor shall be less than 60
CO.TR.006 Response Time
seconds
Operating Operating temperature of CO sensor shall be 0°C to
CO.TR.007
Temperature 60°C
Operating
CO.TR.008 Operating pressure of CO sensor shall be ±10%
Pressure

7.2.3 Ozone (O3) Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
OZ.TR.001 Range O3 Sensor shall have a range of at least 0-1000 PPB.
OZ.TR.002 Resolution Resolution of O3 sensor shall be 10 PPB or better.
Lower Lower detectable limit of O3 sensor shall be 10 PPB or
OZ.TR.003
Detectable Limit better.
Precision of O3 sensor shall be less than 2% of reading
OZ.TR.004 Precision
or better.
OZ.TR.005 Linearity Linearity of O3 sensor shall be less than 1% of full scale.
Response time of O3 sensor shall be less than 60
OZ.TR.006 Response Time
seconds.
Operating Operating temperature of O3 sensor shall be 0°C to
OZ.TR.007
Temperature 60°C.
Operating
OZ.TR.008 Operating pressure of O3 sensor shall be ±10%.
Pressure

218 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.2.4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
NO2.TR.001 Range NO2 Sensor shall have a range of at least 0-10 PPM.
NO2.TR.002 Resolution Resolution of NO2 sensor shall be 0.001 PPM or better.
Lower
Lower detectable limit of NO2 sensor shall be 0.001
NO2.TR.003 Detectable
PPM or better.
Limit
Precision of NO2 sensor shall be less than 3% of reading
NO2.TR.004 Precision
or better.
Linearity of NO2 sensor shall be less than 1% of full
NO2.TR.005 Linearity
scale.
Response Response time of NO2 sensor shall be less than 60
NO2.TR.006
Time seconds.
Operating Operating temperature of NO2 sensor shall be 0°C to
NO2.TR.007
Temperature 60°C.
Operating
NO2.TR.008 Operating pressure of NO2 sensor shall be ±10%.
Pressure
7.2.5 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
SO2.TR.001 Range SO2 Sensor shall have a range of at least 0-20 PPM.
SO2.TR.002 Resolution Resolution of SO2 sensor shall be 0.001 PPM or better.
Lower
Lower detectable limit of SO2 sensor shall be 0.009 PPM
SO2.TR.003 Detectable
or better.
Limit
Precision of SO2 sensor shall be less than 3% of reading
SO2.TR.004 Precision
or better.
SO2.TR.005 Linearity Linearity of SO2 sensor shall be less than 1% of full scale.
Response Response time of SO2 sensor shall be less than 60
SO2.TR.006
Time seconds.
Operating Operating temperature of SO2 sensor shall be 0°C to
SO2.TR.007
Temperature 60°C.
Operating
SO2.TR.008 Operating pressure of SO2 sensor shall be ±10%.
Pressure
7.2.6 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
CO2 Sensor shall have a range of at least 0-5000
CO2.TR.001 Range
PPM.
Resolution of CO2 sensor shall be 1 PPM or
CO2.TR.002 Resolution
better.

219 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Lower Detectable Lower detectable limit of CO2 sensor shall be 10
CO2.TR.003
Limit PPM or better.
Precision of CO2 sensor shall be less than 3% of
CO2.TR.004 Precision
reading or better.
Linearity of CO2 sensor shall be less than 2% of
CO2.TR.005 Linearity
full scale.
Response time of CO2 sensor shall be less than
CO2.TR.006 Response Time
60 seconds.
Operating Operating temperature of CO2sensor shall be
CO2.TR.007
Temperature 0°C to 60°C.
CO2.TR.008 Operating Pressure Operating pressure of CO2 sensor shall be ±10%.
7.2.7 PM10 Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Range of PM10 shall be 0 to 450 micro gms /
PM10.TR.001 Range
cu.m or better.
Lower Detectable Lower detectable limit of particulate profile
PM10.TR.002
Limit sensor shall be less than 1 μg/m3.
Accuracy of particulate profile sensor shall be <±
PM10.TR.003 Accuracy
(5 μg/m3 + 15% of reading).
PM10.TR.004 Flow Rate Flow rate shall be 1.0 LPM or better.
Operating Operating temperature of the sensor shall be 0°C
PM10.TR.005
Temperature to 60°C.
PM10.TR.006 Operating Pressure Operating pressure of the sensor shall be ±10%.
7.2.8 PM2.5 Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Range of PM2.5 shall be 0 to 230 micro gms /
PM10.TR.001 Range
cu.m or better.
Lower Detectable Lower detectable limit of particulate profile
PM10.TR.002
Limit sensor shall be less than 1 μg/m3.
Accuracy of particulate profile sensor shall be <±
PM10.TR.003 Accuracy
(5 μg/m3 + 15% of reading).
PM10.TR.004 Flow Rate Flow rate shall be 1.0 LPM or better.
Operating Operating temperature of the sensor shall be 0°C
PM10.TR.005
Temperature to 60°C.
PM10.TR.006 Operating Pressure Operating pressure of the sensor shall be ±10%.

220 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.2.9 Noise Sensor

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Noise sensor shall detect the intensity of the
NS.TR.001 General
ambient sound in a particular area.
Nosie Sensors shall be installed for the outdoor
NS.TR.002 General
applications.
Noise sensor shall be able to identify the areas
NS.TR.003 Range of high sound intensity ranging from 30 dBA to
120 dBA.
7.3 Fleet Tracking Unit

Nature of
S. No. Indicative Requirement Description
requirement
850MHz/900MHz/1800MHz/1900MHz Quad
VTU.TR.001 Frequency
band
VTU.TR.002 GPRS Class 12
VTU.TR.003 GPS/ GSM Antenna Built-Inside Unit, Option of External Antenna
Multi-GNSS GPS and GLONASS with AGPS
VTU.TR.004 GPS Modem
support
Positioning
VTU.TR.005 Less than 10 meter
accuracy
VTU.TR.006 Tracking Sensitivity -165 dBm
Acquisition
VTU.TR.007 -148 dBm
Sensitivity
Cold Start: <32 seconds , Hot Start : < 1
VTU.TR.008 TTFF(Open Sky)
Seconds
VTU.TR.009 Operating Voltage 8-40VDC
Operating
VTU.TR.010 Temperature & -20 to +60 degree centigrade , 5-95% RH
Humidity
VTU.TR.011 LED indicators GPS Status , GSM Status , Power Status
40g, 11ms, 3 pos/neg per axis, 18 terminal
Shock Test peak saw tooth pulses
VTU.TR.012
Certification 75g, 11ms, 2 pos/neg per axis, 12 terminal
peak saw tooth pulses
Vibration
VTU.TR.013 10Hz to 2000Hz, 3 Axes, 1 Hour/Axis
Certification
VTU.TR.014 Casing ABS , UV Stabilized
VTU.TR.015 IP Rating IP 67
Lithium ion rechargeable , 6 Hours backup ,
VTU.TR.016 Battery Backup 1100 mAH minimum , Protection Circuit and
Battery temperature monitoring
Transport and
VTU.TR.017 Application Protocol NMEA 0183 , TCP , HTTP , MQTT , SMS , SMTP
Support
VTU.TR.018 Security TLS 1.2 with device authentication mechanism
VTU.TR.019 Ports USB 2.0 and RS232 Support

221 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Indicative Requirement Description
requirement
VTU.TR.020 Analog Input 0-10V , Remote Battery Monitoring
Minimum 3 (Odometer Pulse , Ignition Status,
VTU.TR.021 Digital Inputs
Spare)
VTU.TR.022 Digital Outputs Minimum 2
VTU.TR.023 Accelerometer 3 Axis , +/- 16g , 12 Bit
VTU.TR.024 Geo fencing Supported
15000 Logs in device, synced with server in
VTU.TR.025 Storage FIFO mode, device logs shall be deleted only
after confirmation of reception from server
Over the Air
VTU.TR.026 Supported over GPRS network
Firmware Upgrade
VTU.TR.027 SIM card Micro Sim Slot
VTU.TR.028 Protection Reverse Battery , Transients , EMI/ EMC
The system shall support saving battery power
Battery
VTU.TR.029 in sleep mode when vehicle is at rest by
Conservation
reducing frequency of location transmissions.

7.4 Waste Water Sensor

7.4.1 Multi-Parameter Smart Controller (Micro-Station) for COD, BOD, TOC, TSS, pH,
DO, NH4-N, Temperature, Oil and Grease parameters

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Micro-Station/Controller shall have the latest
features of highly advanced Multi Parameter
Controller having capability of handling at
WQSP -TR-01.1 least 4 Sensors in a single controller
configuration and more as and when required
with Sensor ID recognition and high EMC
interference immunity
It shall be supplied with Modular Plug and
Play system in which sensor can be
WQSP -TR-01.2
added/changed at any time and at any
General
location
It shall be supplied with Sensor ID recognition
WQSP -TR-01.3
feature with high interference immunity.
The device shall be with easy Panel Mounting
WQSP -TR-01.4
with required accessories.
Controller shall have the capability to be
operated as Controller (having
WQSP -TR-01.5 programmability feature) or just a terminal
(that can display the data without any way to
make changes).

222 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The Micro-Station shall be able to power all
the sensors and terminals or accessories
attached to it without having to need any
WQSP -TR-01.6
additional power sources in the system for
increased protection against lightening and
possible electromagnetic interference
The device shall be supplied with large
graphic display with backlight. Display shall
WQSP -TR-01.7 Display
be with improved reading precision through
special backlit graphic display
WQSP -TR-01.8 Input voltage: 220 VAC and 50 Hz
Output: Galvanically separated current
outputs (0/4-20 mA) that can be assigned
WQSP -TR-01.9 arbitrarily, RJ45 Ethernet availability, USB-
interface for data transfer, upgrading
firmware etc.
The system should start automatically after
the power is reset to the system (in case of
WQSP -TR-01.10 power failure). The system should have
Electrical
Service mode for
cleaning/calibration/maintenance activities.
The controller shall store the sensor
WQSP -TR-01.11
configurations and calibrations
The controller shall have Logbook to record
WQSP -TR-01.12
the data
The supplier shall provide the firmware
WQSP -TR-01.13 update free of cost as and when they are
available for the life time of the system
External interfacing with IEG (Intelligent Edge
WQSP -TR-01.14 Interfaces
Gateway) using Modbus interfaces.
Measuring COD, BOD, TOC, TSS, pH, Temperature, DO,
WQSP -TR-01.15
Parameters Conductivity, NH4-N, Oil & Grease etc.
Operating Ambient Operating temperature: -20 °C to
WQSP -TR-01.16
Temperature 55 °C , Storage temperature: -10 °C … 60 °C
WQSP -TR-01.17 Process Connection 1” PVC type process Connection
The probe shall have the Automatic cleaning
facility with compressed air or brush or using
WQSP -TR-01.18 Cleaning
Ultrasonic methods whichever is best
suitable
Electromagnetic Compatibility: EN 61326,
WQSP -TR-01.19 Class B; FCC Class A, EMC for indispensable
Protection
operation
Integrated Lightening protection, Protection
WQSP -TR-01.20
Rating IP 66

223 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Timely Calibration of the instrument based on
WQSP -TR-01.21 Calibration pre-defined time schedule shall be done by
the MSI during AMC Period.
WQSP -TR-01.22 Certification CE/UL/EN/BIS
Necessary cables for power, communication
WQSP -TR-01.23 Cables
and data
Bidder shall provide wiring, piping, cable tray
and accessories required to make a
completely integrated system. Provide all
Accessories and
WQSP -TR-01.24 components, piping, wiring, accessories,
Laying
cable tray and labour required for a complete
and integrated system without any extra cost
to tendering authority.
7.4.2 Sensor Probe for BOD/COD/TOC/TSS

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The probe shall be a Multi parameter Probe.
It shall be continuously Effluent Monitoring of
WQSP -TR-02.1
BOD, COD, TOC, TSS with UV-Vis Full
Spectrum Technology.
It shall be ideally for Waste Water
measurements in Open Channel with direct
WQSP -TR-02.2
In-Situ measurement along with floating type
arrangement using SS chain.
It shall have MoC (Material of Construction)
General
such as Titanium Material or Stainless Steel
WQSP -TR-02.3 to sustain the sensor in highly corrosive
wastewater environment for long term stable
and maintenance free operation
The device shall be with easy Mounting
WQSP -TR-02.4
without Clogging
The Sensor should provide compensation of
WQSP -TR-02.5 interferences by evaluation of the whole
measured spectrum.
It shall have the UV-Vis Spectrometry
WQSP -TR-02.6 Measuring Principle principle for measurement over the total
Range (190 - 720 nm)
The probe shall have the Automatic cleaning
WQSP -TR-02.7 facility with compressed air or brush or using
Cleaning Ultrasonic methods whichever is best suitable
The probe shall be supplied with Integrated
WQSP -TR-02.8
cleaning system
The probe shall be factory pre-calibrated and
WQSP -TR-02.9 Calibration
with local multi-point calibration. Timely
224 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Calibration of the instrument based on pre-
defined time schedule shall be done by the
MSI during AMC Period
Measuring
WQSP -TR-02.10 BOD, COD, TOC, TSS
Parameters
WQSP -TR-02.11 Accuracy ±2%
Operating
WQSP -TR-02.12 0° C to 50° C
Temperature
The probe shall be interface with Scanning
WQSP -TR-02.13 Interface to Scanner
terminal using RS 485 interface
The Probe shall support the IP68 protection
WQSP -TR-02.14
standard
The device shall have the conformity to EMC
Protection
WQSP -TR-02.15 and Safety with EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-3
and EN 61010-1 standards
The sensor should be completely reagent free
WQSP -TR-02.16
for operation.
The MOC must be Titanium Material or
WQSP -TR-02.17 MOC equivalent to sustain the sensor in highly
corrosive wastewater environment.
WQSP -TR-02.18 Light Source Xenon Flash Lamp
COD: 0 - 20000 mg/l
BOD: 0 - 8000 mg/l
TOC: 0 - 20000 mg/l
WQSP -TR-02.19 Measuring Range TSS: 0 - 4500 mg/l
However, SI shall conduct the site survey and
range of the probes shall be according to the
site survey / Lab Report.
Bidder to provide wiring, piping, cable tray
and accessories required to make a
completely integrated system. Provide all
Accessories and
components, piping, wiring, accessories,
laying
cable tray and labour required for a complete
and integrated system without any extra cost
to tendering authority.

7.4.3 Sensor Probe for DO (Dissolved Oxygen)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
DO probe
WQSP -TR-05.1 General The probe shall be a Multi-parameter Probe
It shall be used ideally for Open Canal
WQSP -TR-05.2
(Floating Type)

225 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
It shall have MoC (Material of Construction)
such as Titanium Material or Stainless Steel
WQSP -TR-05.3 to sustain the sensor in highly corrosive
wastewater environment for long term
stable and maintenance free operation
Long term stable and maintenance free
WQSP -TR-05.4
operation
WQSP -TR-05.5 Resolution 0.01 mg/l O2
Mounting and Measurement shall be directly
WQSP -TR-05.6 Measuring Principle in the media or in a flow cell (Monitoring
Station)
The probe shall have the optical/
WQSP -TR-05.7
fluorescence measurement principle
The probe shall have the Automatic
Cleaning
cleaning facility with compressed air or
WQSP -TR-05.8
brush or using Ultrasonic methods
whichever is best suitable
Timely Calibration of the instrument based
WQSP -TR-05.9 Calibration on the pre-defined time schedule shall be
done by the MSI during AMC
Long term stable and maintenance free
WQSP -TR-05.10 Measuring Parameters
operation
The probe shall be factory pre-calibrated
WQSP -TR-05.11 Accuracy
and with local multi-point calibration
Operating
WQSP -TR-05.12 Dissolved Oxygen
Temperature
WQSP -TR-05.13 Interface to Scanner ±1%
WQSP -TR-05.14 0° C to 60° C
Protection
The probe shall be interface with Scanning
WQSP -TR-05.15
terminal using RS 485 interface
7.4.4 Sensor Probe for Nitrate (NO3-N) and Ammonical Nitrogen (NH4-N)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
NH4-N
The probe shall be a Multi parameter Probe
WQSP -TR-03.1
with Adjustable open path length
It shall be ideally for Waste Water
WQSP -TR-03.2
Treatment Process
It shall have MoC (Material of Construction)
General
such as Titanium Material or Stainless Steel
WQSP -TR-03.3 to sustain the sensor in highly corrosive
wastewater environment for long term
stable and maintenance free operation
WQSP -TR-03.4 ISE Refurbishment for easy maintenance

226 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Mounting and Measurement shall be directly
WQSP -TR-03.5 in the media or in a flow cell (Monitoring
Station)
It shall have the Ion selective electrodes
WQSP -TR-03.6 Measuring Principle without potassium compensation for
measurement
The probe shall have the Automatic
cleaning facility with compressed air or
WQSP -TR-03.7
brush or using Ultrasonic methods
Cleaning
whichever is best suitable
The probe shall be supplied with Integrated
WQSP -TR-03.8
cleaning system
The probe shall be Factory calibrated with
optional In-Situ calibration for improved
accuracy. Timely Calibration of the
WQSP -TR-03.9 Calibration
instrument based on pre-defined time
schedule shall be done by the MSI during
AMC Period
WQSP -TR-03.10 Measuring Parameters NH4-N, NO3-N
WQSP -TR-03.11 Accuracy ±3%
Operating
WQSP -TR-03.12 0° C to 60° C
Temperature
The probe shall be interface with Scanning
WQSP -TR-03.13 Interface to Scanner
terminal using RS 485 interface
The Probe shall support the IP68
WQSP -TR-03.14
protection standard
Protection
Conformity to EMC with EN 50081-1, EN
WQSP -TR-03.15 50082-1, EN 60555-2, EN 60555-3 & to
safety with EN 61010-1 standards
The Sensor cable supplied along with the
sensor shall be 15 Meters and of Sea Water
WQSP -TR-03.16 Cable version so that it’s not affected by acids
and presence of highly corrosive media in
sample.
0.1 ...1000 mg/l NO3-N
0.1 ...1000 mg/l NH4-N
WQSP -TR-03.16 Measuring Range However, SI shall conduct the site survey
and range of the probes shall be according
to the site survey / Lab report.

227 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.4.5 Sensor Probe for pH and Temperature

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
pH and Temperature Probe
WQSP -TR-05.1 The probe shall be a Multi-parameter Probe
It shall be ideally for Waste Water
WQSP -TR-05.2 monitoring Process in an Open Channel
(Floating Type)
It shall have MoC (Material of Construction)
such as Titanium Material or Stainless Steel
WQSP -TR-05.3 to sustain the sensor in highly corrosive
wastewater environment for long term
General
stable and maintenance free operation
Long term stable and maintenance free
WQSP -TR-05.4
operation
Integrated temperature measurement and
WQSP -TR-05.5 compensation shall be provided in the pH
sensor.
The pH sensor should have Galvanically
WQSP -TR-05.6 separated input. Temperature Sensor shall
be integrated in the pH sensor.
The pH combination electrodes shall be
required very little maintenance and there
WQSP -TR-05.7
should be no electrolyte replacement
(Reagent Free).
Cleaning
The probe shall have the Automatic
cleaning facility with compressed air or
WQSP -TR-05.8
brush or using Ultrasonic methods
whichever is best suitable
Timely Calibration of the instrument based
WQSP -TR-05.9 Calibration on the pre-defined time schedule shall be
done by the MSI during AMC
Probe shall use the Electro Chemical
WQSP -TR-05.10 Measuring Parameters measuring principles to measure the pH and
Temperature.
The probe shall be factory pre-calibrated
WQSP -TR-05.11 Calibration
and with local multi-point calibration
Measuring Range: pH: 0.00- 14.00 at least
WQSP -TR-05.12 Measuring Range considering the waste water environment
Measuring Range Temperature: -5 to 60° C
Operating
WQSP -TR-05.13 Temp Compensation: -5 to 50° C
Temperature
WQSP -TR-05.14 Accuracy ±1%
The probe shall be interface with Scanning
WQSP -TR-05.15 Interface
terminal using RS 485 interface

228 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The Sensor cable supplied along with the
sensor has to be 15 Meters and of Sea
WQSP -TR-05.16 Sensor Cable Water version so that it’s not affected by
acids and presence of highly corrosive
media in sample.
Measuring Range: pH: 0.00- 14.00 units at
least considering the wastewater
WQSP -TR-05.17 Measuring Range
environment
Temperature Measuring: -5 to 60 Deg C
Bidder to provide wiring, piping, cable tray
and accessories required to make a
completely integrated system. Provide all
Accessories and
WQSP -TR-05.19 components, piping, wiring, accessories,
Laying
cable tray and labour required for a
complete and integrated system without
any extra cost to tendering authority.
7.4.6 Probe for Oil & Grease Analyser (Open Channel, Floating Type)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Oil & Grease
The probe shall be used to measure Oil and
WQSP -TR-06.1 Grease in waste water using UV
fluorescence technology.
General It shall be ideally for Waste Water
WQSP -TR-06.2
Treatment Process
It shall have Long term stable and
WQSP -TR-06.3
maintenance free operation
The Probe shall be supplied with stainless
WQSP -TR-06.4 Housing
steel, Titanium housing material
WQSP -TR-06.5 Mounting The probe shall be vertically mounted
The probe shall have the UV fluorescence
WQSP -TR-06.6 Measuring Principle
(254 - 360 nm) measurement principle
The probe shall have the Automatic
cleaning facility with compressed air or
WQSP -TR-06.7
brush or using Ultrasonic methods
Cleaning
whichever is best suitable
The probe shall be supplied with Integrated
WQSP -TR-06.8
cleaning system
The probe shall be factory pre-calibrated
and with local multi-point calibration.
WQSP -TR-06.9 Calibration Timely Calibration of the instrument based
on the pre-defined time schedule shall be
done by the MSI during AMC
WQSP -TR-06.10 Measuring Parameters Oil & Grease
229 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
WQSP -TR-06.11 Limit of Detection 1 µg/L
Operating
WQSP -TR-06.12 0° C to 60° C
Temperature
The probe shall be interface with Scanning
WQSP -TR-06.13 Interface to Scanner
terminal using RS 485 interface
The Probe shall support the IP68 protection
WQSP -TR-06.14
Protection standard
Conformity to EMC with EN 50130-4,
WQSP -TR-06.15
61000 - 6- 1 standards
Bidder to provide wiring, piping, cable tray
and accessories required to make a
completely integrated system. Provide all
Accessories and
WQSP -TR-06.16 components, piping, wiring, accessories,
Laying
cable tray and labour required for a
complete and integrated system without
any extra cost to tendering authority.

7.4.7 IEG with integrated 3G/4G communication capabilities with Cable and Other
Accessories

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Multi-Channel Transmitter / Remote Terminal Unit
Industrial grade IEG with Analog input
channels shall be supplied for integrating
IEG -TR-01.1
various quality Analysers / controllers to
monitor the waste water quality parameters.
The device shall have interfaces to integrate
IEG -TR-01.2 quality analysers/controllers using Modbus
General RTU interfaces for upstream communication.
It shall have be hot plug and play device with
minimum configuration. It shall have inbuilt
IEG -TR-01.3
real-time clock with synchronization from
GSM network
The device shall have easy Extension and
IEG -TR-01.4
Adaptation facility
The supplied unit shall perform the vibration
IEG -TR-01.5 tests producing certificates from National
standard Laboratories
IEG -TR-01.6 Environmental EMI / EMC certified
The device shall be suitable for hazardous
IEG -TR-01.7 environment and shall be IP 67 standard of
protection
IEG -TR-01.8 Mechanical Din Rail mounted with Input module

230 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The device shall be supplied with fixtures for
IEG -TR-01.9 Pipe mounting / wall mounting / Panel
mounting possibilities.
IEG -TR-01.10 Power Supply: 220V AC
IP66 to EN 60529/09.2000 Complies with
IEG -TR-01.11
NEMA 4.
IEG -TR-01.12 Accuracy: 0.1%
IEG -TR-01.13 Span: > 0 to 20 mA
IEG -TR-01.14 Resolution of current inputs: < 5 µA
IEG -TR-01.15 Nominal Input Current: Max. 8 mA
IEG -TR-01.16 Signal Characteristic : Linear
IEG-TR-01.17 Internal Resistance: Non-Linear
Electrical The supplied unit shall have over voltage and
IEG -TR-01.18
Lightning protection feature
Easy remote configuration and software
IEG -TR-01.19
update facilities
IEG -TR-01.20 Inbuilt plug-in I/O support
Electrical Safety : IEC 61010-1, Class I
equipment
IEG -TR-01.21
Low voltage: overvoltage category II
protection
IEG -TR-01.22 Memory: 16 MB flash , 2 MB RAM
Communication shall be over Modbus /
Ethernet IP/ Any Open IoT protocols such that
IEG -TR-01.23 it shall be able to send data to centralized
application server (OWQMS) over GSM / GPRS
network using 3G/4G enabled inbuilt modems.
Communication Interfaces: RS485 half-duplex, 8kV air
IEG -TR-01.24 discharge protection, 4kV,ESD Protection
Contact
The device shall be integrated with Central
IEG -TR-01.25 applications for waste water quality data
analysis
7.4.8 Field Enclosure / Panels for Waste water Quality Monitoring Stations /
Controllers, IEG

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The Outdoor Utility Cabinet shall be
constructed with a front sheet steel door with
Locking system to ensure the security of the
cabinet. Side and Wall Panels shall be with
fixing bolts internal to the cabinet. The
FE-Req.01 Built
Cabinet should have the required frames to
mount the required components like Field
equipment such as IEG / DCU / Gateways /
MCT / Analysers, Power supply Equipment,
Networking Equipment, LIU, battery, etc.

231 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Should be Made for 24/7/365 Outdoor

Applications; The Utility Cabinet shall be IP67
or better rated with built-in air-cooling
system. Field Enclosure design should ensure
FE-Req.02 Utility & IP rating to keep the operating temperature / ambient
temperature within suitable operating range
20° C to 55° C for equipment's and should
also avoid condensation, corrosion,
intentional water splash and dust intake.
The cabinet has to be provided of size suitable
for the mounting of the associated network
FE-Req.03 Size
devices, power, UPS and battery components
securely and safely within the cabinet.
PDU type should be as per actual requirement
FE-Req.04 Power Slot
as per Indian standards.
Proper cable management should be
FE-Req.05 Cable Management
provided.

232 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.5 Network Backbone

7.5.1 Electric Meter

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement

Reference Voltage 230 volt (P-N), +20% to -40%

Vref.
ELEM.TR.01 Voltage
However the meter should withstand the maximum
system voltage.

a) LCD (Seven digits) b) Height: 8 mm X 5 mm min.

ELEM.TR.02 Display
c) Pin Type d) Viewing angle min. 120 degrees

LCD test, date & time, cumulative KWH, cumulative

Display KVAH & KVArH, MD inKW & KVA, PF, V, I and
ELEM.TR.03
parameters Neutral current (All the energies are without
decimal.)

Power factor
ELEM.TR.04 Zero lag –unity- zero lead
range

1. Normal Operation As per IS16444

2. Relay operation As per IS16444
Power
ELEM.TR.05 3. Communication As per IS16444
Consumption
4. Relay operation + communication As per
IS16444

ELEM.TR.06 Starting current 0.2 % of Ib

ELEM.TR.07 Frequency 50 Hz with (+ or -) 5% variation

Flashing 02 nos. separate LED visible from the

Test Output
ELEM.TR.08 front for testing of kWh
Device
and kVARh in field also.

a) Meter serial number, Date and time, KWH, KVAH,

KVArH, MD in KW and
KVA, No. of tamper counts, tamper occurrence
with date & time, tamper
restoration date & time with snap shots. History of
KWH, KVAH, KVArH & MD with occurrence details
ELEM.TR.09 Billing data for last 6 months along with TOD readings.
b) All the above parameters (namely KWH, KVAH,
KVArH, MD in KW and
KVA) are meter readings.
c) All these data shall be accessible for reading,
recording by downloading
through optical port with CMRI, HES & Laptop
computers at site.

233 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement

d) Meter should be configurable to be used in

bidirectional i.e. Net metering
mode (import/export and total energy in separate
register required).

Meter shall store MD in every 30 min. period along

with date & time. At the
end of every 30 min, new MD shall be compared
with previous MD and store whichever is higher and
ELEM.TR.10 MD Registration
the same shall be displayed. It shall be
preferred that MD is computed using separate
counter rather by difference
of initial and final energy counter.

Auto reset date for MD shall be indicated at the

Auto Reset of
ELEM.TR.11 time of finalizing GTP. Default
MD
re-setting date is 00:00 hrs. 1st of every month.

Meter shall be capable of doing TOD metering for

KWH, KVARH, KVAH and
ELEM.TR.12 TOD metering MD in KW and KVA with 6 time zones and three
tariff zones (programmable on
site through CMRI & Remote

30 min integration period, load profile of KW, KVA ,

ELEM.TR.13 Load survey voltage and current, for
min. 35 days

Diagnostic Self-diagnostic for time, calendar, RTC battery all

ELEM.TR.14
feature display segments and NVM.

Programmable facility to restrict the access to the

information recorded at
different security level such as read
communication, communication write etc.
ELEM.TR.15 Security feature
Proper security at endpoint as well as network level
shall be present to prevent
unauthorized hacking of the end point or the
network itself.

a) Optical port
b) CMRI support
Software & It shall be possible to read the smart meter using
ELEM.TR.16 communication CMRI thru the local
compatibility communication port (Optical or RS232). It shall be
possible to upload the
meter readout file from CMRI to HES. CMRI support

234 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement

shall be required for

the following field scenarios:
i. Meter data from field on the communication
failed cases for billing
purpose.
ii. In case meter is damaged and not reachable by
HES, then CMRI data
is crucial for further analysis.
c) Communication Facility - Communication
technology shall be GPRS/3G
or upward as specified in IS16444 Part-1.
d) Communication Protocol
Meter Protocol: Meter shall support DLMS as per
IS15959 Part2
e) The Meter manufacturer shall supply software
required for local (CMRI) &
remote (AMI) connectivity including required
training to use the software free of
cost.
f) Key Management and Security Feature should be
as per IS 15959.
g) Optical port to transfer the data locally through
CMRI & remote through
GSM / GPRS/2G/3G or upward to the HES.
h) It shall be possible to reconfigure the meters for
TOD Tariff, DIP (Demand
Integration period), billing date etc. through proper
authentication process
locally through CMRI/ remotely.
i) Meter Serial no and consumer CA nos. shall be
used for tagging of all data of
the meters in all database (at HES level).
j) At any point of time, the pre -paid meter at site
shall be configurable from
remote to a Post-paid meter and vice –versa or Net
meter as desired, by BRPL
on receipt of request from the customer.

Non-volatile memory independent of battery

ELEM.TR.17 Memory backup, memory should be retained up to 10 year
in case of power failure

a) The meter should function satisfactorily in India

Climatic with temperature ranging
ELEM.TR.18
conditions from 0 - 60ºC and humidity up-to 96%.
b) Also refer IS: 13779 for climatic conditions.
235 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement

c) Meter should be compatible for Indoor and

Outdoor usage

Modification in calibration shall not be possible at

ELEM.TR.19 Calibration
site by any means.

In case battery removal or total discharge same

ELEM.TR.20 Battery should not affect the working & memory of the
meter.

KVAh is computed based on KVArh and KWH value.

ELEM.TR.21 KVAh definition If PF=1, or leading, then
KVAh = KWH. At no instance KVAh < KWh.

A. Optical Port:
Meter shall have optical communication port
Optical sensor should be provided @100% qty of
tender qty.
B. The length of cable shall be 1 meter, terminated
on female type DB-9
connector and should be suitable for smart
meters data download through CMRI.
Communication
ELEM.TR.22 C. It should have a life of 5 years both meter and
port
optical sensor should have Mechanical
arrangement, so as sensor can be fitted on
meter without any tool and without any
compromise on alignment and sensitivity.
D. Wireless GPRS/3G Module / Port (GPRS/3G
module for integration with HES/MDAS)
Wireless module/port shall have provision for
cover which can be sealed.

Nomenclature used for any event logging/ flags/

parameters/ alarms shall
be ease in understanding and shall be mutually
Event logging decided by BSES. The
ELEM.TR.23 and Phase same shall be convertible to CDF for further
diagram integration with BSES SAP
system. It shall also be possible to convert to CSV/
ASCII/ XML format
from HES/MDAS.

a) A real time clock is required in meter, which

Real Time maintains time and date
ELEM.TR.24 b) The time shall be derived from an internal quartz
Clock
crystal. Drift in time shall not be more than ±5
minutes/year at a reference temperature of 27°C.

236 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement

c) Time synchronization:
Meter RTC shall be corrected automatically by
HES/MDAS RTC in case
found drift by more than ±2 minutes

7.5.2 Industrial grade Field Layer-2 FE 8 port POE Switch

Naturement of
S.No Minimum Specifications
Requirement
The switch should be Industrial Grade ruggedized
in nature that provides minimum 8 x 10/100
IGF8.TR.01 BaseT access ports & 4xGE combo uplink ports.
Switch should be supplied with required
ruggedized Transceivers as per solution
Switch should have minimum 120W PoE power
IGF8.TR.02 available or extra power injector should be
provided in the junction box
The switch should have non-blocking wire-speed
IGF8.TR.03 architecture with support for both IPv4 & IPv6
from day one with wire-rate
General Features
Should support minimum 10Gbps or more
IGF8.TR.04
switching throughput
The switch should support backup storage drives,
which will store the last known configuration of
the switch, in the case of hardware failure and
IGF8.TR.05
replacement. Reinserting the storage drive
should restore the switch to original working
condition without any manual intervention.
Switch must support Ethernet CFM / CFM (IEEE
IGF8.TR.06 802.1ag) and Uni-Directional Link Detection
(UDLD) from day 1
802. 1Q VLAN on all ports with minimum 16k
IGF8.TR.07
MAC address
Spanning Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1d, ring
IGF8.TR.08
protection protocol like REP or equivalent
Should support Jumbo frames up to 9000 bytes
Layer 2 Features
IGF8.TR.09 & Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as
per IEEE 802.3ad.
The switch should support IGMP v1/v2/v3 &up to
IGF8.TR.10 1000 IGMP groups as well as IGMP snooping &
IGMP filtering. Should also support MLD v1/v2.
Static, Inter-VLAN routing must be enabled from
IGF8.TR.11 Layer 3 Features
day one

237 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Naturement of
S.No Minimum Specifications
Requirement
The switch should support Dynamic Routing –
RIPv1/v2, OSPF for both IPv4 & IPv6, PBR,
IGF8.TR.12 network address translation etc. protocol by
enabling/upgrading the license as & when
required.
Switch should support classification and
IGF8.TR.13 scheduling as per IEEE 802.1P on all ports with
Quality of Service minimum four egress queues per port
(QoS) The switch should provide traffic shaping and rate
IGF8.TR.14 limiting features for specified Host, network,
Applications etc.
The switch should support ACLs, Extended IP
IGF8.TR.15 ACLs, support RADIUS and TACACS+ for access
restriction and authentication.
Should support a mechanism to shut down
Spanning Tree Protocol Fast-enabled interfaces
IGF8.TR.16
when BPDUs are received to avoid accidental
topology loops.
Security Features Switch should support static ARP, Proxy ARP,
UDP forwarding and IP source guard, DHCP
Snooping, DHCP Option 82, Dynamic ARP
Inspection (DAI), IP Source Guard, Network
IGF8.TR.17
Address Translation, BPDU Guard, Port-Security,
DHCP Snooping, 802.1x, 802.1AE, MAC
Authentication Bypass, 802.1x Multi-Domain
Authentication, Storm Control
The switch should be SNMP manageable with
IGF8.TR.18
support for SNMP Version 1, 2 and 3.
Management Support for Automatic Quality of Service or
IGF8.TR.19 Features equivalent for easy configuration of QoS features
for critical applications.
IGF8.TR.20 Switch should support , FTP/TFTP
IGF8.TR.21 Temperature: -5 to +70ºC
Mechanical Operating relative humidity: 5% to 95% no
IGF8.TR.22
Conditions: condensing
IGF8.TR.23 Protection Class -minimum IP 30, NEMA TS-2
Switch should be EN 55022A Class A, VCCI Class
IGF8.TR.24
A, KN22/CISPR 32 certified
The switch should support CIP Ethernet/IP, IEEE
IGF8.TR.25
1588 PTP and NTP to PTP translation.
IGF8.TR.26 Certifications EMC interface immunity:
Switch should be EN55024, EN 61000-4-2
Electro Static Discharge, EN 61000-4-5 Surge,
IGF8.TR.27
EN 61000-4-8 Power Frequency Magnetic Field,
EN 61000-4-11 AC Power Voltage

238 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.5.3 Industrial grade Field Layer-2 FE 16 port POE Switch

S. No. Specification
The switch should provide Minimum 16 port 10/100 Mbps FE ports and 2
1 GE SFP uplinks Ports. Should be proposed with ruggedized transceivers as
per solution.
802. 1Q VLAN on all ports with support for minimum 500 active VLANs and
2
minimum 4K Mac addresses
Switch should have minimum 120W PoE power available or extra power
3
injector should be provided in the junction box
3 Spanning Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1d, 802.1s and 802.1w
Should support Improved resiliency with the support of Resilient Ethernet
4 Protocol (REP) or equivalent for ring topology which should provide 50ms
ring convergence
5 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as per IEEE 802.3ad.
Switch should support IGMP v1/v2/v3 as well as IGMP snooping and
6
minimum 250 IGMP Multicast Groups
The switch should support Dynamic Routing – RIP , OSPFv3 etc. protocol by
7 enabling/upgrading the license as & when required and should be included
static routing from day one
Switch should support non-blocking throughput and 1500 IPv4 & IPv6
8
routes
9 Switch must have Uni-Directional Link Detection (UDLD) feature
10 Switch should support classification and scheduling as per IEEE 802.1P
Switch should support strict priority queuing or Policing or equivalent to
11 guarantee that the highest-priority packets are serviced ahead of all other
traffic.
The switch should support following IPv6 Features: 128-Bit Wide Unicast
Addresses, DNS for IPv6, ICMPv6, Neighbour Discovery, IPv6 Stateless
12
Auto-configuration and Duplicate Address Detection, SNMP and Syslog Over
IPv6, SSH/HTTP over IPv6 , HTTP over IPv6
RoHS Compliant, IEEE 1588v2 hardware ready - Precision Time Protocol,
13
IEEE 802.3af, 802.3at, NTP compliant , RSPAN
14 Operating Temperature 0 C to +70C with fanless Enclosure
15 Relative Humidity of 5% or 95% Non-condensing
Must have EN 61000-6-1 Light Industrial EN 61000-6-2 Industrial EN
16 61000-6-4 Industrial
EN 61326 Industrial Control
EN 61131-2
Programmable Controllers
Must support FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A / FCC Part 15B, Class A
17 EN 55022A Class A/ EN55032 Class A
AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class A / CISPR 32

7.5.4 Junction Box 1 KVA (Outdoor Utility Cabinet)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
JNB.TR.01 Out Door Cabinet with Pole Mount provision

239 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
JNB.TR.02 Material – Galvanized Iron (GI) Sheet
Mechanical
JNB.TR.03 Thickness – Enclosure structure using 1.6 mm
Structure
JNB.TR.04 Foot plinth panel sheet minimum 3mm
JNB.TR.05 Ingress Protection IP 55 Rated
JNB.TR.06 Colour Colour - Grey / Relevant
Powder coating thickness between 70 to 120
JNB.TR.07 Coating thickness
micron Finish
Cable management must be ensure proper path
JNB.TR.08 Cables
for AC supply
Cable entry on side bottom/Side wall through
JNB.TR.09 Cable Entry cable glands of PVC material to ensure rain water
protection.
Forced air cooling to maintain approx. T < 10
JNB.TR.10 Cooling
Degree
Removable and washable type pleated filters with
JNB.TR.11 Filter
aluminium wire mesh protection on both sides.
Diagonal opposite bolt on bottom frames and
JNB.TR.12 Earthing individual door for body earthing. Internally door
shall be grounded with the main frame.
Required for alarm extension, fan working and
JNB.TR.13 Door Open Switch lighting. In case of any door open, alarm shall be
generated.
JNB.TR.14 Free Space Free Space: minimum 4U
Electrical Specifications
Input
System Usable
JNB.TR.15 2 KW (Redundancy N+1)
Capacity
Input Voltage
JNB.TR.16 230 - 300 V
Range
Frequency
JNB.TR.17 (default: sync 50 HZ
range)
JNB.TR.18 Protection Inbuilt Short Circuit, Over/ Under Voltage
JNB.TR.19 Surge Protection Class C type (IEC 61643-1 , UL 94-0)
Power Factor /
JNB.TR.20 > 0.9 at 50% load or more / < 5%
THD
AC Output
JNB.TR.21 Maximum Capacity 300 W
Nominal System
JNB.TR.22 220V AC/ Sine Wave
output Voltage
JNB.TR.23 Frequency 50Hz +- 5%
Overload
JNB.TR.24 Yes
Protection
JNB.TR.25 THD <5%
JNB.TR.26 Protection Short Circuit, Over Temperature
JNB.TR.27 Crest Factor 3
JNB.TR.28 Efficiency 89% @ full load
JNB.TR.29 Output Ports Miscellaneous x 2 (3 Amp)

240 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
General
Controls and
JNB.TR.30 High End Embedded Controller with LCD display
Monitoring
• LEDs for local visual alarming (Major, Minor,
JNB.TR.31 User interface
Power ON)
• Ethernet for remote or local monitoring and
JNB.TR.32
control via Web browser.
• SNMP V2 & V.3.0 protocol with TRAP, SET and
JNB.TR.33
GET on Ethernet. Email of TRAP alarms
Operating
JNB.TR.34 0 to +65 ºC
temperature
Battery Support both VRLA/SMF and Lithium Iron
JNB.TR.35
Technology Phosphate.
Monitoring battery alarms and parameters with
JNB.TR.36 Management
led indications.
JNB.TR.37 Battery Backup 1 Hrs
7.5.5 Junction Box 2 KVA (Outdoor Utility Cabinet)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
JNB.TR.01 Out Door Cabinet with Floor Mount provision
JNB.TR.02 Mechanical Material – Galvanized Iron (GI) Sheet
JNB.TR.03 Structure Thickness – Enclosure structure using 1.6 mm
JNB.TR.04 Foot plinth panel sheet minimum 3mm
Ingress
JNB.TR.05 IP 55 Rated
Protection
JNB.TR.06 Colour Colour - Grey / Relevant
Coating Powder coating thickness between 70 to 120
JNB.TR.07
thickness micron Finish
Cable management must be ensure proper path for
JNB.TR.08 Cables
AC supply
Cable entry on side bottom/Side wall through cable
JNB.TR.09 Cable Entry glands of PVC material to ensure rain water
protection.
Forced air cooling to maintain approx. T < 10
JNB.TR.10 Cooling
Degree
Removable and washable type pleated filters with
JNB.TR.11 Filter
aluminium wire mesh protection on both sides.
Diagonal opposite bolt on bottom frames and
JNB.TR.12 Earthing individual door for body earthing. Internally door
shall be grounded with the main frame.
Required for alarm extension, fan working and
Door Open
JNB.TR.13 lighting. In case of any door open, alarm shall be
Switch
generated.
JNB.TR.14 Free Space Free Space: minimum 8U
Electrical Specifications
Input

241 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
System Usable
JNB.TR.15 4 KW (Redundancy N+1)
Capacity
Input Voltage
JNB.TR.16 230 - 300 V
Range
Frequency
JNB.TR.17 (default: sync 50 HZ
range)
JNB.TR.18 Protection Inbuilt Short Circuit, Over/ Under Voltage
JNB.TR.19 Surge Protection Class C type (IEC 61643-1 , UL 94-0)
Power Factor /
JNB.TR.20 > 0.9 at 50% load or more / < 5%
THD
AC Output
Maximum
JNB.TR.21 300 W
Capacity
Nominal System
JNB.TR.22 220V AC/ Sine Wave
output Voltage
JNB.TR.23 Frequency 50Hz +- 5%
Overload
JNB.TR.24 Yes
Protection
JNB.TR.25 THD <5%
JNB.TR.26 Protection Short Circuit, Over Temperature
JNB.TR.27 Crest Factor 3
JNB.TR.28 Efficiency 89% @ full load
JNB.TR.29 Output Ports Miscellaneous x 2 (3 Amp)
General
Controls and
JNB.TR.30 High End Embedded Controller with LCD display
Monitoring
• LEDs for local visual alarming (Major, Minor,
JNB.TR.31 User interface
Power ON)
• Ethernet for remote or local monitoring and
JNB.TR.32
control via Web browser.
• SNMP V2 & V.3.0 protocol with TRAP, SET and
JNB.TR.33
GET on Ethernet. Email of TRAP alarms
Operating
JNB.TR.34 0 to +65 ºC
temperature
Battery Support both VRLA/SMF and Lithium Iron
JNB.TR.35
Technology Phosphate.
Monitoring battery alarms and parameters with led
JNB.TR.36 Management
indications.
JNB.TR.37 Battery Backup 1 Hrs

242 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.6 Data Centre

7.6.1 Surveillance Storage (1300 TB NL SAS Drives Usable Capacity)

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Specification
Requirement
Unified Storage/Truly converge Solution with
NSPoF (No single point of failure) Architecture. The
Converge/ Unified Storage solution should support NAS & SAN as an
PS.TR.001
Storage integrated offering with high availability at each
level. The architecture should allow upgrades of
hardware and software for investment protection.
Solution should be configured with required
protocols for the solution CIFS/SMB 3/ NFS
PS.TR.002 Protocols
4/iSCSI/FCoE/FC. All required protocols required
for the solution to be enabled.
System to have minimum Two controllers with
NSPoF Architecture (NO single point of failure
architecture). System Data mover/controller should
PS.TR.003 Controllers support 2x Intel Xeon E5-2600 8- core CPU or
higher. Storage should support non-disruptive
online firmware upgrade for both Controllers and
disk drives.
The storage array should support Operating System
PS.TR.004 Operating System
Platforms & Clustering including: Linux/Windows
Cache Memory: Each controller/node should be
provided with minimum 128 GB RAM scalable to
512 GB RAM with usable protected data Cache for
Disk IO Operations. If NAS controllers with separate
PS.TR.005 Cache Memory
controllers additional RAM cache to be provided.
The storage array must have complete cache
protection mechanism either by de-staging data to
disk/flash or protecting with NVRAM
The storage system shall be capable of providing
PS.TR.006 Host host connectivity as per solution offered
(Unified/SAN/NAS/Scale out NAS).
Minimum 2 ports per controller to be provided for
PS.TR.007 Connectivity
host connectivity
RAID levels Supported: 0, 1, 5, 6, 10 ( Dual parity
PS.TR.008 RAID Supports
or higher)
Fans and power supplies: Dual redundant, hot-
PS.TR.009 Redundancy
swappable
Storage subsystem shall support 4TB/6TB/8TB or
PS.TR.010 Disk Drive Support higher NLSAS/SATA/equivalent 7.2K drives in the
same device array.
System should have the capability to designate
global hot spares that can automatically be used to
PS.TR.011 Global Hot Spare replace a failed drive anywhere in the system.
Storage system should be configured with required
Global Hot-spares for the different type and no. of

243 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Specification
Requirement
disks configured, as per the system architecture
best practices.
The storage system to be configured with 45 TB
PS.TR.012 Capacity SSD & 60 TB of NL-SAS drives capacity for
application storage.
Proposed array must be supplied with Thin
PS.TR.013 Thin Provisioning
provisioning for the configured capacity.
Should provide de-duplication functionalities for the
PS.TR.014 De-duplication
configured capacity.
Storage should support inbuilt automated tiering
feature that migrates the most frequently accessed
PS.TR.015 Tiering
data to the SSD/RAM. Necessary licenses for
configured capacity to be provided from day 1
Should be able to take "snapshots" of the stored
data. Offered Storage shall have support to make
PS.TR.016 Snapshots
the snapshot in scheduled or auto snaps. Snapshot
should support both block and file.
The storage array must have the capability to do
PS.TR.017 Replication
remote replication using IP technology.
All the necessary software and licenses to configure
and manage the storage space, RAID configuration,
PS.TR.018 Software Licenses logical drives allocation, snapshots, compression,
de-dup, replication, auto-tiering for the configured
capacity to be provided from day 1
Should support the functionality of monitoring of
PS.TR.019 Monitoring Disk drive and Storage system for all possible hard
or soft failure.
7.6.2 SAN Switch

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Specification
Requirement
The fibre switch should be quoted with minimum 48
Converge/ Unified
SAN.TR.001 FC ports of 16Gbps speed with all supported
Storage
Licenses from day one.
SAN.TR.002 Protocols The switch should have support for 8/16 Gbps HBA
The switch should have auto sensing, Zoning,
SAN.TR.003 Controllers Integrated Ethernet and Serial Port for
communication.
Switch should be rack mountable 1U size and should
SAN.TR.004 Operating System
be supplied with mounting kit.
The switch should be equipped with redundant hot
swap power supply and Fan and allow hot swap
SAN.TR.005 Cache Memory
ability without resetting the switch, or affecting the
operations of the switch
SAN.TR.006 Host The switch should be backward compatible
The switch should be capable for Non-disruptive
SAN.TR.007 Connectivity firmware /microcode upgrade and hot code
activation.

244 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Specification
Requirement
The switch should be capable of End to end
SAN.TR.008 RAID Supports
performance monitoring
The switch should have Support for POST & online
SAN.TR.009 Redundancy /offline diagnostics , non-disruptive daemon restart
FC ping and path info(FC trace route)
The switch should be capable to interface with host
SAN.TR.010 Disk Drive Support based adapters (HBA) of multiple OEM, supporting
multiple Operating Systems
The switch should have following Zoning and
SAN.TR.011 Global Hot Spare
security features -
a. Support for hardware and software zoning and
SAN.TR.012 Capacity
ACL
b. Policy based security and centralized fabric
SAN.TR.013 Thin Provisioning
management.
SAN.TR.014 De-duplication c. Support for secure access.
SAN.TR.015 Tiering d. Support for FC based authentication.
SAN.TR.016 Snapshots e. Support for RADIUS, SSH, SNMP
SAN.TR.017 Replication f. Support for port binding.
SAN.TR.018 Software Licenses g. Support for port masking.
h. Support for Hardware based Inter Switch linking
SAN.TR.019 Monitoring
/ trunking.
i. Support for dynamic Load balancing of links with
SAN.TR.020
no overhead.
Support for web based management and should also
support CLI. Switch shall support alert based on
SAN.TR.021
threshold value for temperature, fan status, power
supply status and port status.
The switch shall support different port type such as
FL port, F port ,M port(mirror port), and E port ; self-
SAN.TR.022 discovery based on switch type ( U port ); optional
port type control in access gateway mode F port and
NPIV-Enabled N port.
All relevant licenses for all the above features and
SAN.TR.023
scale should be quoted along with switch

7.6.3 Unified storage with SAN Switch (125TB for Video and Application Data)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The fiber switch should be quoted with minimum 48 FC ports of 16Gbps
SNS.TR.01
speed each with all supported Licenses from day one.
SNS.TR.02 The switch should have support for 8/16 Gbps HBA
The switch should have auto sensing, Zoning, Integrated Ethernet and
SNS.TR.03
Serial Port for communication.
Switch should be rack mountable 1U size and should be supplied with
SNS.TR.04
mounting kit.
The switch should be equipped with redundant hot swap power supply
SNS.TR.05 and Fan and allow hot swap ability without resetting the switch, or
affecting the operations of the switch
245 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

SNS.TR.06 The switch should be backward compatible
The switch should be capable for Non-disruptive firmware /microcode
SNS.TR.07
upgrade and hot code activation.
SNS.TR.08 The switch should be capable of End to end performance monitoring
The switch should have Support for POST & online /offline diagnostics ,
SNS.TR.09
non-disruptive daemon restart FC ping and path info(FC trace route)
The switch should be capable to interface with host based adapters
SNS.TR.10
(HBA) of multiple OEM, supporting multiple Operating Systems
SNS.TR.11 The switch should have following Zoning and security features -
SNS.TR.12 a. Support for hardware and software zoning and ACL
SNS.TR.13 b. Policy based security and centralized fabric management.
SNS.TR.14 c. Support for secure access.
SNS.TR.15 d. Support for FC based authentication.
SNS.TR.16 e. Support for RADIUS, SSH, SNMP
SNS.TR.17 f. S support for port binding.
SNS.TR.18 g. Support for port masking.
SNS.TR.19 h. Support for Hardware based Inter Switch linking / trunking.
SNS.TR.20 i. Support for dynamic Load balancing of links with no overhead.
Support for web based management and should also support CLI. Switch
SNS.TR.21 shall support alert based on threshold value for temperature, fan status,
power supply status and port status.
The switch shall support different port type such as FL port, F port ,M
port(mirror port), and E port ; self-discovery based on switch type ( U
SNS.TR.22
port ); optional port type control in access gateway mode F port and
NPIV-Enabled N port.
All relevant licenses for all the above features and scale should be
SNS.TR.23
quoted along with switch

7.6.4 Blade Servers (Web, Application, Database, Platform Solutions etc.)

Nature of
S. No. Specification
Requirement
Each blade shall have two numbers of latest Intel
Xeon Scalable Processors (Intel® Xeon® 6000
BLD.TR.
CPU processor family or higher) with Min. 18 cores per
01
processor each having Min. 2.3 GHz processor
speed.
BLD.TR.
Motherboard Intel chipset compatible with the offered processors.
02
Min. 24 DIMM slots, should be provided with 256 GB
BLD.TR.
Memory RAM using DDR4 DIMM's operating at 2666 MT/s
03
(depending on processor model)
BLD.TR. Advanced ECC with multi-bit error protection, online
Memory Protection
04 mirror memory
BLD.TR. Hard disk drive with
2*400 GB 3X DWPD SSD drives
05 carrier
BLD.TR.
Storage Controller SAS Raid Controller with RAID 0/1
06

246 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Specification
Requirement
The server should provide a minimum of 40 Gbps of
BLD.TR.
Networking features bandwidth with Converged network adapter ports
07
across two or more cards.
BLD.TR. Minimum of 1* internal USB 3.0 port ,1* internal SD
Interfaces
08 card slot
BLD.TR. Minimum of 2 Nos of PCIe 3.0 based mezzanine slots
Bus Slots
09 supporting Converged Ethernet adapters
BLD.TR. The blades to be provided with port level & card level
Redundancy
10 redundancy
Microsoft Windows Server,
BLD.TR. Operating System and Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL),
11 Virtualization Support VMware,
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES)
BLD.TR.
Warranty 5 year OEM Warranty
12
7.6.5 Rack - 42 U with necessary cabling

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

RK.TR.01 42U (600x1000)
RK.TR.02 Aluminium
RK.TR.03 Provision for heat dissipation for side-to-side and Front-to-Back units
RK.TR.04 Top and Bottom gland cable Entry trays with brush
RK.TR.05 Full Side Panels for both sides
RK.TR.06 Front door with latch and ventilation holes.
RK.TR.07 Back door with latch and ventilation holes.
RK.TR.08 2* Dual 32 A PDU
RK.TR.09 2* 16 receptacle Power Connectors each connected to separate PDUs
RK.TR.10 Keyboard Drawer, 2x fixed tray
RK.TR.11 Nuts and washers for mounting equipment and slides.
RK.TR.12 Adequate cable manager for units
RK.TR.13 4 * Depth Support channels
7.6.6 Blade Chassis with Switch and virtual KVM

S. No. Nature of Requirement Specification

OEM of the proposed solution should be
listed in Leaders/Challengers Quadrant of
Gartner's latest report for modular servers
Blade chassis shall be 19" Electronic
Industries Alliance Standard Width rack
mountable and provide appropriate rack
BLC.TR.01 Enclosure
mount kit
The enclosure Should support full
height/width and half height/width blades
in the same enclosure, occupying a max of
10U rack height, it should support
minimum 8 blade servers

247 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of Requirement Specification

The enclosure should be populated fully
with power supplies of the highest capacity
& energy efficiency of platinum rating.
The power subsystem should support N +
Power
N, N+1 power redundancy (where N is
greater than 1) for a fully populated chassis
with all servers configured with the highest
CPU configuration ( 150 W and above),
Each blade enclosure should have a cooling
subsystem consisting of redundant hot
Cooling pluggable fans or blowers enabled with
technologies for improved power
consumption and acoustics
Enclosure should support all Intel Xeon
Scalable processors based 2 CPU and 4
CPU blades
Should support built-in management
BLC.TR.02 Blade Support
software in redundancy
Should provide single management
console for all the blade servers across
multiple chassis.
The chassis should be provided with
redundant modules for connectivity
Chassis should have sufficient number of
redundant 40gb based converged modules
to provide a minimum FCOE uplink
bandwidth of 20Gbps per blade server and
10Gbps sustained per blade server ( with 1
module failure)for a fully populated chassis
for converged Traffic.
Chassis should support aggregation of
BLC.TR.03 Converged Module multiple enclosures to consolidate data
centre network connections, reduce
hardware and to scale network bandwidth
across multiple enclosures (minimum 4
enclosures). All the modules/switches for
chassis interconnectivity should be in
redundancy.
The chassis aggregation switch should
provide a Minimum of 6*10 Gb Ethernet &
6*16 GB FC uplinks per switch should be
provided for external connectivity
Blade chassis management solution may be
provided internal / external to the chassis
and must provide single console for
BLC.TR.04 Chassis Management software managing minimum up to 4 chassis for all
associated components like Blade Servers,
raid settings, NIC/HBA cards, IO Modules,
Power supplies, Fans. Licenses to support

248 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of Requirement Specification

the features to be supplied for fully
populated chassis.
Centralized Redundant Management
solution should be provided so that
management of all blade servers across
multiple chassis within Data Centre can be
done from single console If required the
management of rack servers should be
possible from same console. If the
management system runs as a virtual
machine , then all hardware and software
licenses to enable this should be included
Should support auto-discovery of
resources within an enclosure and on
multiple connected enclosures.
Solution should support templates to
quickly make changes to the infrastructure.
the server BIOS version, MAC ID, NIC
firmware version, WWPN , FC-HBA
firmware version , Adapter QoS ,
Management module firmware version,
UUIDs , Server Boot Policies, KVM IP etc.
of the infrastructure required for workload
The management software should be used
to create resource pools and have the
blade resources assigned to the respective
resource pools & re-assign resources to
effectively utilize infrastructure
Role Based Access Control with at least 6
users to define roles and privileges and
remote management capabilities including
remote KVM should be included
BLC.TR.05 Warranty 5 year OEM Warranty

7.6.7 Internet Router

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
The router shall facilitate all applications like
voice, video and data to run over a converged
IP infrastructure along with hardware assisted
IPSEC & Network Address Translation (NAT),
capability. The router shall also support hitless
IR.TR.01 Architecture
interface protection, In-band and out-band
management, Software rollback feature,
Graceful Restart, non-stop routing for OSPF,
BGP, LDP, MP-BGP etc. The platform shall have
modular software that shall run service &

249 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
features as processes having full isolation from
each other.
The router shall support following interface:
Gigabit Ethernet, Channelized STM1, STM1,
IR.TR.02
STM16, STM64, 10G Ethernet, POS, V.35
Serial Ports, E1, Chn E1, E3 Ports.
Backplane Architecture: The back plane
architecture of the router must be modular and
redundant.
The routing aggregate throughput should be at
least 5 Gbps which can scale up to 20 Gbps to
meet future requirement without changing the
IR.TR.03 hardware.
Should support minimum 8Mpps and scalable
up to 15 Mpps of forwarding performance
Router should have at least on-board/inbuilt 8
GB DRAM on RP to handle routing and other
processes. It should also support 1GB flash
memory for configuration & OS backup.
-The Router should have individual dedicated
control plane processor and data plane
processor module. Data plane Processor
module should be independent of the control
plane Processor. Control plane Processor
Performance should have support for internal memory to
support multiple software images for backup
purposes and future scalability.
IR.TR.04
-The router processor architecture must be
multi-processor based and should support
hardware accelerated, parallelized and
programmable IP forwarding and switching.
-The proposed router shall support 2M NAT 44
sessions and 2M NAT64 Stateful sessions
-The proposed router shall support minimum
2000 VRFs
-The router shall support the IPv4 and IPv6
DUAL-stack in hardware and software.
-The router shall support minimum 1M IPv4 &
IPv6 routes from day one (1) & scalable to
IR.TR.05
minimum 3MN IPv4 & IPv6 unicast routes in FIB
in future
-Shall have 18 K Multicast routes & 1000 IGMP
groups.
The router shall have RIPv1, RIPv2, RIPng,
BGP, OSPFv2 & v3, Policy Based Routing for
both IPv4 & IPv6, IP Multicast Routing Protocols
IR.TR.06 Protocol Support
to facilitate applications such as streaming,
webcast, command & control including PIM SM,
PIM SSM, GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation).
250 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
The router should have support for 4,000
IR.TR.07
IPSEC tunnels and 1000 tunnels of GRE.
Router shall support following MPLS features –
LDP, Layer 2 VPN such as EoMPLS or
IR.TR.08 equivalent with LDP signaling, Route Reflector
(RR), Traffic Engineering with RSVP-TE, Fast
Reroute Link Node & Path protection enabled.
The router shall support QoS policy in the
router shall support dual Strict Priority Queue
or Low Latency Queue per policy so that voice
and video traffic can be put in different queue.
IR.TR.09
It also should have hierarchical QOS (Inbound
and Outbound) to ensure bandwidth allocation
for all type of traffic during congestion and non-
congestion scenario.
QoS Features
The router shall perform traffic Classification
using various parameters like source physical
interfaces, source/destination IP subnet,
protocol types (IP/TCP/UDP),
IR.TR.10
source/destination ports, IP Precedence,
802.1p, DSCP and by some well-known
application types through Application
Recognition techniques.
The router shall support for hardware enabled
Network Address Translation (NAT) and Port
IR.TR.11 Address Translation (PAT). The router shall
support NAT6to4 function & vrf-aware NAT
function.
The router shall meet the following
IR.TR.12
requirements for security: Access
Control List to filter traffic based on Source &
Destination IP Subnet, Source & Destination
Port, Protocol Type (IP, UDP, TCP, ICMP etc)
IR.TR.13
and Port Range etc. Router shall support deep
and Stateful packet inspection to recognize a
Security Feature
wide variety of applications
The router shall support firewall service with
Stateful firewall & zone based firewall
protection. The firewall performance shall be at
IR.TR.14
least 2 Gbps (Internal/External). In case of
external firewall, bidder shall propose the
firewall with necessary interfaces.
Router shall support IPsec (Internal/external)
with at least 2 Gbps of IPSEC throughput and
IR.TR.15 VRF aware IPsec. If it is external box then
hardware should be provided along with the
router.
The router shall support management through
IR.TR.16 Management
SNMPv1/v2/v3, support RADIUS and TACACS.
251 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
The router shall role based access to the system
for configuration and monitoring & deep and
Stateful packet inspection to recognize a wide
variety of applications The router shall be
provided with IETF standards based feature so
that granular traffic analysis can be performed
for advanced auditing, usage analysis, capacity
planning or generating security telemetry
events, also the router shall have SLA
monitoring tools to measure state of the
network in real time. The SLA Operations shall
provide information on TCP/UDP delay, jitter,
application response time, Packet Loss etc.
Router shall be provided with 6 x 1 GE port with
Interface
IR.TR.17 2xSM & 4x1G copper transceivers & two 10G
Requirements:
SR based Port
Compliance/ The proposed router shall be IPv6 Phase 2
IR.TR.18
Certifications certified by accredited lab of IPv6 Ready forum.
The Router shall be minimum EAL2 / Applicable
Compliance/
IR.TR.19 Protection Profile (NDPP) certified under the
Certifications
Common Criteria Evaluation Program.
7.6.8 Core Router

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
Router should have redundant controller cards
(redundant control & data plane) and should
CR.TR.01 Architecture support Stateful switchover, non-stop
forwarding, Non-stop routing and Graceful
restart.
Router should be CE2.0/MEF14.0 certified
Router shall support MEF for Ethernet based
services like PW, VPLS or ATOM.
Router shall support sync any configurations
from previous modules to new modules with
CR.TR.02 hot-swap event occurred
The router shall support following type of
interfaces – 10GE, 1GE interfaces and 10G.
All the Ports and card on Router should be hot
swappable and field replacement of port or card
should not bring down the chassis.
Router shall support minimum non-blocking
capacity of 40 Gbps with scalability of up to
60Gbps without changing the hardware
CR.TR.03 Performance Router shall support 60 Mpps forwarding
performance for IPv4 & IPv6 performance
Router shall support 16000 Mac addresses
Router shall support 18000 IPv4 routes

252 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
router shall support 4000 queues and 128
MPLS VPN's
Router shall support aggregation of links.
Minimum 8 links should be supported as part of
single aggregation
Router shall support IPSLA or equivalent and
Y.1731 for performance monitoring
Router should support Redundant Power
Supply and should also support Online insertion
and removal of same.
Fan tray should be hot-swappable and should be
a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU). The node can
run indefinitely with a single fan failure. Shall
CR.TR.04 High Availability Support hot-swappable for all modules. And
secure normal operations when hot-swap event
occurred
Router shall support MPLS-TE with FRR for sub
50 msec protection.
Router must support Traffic Engineering for
node and link protection.
Router shall support IPV4 and IPV6, IGMP
V2/V3, MLD, IGMP and PIM, 6PE and 6VPE
mode for IPV6 transport over IPV4, ECMP, LDP,
BGP Prefix independent control (EDGE and
Core) for IPV4 and IPV6, BGP, ISIS, OSPFv2 and
V3, RSVP, VRRP and Traffic Engineering
Router should support high availability for all
BFD, BGP, OSPF and IS-IS and no packet loss
CR.TR.05 Protocol Support
during controller switch over.
Router should support RFC 3107 of Carrying
Label Information in BGP-4
The Router should support Point to Point and
Point to Multipoint LSP for Unicast and
Multicast traffic.
Router shall support layer3 and layer2 MPLS
VPN.
Router shall support HQOS on all kind of
interface in both ingress and egress direction.
Similar QOS shall be supported for all type of
interface including Bundled interfaces.
Shall support Ingress classification, marking
and policing on physical interfaces and logical
CR.TR.06 QoS Features
interfaces using source/destination IP subnet,
protocol types
(IP/TCP/UDP),source/destination ports, IP
Precedence, MPLS EXP, DSCP,802.1p
Shall support Strict Priority Queuing or Low
Latency Queuing to support real-time

253 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
application like Voice and Video with minimum
delay and jitter.
Congestion Management: WRED, Priority
queuing, Class-based weighted fair queuing
Support Access Control List to filter traffic
based on Source & Destination IP Subnet,
Source& Destination Port, Protocol Type (IP,
Security &
CR.TR.07 UDP, TCP, ICMP etc.) and Port Range etc.
Management
Should Support per-user Authentication,
Authorization, and Accounting through RADIUS
or TACACS and SNMPv1/v2/V3
Operating
0ºC to 40ºC operating temperature and 10 to
CR.TR.08 Environmental
90%, non-condensing
Requirements
The proposed router should be provided with
the following interfaces from day1: -
4x10G with 2 x multimode transceiver
CR.TR.09 Interface
4x1G SFP port with 2x1G single mode
transceiver
4x 10/100/1000base-T Ethernet Ports.
The proposed router should be EAL2/ NDPP
Certifications/ OEM
CR.TR.10 certified by common Criteria body at the time
Criteria
of delivery.

7.6.9 Spine Switch

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

General Requirement
The core/spine layer switches should have hardware level redundancy
SS.TR.01 (1+1) in terms of data plane and control plane. Issues with any of the
plane should not impact the functioning of the switch.
The switch should have redundant CPUs working in active-active or
SS.TR.02 active-standby mode. CPU fail over/change over should not
disrupt/impact/degrade the functioning the switch.
The Switch should support non-blocking Layer 2 switching and Layer 3
SS.TR.03 routing. Switch with different modules should function line rate and
should not have any port with oversubscription ratio applied
Switch should support in line hot insertion and removal of different parts
like modules/power supplies/fan tray etc. This should not require
SS.TR.04
rebooting of the switch or create disruption in the working/functionality
of the switch
SS.TR.05 Switch should support the complete STACK of IP V4 and IP V6 services.
SS.TR.06 Switch and optics must be from the same OEM
Switch should support non-blocking, wire speed performance per line
SS.TR.07
card
OEM should be rated as a leader/challengers in latest Gartner Magic
SS.TR.08
Quadrant report for DC Switching
Hardware and Interface Requirement
254 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

SS.TR.09 Switch should have the following interfaces:
a. Minimum 32 nos. of line rate and Non - Blocking 40/100G ports
SS.TR.10
populated with 8x40G Bidi transceivers from day one
Switch should have adequate power supplies for the complete system
SS.TR.11
usage , providing N+1 redundancy
Switch should support for different logical interface types like loopback,
SS.TR.12 VLAN, SVI, Port Channel, multi chassis port channel/Link Aggregation
Group (LAG) etc
Switch should support IEEE Link Aggregation and Ethernet Bonding
SS.TR.13
functionality to group multiple ports for redundancy
Performance Requirement
SS.TR.14 The switch should support 1 million IPv4 routes or above
The switch should support hardware based load balancing at wire speed
SS.TR.15
using LACP and multi chassis ether channel/LAG
SS.TR.16 Switch should support minimum 1000 VRF instances
Switch should support total aggregate minimum 28 Tbps minimum of
SS.TR.17
switching capacity considering future scalability
Virtualization Features
Switch should support Network Virtualization using Virtual Over Lay
SS.TR.18
Network using VXLAN (RFC 7348)/NVGRE as per RFC 2890
SS.TR.19 Switch should support VXLAN (RFC7348) and EVPN control plane
SS.TR.20 Switch should support Open Flow/Open Day light/Open Stack controller
Switch should support multi OEM hypervisor environment and should be
SS.TR.21
able to sense movement of VM and configure network automatically
Switch must support VXLAN Switching/Bridging and VXLAN Routing
SS.TR.22
without any performance degradation
Layer2 Features
SS.TR.23 Switch should support minimum 92,000 no. of MAC addresses
Switch should support Jumbo Frames up to 9K Bytes on 40G/100G
SS.TR.24
Ports
Support for broadcast, multicast and unknown unicast storm control to
SS.TR.25 prevent degradation of switch performance from storm due to network
attacks and vulnerabilities
Layer3 Features
SS.TR.26 Switch should support Policy based and segment routing
SS.TR.27 Switch should provide multicast traffic reachable using:
SS.TR.28 a. PIM-SM
SS.TR.29 b. PIM-SSM
SS.TR.30 c. Bi-Directional PIM
SS.TR.31 d. Support RFC 3618 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)
SS.TR.32 e. IGMP V.1, V.2 and V.3
SS.TR.33 Switch should support Multicast routing
Availability
SS.TR.34 Switch should support for BFD For Fast Failure Detection
Quality of Service
SS.TR.35 Switch should have a minimum buffer of 80 Mb
Security
Switch should support for Role Based access control (RBAC) for
SS.TR.36
restricting host level network access as per policy defined
255 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

SS.TR.37 Switch should support for external database for AAA using:
SS.TR.38 a. TACACS+
SS.TR.39 b. RADIUS
SS.TR.40 Should support Standard & Extended ACLs
SS.TR.41 Switch should support MAC ACLs
Manageability
Switch should support for predefined and customized execution of script
SS.TR.42 for device mange for automatic and scheduled system status update for
monitoring and management
Switch should provide different privilege for login in to the system for
SS.TR.43
monitoring and management
Switch should support Real time Packet Capture using Wireshark in real
SS.TR.44
time for traffic analysis and fault finding
All relevant licenses for all the above features and scale should be
SS.TR.45
quoted along with switch
7.6.10 Leaf (TOR) Switch

S.No. Minimum Requirement Specification

Solution Requirement
The Switch should support non-blocking Layer 2 switching and Layer 3
LS.TR.01
routing
There switch should not have any single point of failure like power
LS.TR.02
supplies and fans etc should have 1:1/N+1 level of redundancy
LS.TR.03 Switch and optics must be from the same OEM
Switch should support the complete STACK of IP V4 and IP V6
LS.TR.04
services.
Hardware and Interface Requirement
LS.TR.05 Switch should have the following interfaces:
LS.TR.06 a. 48 x 10G/25G Interface with 32x10G SR & 8x1G Transceiver
b. 6 x 40/100GbE QSFP ports populated with 2x40G bidi transceiver
LS.TR.07
for Spine connectivity; it should also support native 256 ports
Switch should support for different logical interface types like
LS.TR.08
loopback, VLAN, SVI, Port Channel, multi chassis port channel/LAG etc
Switch should support IEEE Link Aggregation and Ethernet Bonding
LS.TR.09
functionality to group multiple ports for redundancy
Performance Requirement
The switch should support 12,000 IPv4 and IPv6 routes entries in the
LS.TR.10
routing table including multicast routes
The switch should support hardware based load balancing at wire
LS.TR.11
speed using LACP and multi chassis ether channel/LAG
LS.TR.12 Switch should support minimum 3.6 Tbps of switching capacity
LS.TR.13 Switch should support minimum 1000 VRF instances
Each leaf should have connectivity to all spine switches over 40Gbps
LS.TR.14
minimum
Advance Features
Switch should support Network Virtualization using Virtual Over Lay
LS.TR.15
Network using VXLAN (RFC 7348)

256 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S.No. Minimum Requirement Specification

Switch should support VXLAN (RFC7348) and EVPN or equivalent for
LS.TR.16 supporting Spine - Leaf architecture to optimize the east - west traffic
flow inside the data center
Switch must support VXLAN Switching/Bridging and VXLAN Routing
LS.TR.17
without any performance degradation
Layer2 Features
LS.TR.18 Switch should support minimum 92,000 no. of MAC addresses
LS.TR.18 Switch should support Jumbo Frames up to 9K Bytes on all Ports
Support for broadcast, multicast and unknown unicast storm control to
LS.TR.19 prevent degradation of switch performance from storm due to network
attacks and vulnerabilities
Layer3 Features
LS.TR.20 Sw Switch should support Policy based & segment routing
LS.TR.21 Switch should provide multicast traffic reachable using:
LS.TR.22 a. PIM-SM
LS.TR.23 b. PIM-SSM
LS.TR.24 c. Bi-Directional PIM
LS.TR.25 d. Support RFC 3618 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)
LS.TR.26 e. IGMP V.1, V.2 and V.3
LS.TR.27 Switch should support Multicast routing
LS.TR.28 Switch should support for BFD For Fast Failure Detection
Quality of Service
Switch should support Flow control of Ethernet ports to control traffic
rates during congestion by allowing congested nodes to pause link
LS.TR.29
operation at the other end for receiving traffic as per IEEE 802.3x and
should have a minimum buffer of 40 Mb
Security
Switch should support control plane i.e. processor and memory
LS.TR.30 Protection from unnecessary or DoS traffic by control plane protection
policy
LS.TR.32 Switch should support for external database for AAA using:
LS.TR.33 a. TACACS+
LS.TR.34 b. RADIUS
Switch should support for Role Based access control (RBAC) for
LS.TR.35
restricting host level network access as per policy defined
Should support Standard & Extended ACLs; it should also support MAC
LS.TR.36
ACLs
Manageability
Switch should support for predefined and customized execution of
script
LS.TR.37 for device mange for automatic and scheduled system status update
for
monitoring and management
Switch should support Real time Packet Capture using Wireshark in real
LS.TR.38
time for traffic analysis and fault finding
OEM should be rated as a leader/challenger in latest Gartner Magic
LS.TR.39
Quadrant report for DC Switching
All relevant licenses for all the above features and scale should be
LS.TR.40
quoted along with switch

257 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.6.11 Internet Firewall

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Industry Certifications and Evaluations
The Firewall solution offered must be rated as ‘leaders’ or 'Challengers'
IF.TR.001 in the latest Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Firewall published by Gartner
from last 3 years
Hardware Architecture
The appliance based security platform should provide firewall, AVC, AMP
IF.TR.002
and IPS functionality in a single appliance from day one
The appliance should have atleast 8x1G Copper ports & 4 x10G ports
IF.TR.003 with multi-mode transceiver from day one and should be scalable to
additional 6 * 10G in future
The appliance hardware should be a multicore CPU architecture with a
IF.TR.004
hardened 64 bit operating system to support higher memory
Proposed Firewall should not be proprietary ASIC based in nature &
IF.TR.005 should be open architecture based on multi-core cpu's to protect & scale
against dynamic latest security threats.
Performance & Scalability
Should support 4 Gbps of NGFW / Threat Prevention (FW, AVC & IPS)
IF.TR.006
real-world / production performance
Firewall should support atleast 18,00,000 concurrent sessions with
IF.TR.007
application visibility turned on
Firewall should support atleast 25,000 connections per second with
IF.TR.008
application visibility turned on
Firewall should support Active-Standby, Active-Active high availability
deployment modes. When deployed in Active-Active it should increase
IF.TR.009
the overall throughput along with increase in number of connections and
connections per second
IF.TR.010 Firewall should have integrated redundant hot-swappable power supply
Firewall should have integrated redundant hot-swappable fan trays/
IF.TR.011
Modules
IF.TR.012 Firewall should not consume more than 1 RU of rack space
Firewall Features
Firewall should support creating access-rules with IPv4 & IPv6 objects,
IF.TR.013
user/groups, application, geolocation, url, zones, vlan, etc
Firewall should support manual NAT and Auto-NAT, static nat, dynamic
IF.TR.014
nat, dynamic pat
Firewall should support Nat66 (IPv6-to-IPv6), Nat 64 (IPv6-to-IPv4) &
IF.TR.015
Nat46 (IPv4-to-IPv6) functionality
IF.TR.016 Should support Static, RIP, OSPF, OSPFv3 and BGP, BGPv6
IF.TR.017 Should support Multicast protocols like IGMP, PIM, etc
Should support capability to integrate with other security solutions to
IF.TR.018
receive contextual information like security group tags/names
Should have the capability of passively gathering information about
virtual machine traffic, network hosts and their activities, such as
IF.TR.019 operating system, services, open ports, client applications, and
vulnerabilities, to assist with multiple activities, such as intrusion event
data correlation, elimination of false positives, and policy compliance.

258 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Solution must be capable of passively gathering details unique to mobile
IF.TR.020 devices traffic to identify a wide variety of mobile operating systems,
mobile applications and associated mobile device hardware.
Should support more than 3000 (excluding custom application
IF.TR.021 signatures) distinct application signature as application detection
mechanism to optimize security effectiveness
Should be capable of dynamically tuning IDS/IPS sensors (e.g., selecting
IF.TR.022 rules, configuring policies, updating policies, etc.) with minimal human
intervention.
Should support more than 25,000 (excluding custom signatures) IPS
IF.TR.023
signatures or more
Should be capable of supporting at least 60-70 number of URL filtering
IF.TR.024
categories with 200M URL categorized
Should be capable of automatically providing the appropriate inspections
IF.TR.025 and protections for traffic sent over non-standard communications
ports.
Should be able to link Active Directory and/or LDAP usernames to IP
IF.TR.026
addresses related to suspected security events.
IF.TR.027 Should be capable of detecting and blocking IPv6 attacks.
Should support the capability to quarantine end point by integrating with
IF.TR.028
other security solution like Network Admission Control
Solution should support full-featured NBA capability to detect threats
emerging from inside the network. This includes the ability to establish
IF.TR.029
“normal” traffic baselines through flow analysis techniques (e.g.,
NetFlow) and the ability to detect deviations from normal baselines.
The solution must provide IP reputation feed that comprised of several
IF.TR.030 regularly updated collections of poor reputation of IP addresses
determined by the proposed security vendor
Solution should support IP reputation intelligence feeds from third party
IF.TR.031
and custom lists of IP addresses including a global blacklist
Should support the capability of providing network-based detection of
malware by checking the disposition of unknown files using SHA-256 file-
IF.TR.032 hash or signature (update to be provided in 300 seconds) as they transit
the network and capability to do dynamic analysis on premise on
purpose built-appliance
Solution shall have capability to analyse and block TCP/UDP protocol to
identify attacks and malware communications. At minimum, the
IF.TR.033 following protocols are supported for real-time inspection, blocking and
control of download files: HTTP, SMTP, POP3, IMAP, NetBIOS-SSN and
FTP
Proposed solution shall have required subscription like Threat
IF.TR.034
Intelligence for proper functioning
Local Malware analysis/sandboxing appliance shall be capable
of executing MS Office Documents, Portable Documents, Archive
IF.TR.035
Files, Multimedia Files and executable binaries or more in a
virtual environment.
Local Malware analysis/sandboxing appliance shall have
IF.TR.036 integrated redundant power supply and minimum of 2 x 10 Gig
ports or more

259 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The Appliance OEM must have its own threat intelligence analysis center
IF.TR.037 and should use the global footprint of security deployments for more
comprehensive network protection.
The detection engine should support capability of detecting and
preventing a wide variety of threats (e.g., network
IF.TR.038
probes/reconnaissance, VoIP attacks, buffer overflows, P2P attacks,
etc.).
Should be able to identify attacks based on Geo-location and define
IF.TR.039
policy to block on the basis of Geo-location
The detection engine should support the capability of detecting variants
IF.TR.040
of known threats, as well as new threats
The detection engine must incorporate multiple approaches for
detecting threats, including at a minimum exploit-based signatures,
IF.TR.041
vulnerability-based rules, protocol anomaly detection, and behavioural
anomaly detection techniques. I
Should support Open based Application ID for access to community
IF.TR.042 resources and ability to easily customize security to address new and
specific threats and applications quickly
Management
The management platform must be accessible via a web-based interface
IF.TR.0043
and ideally with no need for additional client software
The management platform must be a dedicated OEM appliance and VM
IF.TR.044
running on server shall not be accepted
The management appliance should have 2 x 1G port and integrated
IF.TR.045
redundant power supply from day one
The management platform must be able to store record of 15000 user
IF.TR.046
or more
The management platform must provide a highly customizable
IF.TR.047
dashboard.
IF.TR.048 The management platform must domain multi-domain management
The management platform must provide centralized logging and
IF.TR.049
reporting functionality
The management platform must be capable of integrating third party
IF.TR.050 vulnerability information into threat policy adjustment routines and
automated tuning workflows
The management platform must be capable of role-based administration,
IF.TR.051 enabling different sets of views and configuration capabilities for
different administrators subsequent to their authentication.
Should support troubleshooting techniques like Packet tracer and
IF.TR.052
capture
IF.TR.053 Should support REST API for monitoring and config programmability
The management platform must provide multiple report output types or
IF.TR.054
formats, such as PDF, HTML, and CSV.
The management platform must support multiple mechanisms for
IF.TR.055
issuing alerts (e.g., SNMP, e-mail, SYSLOG).
The centralized management platform must not have any limit in terms
IF.TR.056
of handling logs per day

260 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The management platform must provide built-in robust reporting
IF.TR.057 capabilities, including a selection of pre-defined reports and the ability
for complete customization and generation of new reports.
The management platform support running on-demand and scheduled
IF.TR.058
reports
The management platform must risk reports like advanced malware,
IF.TR.059
attacks and network
The management platform must include an integration mechanism,
preferably in the form of open APIs and/or standard interfaces, to enable
IF.TR.060 events and log data to be shared with external network and security
management applications, such as Security Information and Event
Managers (SIEMs), and log management tools.
7.6.12 Internal Firewall

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Industry Certifications and Evaluations
The Firewall solution offered must be rated as ‘leaders’ or 'Challengers' in
ITF.TR.01 the latest Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Firewall published by Gartner
from last 3 years
Hardware Architecture
The appliance based security platform should provide firewall, AVC and
ITF.TR.02
IPS functionality in a single appliance from day one
The appliance should support atleast 6x1G Ethernet Ports & 4 x 10G ports
ITF.TR.03 with multi-mode transceiver from day one and should be scalable to
additional 6 x10G in future
The appliance hardware should be a multicore CPU architecture with a
ITF.TR.04
hardened 64 bit operating system to support higher memory
Proposed Firewall should not be proprietary ASIC based in nature & should
ITF.TR.05 be open architecture based on multi-core cpu's to protect & scale against
dynamic latest security threats.
Performance & Scalability
Should support 6 Gbps of NGFW / Threat Prevention (FW, AVC and IPS)
ITF.TR.06
real-world / production performance
Firewall should support atleast 25,00,000 concurrent sessions with
ITF.TR.07
application visibility turned on
Firewall should support atleast 35,000 connections per second with
ITF.TR.08
application visibility turned on
Firewall should support Active-Standby, Active-Active/Clustering high
availability deployment modes. When deployed in Active-
ITF.TR.09
Active/Clustering it should increase the overall throughput along with
increase in number of connections and connections per second
ITF.TR.10 Firewall should have integrated redundant hot-swappable power supply
Firewall should have integrated redundant hot-swappable fan tray /
ITF.TR.11
modules
ITF.TR.12 Firewall should not consume more than 1 RU of rack space
Firewall Features
Firewall should support creating access-rules with IPv4 & IPv6 objects,
ITF.TR.13
user/groups, application, geolocation, url, zones, vlan, etc

261 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Firewall should support manual NAT and Auto-NAT, static nat, dynamic
ITF.TR.14
nat, dynamic pat
Firewall should support Nat66 (IPv6-to-IPv6), Nat 64 (IPv6-to-IPv4) &
ITF.TR.15
Nat46 (IPv4-to-IPv6) functionality
ITF.TR.16 Should support Static, RIP, OSPF, OSPFv3 and BGP, BGPv6
ITF.TR.17 Should support Multicast protocols like IGMP, PIM, etc
Should support capability to integrate with other security solutions to
ITF.TR.18
receive contextual information like security group tags/names
Should have the capability of passively gathering information about
virtual machine traffic, network hosts and their activities, such as
ITF.TR.19 operating system, services, open ports, client applications, and
vulnerabilities, to assist with multiple activities, such as intrusion event
data correlation, elimination of false positives, and policy compliance.
Solution must be capable of passively gathering details unique to mobile
ITF.TR.20 devices traffic to identify a wide variety of mobile operating systems,
mobile applications and associated mobile device hardware.
Should support more than 3000 (excluding custom application
ITF.TR.21 signatures) distinct application signature as application detection
mechanism to optimize security effectiveness
Should be capable of dynamically tuning IDS/IPS sensors (e.g., selecting
ITF.TR.22 rules, configuring policies, updating policies, etc.) with minimal human
intervention.
Should support more than 25,000 (excluding custom signatures) IPS
ITF.TR.23
signatures or more
Should be capable of automatically providing the appropriate inspections
ITF.TR.24
and protections for traffic sent over non-standard communications ports.
Should be able to link Active Directory and/or LDAP usernames to IP
ITF.TR.25
addresses related to suspected security events.
ITF.TR.26 Should be capable of detecting and blocking IPv6 attacks.
Should support the capability to quarantine end point by integrating with
ITF.TR.27
other security solution like Network Admission Control
Solution should support full-featured NBA capability to detect threats
emerging from inside the network. This includes the ability to establish
ITF.TR.28
“normal” traffic baselines through flow analysis techniques (e.g.,
NetFlow) and the ability to detect deviations from normal baselines.
The solution must provide IP reputation feed that comprised of several
ITF.TR.29 regularly updated collections of poor reputation of IP addresses
determined by the proposed security vendor
Solution should support IP reputation intelligence feeds from third party
ITF.TR.30
and custom lists of IP addresses including a global blacklist
The Appliance OEM must have its own threat intelligence analysis center
ITF.TR.31 and should use the global footprint of security deployments for more
comprehensive network protection.
The detection engine should support capability of detecting and
preventing a wide variety of threats (e.g., network
ITF.TR.32
probes/reconnaissance, VoIP attacks, buffer overflows, P2P attacks,
etc.).
Should be able to identify attacks based on Geo-location and define policy
ITF.TR.33
to block on the basis of Geo-location

262 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The detection engine should support the capability of detecting variants
ITF.TR.34
of known threats, as well as new threats
The detection engine must incorporate multiple approaches for detecting
threats, including at a minimum exploit-based signatures, vulnerability-
ITF.TR.35
based rules, protocol anomaly detection, and behavioural anomaly
detection techniques. I
Should support Open based Application ID for access to community
ITF.TR.36 resources and ability to easily customize security to address new and
specific threats and applications quickly
Should support the capability of providing network-based detection of
malware by checking the disposition of unknown files using SHA-256 file-
ITF.TR.37 hash or signature (update to be provided in 300 seconds) as they transit
the network and capability to do dynamic analysis on premise on purpose
built-appliance
Solution shall have capability to analyze and block TCP/UDP protocol to
identify attacks and malware communications. At minimum, the following
ITF.TR.38
protocols are supported for real-time inspection, blocking and control of
download files: HTTP, SMTP, POP3, IMAP, NetBIOS-SSN and FTP
Proposed solution shall have required subscription like Threat Intelligence
ITF.TR.39
for proper functioning
Management
The management platform must be accessible via a web-based interface
ITF.TR.40
and ideally with no need for additional client software
The management platform must be a dedicated OEM appliance and VM
ITF.TR.41
running on server shall not be accepted
The management appliance should have 2 x 1G port and integrated
ITF.TR.42
redundant power supply from day one
The management platform must be able to store record of 15000 user or
ITF.TR.43
more
The management platform must provide a highly customizable
ITF.TR.44
dashboard.
ITF.TR.45 The management platform must domain multi-domain management
The management platform must provide centralized logging and
ITF.TR.46
reporting functionality
The management platform must be capable of integrating third party
ITF.TR.47 vulnerability information into threat policy adjustment routines and
automated tuning workflows
The management platform must be capable of role-based administration,
ITF.TR.48 enabling different sets of views and configuration capabilities for different
administrators subsequent to their authentication.
ITF.TR.49 Should support troubleshooting techniques like Packet tracer and capture
Should support REST API for monitoring and configuration
ITF.TR.50
programmability
The management platform must provide multiple report output types or
ITF.TR.51
formats, such as PDF, HTML, and CSV.
The management platform must support multiple mechanisms for issuing
ITF.TR.52
alerts (e.g., SNMP, e-mail, SYSLOG).
The centralized management platform must not have any limit in terms of
ITF.TR.53
handling logs per day

263 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The management platform must provide built-in robust reporting
ITF.TR.54 capabilities, including a selection of pre-defined reports and the ability for
complete customization and generation of new reports.
The management platform support running on-demand and scheduled
ITF.TR.55
reports
The management platform must risk reports like advanced malware,
ITF.TR.56
attacks and network
The management platform must include an integration mechanism,
preferably in the form of open APIs and/or standard interfaces, to enable
ITF.TR.57 events and log data to be shared with external network and security
management applications, such as Security Information and Event
Managers (SIEMs), and log management tools.

7.6.13 Web Security Appliance

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Proposed solution should be in Leader / Challenger quadrant of Gartner’s
WSA.TR.01
Web Security Gateway Magic Quadrant from last 3 years
The solution should be a hardened Web Proxy, Caching, Web based
WSA.TR.02 Reputation filtering, URL filtering, Antivirus and Anti-malware appliance. All
the functionalities should be in a single appliance only.
The appliance based Solution should be provided with hardened Operating
WSA.TR.03
System.
The underlying operating system and hardware should be capable of
WSA.TR.04 supporting with 1000 users with licenses and MSI should include 200 user
license from day one
The operating system should be secure from vulnerabilities and hardened
WSA.TR.05
for web proxy and caching functionality.
The solution should allow to deploy the appliance in explicit proxy as well as
WSA.TR.06
transparent mode together.
The solution should support proxy configuration in a Chain. The Lower end
WSA.TR.07 proxies at spoke locations should be able to forward the request to an
Higher end proxies at Hub Location forming a Chain of Proxies
The solution should support configuration to use Split DNS. It should be able
WSA.TR.08 to refer to different DNS for Different Domains e.g. (root dns for all external
domains and internal DNS for organization domain
The solution should have facility to do IP spoofing. When enabled, requests
originating from a client should retain the client’s source address and
WSA.TR.09 appear to originate from the client instead of the appliance. This is useful in
scenarios where policies are based on original IP and logging/reporting is
required to track activity of individual IP basis.
WSA.TR.10 Should support active/active High Availability mode
The proposed solution should be a Fast Web Proxy and should support
WSA.TR.11
HTTP, FTP and HTTPS proxy.
WSA.TR.12 The solution should support HTTPS decryption
The solution should support scanning of the https decrypted traffic by the
WSA.TR.13
on-board anti-malware and/or anti-virus engines.

264 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The solution should provide the flexibility of deciding whether to decrypt
WSA.TR.14 https traffic or not to the solution administrator. The solution should offer
three aspects to decide. These are:
WSA.TR.15 1) URL category based decryption
WSA.TR.16 2) Web Reputation based decryption
WSA.TR.17 3) Default action for the specific policy
HTTPS decryption should provide flexibility to have multiple decryption
WSA.TR.18
policies and should not be just a Global action
Should support the functionality to block applications that attempts to
WSA.TR.19
tunnel non-HTTP traffic on ports typically used for HTTP traffic.
Should support the functionality for blocking non-SSL traffic on SSL ports
WSA.TR.20
& should also support the functionality to tunnel the transaction.
The solution should act as an FTP proxy and enable organizations to
WSA.TR.21
exercise
WSA.TR.22 granular control, including: allow/block FTP connections,
WSA.TR.23 Restrict users/groups, control uploads/downloads, and
WSA.TR.24 Restrict sent/received files to certain types or sizes.
The solution should be capable of blocking specific files downloads and
WSA.TR.25 based on size and per user group basis. It should also provide option to block
object using MIME File types.
The solution should allow administrator to define access to internet based
on IP addresses, range of IP addresses, subnet and CIDR basis. It should
WSA.TR.26
also support to be forced for Authentication from Specific IP addresses,
Subnet or CIDR's
The solution should support Multiple Auth Servers / Auth Failover using
WSA.TR.27 Multi Scheme Auth (NTLM and LDAP). It should also support authentication
exemption.
The solution should support granular application control over web eg.
WSA.TR.28 Facebook controls like block file upload, block posting text, enforcing
bandwidth limits on application types.
Should support detection of Phone Home attempts occurring from the
entire Network. It should also detect the PC's that are already infected with
WSA.TR.29
Malware in the Network across all network ports that attempts to bypass
port 80.
The solution should support providing bandwidth limit/cap for streaming
WSA.TR.30 media application traffic. This should be possible at the Global level as well
as at a per policy level.
The appliance should have support for at least 2 industry known Anti
Malware/Anti-Virus engine that can scan HTTP, HTTPS and FTP traffic for
web based threats, that can range from adware, browser hijackers, phishing
WSA.TR.31
and pharming attacks to more malicious threats such as rootkits, Trojans,
worms, system monitors and Key loggers and as defined by the
organizations policy. Please mention the antimalware engine.
With dual AV/Anti-Malware engine scanning when a URL causes different
WSA.TR.32 verdicts from the scanning engine the appliance should perform the most
restrictive action.
The dual AV/Malware engines should protect at least against the follow
WSA.TR.33 types of malware/threats: Adware, Browser Helper Object, Commercial
system monitor software’s, Dialer, Generic spyware, Hijacker, Phishing

265 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

URL, potentially unwanted applications, Trojan downloader, virus, worm
etc.
The solution should provide Web Reputation Filters that examine every
WSA.TR.34
request made by the browser (from
the initial HTML request to all subsequent data requests) – including live
WSA.TR.35 data, which may be fed from different domains to assign a web based score
to determine the likelihood that it contains url-based malware.
The Web Reputation Filters should have capability to analyze more than 100
WSA.TR.36
different web traffic
Network-related parameters to accurately evaluate the trustworthiness of
WSA.TR.37
a URL or IP address.
Solution should also support in participating by providing information to the
WSA.TR.38
cloud based servers to increase the efficacy & reputation based scoring.
The Appliance should have customizable setting in the Web Based
WSA.TR.39 Reputation Services, like Allow, Scan and Block based on the scoring
settings by the Administrator.
WSA.TR.40 The solution should scan for Incoming and outgoing traffic.
The solution shall provide option to scan all ports at wire speed, detecting
and blocking spyware activity trying to connect to the outside Internet. By
WSA.TR.41
tracking all 65,535 network ports and all protocols, the solution shall
effectively mitigate malware that attempts to bypass Port 80
The solution should have an inbuilt URL filtering functionality with multiple
WSA.TR.42
pre-defined categories.
The solution should support creation of custom URL categories for
WSA.TR.43
allowing/blocking specific destinations as required by the Organization.
The web Proxy should support following actions like allow, monitor, block,
WSA.TR.44 time-based access. Should also support displaying a warning page but
allows the user to continue clicking a hypertext link in the warning page.
Provision should be available to enable Real Time Dynamic categorization
WSA.TR.45 that shall classify in real time in case the URL the user is visiting is not
already under the pre-defined or custom categories database.
The solution should have facility for End User to report Mis-categorization
WSA.TR.46
in URL Category.
Support portal should give facility to end user to check URL category and
WSA.TR.47
submit new URL for categorization
WSA.TR.48 Solution should support filtering adult content from web searches &
websites on search engines like google.
The solution should support signature based application control. For
instance, it should allow Facebook but should support blocking of only chat
or file transfer or playing games within Facebook. This blocking should be
WSA.TR.49 based on signature and not URL. The application signature database should
be updated periodically by the vendor. Mention the number of signatures
available in the current release or mention the number of web based
applications that can be blocked by the current signature set.
WSA.TR.50 Solution should support following end user notification functionalities.
The proxy should support the functionality to display a custom message to
WSA.TR.51
the end user to specify the reason the web request is blocked.

266 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

When the website is blocked due to suspected malware or URL-Filters it
WSA.TR.52 should allow the end user to report that the webpage has been wrongly
misclassified.
The solution should support the functionality of redirecting all notification
WSA.TR.53 pages to a custom URL to display a different block page for different
reasons.
Should support the functionality to force users to explicitly agree to the
terms and conditions for browsing the World Wide Web from the
WSA.TR.54
organization’s network to let the user know that the Organization is
monitoring their web activity.
The remote support from principal company should be available via India
WSA.TR.55 Toll Free and Email. The Support Portal access should be provided for Case
management, knowledgebase, new version information, tools etc.
The Support Engineers should be able to login to appliance using secure
WSA.TR.56
tunnelling methods such as SSH for troubleshooting purposes
The appliance should have diagnostic network utilities like telnet, trace
WSA.TR.57
route, nslookup and tcpdump/packet capture.
WSA.TR.58 The appliance should provide seamless version upgrades and updates.
Appliance should support a web interface that includes a tool that traces &
can simulate client requests as if they were made by the end users and
WSA.TR.59
describes Web Proxy processes the request for troubleshooting purpose. It
should support simulating HTTP GET & POST requests.
WSA.TR.60 The appliance should be manageable via HTTP or HTTPS
WSA.TR.61 The appliance should be manageable via command line using SSH
WSA.TR.62 For emergency, the appliance should have serial console access
WSA.TR.63 Should have provision for separate Ethernet for managing the appliance
The Proxy Log should be scalable. The log formats shall include Apache,
WSA.TR.64
Squid and W3C.
Solution should support automatic “rollover” & archive the log file when it
WSA.TR.64 reaches admin defined maximum file-size or time interval like daily/weekly
rollover of logs.
Should support compressing rolled over log files before storing them on disk
WSA.TR.66
to reduce disk space consumption.
WSA.TR.67 The appliance should support following mechanism to transfer log files:
Should support remote FTP client to access the appliance to retrieve log
WSA.TR.68
files using an admin or operator user’s username and password.
WSA.TR.69 Periodically pushing log files to an FTP server
Periodically pushes log files using the secure copy protocol to an SCP server
WSA.TR.70
on a remote computer
WSA.TR.71 Sending logs to a remote syslog server confirming to RFC 3164.
The retention period should be customizable. Options should be provided to
WSA.TR.72
transfer the logs to an FTP server using FTP or SCP.
Informative and exhaustive set of reports on User Activity and URL filtering
WSA.TR.73 activities (GUI to report past activity, top usage users and top malware
threat)
WSA.TR.74 Reports on Bandwidth Consumed / Bandwidth Saved
Product to maintain detailed proxy access logs that can be searched via
WSA.TR.75 filters, for easy location of any desired access of the user and to see how
the product dealt with it

267 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

WSA.TR.76 Solution should also support centralized reporting.
Detailed report on an IP basis should be provided on the L4 traffic
WSA.TR.77
monitoring / Network Layer Malware Detection.
It should support reporting web requests blocked due to web reputation &
WSA.TR.78
blocked by malware
Solution should support generating a printer-friendly formatted pdf version
WSA.TR.79 of any of the report pages. Should also support exporting reports as CSV
files.
Solution should support to schedule reports to run on a daily, weekly, or
WSA.TR.80
monthly basis.
Should support system reports to show CPU usage, RAM usage, percentage
WSA.TR.81
of disk space used for reporting & logging.
Support should cover all upgrades for the time period the licenses and
WSA.TR.82
support purchased from principal vendor
WSA.TR.83 Should have the ability to proxy, monitor, and manage IPv6 traffic.

7.6.14 L3 Switch

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
24 or 48 (as per requirements) 10/100/1000 Base-
TX Ethernet ports/FX Ports (splits as needed) and
extra 2 numbers of Base-SX/LX ports
SWDC.REQ.001 Ports
All ports can auto-negotiate between 10Mbps/
100Mbps/ 1000Mbps, half-duplex or full duplex and
flow control for half-duplex ports
SWDC.REQ.002 Switch type Layer 3
SWDC.REQ.003 MAC Support 8K MAC address
56 Gbps or more switching fabric capacity for 24
ports
SWDC.REQ.004 Backplane
104 Gbps or more Switching fabric capacity for 48
ports
Packet Forwarding Rate should be 70.0 Mbps or
SWDC.REQ.005 Forwarding rate
better
Must support Port Mirroring, Port Trunking and
SWDC.REQ.006 Port Features
802.3ad LACP Link Aggregation port trunks
Support IEEE 802.3x flow control for full-duplex
SWDC.REQ.007 Flow Control
mode ports.
Support 802.1D, 802.1S, 802.1w, Rate limiting
Support 802.1X Security standards
SWDC.REQ.008 Protocols Support 802.1Q VLAN encapsulation, IGMP v1, v2
and v3 snooping
802.1p Priority Queues, port mirroring, DiffServ

268 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Support based on 802.1p priority bits with at least
8 queues
DHCP support & DHCP snooping/relay/optional 82/
server support
Shaped Round Robin (SRR) or WRR scheduling
support.
Support for IPV6 ready features with dual stack
Support up to 255 VLANs and up to 4K VLAN IDs
Support IGMP Snooping and IGMP Querying
Support Multicasting
Should support Loop protection and Loop detection,
Should support Ring protection
Support port security
Support 802.1x (Port based network access
control).
SWDC.REQ.009 Access Control
Support for MAC filtering.
Should support TACACS+ and RADIUS
authentication
Support 802.1Q Tagged VLAN and port based
VLANs and Private VLAN
SWDC.REQ.010 VLAN The switch must support dynamic VLAN
Registration or equivalent
Dynamic Trunking protocol or equivalent
Network Time Protocol or equivalent Simple
Network Time Protocol support
Protocol and Switch should support traffic segmentation
SWDC.REQ.011
Traffic Traffic classification should be based on user-
definable application types: TOS, DSCP, Port based,
TCP/UDP port number
Switch needs to have RS-232/USB console port for
management via a console terminal or PC
Must have support SNMP v1,v2 and v3
Should support 4 groups of RMON
SWDC.REQ.012 Management Should have accessibility using Telnet, SSH, Console
access, easier software upgrade through network
using TFTP etc. Configuration management through
CLI, GUI based software utility and using web
interface

269 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.6.15 24-Port PoE GE layer 2 Switch

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

General Hardware and Interface requirements
Switch should have minimum 24x10/100/1000Mbps PoE/PoE+ Ethernet
L2S.TR.01
Ports and 4x1G SFP uplink ports.
Switch shall support minimum 80 Gbps of stacking bandwidth and
L2S.TR.02
stacking port should be dedicate port not uplink port
L2S.TR.03 Switch should support Redundant Power supply (Internal/External)
L2S.TR.04 Stacking module should be hot-swappable.
Performance Requirements
Switch shall have minimum 216 Gbps of switching fabric and 70 Mpps of
L2S.TR.05
forwarding rate.
L2S.TR.06 Switch shall have minimum 16 K MAC Addresses.
L2S.TR.07 Switch shall have minimum 1K Active VLANs.
L2S.TR.08 Switch shall support minimum 1K IPv4 and IPv6 unicast routes.
L2S.TR.09 Switch shall support minimum 1K IPv4 and IPv6 multicast groups.
L2S.TR.10 Switch shall support minimum 500 IPv4 and IPv6 QoS and Security ACLs.
L2S.TR.11 Switch must have atleast 512 Mb RAM and 128Mb Flash memory
IEEE Standards
Should support IEEE Standards of Ethernet: IEEE 802.1D, 802.1s,
L2S.TR.12 802.1w, 802.1x, 802.3ad, 802.3x, 802.1p, 802.1Q, 802.3, 802.3u,
802.3ab, 802.3z.
Quality of Service (QoS) requirements
Switch shall have 802.1p class of service, IP differentiated service code
L2S.TR.13
point (DSCP) and cross stack QoS.
Switch shall have committed information rate, rate limiting and flow
L2S.TR.14
based rate limiting.
Switch shall have minimum 8 egress queues per port and strict priority
L2S.TR.15
queuing.
System Management and Administration
L2S.TR.16 Switch should support SSHv2, SNMPv2c, SNMPv3, NTPv3 and NTPv4.
L2S.TR.17 Switch should support AAA using RADIUS and TACACS+.
Switch should support port security, DHCP snooping, Dynamic ARP
L2S.TR.18 inspection, IP Source guard, BPDU Guard, Spanning tree root guard and
IPv6 First Hop Security.
L2S.TR.19 Switch should support software upgrades via TFTP or FTP.
Switch should support IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, VLAN, Port and Time based
L2S.TR.20
access list with time ranges.
Switch shall have Switch Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote Switch Port
L2S.TR.21
Analyzer (RSPAN).
Switch shall have Layer 2 trace route for ease of troubleshooting by
L2S.TR.22 identifying the physical path that a packet takes from source to
destination.
Switch shall have Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping
L2S.TR.23 for IPv4 and IPv6, MLD v1 and v2 Snooping and Multicast VLAN
Registration protocol.
L2S.TR.24 Switch shall have per port broadcast, multicast and unicast storm control.

270 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Switch shall have Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD),
L2S.TR.25 Aggressive UDLD, Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) and Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP).
Switch should be Software Defined Networking Ready with Open flow or
L2S.TR.26
similar protocol support
Regulatory Compliance
Switch shall conform to UL 60950 or IEC 60950 or CSA 60950 or EN
L2S.TR.27 60950 Standards for Safety requirements of Information Technology
Equipment.
Switch shall conform to EN 55022 Class A/B or CISPR22 Class A/B or CE
L2S.TR.28 Class A/B or FCC Class A/B Standards for EMC (Electro Magnetic
Compatibility) requirements.
Evaluation Compliance
L2S.TR.29 Switch should be IPv6 Certified/IPv6 logo ready.
7.6.16 12-Port Layer 3 10G Switch (For Interconnecting)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

General Features
Switch Should have 12 numbers of 10G SFP+ ports populated with multi-
L3S.TR.01
mode modules
L3S.TR.02 Should have Internal Redundant Power supply
Switch should be based on a Modular OS Architecture capable of hosting
L3S.TR.03
applications.
Switch should have USB 2.0 for OS Management (uploading, downloading
L3S.TR.04
& booting of OS and Configuration).
L3S.TR.05 Switch should have Multicore CPU Architecture.
Should have at least 4GB of Flash for storing OS and other Logs and 4GB
L3S.TR.06
DRAM
Switch should have Front to Back Airflow system and 3 number of field
L3S.TR.07 replaceable FAN's. In case of failure of one fan then other Fans should
automatically speed-up
Switch should have power savings mechanism wherein it should reduce
L3S.TR.08
the power consumption on ports not being used.
Switch should be Rack Mountable and should not take space more than
L3S.TR.09
1RU
Performance
L3S.TR.10 Should have at least 280 Gbps switch fabric
L3S.TR.11 Forwarding rate – 210 Mbps at least
L3S.TR.12 Configurable at least 32000 MAC addresses
L3S.TR.13 Should support atleast 24K Ipv4 Routes
Stacking/virtual chassis
Switch should have dedicate stacking port and should support at least 8
L3S.TR.14
number of switches in a single stack
The Switch stack should be based on Distributed forwarding Architecture,
L3S.TR.15
where in each stack member forwards its own information on network.
The Switch should support Stateful Switchover (SSO) when switching over
L3S.TR.16
from Active to Standby switch in a Stack.
L3S.TR.17 The Switch stacking module should be hot-swappable.
L3S.TR.18 The Switch stacking should support 320 Gbps of throughput.
271 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The Switch stacking should support automatic upgrade when master
L3S.TR.19
switch receives a new software version.
Layer 3 Features
The Switch should support routing protocols such OSPF, BGPv4, IS-ISv4,
L3S.TR.20
EIGRP
The Switch should support IP Multicast routing protocol i.e PIM, PIM
L3S.TR.21 Sparse Mode, PIM Dense Mode, PIM Sparse-dense Mode & Source-Specific
Multicast
The Switch should have basic IP Unicast routing protocols (static, RIPv1
L3S.TR.22
& RIPv2) and VRRP
The Switch should have IPv6 & IPv4 Policy Based Routing (PBR) and Inter
L3S.TR.23
VLAN Routing
L3S.TR.24 The Switch should support uRPF for IPv4 and IPv6.
Layer 2 Features
The Switch should be able to discover (on both IPv4 & IPv6 Network) the
neighbouring device giving the details about the platform, IP Address,
L3S.TR.25
Link connected through etc, thus helping in troubleshooting connectivity
problems.
The Switch should support Detection of Unidirectional Links (in case of
L3S.TR.26 fiber cut) and to disable them to avoid problems such as spanning-tree
loops.
The Switch should support centralized VLAN Management, VLANs
L3S.TR.27
created on the core switch should be propagated automatically.
The Switch should support 802.3ad (LACP) to combine multiple network
L3S.TR.28
links for increasing throughput and providing redundancy.
Network Security Features
The Switch should have Port security to secure the access to an access or
L3S.TR.29 trunk port based on MAC address to limit the number of learned MAC
addresses to deny MAC address flooding.
The Switch should support Dynamic ARP inspection (DAI) to ensure user
L3S.TR.30 integrity by preventing malicious users from exploiting the insecure
nature of ARP.
The Switch should support IP source guard to prevent a malicious user
L3S.TR.31 from spoofing or taking over another user’s IP address by creating a
binding table between the client’s IP and MAC address, port, and VLAN.
The Switch should support Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF)
feature to mitigate problems caused by the introduction of malformed or
L3S.TR.32
forged (spoofed) IP source addresses into a network by discarding IP
packets that lack a verifiable IP source address.
The Switch should support flexible & multiple authentication mechanism,
L3S.TR.33 including 802.1X, MAC authentication bypass, and web authentication
using a single, consistent configuration.
The Switch should support Private VLANs to restrict traffic between hosts
in a common segment by segregating traffic at Layer 2, turning a
L3S.TR.34 broadcast segment into a no broadcast multi-access like segment to
provide security & isolation between switch ports, which helps ensure that
users cannot snoop on other users’ traffic.

272 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The Switch should support Spanning Tree Root Guard (STRG) to prevent
L3S.TR.35 edge devices not in the network administrator’s control from becoming
Spanning Tree Protocol root nodes.
The Switch should support IPv6 RA Guard, DHCPv6 guard, IPv6 Snooping
L3S.TR.36
to prevent any Man-in-middle attack.
The Switch should support Dynamic VLAN, Downloadable ACLs, Multi-
L3S.TR.37 Auth VLAN Assignment, MAC Based Filtering & Web Authentication
security mechanism.
Operational features
The Switch should support dynamic port and session configuration
L3S.TR.38
management.
The Switch should support real-time network event detection and on-
L3S.TR.39 board automation in order to take informational, corrective actions when
the monitored events occur (Embedded Event Manager).
Quality of Service (QoS) & Control
The Switch should support IP SLA feature set to verify services guarantee
L3S.TR.40
based on business critical IP Applications.
The Switch should support Auto QoS for certain device types and enable
L3S.TR.41
egress queue configurations.
The Switch should support Rate limiting based on source and destination
IP address, source and destination MAC address, Layer 4 TCP/UDP
L3S.TR.42
information, or any combination of these fields, using QoS ACLs (IP ACLs
or MAC ACLs), class maps, and policy maps.
Application Visibility
The Switch should support Full Flexible NetFlow v9 which provides ability
to characterize IP traffic and identify its source, traffic destination,
L3S.TR.43
timing, and application information and is critical for network availability,
performance, and troubleshooting.
The Switch should be capable of enabling FnF on all ports of the switch for
L3S.TR.44
Ingress and Egress Traffic.
L3S.TR.45 The Switch should support atleast 24000 Flows per switch
The Switch should support hop-by-hop analysis of application level
L3S.TR.46
statistics for troubleshooting video applications.
Certification
L3S.TR.47 Switch should be EAL3/NDPP Certified
7.6.17 Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) Specification)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Proposed solution should be in leaders / challenger quadrant for Network
AAA.TR.01
Admission Control of Gartner's latest Magic quadrant
The Solution should provide a highly powerful and flexible attribute-based
access control solution that combines authentication, authorization, and
AAA.TR.02
accounting (AAA); posture, profiling and guest management services on
a single platform.
Solution should include all required licenses to perform above mentioned
capabilities for 100 endpoints from day one and scalable to 5,000 in
AAA.TR.03
future. Additionally 400 endpoints licenses to be provided for AAA &
Guest management only.

273 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

It should allow enterprises to authenticate and authorize users and
AAA.TR.04 endpoints via wired, wireless, and VPN with consistent policy throughout
the enterprise
Proposed solution should include two appliances to be configured in
AAA.TR.05
Active/Standby
Proposed solution should integrate with Firewall so that they learn
AAA.TR.06
identity information from access devices
Should support enforcing security policies by blocking, isolating, and
AAA.TR.07 repairing noncompliant machines in a quarantine area without requiring
administrator attention
Should support improve network access control capabilities to identify,
AAA.TR.08
mitigate/quarantine and rapidly contain threats
Should utilizes standard RADIUS protocol for authentication,
AAA.TR.09
authorization, and accounting (AAA).
Supports a wide range of authentication protocols, including PAP, MS-
CHAP, Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-MD5, Protected EAP
AAA.TR.10
(PEAP), EAP-Flexible Authentication via Secure Tunnelling (FAST), and
EAP-Transport Layer Security (TLS).
Should provide a wide range of access control mechanisms, including
AAA.TR.11 downloadable access control lists (dACLs), VLAN assignments, URL
redirect
Should have predefined device templates for a wide range of endpoints,
AAA.TR.12
such as IP phones, printers, IP cameras, smartphones, IoT and tablets.
It should allow Administrators to create their own device templates. These
templates can be used to automatically detect, classify, and associate
AAA.TR.13 administrative-defined identities when endpoints connect to the network.
Administrators can also associate endpoint-specific authorization policies
based on device type.
The Solution should have capability to collect endpoint attribute data via
AAA.TR.14 passive network telemetry, querying the actual endpoints, or
alternatively from the infrastructure via device sensors on switches.
Should support capability to verify endpoint posture assessment for PCs
connecting to the network. Should be a persistent client-based agent to
validate that an endpoint is conforming to a smart city’s posture policies.
AAA.TR.15 Provides the ability to create powerful policies that include but are not
limited to checks for the latest OS patches, antivirus and antispyware
software packages with current definition file variables (version, date,
etc.), registries (key, value, etc.), and applications.
Allows administrators to quickly take corrective action (Quarantine, Un-
AAA.TR.16 Quarantine, or Shutdown) on risk-compromised endpoints within the
network. This helps to reduce risk and increase security in the network.
Includes a built-in web console for monitoring, reporting, and
troubleshooting to assist help-desk and network operators in quickly
AAA.TR.17 identifying and resolving issues. Offers comprehensive historical and real-
time reporting for all services, logging of all activities, and real-time
dashboard metrics of all users and endpoints connecting to the network.
Solution should support the following endpoint checks for compliance
for windows endpoints:
AAA.TR.18
Check process, registry, file & application
Check operating system/service packs/hotfixes
274 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

check for Antivirus installation/Version/ Antivirus Definition Date
check for Antispyware installation/Version/ Antispyware Definition Date
Check for windows update running & configuration

Proposed solution should support TACACS+ to simplify device

AAA.TR.19 administration and enhance security through flexible, granular control of
access to network devices
TACACS+ device administration should support:
1. Role-based access control
AAA.TR.20
2. Flow-based user experience
3. Per Command level authorization with detailed logs for auditing
Proposed solution should support capability to customize TACACS+
AAA.TR.21
Services by specifying customer TACACS+ port number
Proposed solution should support capability to create different network
device groups so that administrator can create:
AAA.TR.22 1. Different policy sets for IOS/OS or wireless controller OS
2. Different for firewall
3. Differentiate base on location of device
Proposed solution should be able to create TACACS+ profile like Monitor,
AAA.TR.23 Privilege level, default, etc. to control the initial login session of device
administrator.
Proposed solution should be able to create TACACS+ authorization policy
for device administrator containing specific lists of commands a device
AAA.TR.24 admin can execute. Command sets should support; exact match, case
sensitive, (any character), * (matches any), etc. and support stacking as
well
AAA.TR.25 Proposed solution must support TACACS+ in IPv6 network
Solution should support receiving updated endpoint profiling policies and
AAA.TR.26
the updated OUI database as a feed from the OEM database.
Should support Identity source sequences which defines the order in
which the solution shall look for user credentials in the different
databases. Solution should support the following databases:
AAA.TR.27
•Internal Users, Internal Endpoints, Active Directory, LDAP, RSA,
RADIUS Token Servers, Certificate Authentication Profiles
Solution should have profiling capabilities integrated into the solution in
order to detect headless host. The profiling features leverage the
existing infrastructure for device discovery. Should support the use of
attributes from the following sources or sensors:
* Profiling using MAC OUIs
AAA.TR.28 * Profiling using DHCP information
* Profiling using RADIUS information
* Profiling using HTTP information
* Profiling using DNS information / Nessus
* Profiling using NetFlow information / On guard Agent
* Profiling using SPAN/Mirrored traffic
AAA.TR.29 Should support troubleshooting & Monitoring Tools

275 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.6.18 Network Behaviour Analysis

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Solution should provide a full-featured Network threat Analyzer
capability to detect threats emerging from inside the network (i.e., ones
NB.TR.01 that have not passed through a perimeter FW/IPS). This includes the
ability to establish “normal” traffic baselines through flow analysis
techniques and the ability to detect deviations from normal baselines.
Should have an automated discovery function to identify network
NB.TR.02 devices and capture information such as IP address, OS, services
provided, other connected hosts.
NB.TR.03 Should capture signature / heuristics based alerts and block the same
Should Identify the source of an attack and should not block legitimate
NB.TR.04
users
Solution should have capability of retrieval of relevant packets to a
NB.TR.05
cyber-security incident
Solution should perform lossless packet capture at rate of 1 Gbps of
NB.TR.06
network traffic
NB.TR.07 Support importing/ exporting archived raw packets/files for analysis
Solution should Index all the data in the packets to simplify navigation
NB.TR.08 across data silos and enable search-driven data discovery of packet
metadata AND content for incident analysis
Should identify worms through techniques such as identifying the use of
NB.TR.09
normally inactive ports or identification of network scanning activities
The solution should be capable of detecting denial-of-service (DoS) and
distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks including floods of all types
NB.TR.10
(ICMP, UDP, TCP SYN, TCP NULL, IP NULL etc.), identify the presence
of botnets in the network, identify DNS spoofing attack etc.
Solution should detect common events like Scanning, Worms,
NB.TR.11 Unexpected application services (e.g., tunnelled protocols, backdoors,
use of forbidden application Protocols), Policy violations, etc.
Should utilize Anamoly detection methods to identify attacks such as
NB.TR.12 zero-day exploits, self-modifying malware, attacks in the ciphered traffic
or resource misuse or misconfiguration.
Solution should Integrates with Microsoft Active Directory, RADIUS, and
DHCP to provide user Identity information in addition to IP address
NB.TR.13 information throughout the system & allow groups based on Identity or
Active Directory workgroup & Provides full historical mapping of User
Name to IP address logins in a searchable format
Should support the capability to instruct network security devices such
NB.TR.14 as firewalls to block certain types of traffic or route it to quarantine
VLANS
Should support the capability to alert the admin and provide mitigation
action like quarantine or block the endpoint or custom scripts like ACL
NB.TR.15
push or block the further spread of the malware/worm while allowing
legitimate traffic to continue
NB.TR.16 The system should be able to monitor flow data between various VLANS
Should support the capability to identify network traffic from high risk
NB.TR.17
applications such as file sharing, peer-to-peer, etc.

276 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Should support the capability to link usernames to IP addresses for
NB.TR.18
suspected security events.
Should support the capability to extract user defined fields (including
source and destination IPs, source and destination MAC address,
NB.TR.19 TCP/UDP ports or ICMP types and codes, no. of packets and no. of bytes
transmitted in a session, timestamps for start and end of session etc.)
from captured packet data and then utilize fields in correlation rules.
Should support the capability Application profiling in the system and
NB.TR.20 should also support custom applications present or acquired by the
bank/customer
NB.TR.21 Solution should be compatible with a virtual environment.
The reporting should be integrated with other network security systems
NB.TR.22
(IPS, IDS, NAC, and Firewall etc.).
NB.TR.23 Solution should support capability to quarantine / remediate endpoint
Solution should be able to identify potential DDOS attacks originating
NB.TR.24
from behind proxies.
Solution should be able to identify anomalies related to VOIP protocols
NB.TR.25
over data network
Solution should be dedicated network behaviour analysis solution and
NB.TR.26
not a subset of SIEM or Forensic analysis
NB.TR.27 Solution should support access to raw as well as processed logs
Solution should support built-in firewalling support, rejecting all packets
NB.TR.28
by default (transparent to pings and port scans)
Dashboard should have the facility to be configured according to user
NB.TR.29
profile
System should support event forwarding for SMTP, SYSLOG & SNMP for
NB.TR.30
high risk issues
The solution must allow analysis by grouping of network segments such
NB.TR.31
as User VLAN, Management VLAN, Server Farms etc.
Solution should be able to track user’s activities locally and remote
NB.TR.32 network sites and should be able to report usage behaviour across the
entire network.
Solution should support ubiquitous access to view all reporting functions
NB.TR.33
using an internet browser.
The solution should support the identification of applications tunnelling
NB.TR.34
on other ports
Solution should be able to collect security and network information of
NB.TR.35
servers and clients without the usage of agents
The solution should be able to conduct de-duplication of redundant flow
NB.TR.36
identified in the network to improve performance
The solution should have the ability to state fully reassemble uni-
NB.TR.37 directional flows into bi-directional conversations; handling de-
duplication of data and asymmetry
The solution should support all forms of flows including but not limited
NB.TR.38
to netflow, juniper jflow, sflow, ipfix for udp etc.
The solution should be able to combine/stitch the flow records coming
from different network devices like routers/switches/firewall that are
NB.TR.39
associated with a single conversation and present them as a single bi-
directional flow record

277 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The solution should be able to stitch flows into conversations even when
NB.TR.40 the traffic is NATted by the firewall; clearly showing the original and
translated IP address
The solution should be able to leverage external threat feeds for
information about known detection methods/fingerprints for Phishing,
NB.TR.41
Botnets, Malware, Spyware, Connections to bad reputation Nations and
Dark IP
Solution should support detection methods/fingerprints for Web crawler
NB.TR.42
identification, location based threats & GEO IP based threats
The solution should be able to integrate with various SIEMs available in
NB.TR.43
the market like RSA, Splunk, HP, etc
Network performance
Solution should provide application bandwidth utilization graph for
NB.TR.44 various applications which should include bandwidth consumption for
top hosts and trends on network bandwidth utilization.
Dashboard should have the facility to be configured according to user
NB.TR.45
profile
Solution should probe the network in a manner so that impact on
NB.TR.46
network performance is minimal.
NB.TR.47 Should support both in line and offline modes.
The tool should have a system for interactive event identification and
NB.TR.48
rule creation
Devices / applications those do not support flows, the solution should be
NB.TR.49
capable to generate its own flows for monitoring.
Solution should have facility to assign risk and credibility rating to
NB.TR.50
events.
NB.TR.51 Solution should support traffic rate up to 1 Gbps
Proposed flow collectors should have the ability to scale from 5000
NB.TR.52
flows per second scalable to 80000 flows per second in future
NB.TR.53 Proposed solution should be a dedicated appliance based solution
7.6.19 SMS Gateway

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Bidder has to provide SMS gateway of Telecom Service provider which
SG.TR.001 has ability to withstand for continued growth in A2P SMS and support
SVI_SMSG
The SMS gateway PULL SMS application must have security features
SG.TR.003
to ensure confidentiality of sensitive customer data.
The SMS gateway PULL SMS application should be able to retrieve
SG.TR.004
SMSs sent by devotees to one or more short codes / virtual numbers.
The SMS gateway PUSH SMS application should be able to send
messages at different priority levels. In case the total number of
SG.TR.005 messages to be sent exceeds the capacity promised, messages should
be sent first as per higher priority and then following a FIFO rule.
Other messages must be en-queued.
The SMS gateway PUSH SMS application must have the ability to set
SG.TR.006
working hours and working days.

278 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The Solution should offer configurable mechanism in terms of number
SG.TR.007 of retries & time duration for each retry for messages that could not
be delivered immediately.
Online Mechanism in real time mode has to be provided for SLA
enforcement with regard to Uptime of Push /Pull services & Delivery
SG.TR.008
of Push SMS along with flexibility to generate MIS on
daily/weekly/fortnightly/monthy/specified date range basis.
The bidder should integrate with the Dashboard/Website/Portal for
Administration features like monitoring of total messages sent within
SG.TR.009 a day/ week/ month, time delay (if any) in sending the messages, no
of failed messages (with reasons for failure), invalid mobile numbers,
No of Push & Pull Messages sent.
The successful bidder shall demonstrate the Dashboard functionality
SG.TR.010 & Reports format to SKVT before commissioning of SMS gateway
services.
The bidder shall ensure that SMS whose contents exceeds 160
SG.TR.011 characters, should be delivered as a single message on receiver’s
handset.
The bidder should have proper test infrastructure with capability of
SG.TR.012
end to end testing of all integration with SKVT Applications.
Check should be properly imposed to avoid Duplicate/ Multiple SMS
SG.TR.013
Delivery to customers.
The solution should be capable of generating detailed report in Excel/
PDF. The solution should be capable of providing mobile-wise, Date-
wise, category-wise reports and aggregated reports per category.
SG.TR.014 The reports should contain timestamps of SMS received at Bidder’s
server , SMS Sent to the Telecom Operator, actual delivery to the end
user & final status of SMS alert along with status description

7.6.20 Fabric Controller

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Fabric is the Clos Architecture defined using Spine, Leaf and VXLAN + ISIS
SDN.TR.01
or VXLAN + EVPN Protocol
SDN.TR.02 Fabric should have following functionalities to be achieved:
SDN.TR.03 Flexibility : allows workload mobility anywhere in the DC
Robustness : while dynamic mobility is allowed on any authorized location
SDN.TR.04
of the DC, the failure domain is contained to its smallest zone
Performance: full cross sectional bandwidth (any-to-any) – all possible
SDN.TR.05
equal paths between two endpoints are active
Deterministic Latency : fix and predictable latency between two
SDN.TR.06 endpoints with same hop count between any two endpoints, independently
of scale
Scalability: add as many Leaf as needed to achieve desired scale in terms
SDN.TR.07 of number of servers while maintaining the same oversubscription ratio
everywhere inside the fabric.
Fabric Features
In the fabric the oversubscription ration of the connectivity between each
SDN.TR.08
leaf to SPINE switches should not be less than 4:1
279 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Fabric must support various Hypervisor encapsulations including VXLAN,
SDN.TR.09 NVGRE and 802.1q natively without any additional hardware/software or
design change.
The fabric architecture must be based on hardware VXLAN overlays to
provide logical topologies that are abstracted from the physical
SDN.TR.10
infrastructure with no performance degradation. Fabric must support
VXLAN Switching/Bridging and VXLAN Routing.
Fabric must support Role Based Access Control in order to support Multi -
SDN.TR.11
Tenant environment.
SDN.TR.12 Fabric Spine switches should only connect to the leaf switches
Fabric must integrate with different virtual machine manager and manage
SDN.TR.13 virtualize networking from the single pane of Glass - Fabric Controller/SDN
Controller
Fabric must integrate with best of breed L4 - L7 appliances and manage
SDN.TR.14
using single pane of glass - Fabric Controller / SDN Controller
Fabric must act as single distributed layer 2 switch, Layer 3 router and
SDN.TR.15
Stateless distributed firewall etc
Fabric must provide REST APIs from the Central management
appliance/SDN Controller in order to integrate with best of breed
SDN.TR.16
Management, Monitoring, Hypervisor and Cloud automation &
Orchestration software.
Fabric Layer 2, Layer 3 and Misc. Features
Fabric must support Layer 2 features like LACP, STP /RSTP /MSTP, VLAN
SDN.TR.17
Trunking, LLDP etc
SDN.TR.18 Fabric must support integrated Routing and Bridging at the leaf layer.
Fabric must support multi chassis ether channel/MLAG i.e. Host connects
SDN.TR.19 to two different Leaf switches and form ether channel using LACP/NIC
Teaming on Host
Fabric must support Jumbo Frame upto 9K Bytes on
SDN.TR.20
1G/10G/25G/40G/100G ports
Fabric Security Features
SDN.TR.21 Fabric must support VM attribute based zoning and policy
Fabric must support Micro Segmentation for the Virtualize and Non -
SDN.TR.22
Virtualize environment
SDN.TR.23 Fabric must support true multi - tenancy
Fabric must have zero trust policy model for connected systems or hosts
to help in protecting against any kind of attacks like Unauthorized Access,
SDN.TR.24
Man - in - the - middle - attack, Replay Attack, Data Disclosure, Denial of
Service
Fabric must act as a State-less distributed firewall with the logging
SDN.TR.25
capability
Fabric Scale and Performance
Fabric should support scale up and scale out without any service
SDN.TR.26
disruption
Fabric must integrate with multiple Virtual Machine Managers (i.e.
SDN.TR.27 vCenter,SCVMM , Open Stack etc.) of different Hypervisors
simultaneously

280 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Fabric must be capable of connecting 2 physical servers and scale to 5000
SDN.TR.28 physical servers. Controller should be licensed for a minimum of 1000
dual socket Hosts (if solution is based on host based licensing)
Fabric must support minimum of 4 Leaf switches and scale upto 200 Leaf
SDN.TR.29
switches without any design change.
Fabric must support for 500 VRF/Private network without any additional
SDN.TR.30
component or upgrade or design change
Fabric must scale from 1 Tenant to 32 Tenant without any additional
SDN.TR.31
component or upgrade or design change
Fabric must integrate with minimum 3 Virtual Machine Manager (i.e.
vCenter, SCVMM, Open Stack etc.) of different Hypervisors
SDN.TR.32
simultaneously and scalable to 5 in future with or without common
orchestrator
Fabric must support minimum of 2 Spine Switches and scale upto 6 Spine
SDN.TR.33
switches without any design change.
Fabric management
Fabric must provide Centralized Management Appliance or SDN Controller
SDN.TR.34 - Single pane of Glass for managing, monitoring and provisioning the
entire Fabric.
Fabric must Auto discover all the Spine and Leaf switches and auto
SDN.TR.35 provision them based on the Fabric policy using Centralized Management
appliance or SDN Controller.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller must manages and
SDN.TR.36 provision L4 - L7 Services physical or virtual appliance as well as integrate
with Virtual Machine manager.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller should not
SDN.TR.37
participate in Data plane and control plane path of the fabric.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller must communicate
SDN.TR.38 to south bound devices using open standard protocol i.e. OPFLEX /
OPENFLOW / OVSDB or using Device APIs.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller must communicate
SDN.TR.39 with the south bound devices using more than one path i.e. in path
connectivity and out of band management connectivity
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller provide dynamic
device inventory of the Fabric as well as current network topology of the
SDN.TR.40
fabric. It must also validate the cabling connectivity and generate alarms
in case of wrong or faulty connectivity.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller must run in "N + 1
SDN.TR.41 or N + 2" redundancy to provide availability as well as function during the
split brain scenario
In Event of all Centralized management appliances or SDN Controllers
SDN.TR.42 fails, the fabric must function without any performance degradation and
with the current configuration.
Centralized management appliance or SDN Controller must support multi
SDN.TR.43 tenancy from management perspective and also provide Role Based
Access Control per tenant for the tenant management.
All infrastructure required by fabric controllers to support the listed scale,
SDN.TR.44
should be provided by the bidder
SDN.TR.45 Architecture should be designed with respect to high availability.

281 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

SDN.TR.46 All the switches, fabric controller and Optics should be from same OEM
Bidder must quote appropriate licenses to enable and meet all the above
SDN.TR.47
mentioned features and scale in the fabric specification

7.7 Generic IT Hardware

7.7.1 Keyboard and Joystick

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
The control board shall be based upon standard
JYT.TR.001 General
components and proven technology
Shall be equipped with Keypad for selecting
JYT.TR.002 Controller
desired cameras/ as per user configurations
Shall be equipped with Jog dial for Viewing
JYT.TR.003 General
recording.
JYT.TR.004 Technical Joystick: Pan Tilt and Zoom function
JYT.TR.005 Interface USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 compliant
JYT.TR.006 Power Via USB
The control board shall be of modular design and
JYT.TR.007 General
provide keypad, joystick and jog dial functionality
The inter-connectable modules shall be backed by
JYT.TR.008 General an open and published API and shall, when
combined with a video management application
Shall be equipped with 22 keys: 10 application
JYT.TR.009 Keypad defined hotkeys of which 5 are backlit, 0-9, TAB,
ALT
JYT.TR.010 Jog dial 6 application defined hotkeys
Hall-effect joystick with three axis:
a. X/Y: for pan and tilt
JYT.TR.011 Joystick
b. Z: knob for zoom
C. 6 application defined hotkeys
The following features to be available; vector-
JYT.TR.012 General
solving, with twisting, return to-centre head
Operating Cycle
JYT.TR.013 > 5,000,000 cycles or better
for Joystick
Square delimiter
JYT.TR.014 Deflection Pan/Tilt (XY): ±15°
Zoom (Z): ±25°
JYT.TR.015 Casing Polycarbonate
JYT.TR.016 Compatibility Shall support all cameras and video servers
Operating System Windows 7 or Later or Any other Operating
JYT.TR.017
Supported system
JYT.TR.018 Certification EN, CE, FCC, IEC
Operating
JYT.TR.019 0 °C to 60 °C
conditions
Operating
JYT.TR.020 20% to 80% (RH)
Humidity

282 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
JYT.TR.021 Warranty 5 years
7.7.2 Video Wall

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
Requirement
VIDWL.TR.01 Configuration VIDEO WALL CUBES OF 50" DIAGONAL
Cube & Controller should be from the same
VIDWL.TR.02 Cube & Controller
manufacturer
The OEM should be an established
VIDWL.TR.03 Reputed Company
multinational in the field of video walls
VIDWL.TR.04 Native Resolution Full HD ( 1920x 1080 )
VIDWL.TR.05 Laser light source with Laser diodes
Individual cube should be equipped with
multiple laser banks and each laser bank
VIDWL.TR.06 Light Source Type should have an array of diodes. Single or
multiple diode failure should not impact image
display on the screen
Brightness of
VIDWL.TR.07 Minimum 2000 lumens
Projection engine
Minimum 800 nits and should be adjustable for
VIDWL.TR.08 Brightness of Cube
lower or even higher brightness requirements
VIDWL.TR.09 Brightness Uniformity ≥ 98 %
VIDWL.TR.10 Dynamic Contrast 1000000:1 or more
Should meet or exceed IP6X standard.
VIDWL.TR.11 Dust Prevention Certificate to this effect to be furnished from
3rd party Laboratory
VIDWL.TR.12 Control IP based control to be provided
IR remote control should also be provided for
VIDWL.TR.13 Remote
quick access
VIDWL.TR.14 Screen to Screen Gap ≤ 1 mm
Screen should be minimum 3 layers with a
VIDWL.TR.15 Screen Support
Hard Backing to prevent bulging
VIDWL.TR.16 Control BD Input Input: 1 x Digital DVI
VIDWL.TR.17 terminals Input: 1 x HDMI
VIDWL.TR.18 Input: 1 x Display Port
VIDWL.TR.19 Input: 1 x HDBase T
Dual Redundant and Hot Swappable Power
Supply. This should be built inside the cube for
VIDWL.TR.20 Power Supply
fail safe operation. Power supplies extended
or kept outside the cube are not acceptable
By suitable method. Hazadrous liquids inside
VIDWL.TR.21 Cooling Inside Cube
the cooling system are not acceptable
Total Cube depth including screen module
VIDWL.TR.22 Cube Depth
should be less than 450 mm or lower
VIDWL.TR.23 Internal Temperature
283 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
Requirement
VIDWL.TR.24 Ambient Temperature
VIDWL.TR.25 Humidity
Monitoring of
VIDWL.TR.26 Brightness
critical parameters to
VIDWL.TR.27 Cooling
ensure stable
VIDWL.TR.28 Light Source Status
operation of the
Should be possible to demonstrate these
system 24 x 7
VIDWL.TR.29 parameter through an active monitoring
interface
Cube should be accessible from the front side
VIDWL.TR.30 Maintenance Access
to save space
VIDWL.TR.31 Cube Size
Video wall should be equipped with a cube
VIDWL.TR.32
control & monitoring system
Should be able to control & monitor individual
VIDWL.TR.33
cube , multiple cubes and multiple video walls
Provide video wall status including Source ,
Cube control &
VIDWL.TR.34 light source ,temperature, fan and power
Monitoring
information
Should provide a virtual remote on the screen
VIDWL.TR.35
to control the video wall
System should have a quick monitor area to
VIDWL.TR.36
access critical functions of the video wall

7.7.3 PC – ICCC

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
Requirement
PC1.TR.001 Processor Intel Core i7-4770processor @ 3.5 Hz
PC1.TR.002 RAM 32 GB
PC1.TR.003 Internal storage 1 TB SATA 3.0Gb/s
Network 2x10/100/1000
PC1.TR.004
Interface
PC1.TR.005 Graphics NVIDIA ® GeForce ® GTX 1060 or equivalent
PC1.TR.006 Display 3 Nos 24" LED screen Full HD
Keyboard & USB based
PC1.TR.007
Mouse
PC1.TR.008 Port Minimum 4 Nos USB ports
Operating Pre-loaded OS latest
PC1.TR.009
System
7.7.4 PC – DC & Help desk

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
Requirement
PC1.TR.001 Processor Intel Core i7-4770processor @ 3.5 Hz
PC1.TR.002 RAM 32 GB
284 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

PC1.TR.003 Internal storage 1 TB SATA 3.0Gb/s

Network
PC1.TR.004 2x10/100/1000
Interface
PC1.TR.005 Graphics NVIDIA ® GeForce ® GTX 1060 or equivalent
PC1.TR.006 Display 3 Nos 21" LED screen Full HD
Keyboard &
PC1.TR.007 USB based
Mouse
PC1.TR.008 Port Minimum 4 Nos USB ports
Operating
PC1.TR.009 Pre-loaded OS latest
System
7.7.5 Printer

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
Printers shall be of latest laser technology & for
duplex printing (colour and black and white) for
PRINT.TR.01 General
all paper size including but not limited to A4,
A3 size.
PRINT.TR.03 Technical It shall have Print Speed 30ppm or above.
It shall have Resolution Min 600 x 600 dpi or
PRINT.TR.04 Technical
better.
PRINT.TR.05 Technical It shall have Memory 1 GB or higher.
PRINT.TR.06 Technical It shall have Copy speed 12ppm or better.
PRINT.TR.07 General It shall have scanner of Flat Bed type with ADF.
PRINT.TR.08 Technical It shall have Interface USB 2.0, Ethernet Port.
It shall have the duty cycle of monthly 5000
PRINT.TR.09 General
pages at minimum.
Full toner Cartridge shall be supplied with the
PRINT.TR.10 General
printer.
It shall have input tray capacity of minimum
PRINT.TR.11 General
100 sheets.
It shall have output tray capacity of minimum
PRINT.TR.12 General
100 sheets.
Printer shall be accompanied with the
PRINT.TR.13 General necessary accessories such as connecting
cables, driver media, etc.
7.7.6 Desktop

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
Intel Core i7 , 64bit x86 Processor @ 3.2 GHz or
DT.TR.01 Processor more,4MB L3 cache, Memory support DDR3 or
better specifications
Motherboard &
DT.TR.02 OEM Motherboard
Chipset
DT.TR.03 Video Integrated Graphic controller
Integrated 10 / 100 / 1000 Gigabit Ethernet
DT.TR.04 Network
controller

285 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
1 HDMI port (Preferable), 2x USB 2.0 and 2 x USB
3.0 (Preferable),
10 USB ports external - with minimum 4 ports USB
3.0 Front I /O includes (2 or more ) USB 2.0 ports
DT.TR.05 Ports Rear I / O includes (2 or more ) USB 3.0 ports, (2 or
more) USB 2.0 ports, serial port, Parallel port, PS 2
mouse and keyboard ports, RJ-45 network interface,
Display Port 1 VGA and 3.5mm audio in /out jacks; 4
in 1 Media Card Reader (Preferable)
DT.TR.06 HDD Controller Integrated dual port SATA-II controller
8GB DDR III 1333MHz or higher expandable up to 16
DT.TR.07 Memory
GB or more
DT.TR.08 Storage 1TB @ HDD 7200 RPM
22X DVD writer or higher and the corresponding
DT.TR.09 Optical Drive
software
21” TFT LCD touch screen monitor minimum 1920 x
DT.TR.10 Monitor 1080 resolution with 5 ms response time or better
specifications, TCO 03 or higher certified
107 or more English + Punjabi and Rupee symbol
DT.TR.11 Keyboard
Keys keyboard
2 Or 3 button USB Optical Scroll Mouse with
DT.TR.12 Mouse antistatic mouse pad resolution of Optical 1000 cpi,
Complying to CE and FCC norms
Power Management System with Power management features & Desktop
DT.TR.13
and DMI Management Interface implementation
DT.TR.14 Operating System Supported by Windows, Linux etc.
DT.TR.15 Power input 100 -240V AC
DT.TR.16 Certifications EPEAT
DT.TR.17 Graphic Card Extra Graphic card for support Visuals
7.7.7 IP Camera Surveillance

S. No. Minimum Technical Specifications

Entire area of the Data Centre is covered using IP Camera Video
Surveillance, Recording and Replay facilities. Bidder shall provide
IPCS.TR.001
(a)Fixed dome cameras as per BOM

IP camera system to provide an online display of colour video images on

monitor where the entire set up is monitored from the control room on a
IPCS.TR.002
24X7 basis. Suitable camera lenses are used to view critical area such as
Data centre, Reception and corridor.
Use of fixed dome cameras with remote controlled focus and zoom
IPCS.TR.003
controlled from control room.
Dome camera unit to be Colour Dome camera in an integrated dome and
IPCS.TR.004
base unit, wall or ceiling mountable.
Cabling solution for IP Surveillance to include all necessary cabling
IPCS.TR.005
between cameras and video management/recording systems

286 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Technical Specifications

System should provide cable termination facilities, cable distribution
IPCS.TR.006 system for video and power system along with any additional video
amplifiers. All necessary relay boxes, connectors an extension cables
Visual images captured are fed into the centralized Video
IPCS.TR.007 Management/Recording system that can be viewed on monitors in
BMS/Control room.
A minimum of 30 days inbuilt recording facility. Suitable internal hard disk
IPCS.TR.009
with raid to be provisioned by the bidder as part of solution
Outdoor cameras shall be day/night cameras with sufficient Zoom
IPCS.TR.010
correction for various light variations
IPCSTR.011 All outdoor cameras are to be IP 66 rated
Necessary functionalities on the camera lenses to avoid internal
IPCS.TR.012
condensation or condensation on the windows
IPCS.TR.015 Provide playback at a rate of up to 400 FPS
IPCS.TR.016 Minimum of 8 or more video inputs with looping
IPCS.TR.018 Allow digital zoom during playback
IPCS.TR.019 Support for simultaneous playback and recording
IPCS.TR.020 Ability to back up recorded data to hard disk or DVD
Device to support at least 1 number of 10/100/1000 Ethernet port for
IPCS.TR.021
LAN connectivity

7.8 Non - IT Hardware

7.8.1 Fire Alarm System

S. No. Minimum Requirements

The Fire system shall deploy High Sensitivity Smoke/ Heat Detectors
(HSSD) and Very Early Smoke Detection Appliance (VESDA) to allow swift
FPDS.TR.001
detection of heat and/or smoke. The System shall consist of a high
sensitive smoke detector, aspirator, and filter
Solution must conform to Code of Practices approved by agencies such
as Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), British Standards Institution (BSI) or
FPDS.TR.002
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), CE. The alarms shall be
monitored on a 24 x 7 basis & logged for providing reports.
Microprocessor controlled single loop control panel with Multi Zone, multi
FPDS.TR.003
device 2 wire detection loop, Break glass units on escape routes and exits.
The control panel shall have an integral automatic power supply and
maintenance free sealed battery, providing a standby capacity of a
FPDS.TR.004
minimum 72 hours and further 30 minutes under full alarm load
conditions.
FPDS.TR.005 Fire detection system shall be designed for three levels –
FPDS.TR.006 a. Below raised Floor
FPDS.TR.007 b. Room void
287 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirements

FPDS.TR.008 c. Above false ceiling - using analogue addressable fire detection system
The detector must provide different environmental algorithms that allow
FPDS.TR.009 the detector to provide superior false alarm immunity without the need
for additional alarm verification delays.
It shall be required to establish cross zoning across the server hall so as
to ensure the accuracy of the alarm sensed and minimise false alarms.
Once, minimum of two zones sense an alarm, the fire alarm should be
FPDS.TR.010
designed to cut power to air-conditioning system, cut all the power supply
to the NOC and release access for all the entry and exit points. The fire
suppression system should be triggered off after a pre-set time interval.
FPDS.TR.011 Multiple Smoke Threshold Alarm Levels.
Indication of faults including airflow, detector, power, filter block and
FPDS.TR.012
network as well as an indication of the priority/ urgency of the fault.
Configurable relay outputs for remote indication of alarm and fault
FPDS.TR.013
conditions.
Fire Control system status shall be made available via panel mounted
FPDS.TR.014
LED’s and an alpha numeric LCD display
All system controls and programming to be possible through an alpha
FPDS.TR.015
numeric key pad
Ability for fire control panel to record events, faults and historic logs
FPDS.TR.016
giving time, date and device reference.
The detector shall have a multicolour LED to ease/ streamline system
maintenance/inspection by plainly indicating detector status as follows:
FPDS.TR.017
green for normal operation, amber for minor alarm/ maintenance
required, red for major alarm.
The intelligent smoke detector shall be capable of providing three distinct
outputs from the control panel. The outputs shall be from an input of
FPDS.TR.018 smoke obscuration, a thermal condition or a combination of obscuration
and thermal conditions. The detector shall be designed to eliminate
calibration errors associated with field cleaning of the chamber.
Thermal Detectors shall be rated at 135 degrees Fahrenheit fixed
temperature and 15 degrees per minute rate of rise. Detectors shall be
FPDS.TR.019 constructed to compensate for the thermal lag inherent in conventional
type detectors due to the thermal mass and alarm at the set point of 135
degrees Fahrenheit.
Detector bases shall be low profile twist lock type with screw clamp
FPDS.TR.020 terminals and self-wiping contacts. Bases shall be installed on an industry
standard, 4" square or octagonal electrical outlet box.
The notification appliance shall be audible/visual appliance or equivalent.
FPDS.TR.021
Notification appliance shall be electronic and use solid state components.
Each electronic appliance shall provide multiple field selectable alarm
FPDS.TR.022
tones.

288 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirements

The appliance shall provide at least two output sound levels: STANDARD
FPDS.TR.023
and HIGH dBA.
The combination audible/ visual appliances shall be installed indoors and
may be surface or flush mounted. They shall mount to standard electrical
FPDS.TR.024 hardware requiring no additional trim plate or adapter. The aesthetic
appearance shall not have any mounting holes or screw heads visible
when the installation is completed
FPDS.TR.025 Novec 1230 system shall be UL listed.
Fire Suppression solution should conform to best in class NFPA and other
FPDS.TR.026
standards
FPDS.TR.027 The fire suppression agent should
FPDS.TR.028 - Not contain Ozone Depleting Substances
FPDS.TR.029 - Not produce Toxic by products
FPDS.TR.030 - ODP of 0
FPDS.TR.031 - Adherence to Kyoto protocol
The clean agent fire suppression system with FK-5-1-12 and Inert Gas
FPDS.TR.032 based systems are accepted as a replacement of HCFC and HFC as per
Kyoto Protocol.
The fire suppression system shall include and not be limited to gas release
control panel, UL listed Seamless PESO approved Cylinders, discharge
valve, discharge pipe, non-return valve and all other accessories required
FPDS.TR.033
to provide a complete operational system meeting applicable
requirements of NFPA 2011 and installed in compliance with all applicable
requirements of the local codes and standards.
Fire Suppression systems shall deploy cross zoned detector systems for
FPDS.TR.034
all locations to ensure suppression only in affected areas
Portable Extinguishers (CO2) shall be placed at strategic stations
FPDS.TR.035
throughout the NOC
Illuminated Signs indicating the location of the extinguisher shall be
placed high enough to be seen over tall cabinets & racks across the room.
Linear heat detection cable should be placed along all wire pathways in
FPDS.TR.036
the ceiling and below false floor. This should not directly trigger the
suppression system—rather; it should prompt the control system to sound
an alarm.
The system status shall be made available via panel mounted LEDs and a
FPDS.TR.037
backlit 8 line x 40-character alphanumeric liquid crystal display.
Primary controls shall be password protected over 4 access levels in
FPDS.TR.038
accordance with EN54 Part 2.
FPDS.TR.039 Audible/visual appliance or equivalent
Multiple Feedback selectable alarm tones - HORN, BELL, MARCH, MARCH
FPDS.TR.040 TIME HORN, CODE-3 HORN, CODE-3 TONE, SLOW WHOOP, SIREN and
HI/LO, etc.
FPDS.TR.041 Multiple sound output levels with standard and HIGH Db levels

289 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirements

The re-fill facility for gas cylinders should be done at UL Listed refilling
FPDS.TR.042
centre only.
Provide new version upgrades, updates, patches, etc. for all the
FPDS.TR.043
components / sub-components through the period of contract

7.8.2 Rodent Repellent System

S. No. Minimum Specification Requirements

Entry of Rodents and other unwanted pests shall be controlled using non-
RRR.TR.001 chemical, non-toxic devices. Ultrasonic pest repellents shall be installed
in the false ceiling to repel the pests without killing them.
Periodic pest control using Chemical spray shall be done once in 3 months
as a contingency measure to effectively fight the pest menace. Treatment
RRR.TR.002 to protect against termites and other pests shall be done using
“Imidacloprid spray” all over the data centre area once every six months
during O&M phase and at the time of completion of implementation phase.
The rodent control system should comprise of an Ultrasonic Pest
Repellent of a VFHO Model. The repellents shall be provided in false
RRR.TR.003
flooring and ceiling. System panel shall be configured with main Building
Management/ Energy Management System.
7.8.3 Air-conditioned 2 Ton

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
CAC2.TR.001 Make & Model Bidder to Specify
CAC2.TR.002 Capacity 2 tonnage
CAC2.TR.003 Star Rating 5 star/invertor
CAC2.TR.004 Cooling Capacity Minimum 5000 W
Noise Level (Indoor)
CAC2.TR.005 45/28
dBA
Noise Level
CAC2.TR.006 53
(Outdoor) dBA
CAC2.TR.007 Compressor Dual Rotary or equivalent
CAC2.TR.008 Panel Display Digital
CAC2.TR.009 Operating mode Swing mode
CAC2.TR.010 Condenser Coil Copper
CAC2.TR.011 Power requirement AC 230 V, 50 Hz
CAC2.TR.012 Power Consumption Average 2000 W
CAC2.TR.013 Refrigerant Type R410A or equivalent
CAC2.TR.014 Warranty 1 year for product

290 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.8.4 Centralized Cooling System

Centralize cooling system is required for Police Control centre, Municipal operation centre,
NOC room, War room, DG room and common area of the Integrated Command and Control
Centre.

Nature of
S. No. Specification
Requirement
CCS-TR-01 R-410A chlorine-free refrigerant
CCS-TR-02 High-efficiency scroll compressors
CCS-TR-03 Two-stage cooling
CCS-TR-04 Copper tube / aluminium fin coils (7½ - 10 Ton)
CCS-TR-05 Micro-Channel indoor & outdoor coils (12½ Ton)
Standard Features
CCS-TR-06 Power block for field wiring
CCS-TR-07 High- and low-pressure switches
CCS-TR-08 High-capacity, steel-cased filter drier
CCS-TR-09 Heater kits with single-point entry
CCS-TR-10 24-volt terminal strip
Units meet the performance outlined in
CCS-TR-11 Performance
Table 6.8.1-1 of ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2013
CCS-TR-12 Certification AHRI Certified; ETL Listed
Heavy-gauge, galvanized steel cabinet with UV-
CCS-TR-13
resistant powder-paint finish
CCS-TR-14 Built-in filter rack with standard 2” filters
CCS-TR-15 Cabinet Features Convertible airflow orientation
CCS-TR-16 Easy to service
CCS-TR-17 Full perimeter rail
CCS-TR-18 Sloped drain pan
A GFCI outlet powered with a transformer shall be
Powered built into the unit. Powered convenience outlet
CCS-TR-19 Convenience shall be installed in the equipment. The MOP
Outlet (Max. Overcurrent Protection) device must be
sized accordingly.
Non-powered A 120V, 15A, GFCI outlet makes it easier for
CCS-TR-20 Convenience technicians to service the unit once an electrician
Outlet runs power to the outlet.
Economizers Based on air conditions, can provide outside air to
CCS-TR-21
(Down flow) cool the space.
CCS-TR-22 Electric Heat Kits Available in all voltage options
Phase monitor (3 phase only), available for 3 - 25
ton DS, DC and DT series models. Phase monitor
shall provide protection for motors and
CCS-TR-23 Phase Monitor compressors against problems caused by phase
loss, phase reversal and phase unbalance. Phase
monitor is equipped with an LED that provides an
ON or FAULT indicator.
DDC communicating controller, available for 3 -
25 ton DS, DC and DT series models with on-
CCS-TR-24 DDC Controller
board BACnet
communication interface.

291 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.8.5 HVAC – PAC

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
PAC.TR.001 Microprocessor based Precision Air conditioning
PAC.TR.002 system. Cooling shall be done by the Precision
PAC.TR.003 Air-Conditioning system only
PAC.TR.008 24*7 operations design
Cool air feed to the server farm shall be bottom-
charged or downward flow type using raised floor
PAC.TR.009
as supply plenum using perforated aluminium
tiles for Air flow distribution
3 independent refrigeration circuits for server
PAC.TR.010 room and minimum refrigeration circuit for UPS
room
General Design
The return air flow shall be through false
Features
PAC.TR.011 ceiling/below false ceiling to cater to the natural
upwardly movement of hot air.
Forced cooling using Fans on False floor etc. is
PAC.TR.012
not acceptable.
Capable of providing sensible cooling capacities
PAC.TR.013 at design ambient temperature & humidity with
adequate airflow.
The PAC should capable to be integrated with the
Building management System for effective
PAC.TR.014
monitoring with the ability to send alarms for
temperature and humidity variations
Is the proposed product/solution End-of-life or
PAC.TR.015 shall reach End-of-life within 48 months from the
date of submission of bid?
Provide new version upgrades, updates, patches,
PAC.TR.016 etc. for all the components / sub-components
through the period of contract
PAC.TR.017 Make and Model Bidder to specify
Dx based PAC units ( Stand-alone without any
PAC.TR.018 Type
Chiller water feed )
PAC.TR.019 Air Discharge Through EC Plug Fan
PAC.TR.020 Temp/RH
Design Condition (28 ± 2° C / 40% RH~60 % RH at return air of
PAC.TR.021
Precision AC
Sensible heat ratio at
PAC.TR.022 above design Bidder to specify
conditions
292 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
Air filters to prevent particulate clogging shall be
deployed that shall operate at 95% efficiency &
PAC.TR.023
provide up-to 5 Micron particulate/ grade EU4
shall be deployed
Proportional Integration Differential PID control
PAC.TR.024 General Design
of Temperature and humidity
Features
The unit casing shall be in double skin
PAC.TR.025 construction on the side panels & single skin on
the front & back panels for longer life of unit
Dual blowers for flexibility of operations and
PAC.TR.026
better redundancy.
COMPRESSOR
Multiple scroll Compressors for server room and
PAC.TR.027 Scroll design
single scroll compressor for UPS room
PAC.TR.028 Coolant R410A/R407C refrigerant
Anti-vibration
PAC.TR.029 Anti-vibration mounting to be made available
mountings
EVAPORATOR COIL
PAC.TR.030 Face Area Bidder to specify
PAC.TR.031 Face Velocity in FPM Bidder to specify
Hydrophilic coating
PAC.TR.032 Yes
on coil
EVAPORATOR FAN
Aluminium backward curved Direct driven EC
PAC.TR.033 Type of Fan
Plug Fan
PAC.TR.034 Fan Power in KW/TR Bidder to Specify
No. of Fan and Fan
PAC.TR.035 Bidder to specify
Diameter
FILTERS
PAC.TR.036 Air filter specification 90~95%/5Micron/grade EU4
HUMIDIFIERS
PAC.TR.037 Type Electrode Type/Infrared
PAC.TR.038 Capacity in Kg/hr Bidder to specify
PAC.TR.039 Power in KW Bidder to specify
HEATERS
PAC.TR.040 Capacity in KW Bidder to specify
PAC.TR.041 Number of Stages Minimum Two
PAC.TR.042 Whether safety
thermostat with
YES
PAC.TR.043 manual reset
provided

293 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
MICROPROCESSOR
CONTROLLER
No. of Potential free
contact available for
PAC.TR.044 Bidder to Specify
external
communication
Status updated for Temperature, Compressor,
PAC.TR.045 Status updates
Blower fan, Humidifier
Establish control mechanism to initiate actions
PAC.TR.046
for
PAC.TR.047 - Cooling capacity control
PAC.TR.048 - Compressor starting timer
PAC.TR.049 - Humidifier capacity limitation
PAC.TR.050 - Date and time of alarm history
Control points for
PAC.TR.051 - Random starting of the unit
operation
- Temperature and humidity set point
PAC.TR.052
calibration
PAC.TR.053 - Start / Stop status storage
PAC.TR.054 - Delay of General Alarm activation
- Alarm Display in Microprocessor unit for
PAC.TR.055
clogged filters
UNIT CASING
All side panels shall be double skinned sandwich
panel with fire retention insulation inside with GI
PAC.TR.056
Sheet / Powder Coated and CRCA / powder
Type of panel
Coated
Panels are coated inside with PU foam for
PAC.TR.057
sufficient insulation thickness
ELECTRICAL
PAC.TR.058 Isolation for incoming To be ensured
Fuse for individual
PAC.TR.059 To be ensured
motors
Terminal strip for all
PAC.TR.060 connection with cable To be ensured
marking
Single phase
PAC.TR.061 To be ensured
preventers
Low Voltage / High
PAC.TR.062 To be ensured
Voltage cut off
Phase reversal
PAC.TR.063 To be ensured
protection
INSTRUMENTATION
294 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
PAC.TR.064 Sensors for To be ensured
Return air
PAC.TR.065 To be ensured
temperature
PAC.TR.066 Return air humidity To be ensured
PAC.TR.067 Supply air To be ensured
Auto restart after
PAC.TR.068 To be ensured
power resumption
Cascading and Team
PAC.TR.069 YES
Mode
Sound level at 1.5m
PAC.TR.070 75
distance in dBA
ACCESSORIES
PAC.TR.071 Unit mounting stand To be ensured
PAC.TR.072 Return air damper To be ensured
PAC.TR.073 Drain piping To be ensured
Microprocessor
PAC.TR.074 Integration with BMS To be ensured
Synchronising the units to work as a single
PAC.TR.075 system and this feature to be provided in every
unit controller
Working or standby configuration to be possible
PAC.TR.076
in the controller.
Multiple units shall be possible to connect in team
PAC.TR.077 mode for power savings and this feature shall be
Control provided in the each unit to provide high uptime
Cascading feature – in case of high load standby
unit to get ON automatically and once the room
PAC.TR.078
conditions are met standby unit to off
automatically
Should have clog filter, Airflow loss, Water leak
PAC.TR.079 detection, sequencing, possibility to connect to
fire alarm sensors etc.
Nominal Dimensions
PAC.TR.080 Length in mm To be Specified by Bidder
PAC.TR.081 Width in mm To be Specified by Bidder
PAC.TR.082 Height in mm To be Specified by Bidder
Net/Operating
PAC.TR.083 Weight To be Specified by Bidder
(Approximate) in kg

295 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

7.8.6 Transformer

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
TRFMR.TR.01 Supply Type 3 Phase A.C.
TRFMR.TR.02 Use Type Outdoor
TRFMR.TR.03 Distribution Rating 250 KVA
System voltage
TRFMR.TR.04 12 kV
(Max.)
TRFMR.TR.05 Rated Voltage (HV) 11 kV
433 - 250 V*
*The voltage level can be specified as
TRFMR.TR.06 Rated Voltage (LV) 433/415-250 volts as per the
requirements of the
purchaser.
TRFMR.TR.07 Frequency 50 Hz +/- 5%*
TRFMR.TR.08 No. of Phases Three
TRFMR.TR.09 Connection HV Delta Type
TRFMR.TR.10 Connection LV Star (Neutral brought out)
TRFMR.TR.11 Vector group Dyn-11
TRFMR.TR.12 Type of cooling ONAN
TRFMR.TR.13 Voltage Level 433/415-250 volts
The core shall be stack / wound type of high
grade Cold Rolled Grain Oriented or
Amorphous Core annealed steel lamination
having low loss and good grain properties,
coated with hot oil proof insulation, bolted
together and to the frames firmly to prevent
vibration or noise.
The transformers core shall be suitable for
over fluxing (due to combined effect of
TRFMR.TR.14 Core Material
voltage and frequency) up to 12.5% without
injurious heating at full load conditions and
shall not get saturated.
No-load current up to 200kVA shall not
exceed 3% of full load current and shall be
measured by energising the transformer at
rated voltage and frequency. Increase of
12.5% of rated voltage shall not increase the
no-load current by 6% of full load current.
HV and LV windings shall be wound from
Super Enamel covered /Double Paper
covered Aluminium / Electrolytic Copper
TRFMR.TR.15 Winding Material
conductor.
Inter layer insulation shall be Nomex /Epoxy
dotted Kraft Paper.
The insulating oil shall comply with the
TRFMR.TR.16 Oil requirements of IS 335. Use of recycled oil is
not acceptable. The specific resistance of the

296 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
oil shall not be less than 35 X1012 ohm-cm
at 27oC when tested as per IS 6103.
Oil shall be filtered and tested for break down
voltage (BDV) and moisture content before
filling.
The oil shall be filled under vacuum.
Voltage (kV) - 0.433, Impulse Voltage (kV
Peak) - , Power Frequency Voltage (kV) - 3
Voltage (kV) - 11, Impulse Voltage (kV Peak)
TRFMR.TR.17 Insulation Levels
- 75 , Power Frequency Voltage (kV) - 28
Voltage (kV) - 33, Impulse Voltage (kV Peak)
- 170 , Power Frequency Voltage (kV) - 70
No positive tolerance shall be allowed on the
maximum losses displayed on the label for
TRFMR.TR.18 Tolerances
both 50%
and 100% loading values.
The temperature rise over ambient shall not
exceed the limits given below:
Top oil temperature rise measured by
thermometer : 35 degree celcius
TRFMR.TR.19 Temperature Rise Winding temperature rise measured by
resistance method : 40 degree celcius
The transformer shall be capable of giving
continuous rated output without exceeding
the specified temperature rise.
Electrical grade insulation epoxy dotted Kraft
Paper/Nomex and pressboard of standard
make or any other superior material
TRFMR.TR.20 Insulation Material All spacers, axial wedges / runners used in
windings shall be made of pre-compressed
Pressboard-solid, conforming to type B 3.1 of
IEC 641-3-2.
The transformer tank shall be of robust
construction rectangular/octagonal/round/
elliptical in shape and shall be built up of
electrically tested welded mild steel plates of
thickness of 3.15
mm for the bottom and top and not less than
2.5 mm for the sides for distribution
transformers up to and including 25 kVA, 5.0
TRFMR.TR.21 Plain Tank
mm and 3.15 mm respectively for
transformers of more than 25
kVA and up to and including 100 kVA and 6
mm and 4 mm respectively above 100 kVA.
Tolerances as per IS1852 shall be applicable.
In case of rectangular tanks above 100 kVA
the corners shall be fully welded at the
corners from inside and outside of the tank to

297 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
withstand a pressure of 0.8 kg/cm2 for 30
minutes
Under operating conditions the pressure
generated inside the tank should not exceed
0.4 kg/ sq. cm positive or negative. There
must be sufficient space from the core to the
top cover to take care of oil expansion. The
space above oil level in the tank shall be filled
with dry air or nitrogen
conforming to commercial grade of IS 1747.
The tank shall be reinforced by welded flats
on all the outside walls on the edge of the
tank.
The permanent deflection, when the tank
without oil is subjected to a
vacuum of 525 mm of mercury for
rectangular tank and 760 mm of mercury for
round tank, shall not be more than the values
as given below:
Horizontal length of flat plate Up to and
including 750 : 5.0, 751 to 1250 : 6.5, 1251
to 1750 :8.0, 1751 to 2000 : 9.0
The tank shall further be capable of
withstanding a pressure of 0.8kg/sq.cm and
a vacuum of 0.7 kg/sq.cm (g) without any
deformation.
The radiators can be tube type or fin type or
pressed steel type to achieve the desired
cooling to limit the specified temperature
rise.
The transformer tank shall be of robust
construction corrugated in shape and shall be
built up of tested sheets.
Corrugation panel shall be used for cooling.
The transformer shall be capable of giving
continuous rated output without exceeding
the specified temperature rise. Bidder shall
submit the calculation sheet in this regard.
TRFMR.TR.22 Corrugated Tank
Tanks with corrugations shall be tested for
leakage test at a pressure of 0.25kg/ sq cm
measured at the top of the tank.
The transformers with corrugation should be
provided with a pallet for transportation, the
dimensions of which should be more than the
length and width of the transformer tank with
corrugations.
Transformers of rating 63 kVA and above
TRFMR.TR.23 Conservator with plain tank construction, the provision of
conservator is mandatory. For corrugated
298 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
tank and sealed type transformers with or
without inert gas cushion, conservator is not
required.
When a conservator is provided, oil gauge
and the plain or dehydrating breathing device
shall be fitted to the conservator which shall
also be provided with a drain plug and a filling
hole [32 mm (1¼”)] normal size thread with
cover. In addition, the cover of the main tank
shall be provided with an air release plug.
The dehydrating agent shall be silica gel. The
moisture absorption shall be indicated by a
change in the colour of the silica gel crystals
which should be easily visible from a
distance. Volume of breather shall be suitable
for 500g of silica gel conforming to IS 3401
for transformers up to 200 kVA and 1 kg for
transformers above 200 kVA.
The capacity of a conservator tank shall be
designed keeping in view the total quantity of
oil and its contraction and expansion due to
temperature variations. The total volume of
conservator shall be such as to contain10%
quantity of the oil. Normally 3% quantity the
oil shall be contained
in the conservator.
The cover of main tank shall be provided with
an air release plug to enable air trapped
within to be released, unless the conservator
is so located as to eliminate the possibility of
air being trapped within the main tank.
The inside diameter of the pipe connecting
the conservator to the main tank should be
within 20 to 50 mm and it should be
projected into the conservator so that its end
is approximately 20 mm above the bottom of
the conservator so as to create a sump for
collection of impurities. The
minimum oil level (corresponding to -5 0C)
should be above the sump level.
All paints, when applied in a normal full coat,
shall be free from runs, sags, wrinkles,
patchiness, brush marks or other defects.
All primers shall be well marked into the
Surface Preparation
TRFMR.TR.24 surface, particularly in areas where painting
and Painting
is evident and the first priming coat shall be
applied as soon as possible after cleaning.
The paint shall be applied by airless spray
according to manufacturer’s
299 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
recommendations. However, where ever
airless spray is not possible, conventional
spray be used with prior approval of
purchaser.
Steel surfaces shall be prepared by shot blast
cleaning (IS9954) to grade Sq. 2.5 of ISO
8501-1 or chemical cleaning including
phosphating of the appropriate quality (IS
3618).
Chipping, scraping and steel wire brushing
using manual or power driven tools cannot
remove firmly adherent mill-scale. These
methods shall only be used where blast
cleaning is impractical. Manufacturer to
clearly explain such areas in his technical
offer.
As soon as all items have been cleaned and
within four hours of the subsequent drying,
they shall be given suitable anti-corrosion
protection.
Following are the types of paint which may be
suitably used for the items to be painted at
shop and supply of matching paint to site:
Heat resistant paint (Hot oil proof) for inside
surface
TRFMR.TR.25 Protective Coating For external surfaces one coat of thermo
setting powder paint or one coat of epoxy
primer followed by two coats of synthetic
enamel/polyurethane base paint. These
paints can be either air drying or stoving.
For highly polluted areas, chemical
atmosphere or for places very near to the sea
coast, paint as above with one coat of high
build Micaceous iron oxide (MIO) as an
intermediate coat may be used.
The bushings shall conform to the relevant
standards specified and shall be of outdoor
type. The bushing rods and nuts shall be
made of brass material 12 mm diameter for
both HT and LT bushings. The bushings shall
be fixed to the transformers on side with
straight pockets and in the same plane or the
TRFMR.TR.26 Bushings
top cover for transformers above 100 kVA.
For transformers of 100 kVA and below the
bushing can be mounted on pipes. The tests
as per latest IS 2099 and IS 7421 shall be
conducted on the transformer bushings.
For 33 kV, 52 kV class bushings shall be used
for transformers of ratings 500 kVA and
300 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
above. And for transformers below 500 KVA,
33 kV class bushings, for 11 kV, 17.5 kV
class bushings and for 0.433 kV, 1.1 kV class
bushings shall be used.
Bushing can be of porcelain/epoxy material.
Polymer insulator bushings conforming to
relevant IEC can also be used.
Bushings of plain shades as per IS 3347 shall
be mounted on the side of the Tank and not
on top cover.
Dimensions of the bushings of the voltage
class shall conform to the Standards
specified and dimension of clamping
arrangement shall be as per IS 4257.
Arcing horns shall be provided on HV
bushings.
Brazing of all inter connections, jumpers from
winding to bushing shall have cross section
larger than the winding conductor. All the
Brazes shall be qualified as per ASME, section
– IX.
The bushings shall be of reputed make
supplied by those manufacturers who are
having manufacturing and testing facilities
for insulators.
The terminal arrangement shall not require a
separate oil chamber not connected to oil in
the main tank.
The LV and HV bushing stems shall be
provided with suitable terminal connectors as
per IS 5082 so as to connect the jumper
without disturbing the bushing stem.
TRFMR.TR.27 Terminal Connectors
Connectors shall be with eye bolts so as to
receive conductor for HV. Terminal
connectors shall be type tested as per IS
5561.
9 kV, 5 kA metal oxide lightning arrestors of
reputed make conforming to IS 3070 Part-III,
one number per phase shall be provided. (To
be mounted on pole or to be fitted under the
HV bushing with GI earth strip 25x4 mm
TRFMR.TR.28 Lightning Arrestors connected to the body of the transformer
with necessary clamping arrangement as per
requirement of purchaser.) Lightening
arrestors with polymer insulators in
conformance with relevant IEC can also be
used.
In case HV/LV terminations are to be made
TRFMR.TR.29 Cable Boxes
through cables the transformer shall be fitted
301 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
with suitable cable box on 11 kV side to
terminate one 11kV/ 3 core aluminium
conductor cable up to 240 sq. mm. (Size as
per requirement).
The bidder shall ensure the arrangement of
HT Cable box so as to prevent the ingress of
moisture into the box due to rain water
directly falling on the box. The cable box on
HT side shall be of the split type with faces
plain and machined and fitted with Neo-k-Tex
or similar quality gasket and complete with
brass wiping gland to be mounted on
separate split type gland plate with nut-bolt
arrangement and MS earthing clamp. The
bushings of the cable box shall be fitted with
nuts and stem to take the cable cores without
bending them. The stem shall be of copper
with copper nuts. The cross section of the
connecting rods shall be stated and shall be
adequate for carrying the rated currents. On
the HV side the terminal rod shall have a
diameter of not less than 12 mm. The
material of connecting rod shall be copper.
HT Cable support clamp should be provided
to avoid tension due to cable weight.
The transformer shall be fitted with suitable
LV cable box having non-magnetic material
gland plate with appropriate sized single
compression brass glands on LV side to
terminate 1.1 kV/single core XLPE armoured
cable (Size as per requirement).
High voltage phase windings shall be marked
both in the terminal boards inside the tank
and on the outside with capital letter 1U, 1V,
1W and low voltage winding for the same
phase marked by corresponding small letter
TRFMR.TR.30 Terminal Markings
2u, 2v, 2w. The neutral point terminal shall
be indicated by the letter
2n. Neutral terminal is to be brought out and
connected to local grounding terminal by an
earthing strip.
The following standard fittings shall be
provided :
i. Rating and terminal marking plates, non-
detachable.
TRFMR.TR.31 Fittings
ii. Earthing terminals with lugs - 2 Nos.
iii. Lifting lugs for main tank and top cover
iv. Terminal connectors on the HV/LV
bushings (For bare terminations only).
302 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
v. Thermometer pocket with cap - 1 No.
vi. Air release device
vii. HV bushings - 3 Nos.
viii. LV bushings - 4 Nos.
ix. Pulling lugs
x. Stiffener
xi. Radiators - No. and length may be
mentioned (as per heat dissipation
calculations)/ corrugations.
xii. Arcing horns or 9 kV, 5 kA lightning
arrestors on HT side - 3 No.
xiii. Prismatic oil level gauge.
xiv. Drain cum sampling valve.
xv. Top filter valve
xvi. Oil filling hole having p. 1- ¼ „‟ thread
with plug and drain plug on the conservator.
xvii. Silicagel breather
xviii. Base channel 75x40 mm for up to 100
kVA and 100 mmx50 mm above 100 kVA,
460 mm long with holes to make them
suitable for fixing on a platform or plinth.
xix. 4 No. rollers for transformers of 200 kVA
and above.
xx. Pressure relief device or explosion vent.
All bolts, studs, screw threads, pipe threads,
bolt heads and nuts shall comply with the
appropriate Indian Standards for metric
threads, or the technical equivalent.
Bolts or studs shall not be less than 6 mm in
diameter except when used for small wiring
terminals.
All nuts and pins shall be adequately locked.
Wherever possible bolts shall be fitted in such
a manner that in the event of failure of
locking resulting in the nuts working loose
and falling off, the bolt shall remain in
TRFMR.TR.32 Fastners
position.
All ferrous bolts, nuts and washers placed in
outdoor positions shall be treated to prevent
corrosion, by hot dip galvanising, except high
tensile steel bolts and spring washers which
shall be electro-galvanised/plated.
Appropriate precautions shall be taken to
prevent electrolytic
action between dissimilar metals.
Each bolt or stud shall project at least one
thread but not more than three threads
through the nut, except when otherwise

303 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
approved for terminal board studs or relay
stems. If bolts and nuts are placed so that
they are inaccessible by means of ordinary
spanners, special spanners shall be
provided.
The length of the screwed portion of the bolts
shall be such that no screw thread may form
part of a shear plane between members.
Taper washers shall be provided where
necessary.
Protective washers of suitable material shall
be provided front and back of the securing
screws.
The transformers shall be suitable for loading
TRFMR.TR.33 Overload Capacity
as per IS 6600.
7.8.7 LT Distribution Panel

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
a) Maximum temperature of air in shade :
45°C
b) Minimum temperature of air in shade : 0°C
c) Maximum temperature of air in sun : 50°C
d) Maximum humidity : 100%
e) Average number of thunder storm days
per annum : 70 days
Atmospheric
LTDP.TR.01 f) Average number of dust storm days per
Conditions
annum : 20 days
g) Maximum rainfall per annum : 2000 mm
h) Average rainfall per annum : 1500 mm
i) Maximum ambient temperature daily
average : 45° C
j) Wind pressure : 200Kg/M2
k) Altitude : Less than 1000m
Distribution Cabinets shall be outdoor type.
These shall be fabricated out of 2 mm CR
sheet steel duly acid treated and finished with
one coat anticorrosive primer and two coats of
grey epoxy paint.
The body of the boxes shall have sufficient
reinforcement with suitable size of channels
LTDP.TR.02 Material
keeping a provision for fixing these boxes
either on DP structure or plinths.
The Box shall have double door with locking
arrangement and a door handle conforming to
IS 8623/1977.
The roof of the box shall be slightly slanting
both

304 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
sides with an overhang of 50mm to the front
and back side.
The nuts, bolts, washers used in the box shall
be galvanized to
avoid rusting.
The door hinges shall not be visible from
outside.
The box shall have a solid earthing point and
arrangement for sufficient ventilation.
The boxes should confirm to IP 54 degree of
protection.
The box shall have provision of bus bars of
Electrolytic Cooper mounted on epoxy resin
cast bus insulators fixed on suitable fixing
arrangement.
The bus bars shall be conveniently placed so
as to provide adequate clearance from the
body of the box conforming to I.E. Rules
applicable for L.T. supply.
There should be heat shrinkable bus bar
insulation tubing on the busbars.
Shall be of reputed make as per IS-2086
The kit kats should have 500 V rating.
All contact parts are plated and made of
LTDP.TR.03 KIT KAT FUSE UNIT
copper and brass with A class porcelain with
extended terminal fitted with slots
hex bolts with nuts.
i) Standard : IS 13947 (Part-2) /1993 & IEC
Pub -947 -2 (1989)
ii) Rated voltage : 415 vol. Ac
iii) No. of poles : 3
iv) Utilisation category : A
v) Rated service short circuit breaking
capacity: The percentage of rated service
short circuit breaking capacity (I.Cs) to rated
ultimate circuit breaking capacity (icu) shall
be mentioned as per IS 13947 (Part-2) /1989.
vi) Type of protection: Overload protection is
LTDP.TR.04 MCCB
a must with static /electromagnetic /thermo
magnetic trip release.
vii) The terminal capacity of the MCCBs should
be such as to accommodate the required LT
cable. The incoming cable should be
connected to the terminals of the M.C.C.B.
with Bi- metallic lugs duly crimped with Die
press & crimping tools. There should be a
metallic /heat resistant insulating barrier
between the MCCB side & that of kit kat fuses
so that the heat generated in Kit Kat fuses
305 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
carrying current and during fuse blow should
not pass to the MCCB.
The distribution boxes shall be duly wired with
suitable size of PVC insulated single core
copper cable or equivalent section
copper/aluminium flat.
LTDP.TR.05 General Terminal connectors for the earth
connections to be provided in the box.
The distribution cabinet should be preferably
of IP-54 protective category, with provision
for lighting inside the cabinet.

7.8.8 Lighting

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
All overhead lighting shall be LEDs both recessed
LIGHT.TR.01 General
direct and indirect lighting, including pot-lights.
The overhead lighting treatment shall be
incorporated into the other ceiling elements to
LIGHT.TR.02 General
create an aesthetic specialty ceiling design, in
combination with the Rooms.
Overhead lighting intensity shall be:
• For Command & Control Center: at least 400 lux
• For City Operation Center: at least 400 lux
• For War Room: at least 500 lux
LIGHT.TR.03 Technical
• For Server Farm Area: at least 500 lux
• UPS Room: at least 500 lux
• BMS Room: at least 500 lux
• NOC Room: at least 500 lux
Dimming control shall be continuous (all lights
LIGHT.TR.04 Technical dimmable) and zone-based (with a minimum of 4
lighting zones on separate circuits).
Dimming control shall have various configurations
preset for the ideal operations lighting environment,
LIGHT.TR.05 Technical based on the perimeter glass wall natural lighting
conditions (e.g., sunny, cloudy, partly cloudy, night,
etc.)
Appropriate wall boxes for corresponding dimmer
LIGHT.TR.06 General
size shall be provided.
LIGHT.TR.07 General Dimmers shall not be ganged in one box.
Manual switches shall be used for on / off lighting
LIGHT.TR.08 General control and for overriding any preset lighting
configurations.
Cover plates for switches shall match the colour of
switches, receptacles, and receptacle cover plates.
LIGHT.TR.09 General
Cover plates shall be of the same manufacturer as
the devices.
306 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
All lighting fixtures shall be of high-grade quality
LIGHT.TR.10 General over and above the standard level of quality for
office lighting.
Lighting arrangement shall accommodate console
LIGHT.TR.11 General
locations.
Lighting shall be configured in order to reduce
glares and reflections on console monitors and on
LIGHT.TR.12 General the video wall, as well as accommodate any other
lighting needs the monitors and video wall may
have.
7.8.9 Diesel Generator 250KVA

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
DG.TR.001 Support Is the proposed product/solution End-of-life or shall
reach End-of-life within 48 months from the date of
submission of bid?
DG.TR.002 Provide new version upgrades, updates, patches, etc.
for all the components / sub-components throughout
the period of contract
DG.TR.003 Shall the proposed product/solution reach End-of-
support during the first 10 years after submission of
this bid?
DG.TR.004 Dimension and Bidder to specify
Weight (With
canopy)
DG.TR.005 Diesel Engine Diesel Engine water cooled suitable for Generating
Set application with canopy
DG.TR.006 overload capacity of 10% for one hour in any 12 hours
of continuous operation
DG.TR.007 Engine should be selected on the basis of prime
engine rating.
DG.TR.008 Capacity Bidder to specify
DG.TR.009 Total Quantity (Suitable for required Prime Output of the coupled
Generator set at 0.8 PF.)
DG.TR.010 Redundancy Shall be able to be configured for Redundancy from
configuration two phases
DG.TR.011 Accessories Bidder to specify
DG.TR.012 No. of Multi-Cylinders. Turbo-Charged
cylinders
DG.TR.013 Speed in RPM Bidder to Specify
DG.TR.014 Controls Automatic ‘stop’ device if any parameters are varied
beyond upper/lower limits Integral mounted of
instrument panel complete with wiring (For engine) &
connections
DG.TR.015 Fuel tank & Fuel tank to be located within 10 meter periphery of
fuel Piping the DG set

307 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
DG.TR.016 Type of Electronic, Class 1
governor
DG.TR.017 Type of Lube oil
lubrication
DG.TR.018 Whether heat YES
exchanger is
provided
Alternator
DG.TR.020 Capacity in 200 KVA Self-excited, competent for parallel
KVA operation with droop CT & kit
DG.TR.021 Alternator The alternator shall be self-excited, self-regulated,
self-ventilated in brush less for suitable automatic
voltage regulator and shall conform to BS: 2613 or
equivalent standard and shall give rated output at
NTP conditions. The alternator shall have space
heater which shall be connected with breaker NO/NC
contacts and this should be able to cut off with
thermostat. The alternator shall have RTD and BTD
DG.TR.022 Enclosure Sound proof, drip proof & screen protected
(minimum as per IP: 23). The alternator terminal box
shall be amended and made suitable for bus duct
arrangement.
DG.TR.023 Other As per rated, Self-excited, self-regulated foot
Specifications mounted fitted with ball and roller bearings and
of Alternator having PMG(preferred), RTD, BTD, space heater, 3
nos. differential CTs or REF CTs or both differential
and REF CTs depending on rating, 1 no. earth fault
CT, droop CT for paralleling.
DG.TR.024 Speed 1500 rpm
DG.TR.025 Acoustics The acoustic treatment shall ensure a maximum
sound pressure not more than 68 dB (A) at 1 meter
during the day and 45 dB (A) at the neighbour’s
premises during night, while running on partial or full
load. This condition shall apply to the engine exhaust
noise levels also. A vertical type “Critical” silencer
shall be fitted on the Exhaust pipe.
DG.TR.026 Class of Class H
insulation
DG.TR.027 Bearings Heavy duty pre-lubricated
DG.TR.028 Ventilation Centrifugal fan
DG.TR.029 Terminal Bus duct arrangement with Flange for termination
and provision of differential /REF CT's
DG.TR.030 Voltage +/- 1.5% all load between no load to full load & power
Regulation factor 0.8 to unity.
DG.TR.031 Overload 10% for one hour in any 12 hours of operation without
Capacity exceeding temperature rise limits specified in BS:
2613 when corrected to ambient temperature at site
DG.TR.032 Space Heater Yes
to be provided
308 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirements
requirement
DG.TR.033 Total Losses Not more than 4
as % of rated
KW
DG.TR.034 Efficiency in % Not less than 80
DG.TR.035 Type of Single
bearing
DG.TR.036 Exciter details Bidder to specify
DG.TR.037 AVR details & Bidder to specify
voltage
adjustment
DG.TR.038 DG enclosure Enclosure for DG set using MS frame cladded with
0.47 GI sheet with powder coated

7.8.10 UPS 60 KVA

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
UPS.TR.001 Capacity 60 KVA
415V/230V, 3 wire
UPS.TR.002 Input Range
Frequency 50 HZ ±3 HZ
Output Voltage &
UPS.TR.003 415V/230V, 3 wire
Waveform
Input & Output Power Input Power Factor > 0.9
UPS.TR.004
Factor Output Power Factor > 0.8
Sealed Lead Maintenance Free VRLA type
(Lead Calcium SMF batteries NOT acceptable),
UPS.TR.005 Mains & Battery Mains & Battery with necessary indicators,
alarms and protection with proper battery
storage stand
UPS.TR.006 Frequency 50 Hz +/- 0.5% (free running), Pure Sine wave
UPS.TR.007 Crest Factor Min. 3:1 at full load
Third Harmonic
UPS.TR.008 < 3%
Distribution
UPS.TR.009 Input Harmonic Level < 10%
UPS.TR.010 Overall Efficiency Min. 90% on Full Load
UPS.TR.011 Noise Level < 55 dB @ 1 meter
UPS.TR.012 Backup at least 30 minutes
UPS.TR.013 Warranty 3 years with UPS & 2 years for battery
UPS.TR.014 Certification ISO 9001:2008 & ISO 14001 certified
To be provided for overload/ short circuit;
UPS.TR.015 Protection overheating; input over/ under voltage; output
over/ under voltage.
All necessary alarms & indications essential for
UPS.TR.016 Alarms & Indications performance monitoring of UPS like mains fail,
low battery & fault detection

309 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
Requirement
SNMP interface support (for remote
UPS.TR.017 Interface
monitoring)
UPS.TR.018 Galvanic Isolation To be provided through Inbuilt transformer
UPS to be compatible with DG Set supply and
UPS.TR.019 Compatibility
mains supply
UPS.TR.020 Bypass Automatic Bypass Switch
True ON-LINE (Double Conversion) with IGBT
UPS.TR.021 Technology based rectifier and inverter and PWM
Technology
UPS.TR.022 Support Support for min. 5 years
Operating
UPS.TR.023 5 to 55 Degrees Centigrade
Temperature
UPS.TR.024 Enclosure CE certified
Mandatory
UPS.TR.025 BIS , ROHS
Compliance
UPS.TR.026 Safety Certificate IEC 62040-1

7.8.11 UPS 20 KVA

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
UPS.TR.001 Capacity 20 KVA
415V/230V, 3 wire
UPS.TR.002 Input Range
Frequency 50 HZ ±3 HZ
Output Voltage &
UPS.TR.003 415V/230V, 3 wire
Waveform
I/P & O/P Power
UPS.TR.004 0.9 or higher power factor
Factor
Sealed Lead Maintenance Free VRLA type (Lead
Calcium SMF batteries NOT acceptable), Mains &
UPS.TR.005 Mains & Battery
Battery with necessary indicators, alarms and
protection with proper battery storage stand
UPS.TR.006 Frequency 50 Hz +/- 0.5% (free running), Pure Sine wave
UPS.TR.007 Crest Factor Min. 3:1 at full load
Third Harmonic
UPS.TR.008 < 3%
Distribution
Input Harmonic
UPS.TR.009 < 10%
Level
UPS.TR.010 Overall Efficiency Min. 90% on Full Load
UPS.TR.011 Noise Level < 55 db @ 1 Meter
UPS.TR.012 Backup at least 30 minutes
UPS.TR.013 Warranty 3 years with UPS & 2 yrs for battery
UPS.TR.014 Certification ISO 9001:2008 & ISO 14001 certified

310 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
To be provided for overload/ short circuit;
UPS.TR.015 Protection overheating; input over/ under voltage; output
over/ under voltage.
All necessary alarms & indications essential for
UPS.TR.016 Alarms & Indications performance monitoring of UPS like mains fail,
low battery & fault detection
UPS.TR.017 Interface SNMP interface support (for remote monitoring)
UPS.TR.018 Galvanic Isolation To be provided through Inbuilt transformer
UPS to be compatible with DG Set supply and
UPS.TR.019 Compatibility
mains supply
UPS.TR.020 Bypass Automatic Bypass Switch
True ON-LINE (Double Conversion) with IGBT
UPS.TR.021 Technology based rectifier and inverter and PWM
Technology
UPS.TR.022 Support Support for min. 5 years
Operating
UPS.TR.023 5 to 55 Degrees Centigrade
Temperature
UPS.TR.024 Enclosure CE certified
Mandatory
UPS.TR.025 BIS , ROHS
Compliance
UPS.TR.026 Safety Certificate IEC 62040-1
7.8.12 Projector

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
PROJ.TR.01 General 3D Capable : Yes
PROJ.TR.02 General Analog Video Signal : RGB, component video
PROJ.TR.03 General Brightness : 4000 lumens
PROJ.TR.04 General Colour Support : 1.07 billion colours
PROJ.TR.05 General Contrast Ratio: 2200:1 / 10000:1 (dynamic)
Device Type: Projector with High Definition
PROJ.TR.06 General
720p or better display
PROJ.TR.07 General Features : 2x colour wheel
Interfaces : 1 x VGA input - 15 pin HD D-Sub
PROJ.TR.08 General
(HD-15)
Lamp Life Cycle : Up to 3000 hour(s) / up to
PROJ.TR.09 General
5000 hour(s) (economic mode)
PROJ.TR.10 General Lamp Type: 260 Watt
PROJ.TR.11 General Lens Aperture: F/2.4-2.66
PROJ.TR.12 General Min Operating Temperature : 41 °F
PROJ.TR.13 General Max Operating Temperature : 104 °F
PROJ.TR.14 Projector Native Aspect Ratio: 0.67361
PROJ.TR.15 Projector Output Power / Channel : 10 Watt
PROJ.TR.16 Projector Power: AC 230 V (50 Hz)
PROJ.TR.17 Projector Projection Distance: 4 ft. - 33 ft.
PROJ.TR.18 Lens Resolution: WXGA (1280 x 800)
311 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
PROJ.TR.19 Lens Security Features: Security lock slot
PROJ.TR.20 Lens Sound Emission: 37 dB
PROJ.TR.21 Video Input Sound Emission (Economic Mode): 32 dB
PROJ.TR.22 Video Input Sound Output Mode: Mono
PROJ.TR.23 Video Input Speakers: Speaker(s) - integrated
PROJ.TR.24 Speakers Speakers: 1 x mixed channel
PROJ.TR.25 Speakers Throw Ratio: 1.28 - 1.536:1
TV System: PAL-B/G, PAL-N, PAL-M, PAL-I,
PROJ.TR.26 Speakers NTSC 4.43, NTSC 3.58, PAL-D, SECAM L, PAL-
H, SECAM K1, SECAM D/K, SECAM B/G
PROJ.TR.27 Speakers Type: Integrated
Expansion /
PROJ.TR.28 Uniformity: 0.8
Connectivity
Video Input: RGB, component video (PAL-B/G,
PAL-N, PAL-M, PAL-I, NTSC 4.43, NTSC 3.58,
PROJ.TR.29 Miscellaneous
PAL-D, SECAM L, PAL-H, SECAM K1, SECAM
D/K, SECAM B/G)
Environmental
PROJ.TR.30 Video Interfaces: VGA, HDMI
Parameters
Environmental Video Modes: 480p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p, 480i,
PROJ.TR.31
Parameters 576i, 576p
Environmental
PROJ.TR.32 Zoom Factor: 1.2x
Parameters
Environmental
PROJ.TR.33 Zoom Type: Manual
Parameters

7.9 Helpdesk Hardware

7.9.1 IP phone

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
2 line or more, Monochrome display for viewing
IPP.TR.01 Display
features like messages, directory
10/100 mbps for a direct connection to a
IPP.TR.02
Integral switch 10/100BASE-T
IPP.TR.03 Ethernet network through an RJ-45 interface
IPP.TR.04 Speaker Phone Yes
Wired, Cushion Padded Dual Ear- Speaker, Noise
IPP.TR.05 Headset Cancelling headset with mouthpiece microphone,
port compatibility with IP Phone
IPP.TR.06 VoIP Protocol SIP V2
IEEE 802.3af or better and AC Power Adapter
IPP.TR.07 POE
(Option)
IPP.TR.08 Supported Protocols SNMP, DHCP, DNS
G.711, G.722, G.729 including handset and
IPP.TR.09 Codecs
speakerphone
312 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

IPP.TR.10 Full duplex speaker phone with echo cancellation

Speaker Phone
IPP.TR.11 Speaker on/off button, microphone mute
Easy decibel level adjustment for speaker phone,
IPP.TR.12 Volume control
handset and ringer
Phonebook/ Address
IPP.TR.13 Minimum 100 contacts
book
Access to missed, received, and placed calls.
IPP.TR.14 Call Logs
(Minimum 20 overall)
IPP.TR.15 Clock Time and Date on display
IPP.TR.16 Ringer Selectable Ringer tone
IPP.TR.17 Directory Access LDAP standard directory
IPP.TR.18 QoS QoS mechanism through 802.1p/q

7.9.2 IP PBX (Call Control System)

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

The IP telephony system should be a converged
communication System with ability to run
PBX.TR.01 General analog and IP on the same platform using same
software load based on server and Gateway
architecture
The single IP PBX system should be scalable to
support up to 500 stations (any
PBX.TR.02 Scalability
mix/percentage of Analog/IP) to achieve the
future capacity
The system should be based on server gateway
architecture with external server running on
PBX.TR.03 General
Linux OS. No card based processor systems
should be quoted
The voice network architecture and call
PBX.TR.04 Architecture
control functionality should be based on SIP
The call control system should support
PBX.TR.05 Redundancy
redundancy with no single point of failure
The communication server and gateway should
PBX.TR.06 IP Support support IP V6 from day one so as to be future
proof
The entire solution (IP PBX, its hardware, IP
PBX.TR.07 General Phones, Voice Gateway) should be from a single
OEM
PBX.TR.08 General Support for call-processing and call-control
Should support signaling standards/Protocols–
PBX.TR.09 Protocols
SIP, MGCP, H.323, Q.Sig
Voice Codec support - G.711, G.729, G.729ab,
PBX.TR.10 Codecs
g.722, ILBC
The System should have GUI support web
PBX.TR.11 GUI
based management console
PBX.TR.12 Security

313 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

The protection of signaling connections over IP
PBX.TR.13 Security by means of authentication, Integrity and
encryption should be carried out using TLS
PBX.TR.14 Security System should support MLPP feature
Proposed system should support SRTP for
PBX.TR.15 Security media encryption and signaling encryption by
TLS
Secure HTTP support for Call Server
Administration, Serviceability, User Pages, and
PBX.TR.16 Security Call Detail Record Analysis and Reporting Tool.
Should support Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for
directory
The administrator logging on to the call control
server needs to authenticate by suitable
PBX.TR.17 Security
mechanism such as User Login Information and
Passwords/ Radius Server
Voice gateway to be provided with 1 PRI card
PBX.TR.18 General with 2 port scalable to 3 PRI in future for PSTN
(PRI) line termination.

7.9.3 Soft Phone

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Proposed soft phone client should be
compatible with window based desktop &
SP.TR.01
Android/ iPhone Mobile and should be
provided with Desktop client
Should support Presence/Status, User-
Choice Presence (Busy, be right
back, Away, out to lunch / meeting
SP.TR.02
etc.), Calendar Presence, coming
from Microsoft Outlook calendar (if
integrated).
Soft client shall be able to
SP.TR.03 support one-to-one and multi-party
Soft Phone Client Features messaging
It shall support ability to send Multimedia
SP.TR.04 (Text, voice, video and photo) messages
between users
It shall have ability to store
messages centrally and be able to
deliver them when users connect.
Senders shall be able to send to
SP.TR.05 offline receivers and messages shall
be able to be delivered on demand.
The centrally stored messages shall
provide secure access through encryption
between servers and endpoints.

314 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Also, data shall be available
only through secured logins
Conversation persistency shall be
maintained so that users can view and
participate in active
SP.TR.06
conversations from multiple
messaging applications, until they leave
the conversation
It shall support notification events for all
SP.TR.07
new messages
It shall support user search for current and
SP.TR.08
active conversations
It shall provide administrators to retrieve
SP.TR.09
archived messages in future
It shall support synchronization with
SP.TR.10
Microsoft Active Directory 2012
The UC Client shall be able to IM to group
SP.TR.11
of Users defined by AD.
The UC Client shall provide Visual
SP.TR.12 & Audio Tone Alerts on incoming
Alerts
Shall provide the Presence indicator
SP.TR.13 in IM buddy list and from email
message
Shall provide Location Indicator: For
Ex: Set your own locations like
“Work”, “Home”, “Campus”, “Sales
SP.TR.14
Office” etc. so that next time the
user signs-in from that office UC Client
shall remember the location
Shall Provide Alert When Available:
User shall be able to Set the client
to notify him/her when a contact
becomes available. User shall be
SP.TR.15
notified the first time the user
next becomes available. A message
notification shall be given to alert the user
that the user is available.
SP.TR.16 Spell Check shall be available in chat
Print Chat: The user shall have the ability
to print a conversation with a right-click
from a chat window with another
SP.TR.17
user or by pressing CTRL + P. the user
can also highlight a portion of the text to
print it.
Group chat: UC Client shall allow
users to define custom groups with
SP.TR.18 support up to 100 groups. A group
chat session shall support up to 500
users.
315 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Persistent chat: Persistent chat rooms
shall be supported to share ideas and
information in a chat room
and shall be active even after
participants leave the room. When
SP.TR.19
participants come back to the room, they
can scroll back to read the
messages that they missed. Persistent
chat room shall have the capability to be
password protected
Remove Group Chat Participants: The
person who starts a group chat shall
have the capability to remove group
SP.TR.20
chat participants. Removed chat
participants can be re-invited to the chat
room at any time.
Screen share and Remote Desktop
Sharing in Group Chat (1 :
Many): Users shall have the capability
SP.TR.21
to share screen with up to 5 people
in group chat session using the IM-Only-
desktop-sharing feature.
The UC Client shall support three Default
SP.TR.22 Presence status and shall have support for
multiple states.
Shall have the Provision to adjust presence
SP.TR.23
status
Presence status shall be available for
SP.TR.24
communication options
The user profile for IM and
Presence is maintained in a
SP.TR.25
common enterprise directory, e.g. existing
active directory
SP.TR.26 The Proposed client, apart
from providing IM and
SP.TR.27 presence functionality, shall be able to
provide click to call functionality.
Shall support basic call control with a
SP.TR.28 consistent client interface on PC, web
interface, and mobile device.
Integration shall be able to provide:
SP.TR.29 Voice features Initiate Call, terminate (Hang-Up Call),
Hold, Transfer, Divert if Busy
SP.TR.30 Call Conferencing Capability
Shall be able to Initiate a
SP.TR.31 conference call involving
multiple participants.
Shall be able to Conference with
SP.TR.32 participants using computer audio for
voice
316 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Shall be able to Conference with
SP.TR.33
participants using IP phone for voice
Ability to put a call on hold and
resume the call from a different client
SP.TR.34 associated with that user e.g. Hold
the call from a PC and resume the
call onto an iPad/Tablet or mobile phone.
The video calling capability to be
SP.TR.35 part of the same client for IM and
Presence.
Soft clients for Desktop, iOS or
Android based tablets shall be able
SP.TR.36
to participate in the video conferencing
call.
The user shall be able to
SP.TR.37 make point-to-point video calls
without utilizing the MCU.

7.9.4 IVR & ACD

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Should support high availability with hot standby
server that should provide seamless failover in
ACD.TR.01 High Availability case of main server failure. There should not be
any downtime of Contact Center in case of single
server failure in high availability case
Should support skill based routing and it should
ACD.TR.02 Routing be possible to put all the agents in to a single skill
group and different skill groups
ACD support routing of incoming calls based
upon caller input to menus, real-time queue
ACD.TR.03 Routing
statistics, time of day, day of week, ANI, dialed
number etc.
ACD should support call routing based on longest
ACD.TR.04 Routing available agent, circular agent selection
algorithms.
ACD should support the playing of customizable
queuing announcements based upon the skill
ACD.TR.05 Queuing group that the call is being queued to, including
announcements related to position in queue and
expected delay.
Agents should be able to chat with other Agents
ACD.TR.06 Chat or supervisor and solution shall be provided with
minimum 10 Agent licenses
Supervisor should be able to see the real-time
status of agents, supervisors should be able to
ACD.TR.07 Status
make agent ready or logout from the supervisor
desktop

317 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Should support Queuing of calls and playing
ACD.TR.08 Queuing different prompts depending on the type of call
and time in the queue.
In future if required, the ACD should support
active and standby server mode, where the
server can be put in DC and DR. In case of Main
ACD.TR.09 Active/Standby Mode server in the Data center fail the standby server
in DR should take over seamlessly. ACD solution
should support placing of Main and Stand by
server in DC and DR respectively.
ACD.TR.10 Interactive Voice Response (IVR):
IVR should play welcome messages to callers
ACD.TR.11 DTMF
Prompts to press and collect DTMF digits
IVR should be able to integrate with backend
ACD.TR.12 Self-Service database for self-service, as and when
required.
GUI based tool to be provided for designing the
ACD.TR.13 GUI
IVR and ACD call flow.
IVR should support Voice XML for ASR, TTS, and
ACD.TR.14 Call Flows
DTMF call flows
IVR should be able to Read data from HTTP and
ACD.TR.15 Read Capability
XML Pages
ACD.TR.16 Campaigns IVR should be able to run outbound campaigns.
ACD.TR.17 Reporting:
System to provide report of IVR Application
ACD.TR.18 Performance Analysis Performance Analysis, Call by Call details for all
the calls, Traffic analysis reports etc.
Reporting platform to support Agent level
ACD.TR.19 Performance Analysis reports, Agent login, logout report, report on
agent state changes
Queue reports, Abandon call reports all the
reports should be summary, tabular and
ACD.TR.20 Performance Analysis
detailed report format to be available for the
agents.
Reporting platform to support custom reports
ACD.TR.21 Performance Analysis using a combination of the Crystal Reports
Developer's Toolkit or SQL stored procedures.
Sort and filter reports, Send scheduled reports
ACD.TR.22 Performance Analysis to a file or to a printer. Export reports in a variety
of formats, including PDF/RTF/XML/CSV.
ACD.TR.23 E-mail:
Administrator should be able to assign one or
ACD.TR.24 Email
more email addresses to a single Queue.
Email routing support integration with Microsoft
ACD.TR.25 Email Exchange 2003 or Microsoft Exchange e2007 or
2010.
Agents should be able to automatically resume of
ACD.TR.26 Email
e-mail processing on voice disconnect.

318 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Nature of requirement Minimum Requirement Description

Agent should be able to save email draft
ACD.TR.27 Email
response and resume at a later time.
ACD.TR.28 Email Agent should be able to re-queue email.
Supervisor should be able to access real-time
ACD.TR.29 Email
reporting for Agent E-Mail by mail volume

7.10 Variable Message Display (VMD) Board

Nature of
S. No Minimum Requirement
requirement
VMS-TR-01 Source of light High intensity LEDs
VMS-TR-02 Colour True Colour
VMS-TR-03 Brightness >8000 cd/m2
VMS-TR-04 Luminance Class L-3 as per EN 12966
VMS-TR-05 Contrast Ratio R2-R3 as per EN 12966
VMS-TR-06 Beam Width B-3 as per should be wide angle B6 or B7 or B4
VMS-TR-07 Viewing distance >300 meters
VMS-TR-08 Display capability Alpha-numeric, Pictorials, Graphical & video
VMS-TR-09 Pitch 10mm
VMS-TR-10 Display Front Panel 100% anti-glare
Multilingual (English/Hindi) and all fonts
VMS-TR-11 Language
supported by windows
VMS-TR-12 Auto Dimming Auto dimming adjusts to ambient light level
VMS-TR-13 In built Sensor Photoelectric sensor
VMS-TR-14 Storage capacity Minimum 100 GB
VMS-TR-15 Display Area Display size of VMD should be 2.88m*1.92m
The number of lines and characters can be
VMS-TR-16 Number of Lines customized as per the requirement (Min 3 Lines &
10 Characters)
Brightness &
VMS-TR-17 Controlled through software
contrast
Display driving Direct current control driving circuit. Driver card
VMS-TR-18
method of display applies Direct Current Technology
VMS-TR-19 Display Style Stay on and flashing
VMS-TR-20 Connectivity IP Based
Access control mechanism would be also required
VMS-TR-21 Access Control
to establish so that the usage is regulated.
With Smart City Operations Center and service
VMS-TR-22 Integration
providers for offering G2C and B2C services
Cast Iron Foundation and M.S. Pole, Sturdy Body
VMS-TR-23 Construction
for equipment
Internal Battery with different charging options
VMS-TR-24 Battery
(Solar/Mains)
VMS-TR-25 Power Automatic on/off operation
VMS-TR-26 Casing IP-55 rated for housing
VMS-TR-27 Operating conditions 0° to 55°C

319 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8. Technical Specifications Software

8.1 Integrated Command Control Centre

8.1.1 Video wall management Software

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Specification Requirements
requirement
The software should be able to pre configure
various display layouts and access them at any
VWS.TR.01 General Requirements
time with a simple mouse click or based on the
timer
The software should enable the users to see the
desktop of the graphics display wall remotely on
VWS.TR.02 General Requirements any PC connected with the Display Controller over
the Ethernet and change the size and position of
the various windows being shown.
The wall management software shall be having
VWS.TR.03 General Requirements
interoperability with Video management system.
The wall management software may be centrally
VWS.TR.04 General Requirements Server based or local controller based
architecture.
The software should enable various operators to
access the display wall from the local keyboard and
VWS.TR.05 General Requirements
mouse of their workstation connected with the
Display Controller on the Ethernet
The software should copy the screen content of the
PC / workstation connected on the Ethernet with
VWS.TR.06 General Requirements the Display Controller to be shown on the Display
wall in scalable and moveable windows in real time
environment.
The wall management software should enable
VWS.TR.07 General Requirements Master System Integrators to integrate it with their
Software.
VWS.TR.08 Key features of Wall management Software
General Requirements
VWS.TR.09 a. Central configuration database
The Wall Control software shall perform health
VWS.TR.10
monitoring that allows timely detection of faults.
VWS.TR.11 a. Wall health
General Requirements
VWS.TR.12 b. Cube health
VWS.TR.13 c. Cube IP-address
VWS.TR.14 d. Brightness
Wall Control Software shall allow commands on
VWS.TR.15
wall level or cube level or a selection of cubes :
General Requirements
VWS.TR.16 a. Switching the entire display wall on or off
VWS.TR.17 b. Fine-tune colour of each cube
VWS.TR.18 General Requirements Log file functions

320 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.2 Data Centre - Software

8.2.1 Integrated Command & Control Centre (ICCC) Platform

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
It is envisaged that the city shall implement multiple
Smart City use cases over a period of time. The
potential example Smart City use cases are Smart
ICCC.TR.01 Traffic, Smart Parking, Smart Lighting, Energy
Metering, Water Metering, CCTV, Public Transport,
Public Wi-Fi and other integrations as per defined
scope.
Data The platform shall also allow the manufacturers of the
Normalization sensors to develop integrations themselves using
ICCC.TR.02
capabilities SDKs without affecting the northbound applications
and existing integration.
The platform shall be able to normalize the data
coming from different devices of same type (i.e.
Different lighting sensor from different OEMs,
ICCC.TR.03
different energy meters from different OEMs etc.) and
provide secure access to that data using data API(s)
to application developers.
The platform shall support distributed deployment of
functions (workflows & policies) across city's
ICCC.TR.04
network and compute infrastructure with centralized
management and control.
System shall support Esri, Map Box, Open street etc.
ICCC.TR.05 GIS Map Support
GIS and Map Servers
Map services and geospatial coordinates:
provides the geographical coordinates of
ICCC.TR.06 Location engine a) specific facilities, roads, and city
infrastructure assets, as well as unmapped
facilities.
Geospatial calculation: calculates distance
ICCC.TR.07 b)
between two or more locations on the map.
Aggregation and abstraction of sensors:
ICCC.TR.08 Device engine a) provides aggregation of sensors from diverse
sensor cloud.
Normalization of sensor data: organizes
sensor data and assigns attributes based on
ICCC.TR.09 b)
relations; raw data removed and passed to
data engine.
Data archive and logging: stores data feeds
Data and
ICCC.TR.10 a) from the device engine and external data
Analytics engine
sources.
Analytics: provides time-shifted or offline
ICCC.TR.11 b)
analytics on the archived data.
Reporting: delivers reports based on events
ICCC.TR.12 c) triggered by device engine data and external
notifications.
321 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
Sensor platform OEM shall provide online Developer
Developer Program tools that shall help City to produce new
ICCC.TR.13
Program tools applications, and/or use solution APIs to enhance or
manage existing solution free of cost.
Authentication, System shall support standard Authentication,
ICCC.TR.14
Authorization Authorization Performs.
Data plan Live data and visual feed from diverse sensors
ICCC.TR.15
Functionalities connected to the platform.
Normalized APIs shall be available for the listed
domains (Parking, Outdoor Lighting, Traffic,
Environment, Urban mobility etc.) to monitor,
API Repository /
ICCC.TR.16 control sensor and/or actuators functionality to
API Guide
enable app developers to develop apps on the
platform. For example Lighting APIs: Vendor
agnostic APIs to control Lighting functionality.
Platform OEM shall have published the normalized
APIs in their website for the listed domains ((Parking,
Outdoor Lighting, Traffic, Environment, Urban
ICCC.TR.17
mobility etc.) to allow sensor vendors and app
developers to develop their connectors / adaptors to
the platform.
Cross collaboration APIs: Enabling contextual
ICCC.TR.18 information and correlation across domains and
verticals (Multiple vendor and Multi-sensor in future).
The OEM shall be able to securely access the platform
ICCC.TR.19 Platform remotely for platform updates / upgrades and
upgrade and maintenance for the given duration.
maintenance Platform shall be able to be deployed on a public cloud
ICCC.TR.20
for disaster recovery.
API management and gateway: Provides secure API
ICCC.TR.21
lifecycle, monitoring mechanism for available APIs.
User and subscription management: Provides
different tier of user categorization, authentication,
ICCC.TR.22
authorization, and services based on the
subscriptions.
Platform
Application management: Provides role-based access
ICCC.TR.23 functionality
view to applications.
The platform shall also be able to bring in other e-
ICCC.TR.24 governance data as i-frames in the command and
control centre dashboard.
ICCC.TR.25 All of these data shall be rendered / visualized on the
command and control centre dashboard.
This platform is expected to integrate various urban
services devices at the street layer so that urban
ICCC.TR.26 services applications can be developed on top of this
Integration
platform independent of the technology that is used
capabilities
in the devices.
Integrate devices using their APIs in to this platform.
ICCC.TR.27
For example, if the City wants to deploy Smart
322 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
Parking solution, this platform shall have the ability
and provision to write adaptors which interface with
the parking sensors or management software of the
parking sensors to collect parking events, data and
alerts and notifications from the devices and their
software managers.
The same logic and requirement applies to various
other urban services devices like LED control nodes,
ICCC.TR.28 water meters, energy meters, environmental sensors,
waste bin sensors, device embedded in connected
vehicles etc.
Enables the City and its partners to define a standard
ICCC.TR.29 data model for each of the urban services domains
(i.e. Parking, lighting, kiosks etc.…).
Enables City and/or its partners to write software
adaptors based on the API(s) provided by device
ICCC.TR.30
vendors and have the ability to control, monitor and
collect the data from these street devices.
Provides urban services API(s) to develop Operations
applications for each of the Urban Services domains.
For example, the lighting operator of the City shall be
able to develop a City Lighting management
ICCC.TR.31 application based on the API(s) provided by the
platform. This lighting application shall also have the
ability to access data from other domains like
environment based on the access control configured
in the system.
System shall allow policy creation to set of rules that
control the behaviour of infrastructure items. Each
policy shall a set of conditions that activate the
behaviour it provides.
ICCC.TR.32
Policies and System shall allow Default, Time-based, Event-based
Events and Manual override polices creation. For example, an
operator might enforce a "no parking zone" policy
manually to facilitate road repairs.
ICCC.TR.33 System shall provision to define a set of conditions
that can be used to trigger an event-based policy
System shall generate Notification, Alert and Alarm
messages that shall be visible within the
ICCC.TR.34
Dashboard/GIS Platform and the Enforcement Officer
Mobile App if required.
Notifications,
All system messages (notifications, alerts and alarms)
Alerts and
ICCC.TR.35 shall always be visible from the Notifications view,
Alarms
which provides controls that operator can use to sort
and filter the messages that it displays.
Systems shall deliver message to a set of subscribers.
ICCC.TR.36
The Notification service shall support min. two types

323 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
of notification methods – Email notification and Short
Messaging Service (SMS) notification.
Users access and perform various tasks, such as
adding new locations, configuring new devices,
managing adapters, and so on. However, not all users
ICCC.TR.37 Users and roles
can perform all tasks. Each user shall be associated
with one or more roles and each role is assigned a
certain set of permissions.
These roles and permissions define the tasks that a
user can perform. Additionally, system shall assign
ICCC.TR.38
one or more locations to each role so that the user can
perform tasks at the assigned locations only.
Roles and permissions define the tasks that a user can
perform, such as adding users, viewing location
details, exporting devices, generating reports, and so
ICCC.TR.39
on. Each user shall be associated with one or more
roles and each role has an assigned set of
permissions.
The platform shall allow different roles to be created
ICCC.TR.40 and assign those roles to different access control
policies.
System shall support LDAP to be used as an additional
ICCC.TR.41
data store for user management and authentication.
The Service catalog management module shall allow
to categorize the externalized and non-externalized
Service Catalog services into logical groups by creating the service
ICCC.TR.42
Management catalogs. In addition, system shall allow manage the
service catalog by adding, modifying or deleting the
catalog details.
The platform shall have capability to provide access
ICCC.TR.43 to real time data and historical data from various
Reports connected devices for reporting and analytics.
System shall allow dashboard to generate reports and
ICCC.TR.44
have provision to add reports in favourites list.
ICCC.TR.45 The access to data shall be highly secure and efficient.
Access to the platform API(s) shall be secured using
ICCC.TR.46
API keys.
Data Security
Software shall support security standards: OAuth 2.0,
ICCC.TR.47 HTTPS over SSL or equivalent security standards help
protect the data across all domains.
Smart city suppliers shall be adaptable to the
Global Market emerging needs of cities. Suppliers shall develop
Presence & offerings that meet the growing interest in urban
ICCC.TR.48
Support Internet of Things (IoT) applications, big data
System solutions, and the transformation in city approaches
to energy policy, urban mobility, and city resilience.
Smart City Platform/Software provider shall be global
ICCC.TR.49 Member of Smart Cities Council & Navigant Research
Report for Smart Cities Suppliers.
324 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
ICCC OEM shall have registered office in India at least
from last 05 Years and shall have software
development centre in India. Shall have Quality
ICCC.TR.50
Management System ISO 9001 OR Environmental
Management System ISO 14001 Quality
Certifications.
Command & Control Centre shall provide for
authoring and invoking un-limited number of
ICCC.TR.51 configurable and customizable standard operating
procedures through graphical, easy to use tooling
interface.
Standard Operating Procedures shall be established,
approved sets of actions considered to be the best
ICCC.TR.52
practices for responding to a situation or carrying out
Standard an Operations.
Operating The users shall be able to edit the SOP, including
ICCC.TR.53
Procedure adding, editing, or deleting the activities.
The users shall be able to also add comments to or
ICCC.TR.54
stop the SOP (prior to completion).
There shall be provision for automatically logging the
actions, changes, and commentary for the SOP and its
ICCC.TR.55
activities, so that an electronic record is available for
after-action review.
The SOP Tool shall have capability to define the
ICCC.TR.56
following activity types:
Manual Activity - An activity that is done manually by
ICCC.TR.57
the owner and provide details in the description field.
Automation Activity - An activity that initiates and
ICCC.TR.58 tracks a particular work order and select a predefined
work order from the list.
If-Then-Else Activity - A conditional activity that
ICCC.TR.59 allows branching based on specific criteria. Either
enter or select values for Then and Else.
Notification Activity - An activity that displays a
notification window that contains an email template
ICCC.TR.60
for the activity owner to complete, and then sends an
email notification.
SOP Activity - An activity that launches another
ICCC.TR.61
standard operating procedure.
Analytics Engine shall be an artificial intelligence-
based smart city analytics platform module to
maximize business value through advanced machine
ICCC.TR.62
learning capabilities. The machine learning
Analytics Engine
capabilities aid in automating policies that result in
better asset and infrastructure management.
The solution shall be flexible to integrate with other
ICCC.TR.63
city and government software applications.

325 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
Analytics Engine module shall have below intelligence
capabilities;

a) Advanced Predictive Analytics shall be part of the

solution.

b) The solution shall be flexible to integrate with

other city and government software applications

c) The solution shall be able to predict insights

consuming data from city infrastructure viz.,
Traffic, Parking, Lighting etc.
ICCC.TR.64
d) The solution shall have predictions with
measurable accuracy of at least > 70%

e) The solution shall be able to predict and integrate

with Smart City solutions helping in driving
Operational policies creation.

f) The solution shall be robust, secure and scalable.

g) The solution shall have a visualization platform to

view historic analytics
The application shall enable the customers to
discover, compare, and correlate data across
heterogeneous data sources to unravel the patterns
that are previously hidden. At a broader level, when
you work with the application, system do the following
tasks:
ICCC.TR.65 a) Connect to a variety of data sources

b) Analyze the result set

c) Visualize the results

d) Predict outcomes

Analytics Engine shall support multiple Data Sources.

ICCC.TR.66 Min below standard data sources shall be supported –
CSV, TSV, MS Excel , NOSQL, RDBMS
Analytics Engine shall provide analysis of data from a
selected data source(s).
Analysis enables to define arithmetic and aggregation
ICCC.TR.67
Operations that result in the desired output.
Analytics engine shall provide capability to check
analysis with multiple predictive algorithms.

326 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
Analytics Engine shall provide visualizations
dashboard.

In the visualization workspace it shall allow to change

visual attributes of a graph.
User shall not be allowed to alter the
graph/visualization definition.
In the visualizations workspace, user shall able to do
Analytics Engine the following Operations:
ICCC.TR.68
Visualizations a) Change the graph/visualization type
b) Print the graph
c) Export the graph
d) Narrow down on the value ranges
e) Toggle the axis labels
f) Integrate with other 3rd party applications
seamlessly
System shall allow export the analysis into min
following formats:
a) XML/JSON
ICCC.TR.69 Export Formats b) Excel
c) PDF
d) CSV
a) Integrates with existing cameras and new
cameras. Shall support multiple video sources
from multiple locations. Platform shall have no
limitation in displaying the number of CCTV video
sources.
ICCC.TR.70 Video Display b) Integrate and assess inputs from different sources
and integration such as CCTV, Video Analytics, and sensors
capabilities further to assist with actionable intelligence.
c) Display module shall have capability to control
multi-screened display wall in sync with operator
console.
d) Smart City Operations Centre shall support 20 to
30 camera feeds in display.
ICCC OEM shall have 24x7x365 technical assistance
support centre (TASC) in India. TASC shall provide
Technical
ICCC.TR.71 online website and phone number to register service
support centre
request, service request can be raise by partner and
customer.
a) The solution shall be implemented and compliant
to industry open standard commercial-off-the-
ICCC.TR.72 CCC Operations shelf (COTS) applications that are customizable.
b) The solution shall integrate with GIS and map
information and be able to dynamically update

327 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
information on the GIS maps to show status of
resources.
c) The solution shall also provide an integrated user
interface for all the smart elements implemented.
d) The solution shall provide operators and
managers with a management dashboard that
provides a real time status and is automatically
updated when certain actions, incidents and
resources have been assigned, pending,
acknowledged, dispatched, implemented, and
completed. The above attributes shall be colour
coded.
e) The solution shall provide the “day to day
Operations”, “Common Operating Picture” and
situational awareness to the centre and
participating agencies during these modes of
Operations.
f) It shall improve scalability for large and
geographically distributed environments.
g) It shall provide complete view of sensors,
facilities, e-governance/ERP, video streams and
alarms in an easy-to-use and intuitive GIS-enabled
graphical interface with a powerful workflow and
business logic engine.
h) It shall provide a uniform, coherent, user-friendly
and standardized interface.
i) It shall provide possibility to connect to
workstations and accessible via web browser.
j) The dashboard content and layout shall be
configurable and information displayed on these
dashboards shall be filtered by the role of the
person viewing dashboard.
k) The solution shall allow creation of hierarchy of
incidents and be able to present the same in the
form of a tree structure for analysis purposes.
l) The solution shall be available via a VPN as a web-
based interface or a thin-client interface.
m) It shall be possible to combine the different views
onto a single screen or a multi-monitor
workstation.
n) The solution shall maintain a comprehensive and
easy to understand audit trail of read and write
actions performed on the system.
328 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
o) The solution shall provide ability to extract data in
desired formats for publishing and interfacing
purposes.
p) The solution shall provide ability to attach
documents and other artefacts to incidents and
other entities.
q) The solution is required to issue, log, track,
manage and report on all activities underway
during these modes of Operations:
· anticipation of incident
· incident or crisis
· recovery
· incident simulation

a) Analytics appliance must monitor and display each

and every process running on the server (Physical
/ VM form factor). Appliance must also display the
process ID, Process owner, Process mapping etc.
b) Analytics appliance must uses machine learning
algorithm to build application insight and its
interdependency to create real time application
dependency mapping for the desired time range.
c) Analytics appliance should be capable of
simulating what if scenario with existing policy on
past traffic or new policy on current / old traffic
and validate the result before applying the policy
Analytics and on the production network.
ICCC.TR.73 Telemetry d) Analytics appliance should collect data from each
monitoring server using sensor / agent.
e) Analytics appliance agent should have
bidirectional authentication with the analytics
appliance to avoid security spoofing.
f) Analytics appliance must manage, monitor and
upgrade the agent deployed onto the server.
g) Analytics appliance agent should support and
deployed on the following windows and Linux OS
in bare metal or VM form factor:
h) A] Linux - RHES Release 5.3 and later, RHES
release 6.x, Cent OS Release 5.11 and later, Cent
OS release 6.x, Ubuntu Release 12.04, 14.04,
14.10

329 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
i) B] Microsoft Windows Server - MWS 2008, 2008
R2, 2012 and 2012 R2 Standard, Enterprise,
Essentials and Data Centre Editions
j) Analytics appliance should also support hardware
sensor running on the network switches for
gathering buffer utilization, burst detection,
network latency, packet drops etc. details.
k) Analytics appliance must have its own WebGui.
l) Analytics appliance must support Open North
bound REST API as well as KAFKA based push
events.
m) Analytics appliance monitor compliance and
compliance deviations and report back in minute
in case of any non - compliance.
n) Analytics appliance must recommend and
validate/simulate whitelist policy for each
application.
o) Analytics appliance should support policy impact
analysis and test policy / white list policy before
enforcing it to the production environment in DC.
p) Analytics appliance should provide contextual
search capability with actionable insight for faster
troubleshooting and anomaly detection.
q) Analytics appliance must collect telemetry
information from every packet in the data centre
without sampling as well as it must support long
term data (flow information) retention.
r) Analytics appliance must support role based
authentication (RBAC) for Web GUI and REST API.
s) Analytics appliance should analyze each and every
flow in different dimension i.e. location, time of
transaction, network and application latency,
source and destination ports and IP, Session
duration etc. to find out application anomaly
t) Analytics appliance should be capable of exporting
the policy recommendation in to JSON, XML and
YAML
u) Analytics appliance should be capable of
supporting 5,000 end points (i.e. VMs, Servers,
Switches etc.) and scalable to 10,000 end points
with license upgrade only.
v) Analytics appliance should be horizontal scalable.

330 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S.NO. Functional Parameters/ Description
Requirement
a) The access to data shall be highly secure and
efficient.
b) Access to the platform API(s) shall be secured
using API keys.
c) Software shall support security standards: OAuth
2.0, HTTPS over SSL, and key management help
protect the data across all domains.
API & Interface
ICCC.TR.74 d) Shall support security features built for many of
Security
its components by using HTTPS, TLS for all its
public facing API implementations. For
deployment where CCC Software API(s) exposed
to application eco system, API Management, API
security features and API Key management
functions are required.

8.2.2 Enterprise Content Management System / Document Management System

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

Facility to scan and upload
• Paper documents
CMS.TR.001 • Photos
• Email communication
• Any other document
Documents in electronic soft form (pdf, txt, xls, doc, ppt, picture files, TIFF,
CMS.TR.002
JPEG, GIF, even Zip Files) System generated documents
CMS.TR.003 Ability to share documents scanned across several offices / departments.
The proposed system shall have Out of the Box capability of Digital Asset
CMS.TR.004
management to manage rich media content files.
Automatically create multiple formats of a corporate image or video and
CMS.TR.005
create additional formats with various aspect ratio on ingestion
Support multiple definitions of sets of renditions to be created for different
CMS.TR.006
classes of assets
System shall have support for management of image formats such as JPG,
CMS.TR.007 GIF, PNG, TIFF, PSD, and BMP; as well as output formats such as JPG, GIF,
PNG, and PSD.
System shall have support for video formats such as Flash, Real, Windows
CMS.TR.008 Media Format, QuickTime, and others. Image and Video metadata is
extracted and associated with the content item as object metadata.
Ability to check the quality of the scanned image and make
CMS.TR.009
corrections/adjustments to improve the quality of the scanned image.
The ECM shall support temporarily storing the scanned images locally
CMS.TR.010
before uploading to the central server.
Ability to support quick scanning and indexing of bulk documents.
CMS.TR.011
Scanning through browser plug-in.
Ability to support automatic cropping / masking of whole/any part of the
CMS.TR.012
document. This ability should be user defined and also document wise.

331 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

It shall be possible to scan and upload documents including pictures and
CMS.TR.013 images. Such document may be uploaded directly from third party
premises over the web or from the office.
CMS.TR.014 Ability to support Web based scanning
It shall be possible to set up and track both mandatory and non-mandatory
CMS.TR.015
documents.
Document types need to be pre-defined as a product / type of service /
CMS.TR.016
transaction type / workflow etc.
Confirm that the content was delivered and viewed as a proof of
CMS.TR.017
compliance with security policies
Grant access to documents offline for a specified period of time while
CMS.TR.018
maintaining audit capabilities.
The system shall have a native iOS and Android based mobile/tablet app
CMS.TR.019 for easy access of the information (document) while users are on the
move.
CMS.TR.020 Workflow for routing and tracking of documents, messages and Forms
Create Ad-hoc or predefined routes for automatic document routing on
CMS.TR.021 sequential / parallel routes. This must be offered as a base and standard
product
Facility of associating a note-sheet with the file enabling users to comment
CMS.TR.022
and review.
CMS.TR.023 Facility of attaching documents and folders in work items
CMS.TR.024 Facility to act upon, forward, return or complete Work-items
Support for referring Work-items to other users outside the pre-defined
CMS.TR.025
route
CMS.TR.026 Time –based/ Event -based reminders
Provision of putting shared and secured notes for collaborative working on
CMS.TR.027
Work items
CMS.TR.028 Ability to support typical document imaging annotations which include:
· Highlighting images and text in various colours to emphasize words
CMS.TR.029
or sections
· Redacting (blacking-out or whiting-out) images and text to
CMS.TR.030
preserve confidentiality
· Stamping images with words such as FAXED or CONFIDENTIAL, or
CMS.TR.031
with signatures denoting approval or denial
CMS.TR.032 · Attaching sticky notes that contain additional comments
CMS.TR.033 An imaging system ’s security should control who can view
· Annotations such as highlighting, stamps or sticky notes, and who
can see through redaction. All annotations should be overlaid and
CMS.TR.034
not change the actual image.
· Ability to support Printing, faxing and e-mailing documents
System shall provide web-based administration tool and provide a single
CMS.TR.035 point of access for managing and administering all repositories, servers,
users and groups regardless of their location across the enterprise
The system shall allow content syndication service via xml based feeds,
CMS.TR.036
email alerts etc.
The system shall support versioning of contents, user should be able to
CMS.TR.037
access previous and next versions
CMS.TR.038 Shall support storage of complete and multiple versions of content
332 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

Shall have major & minor release for draft & final release version of the
CMS.TR.039
document
Shall support the JSR 170, Java APIs/REST APIs/Web Service APIs that
CMS.TR.040 make content assets available to the application layer services or other
Content Management (CM) solutions.
Shall support for storage of any type of contents such as JPG, TIFF, PDF,
CMS.TR.041
MS office files, audio, video, auto cad files etc.
The product shall support single metadata store for modules such as
CMS.TR.042 Document Management, Web Content Management, Records Management
and Digital Asset Management
System should provide library services such as core content services,
CMS.TR.043 workflows, archiving, folders, content publishing, records management
and security features.
Ability to support a single Security model for the content repository that
CMS.TR.044
is used to manage documents, records as well as web content.
Shall have out of box support for standards like BPM/BPEL to address
CMS.TR.045
complex workflow requirements
CMS.TR.046 System shall support for auditing for usage of content through audit trails
CMS.TR.047 System shall provide support for scheduling indexing
CMS.TR.048 Provides ability for administrators to archive and backup content
CMS.TR.049 Shall support for both centralized & distributed architecture
CMS.TR.050 Shall support for content cache for remote client
Shall have policy-based, pluggable framework for reliability and secure
CMS.TR.051
access.
Shall have a comprehensive access control functions, depending on the
CMS.TR.052
user role & access levels
Shall support simple as well as complex workflows along with escalation
CMS.TR.053
routing and monitoring policy as defined by user
The proposed system shall be able to classify any piece of content as a
CMS.TR.054
record
Support for creation, declaration, classification, retention and destruction
CMS.TR.055
of business records.
CMS.TR.056 System shall provide audit trails and certificate of destruction.
CMS.TR.057 System shall provide the ability to freeze the records.
Product shall provide records managers with a single view into all retention
CMS.TR.058 schedules, disposition actions, and audit histories, facilitating the process
of identifying and declaring records.
CMS.TR.059 System shall allow for management of external content.
System shall support adapters to external repositories for managing
CMS.TR.060
records, such as file systems, content repositories and e-mail archives
Product shall provide generic adapters that can be configured for
CMS.TR.061
integration with other applications and repositories.
CMS.TR.062 It shall have out of box components and integration options with Portal
The system shall provide ability to leverage multiple display templates for
CMS.TR.063
a content item
System shall support in-context web content contribution, preview,
CMS.TR.064
updates and approvals.
CMS.TR.065 System shall provide support for multi-site management

333 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

The system shall provide spell-checking functionality. The language of the
CMS.TR.066 dictionary must be able to be changed for content authors producing
content in other languages.
The system shall provide the ability to upload and associate media items
CMS.TR.067
to content items from within the content item authoring interface.
The system shall provide the ability to preview content as it shall appear
CMS.TR.068
on pages where it is added in production prior to it being published
Digital Certificate Services: The system should automatically
enable/disable the Digital Signature Certificates (DSCs) of employees
depending on the current status of each employee namely, fresh
CMS.TR.069 appointment / transfer / leave/ training / retirement etc. The system
should accordingly enable DSC only for an “active” employee.
Procurement of digital certificates for the users of the BMC shall be the
responsibility of the client.
MAILING AND MESSAGING SERVICES: This would be used for sending the
alerts as mail and SMS message to the registered users of the application
and shall be used for messaging and calendaring services. The Mail and
SMS Server should provide a highly available, scalable and reliable
platform for delivering secure communication services. It would be
required to cluster this Server to ensure high availability and reliability.
This server shall also act as Messaging Server. It should provide with
extensive security features ensuring the privacy of users and the integrity
of communication through user authentication, session encryption, and
CMS.TR.070 content filtering to help prevent spam and viruses, and mechanisms to
monitor and enable regulatory compliance. It should support standard
SMTP, IMAP and POP3 services. The Messaging system should provide a
secure messaging and collaboration – email solution with standard
features like calendaring, contacts and tasks, Archiving, Directory and
LDAP address book, web based access to emails and support for data
storage. Other features to be supported include – per-user filtering
policies, user management, mailing list manager and synchronization with
MS Outlook / Lotus Notes/equivalent. Approximate size of mailbox for
registered user should be 300MB.
PAYMENT GATEWAY: The application would provide the online payment
services through integration with the payment gateways. The solution
shall support card payments using all the popular debit and credit cards
(Visa, Master card etc.) and Direct Debit. For online payments, Secure
Socket Layer (SSL) shall be used for supporting & securing the
CMS.TR.071
transactions taking place through the payment gateway. As Commercial
transaction over internet is prone to Identity Theft and can cause financial
loss to department and citizens, the solution would incorporate PCI DSS
ver. 1.1 standards. Currently BMC has set up a payment gateway with Axis
bank.
8.2.3 EMS and Network Monitoring System

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
Enterprise Management System should provide
EMS.TR.01 General for end to end performance, availability, fault and
event and impact management for all enterprise
334 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
resources that encompasses the heterogeneous
networks, systems, applications, databases and
client infrastructure present in the enterprise
The Service Management solution to be used for
incident and problem management, Inventory&
Asset management, Service Request
EMS.TR.02 General Management, Self Service, Service level
management should be built to leverage the same
common Configuration Management Database
(CMDB) with a unified architecture
The service automation solution should provide
configuration management and compliance
EMS.TR.03 General
assurance across servers, networks and
applications
Solution should provide for future scalability of the
EMS.TR.04 General
whole system without major architectural changes
Solution should be distributed, and scalable and
EMS.TR.05 General
open to third party integration
The solution should be able to monitor all the IT
assets for the organization across all the location
EMS.TR.06 General
spread across including servers, network, routers,
switches etc.
The agent and agentless monitor should be able to
collect & manage event/ fault, performance and
EMS.TR.07 General
capacity data and should not require separate
collectors
The solution should reduce manual customization
efforts and should speed-up problem identification
EMS.TR.08 General
and resolution of the IT performance anomalies
with intelligent events
The solution should have the capability to identify
probable root cause using a variety of filtering and
EMS.TR.09 Technical
statistical correlation methods to determine their
relevance to the issue being researched
The solution should be able to generate dynamic
performance baselines and continuously update
EMS.TR.10 Technical and refine these normal operational bands by
automatically adapting to the changes in
enterprise infrastructure
The solution should have the capability to perform
EMS.TR.11 Technical
automated dynamic threshold management

335 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
The solution should carry out automated probable
cause analysis by picking up feeds from every
infrastructure component being monitored and
EMS.TR.12 Technical
automating the correlation of these alarms/
events to point out the probable cause of an
infrastructure error
Solution should carry out probable cause analysis
thereby helping operators to identify the root
EMS.TR.13 General
cause without having to write complex rules for
correlation
Should be configurable to suppress events for key
EMS.TR.14 General systems/ devices that are down for routine
maintenance or planned outage
The solution should provide the mechanism for
creation of knowledgebase and provision the same
EMS.TR.15 General
to the end users with the ability to search for
known errors from the knowledge base
The solution should provide network, server,
application and database performance
EMS.TR.16 General information and alarms and should be able to show
it in a single console and provide a reporting
interface for all network and system components
The solution should be extensible enough to
support capacity planning and optimization with
EMS.TR.17 General data collected through the deployed performance
management agent or from agentless data
collectors
Should be able to monitor & manage distributed &
heterogeneous systems (both 32 bit & 64 Bit) -
EMS.TR.18 Technical Windows, UNIX & LINUX, including various market
leading virtual platforms like VMware, Microsoft
HyperV etc.
Database Monitoring: The solution should be able
EMS.TR.19 General to monitor all the market leading database
solution providers
The Database monitoring should seamlessly
integrate with the same EMS dashboard/ Portal
EMS.TR.20 General
and provide integration with the central event
console
The tool should provide the organization the
EMS.TR.21 General ability to easily collect and analyse specific
information of applications & databases

336 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
Servers: Should be able to monitor the server
instances, database and instance status,
EMS.TR.22 Technical
initialization parameters, CPU usage, and SQL
tracing
EMS.TR.23 Technical Application monitoring parameters:
EMS.TR.24 Technical Database Monitoring Attributes but not limited to:
EMS.TR.25 Technical User Connections(#)
EMS.TR.26 Technical Transaction Count
EMS.TR.27 Technical Log Space Available
EMS.TR.28 Technical Deadlocks/ sec
EMS.TR.29 Technical Database Free Space (%)
EMS.TR.30 Technical Database Used Space (MB)
EMS.TR.31 Technical Disk Reads (per sec)
EMS.TR.32 Technical Disk Writes (per sec)
EMS.TR.33 Technical Cache hit ratio
EMS.TR.34 Technical Lock Memory
EMS.TR.35 Technical Average Wait Time(per table)
EMS.TR.36 Technical Buffer Cache Hit Ratio (%)
EMS.TR.37 Technical Commits (per sec)
EMS.TR.38 Technical Memory Used (MB)
EMS.TR.39 Technical Percent Memory Used (%)
EMS.TR.40 Technical Availability (%)
EMS.TR.41 Technical Commits (per sec)
EMS.TR.42 Technical Percent Memory Used (%)
EMS.TR.43 Technical Buffer Cache Hit Ratio (%)
EMS.TR.44 Technical Active Instances (#)
Provide details of various application frameworks
EMS.TR.45 Technical like but not limited to the following: Portal, Java
Application Server, Microsoft .NET, etc.
EMS.TR.46 Technical Web Server Monitors but not limited to:
EMS.TR.47 Technical Post Requests (per sec)
EMS.TR.48 Technical Get Requests (per sec)

337 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
EMS.TR.49 Technical Errors (per sec)
EMS.TR.50 Technical Client Side Errors (per sec)
EMS.TR.51 Technical Server Side Errors (per sec)
EMS.TR.52 Technical Percent Busy Connections (%)
Solution should support comprehensive SLA
management platform that cuts across
Infrastructure Management and Service
Management. For e.g. monitors and reports
EMS.TR.53 Technical
across different parameters like CPU utilization,
disk space, response times , resolution times (e.g.
incident closed on 2 hours) performance and
custom parameters of an enterprise etc.
The solution should have a consolidated,
automated graphical report for SLA compliance
EMS.TR.54 Technical
with ability to drill down to reason for non-
compliance
The solution should manage service levels for
EMS.TR.55 General
delivery and support of business services
The solution should have real-time visualization of
EMS.TR.56 General service level targets, agreement compliance data,
penalties and rewards
Should support compliance and cost trending to
EMS.TR.57 General assist in identifying areas for process and
operational improvements
Provide users (based on role and access defined
EMS.TR.58 General for that user) to drill down to specific report/ data
on a need basis
Ability to create custom KPI metrics and
EMS.TR.59 General scorecard/ compliance reports that are updated
automatically
Single dashboard provides the as-is scenario by
EMS.TR.60 General
consolidating the data across the organization
Should support top down dashboards with drill
EMS.TR.61 General
down capabilities into detailed information
Should support comprehensive and configuration-
EMS.TR.62 General
level roll-back for changes
Policy-based, Cross-Platform patch support
EMS.TR.63 General
across Windows, Linux, and Unix

338 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Description
requirement
Support Granular and environment aware
EMS.TR.64 General
configuration policies and deployment
Should support cross-platform and reusable
EMS.TR.65 General
packaging with built-in rollback support
Should support Configuration-level Control of
EMS.TR.66 General
Tasks, Objects, and Policies
Should have ability to monitor the parameters and
EMS.TR.67 General
confirm compliance to security policies
Should have audit capabilities that compare the
EMS.TR.68 General server status to policies defined in real time/
scheduled basis
It should provide data filtration based upon user
measurements (i.e., specific users, pages,
EMS.TR.69 General requests, or transactions) to observe and analyse
and track user activity at the individual or group
level
It should automatically trends and provides
EMS.TR.70 General dynamic performance baselines for applications
and services
It should proactively identify errors affecting end-
EMS.TR.71 General users, instead of waiting for a call from an
employee or an incident being raised
It should provide comprehensive view of
application performance from the end-user
EMS.TR.72 General
perspective; it should distinguish between broad
and targeted slow-downs, allowing drill-down into
EMS.TR.73 General Details
It should automatically collect, organize, and
analyse all end-user experience data and present
EMS.TR.74 General all relevant data in a meaningful and easy to-
consume format like PDF, CSV, Excel etc) to
enable rapid problem detection and isolation
The solution should look at a single user and track
their activity across an application. Shows where
EMS.TR.75 General
problems are encountered, or why a particular
instance of a page took a long time to load.
It should use real end user performance as one of
the feed for more accurate root cause analysis and
EMS.TR.76 General
automated repair of business service performance
issues

339 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.2.4 Identity Access Management Software (IAM)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

System shall be able to identify, authorize and authenticate the user and
IAM.TR.001 would allow access to the applications and database based on the user
identity.
Identity and access management system would be able to identify the rights
IAM.TR.002 available with the user in terms of viewing, addition, deletion, modification
of the data and generation of various reports through MIS.
IAM.TR.003 It would be possible to revoke the rights of users
The functionality for user maintenance such as creating users, creating
teams, enabling and disabling users, deleting Users, assigning security
IAM.TR.004
roles to users, identifying managers for Users and assigning users to teams
shall be considered
Single sign on and prioritizing key and normal users to be included as a part
IAM.TR.005
of IMS
IAM.TR.006 Maintenance of the VPN users
8.2.5 Directory Services

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Directory services would have a provision to create, update and modify the
DS.TR.001
LDAP directory
It would have a provision to integrate with the Identity and access
DS.TR.002
management
It would be used to define the roles and permission of different kinds of users
DS.TR.003
in the system
Directory services would have proper integrations with DNS, DHCP, Email
DS.TR.004
and other infrastructure components and services.
8.2.6 Backup Software

S. No. Minimum Specification Requirements

The offered Software must support GUI with centralized management /
BKS.TR.01
Single interface for management of all backup activities.
Backup software should be an image level backup software supporting
popular hypervisors like VMware and Hyper-V Virtual Environments.
BKS.TR.02
Provide Block level Incremental and Differential Backup and support
Incremental and Differential Imaging.
Backup software should be totally agentless but should support application
aware backups for MS SQL, Oracle, and Exchange with non-staged granular
BKS.TR.03
recovery of all these applications. It should support crash consistent VM
level backup for all other workloads.
BKS.TR.04 Backup software should store a backup recovery point as a single file.
Backup software should have integrated data de-duplication engine with
BKS.TR.05
multi-vendor storage support to save de-duplication data.
The software should support varieties of backup mechanisms like Full,
Incremental, and Differential etc. at different frequencies i.e. yearly,
BKS.TR.06 monthly, weekly, daily, hourly etc. as per defined policy. It should also have
calendar-based backup scheduling. The restoration should also be
supported accordingly.

340 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Specification Requirements

Backup software should integrate with Disk Backup target device which
BKS.TR.07
supports hardware/software data deduplication capabilities.
The proposed backup software should provide recovery from physical
BKS.TR.08
servers to Virtual and image level recovery.
Backup software should provide best RTOs and RPOs through booting of
BKS.TR.09
Virtual Machines directly from the Backup to reduce the downtime.
The offered software license must be proposed as per solution for seamless
BKS.TR.10
access.
Five year premium level 24x7 Annual Technical Support (ATS) for software
BKS.TR.11
license.
8.2.7 Antivirus Solutions

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Anti-virus shall have auto update feature, it shall be able to push signature
AVS.TR.001
from the centralized server to all the clients Or workstations
AVS.TR.002 Bidder shall ensure that the scan logs are made available for review.
AVS.TR.003 The solution must support mass mailing virus detection.
AVS.TR.004 The solution must support mail attachment virus detection.
AVS.TR.005 The solution must support Malformed Mail format detection.
The solution must have a built in Safe Stamp feature to have a sign of a
AVS.TR.006 secure email. The email scanning time stamp shows whether the sender’s
antivirus database is not up to date or not.
AVS.TR.007 The solution must have its own Updated Recommended Virus Extensions.
The solution must support Heuristics-based mail header detection for
AVS.TR.008
Spam.
The solution must support Heuristics-based scanning of the mail body for
AVS.TR.009
Spam.
The solution must support administrator defined Anti-Spam exception list
AVS.TR.010
(approved list).
AVS.TR.011 The solution must support administrator to define list of known spammers.
The solution shall be able to detect Spam in form of categories like general,
AVS.TR.012
commercial email, Get rich quick, pornography etc.
The solution shall be able to take action based on the category in which
AVS.TR.013
Spam is detected.
The solution must be able to take different action based on the different
AVS.TR.014
sensitivity level of Spam detection.
AVS.TR.015 The solution must provide alerts based on action taken on the Spam mail.
AVS.TR.016 The solution must support Encrypted MailDetection.
AVS.TR.017 The solution must support Password Protect Zip Detection.
AVS.TR.018 The solution must have a Secure SSL Web Management Console.
The solution must be able to prevent System Denial of Service (‘Do’s’)
AVS.TR.019
Attack.
AVS.TR.020 Bidder shall propose the required hardware for the entire solution
Bidder shall provide requisite licenses for all the software required for the
AVS.TR.021
Anti-virus and Antispam Solution.
AVS.TR.022 Solution should provide protection against Back Doors and Trojan Horses
Solution should provide real time fraud and risk management including but
AVS.TR.023
not limited to behavioural analysis, key loggers, Trojans and should allow

341 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

monitoring on transactions and raise alerts in case of suspicious activities
as defined by the security policy of organization.
8.2.8 Automation and Orchestration Solution

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Solution should provide automation and orchestration solution for
automated delivery of IaaS, PaaS, XaaS/ SaaS services for Smart City
applications so that when VM/app is created it should automatically get
SVAO.STR.001 the required virtualized compute, storage, switching, routing, firewall,
load balancing services without any manual intervention. All compute,
network, storage, security, load balancing policies must follow the life
cycle of VM and movement within and across DC & DR.
Solution should be built using programmable & policy defined
infrastructure components which should be independent of underlying
SVAO.STR.002
hardware components and use standard x86 servers, storage, switches
from any OEM make and model.
Solution must provide auto scale so that in case of increase in
load/connections/users. Additional VMs should be automatically
created with all network, security and load balancing policies.
SVAO.STR.003
Integration required from cloud portal, orchestration, virtualization,
virtual network, security and load balancing should be done to achieve
this functionality
Solution must provide cloud operations layer integrated with
SVAO.STR.004 automation layer which provides proactive monitoring, alerts,
management, and capacity planning and performance management.
Solution should monitor utilization of running VMs and should reclaim
SVAO.STR.005 resources from idle VMs and allocate to other VMs in automated
fashion.
Solution should provide monitoring and management of complete
virtualized infrastructure with prebuilt and configurable operations
SVAO.STR.006
dashboards to provide real-time insight into infrastructure behaviour,
upcoming problems, and opportunities for efficiency improvements
8.2.9 Compute Virtualization Solution (Compute)

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Sits directly on the bare metal server hardware with no dependence on a
general-purpose OS for greater reliability & security and should be
SV.TR.001
Leaders/Challengers in the Gartner's Magic Quadrant for at least last 2
years in a row.
Windows client, Windows Server, Linux (at least Red Hat, SUSE, Ubuntu
SV.TR.002
and CentOS, Solaris x86) etc.
Live Virtual Machine migration between different generations of CPUs in
the same cluster without the need for shared storage option and long
SV.TR.003 distances from one site to another (up to 150 milliseconds round trip
time) with no disruption to users or loss of services, eliminating the need
to schedule application downtime or business downtime.
Live migration of VM disk from one storage array to another without any
SV.TR.004 VM downtime. Support this migration from one storage protocol to
another eg: FC, NFS, iSCSI, DAS

342 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

· Proactive High availability capability that utilizes server health
information and migrates VMs from degraded hosts before
problem occurs
SV.TR.005
· Migration of VMs in case one server fails all the Virtual machines
running on that server shall be able to migrate to another physical
server running same virtualization software.
Zero downtime, Zero data loss and continuous availability for the
applications running in virtual machines in the event of physical host
SV.TR.006
failure, without the cost and complexity of traditional hardware or
software clustering solutions
Add CPU, Memory & devices to virtual machines on the fly when needed,
SV.TR.007 without disruption or downtime of working VMs for both windows and
Linux based VMs
Create a cluster out of multiple storage data stores and automate load
balancing by using storage characteristics to determine the best place for
SV.TR.008
a virtual machine’s data to reside, both when it is created and when it is
used over time
· VM-level encryption with no modifications in guest OS to protect
unauthorized data access both at-rest and in-motion. The solution
should also provide secure boot for protection for both the
hypervisor and guest operating system by ensuring images have
SV.TR.009 not been tampered with and preventing loading of unauthorized
components.
· Integration of 3rd party endpoint security to secure the virtual
machines with offloaded antivirus, antimalware, firewall and hips
solutions
· Support boot from iSCSI, FCoE, and Fibre Channel SAN.
Integration with Storage API's providing integration with
SV.TR.010
supported third-party data protection, multi-pathing and disk
array solutions
· Span across a virtual datacentre and multiple hosts should be able
to connect to it. This shall simplify and enhance virtual-machine
networking in virtualized environments and enables those
environments to use third-party distributed virtual switches.
SV.TR.011 · In-built enhanced host-level packet capture tool which shall
provide functionalities like SPAN, RSPAN, and ERSPAN and shall
capture traffic at uplink, virtual switch port and virtual NIC level. It
should also be able to capture dropped packets and trace the path
of a packet with time stamp details
Efficient array-agnostic replication of virtual machine data over the LAN
or WAN. This Replication should simplify management enabling
SV.TR.012
replication at the virtual machine level and enabling RPOs as low as 15
minutes
Simple and cost-effective backup and recovery for virtual machines which
should allow admins to back up virtual machine data to disk without the
SV.TR.013
need of agents and this backup solution should have built-in variable
length de-duplication capability
· Solution should provide DR automation solution delivered from
SV.TR.014
virtualization manager console for automated failover, failback

343 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

and recovery of application VMs in proper sequence to other data
center with single click
· Solution should provide solution to perform non-disruptive DR
drill/testing of recovery plan for full and selected applications
every six months without impacting production applications
running in primary environment.
· Direct OEM 24x7x365 days with unlimited incident support and
SV.TR.015 30mins or less response time including the unlimited upgrades and
updates.
· It should include proactive smart alerts with self-learning
performance analytics Capabilities with Prebuilt and configurable
operations dashboards to provide real-time insight into
infrastructure behaviour, upcoming problems, and opportunities
for efficiency improvements.
· Capacity analytics which can identify over-provisioned resources
so that they can be right-sized and "What If" scenarios to eliminate
the need for spreadsheets, scripts and rules of thumb, as well as
SV.TR.016
Real-time, integrated dashboards of performance and capacity to
enable a proactive management approach and help ensure SLAs
are met
· Automated workflow triggers which would let admins associate
workflows created in Orchestrator layer with Operations alerts.
For example, these workflows can automatically delete old VM
snapshots when available capacity falls below a critical threshold
or add resources when workload demands are rising above normal
8.2.10 Network and Security Virtualization

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Solution should be integrated with proposed virtualization solution so that
NVS.TR.001 it should allow for automated and on-demand creation of Security policies
which is scalable in nature.
Solution should enable creation of security groups and security policies/
NVS.TR.002 rules based on constructs like machine name, OS type, IP address, Logical
Switches, Security Tags etc.
The security policies should follow the Virtual Machines as they move
within and between the virtual infrastructures so that there is no need of
NVS.TR.003
creation of security policies again for the applications once they move
inside the datacentre.
Solution should protect every Virtual Machine with a state full distributed
NVS.TR.004
firewall.
Solution should provide efficient service chaining for providing advanced
NVS.TR.005
security with Virtual IPS, Firewall for Applications.
The software defined security solution should provide integration with
other security vendors who can host their virtual Firewall, IPS etc. onto
the platform and should provide a centralized dashboard which can be
NVS.TR.006
used to automate the deployment of these 3rd party products across the
underlying infrastructure. The solution should provide advanced service
chaining and traffic steering capability.

344 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The solution should enable integration of third-party network and security
NVS.TR.007 solutions through open architecture and standard APIs. The bidder shall
provide a list of ecosystem vendors that integrate with the framework
The firewall-rule table of the solution should be designed for ease of use
NVS.TR.008 and automation with virtualized objects for simple and reliable policy
creation
The solution should provide embedded distributed firewall and should
NVS.TR.009
provide near line rate performance
8.2.11 Building Management System

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Solution for BMS: Solution should provide an appliance based pre-
integrated, centralized and consolidated platform for end to end
management of a building, which includes Facility infrastructure (HVACs,
LT Panel- AMF, DG, UPS, Fuel Tank, CCTV, Fire Alarm and suppression
system) along with IT infrastructure (network, server, application and
database). The system should have the service dependency engine that
allows to take intelligent decisions, as per the requirements. The tool
BMS.TR.001 should have the service oriented architecture layer and the mediation
layer in a single plane. BMS should be open for third party integration via
(soap, xml, web service, snmp-v1, v, v3), NO/NC ports (IO ports) and
Modbus (TCP/IP&RTU) integration should be standard. For other
industrial protocols, gateway integration should be available. The solution
should perform the following general functions. But should be scalable
with ready device certifications to accommodate new infrastructure
getting added to the building
Visibility – It should get a single platform to manage the entire building
and its components along with the integration with IT infrastructure. The
way ahead should be drilling down to the component, which is under
BMS.TR.003 performing / about to fail or has failed. The impact of the failed equipment
on others should get highlighted. We should get a Hawkeye view to know,
how are all the building components working at any point of time. So that
issues are addressed as quickly as possible.
Capacity Planning -End equipment’s in the building, should be set with
thresholds to get an idea of how well they are rendering services to the
people in the building. It should be able to proactively Identify potential
BMS.TR.004 area’s which may need to be upgraded/downgraded (cooling, power,
storage, etc.) with time. All vendor (end equipment vendors) SLA's and
their respective maintenance contracts would be part of the OMS
(operations and maintenance) plan.
Third Party Integration - for seamless data sharing to build a
BMS.TR.005
“Collaborative Decision Making System”.
Salient Dependencies - Monitor & Control salient interdependencies
between safety and security systems like: In case of fire, other than a fire
alarm, we could get confirmatory information from the zonal camera.
BMS.TR.006 Multiple current surges in any particular zone should lead to an inspection
of the electrical cables in the zone. Any sectional power failure, should
help us to find the failure of the end equipment, by tracing down the LT
panel SLD to the end equipment.

345 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

System with CMDB - Integrate people, process & technology. Decreasing
the likelihood of downtime in the building by facilitating communication
BMS.TR.007 across all equipment’s (part of the facility). A definite inventory
management tool with a workflow system connecting responsible people,
should be part of the solution.
Root-Cause Analysis - Isolate and pinpoint problem area before it impacts
BMS.TR.008 the building operations & business continuity while suppressing down the
unwanted events.
Energy sources should always keep in check on the rated power
BMS.TR.009 consumption vs the power available for consumption. Since one of the big
reasons for fire is higher load than the power distribution capability.
The solution should be capable to store the raw data or as-polled data, for
BMS.TR.010 minimum of 365 days. It should also have the facility to automate the
backup process or allow us to take manual backup, in case required.
The system should be capable of getting supported by the administrators
at different levels. The system should provide individual and group rights
BMS.TR.011 and privileges. Normal users may have read access only, that too only to
specific areas.

Support for email and SMS both (integration with SMS-gateway and GSM
BMS.TR.012
communication).
Energy Management
The system should be capable of integrating with the mains (LT panel),
DG, UPS, PDU, rectifier, energy meters for continuous monitoring of its
BMS.TR.014
health. The battery health of the UPS would also be needed.
System should be able to do continuously monitor the quality of power,
BMS.TR.015 supplied to the electricity board and by the Generators (PF, frequency,
harmonics distortion etc.), in order to avoid downtime.
System should have the feature to setup thresholds on each of the
BMS.TR.016
monitored energy parameter.
System should be able to clearly provide load trend for each rack, if need
BMS.TR.017 be in the building which would enable setup practical thresholds to get
alerted on overload situations, in order to avoid any breakdown.
Fire Alarm System Monitoring and Management

The solution should proactively alert in case there is a possibility of an

BMS.TR.018
electrical fire (short circuit or over current)
The solution should have the capability to integrate with different makes
BMS.TR.019 of fire alarm panels in the DCs and provide the alarms generated by the
system on the centralized dashboard.
The solution should be able to process a proper evacuation plan in-case
BMS.TR.020
of fire using the in-build rules engine.
BMS.TR.021 Trigger Audio and Visual alarm
BMS.TR.022 Co-relate with the nearest camera in the site with the FAS zone.
DG Monitoring & Fuel Automation

Proposed system should be able to integrate with diesel generators for

BMS.TR.023
measuring fuel level and run hours of the DG. System should also allow

346 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

monitoring of various alarms (like: LLOP, dg on, etc.) including quality of
power of the DG.
System should be capable to do fuel level monitoring of the diesel tanks
BMS.TR.024 installed for the gen-sets in the DC’ building, in order to have a proactive
estimation of fuel availability.
Parameters - Generator and Fuel supply Automation
Mains Fail
DG On
DG Failed to start
DG Failed to stop
BMS.TR.025
DG Fuel Level Low
High Water Temperature
High Coolant Temperature
Low Battery Voltage
Low Lube Oil Pressure(LLOP)
Centralized Reporting & Dashboard
The dash board and reporting engine should provide centralized view for
BMS.TR.026 the entire infrastructure (physical security, safety & energy) and IT
infrastructure (network, server, application and database) in the building.
It should provide business users with highly interactive and power-users
BMS.TR.027
with highly sophisticated, pixel-perfect reports.
It should provide Web-based interactive reporting for business users, Rich
BMS.TR.028 graphical report designer for power users, Parameterized reports with
powerful charting, Output in popular formats: HTML, CSV, PDF, ASCII.
It should provide Analysis to explore data by multiple dimensions such as
BMS.TR.029
customer, product, network and time into the hands of business users.
It should provide intuitive & rich graphic designer to create customized
BMS.TR.030
reports.
Solution should provide a comprehensive centralized dashboard for
health monitoring of Infrastructure components like: Electrical Panels,
BMS.TR.031
HVAC, UPS, DG, Fuel etc. along with network, server, application and
database.
8.2.12 Central Environment System

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Environmental sensor station shall have a pre-
CES-FR-01 General
installed software
Citizen can check the parameters through VaMS and
CES-FR-02 General
Mobile App
System should give consolidated dashboard at City
CES-FR-03 General
Operation Center of ASCL
System should be able to integrate with existing
CES-FR-04 Application Environment sensors and (if applicable), and
showcase a consolidated dashboard to ASCL
The data should be collected in a software platform
that allows third party software applications to read
CES-FR-05 Application
that data. Various environment sensors shall sense
the prevailing environment conditions and send the

347 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
data to the integrated control system where real
time data resides and the same shall be made
available to various other departments and
applications for decision making.
Software shall display real time and historical data
CES-FR-06 Application in chart and table views for dashboard view of the
Client.
Software shall display trends of environmental
CES-FR-07 Application
parameters based on user specific time periods.
It shall be possible to configure and calibrate the
CES-FR-08 Application sensors through the software from a remote
location.
Alarms shall be generated for events where the
CES-FR-09 Application environmental parameters breach the safe or
normal levels.
The integrated DDS software application shall allow
CES-FR-10 Integration user to publish specific messages & general
informative messages.
VaMS shall be integrated with the environmental
CES-FR-11 VAMS station for automatically displaying information
from environmental sensors.
VaMS software application shall provide the normal
operator to publish predefined sets of messages
(textual / image) along with information from
CES-FR-12 VAMS environmental sensors. The application shall have
an option for supervisor (someone with
appropriate authority) to bypass the control during
certain situations and to write in free-text mode.
System should be integrated with the Smart City
CES-FR-13 Mobile App App, where a Citizen can view the air quality,
weather, sound, UV and other existing parameters

8.2.13 Video Management System

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
General VMS shall work on ONVIF Open Platform catering to
VMS-FR-01
Requirements all the security needs of the city
VMS shall be open to any ONVIF IP cameras
General
VMS-FR-02 integration so that it would be able to cater future
Requirements
requirements of the project
General VMS shall support interoperability of IP cameras
VMS-FR-03
Requirements from multiple suppliers / vendors
General Bidders shall clearly mention in their proposal the
VMS-FR-04
Requirements brands and models integrated into VMS
The VMS system shall be compatible to single and
General
VMS-FR-05 multiple processor servers. The server processor &
Requirements
hardware shall be optimized in all cases.
348 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The VMS system shall cluster the processing &
General memory load across several machines. The failure of
VMS-FR-06
Requirements any one server in the solution shall not cause a
failure in the entire system.
The system shall allow the frame rate, bit rate and
General
VMS-FR-07 resolution of each camera to be configured
Requirements
independently for recording.
The system shall support H.265 and MJPEG
General
VMS-FR-08 compression formats for all IP cameras connected
Requirements
to the system.
The Video Management System shall support high
availability of recording servers. A failover option
General
VMS-FR-09 shall provide standby support for recording servers
Requirements
with automatic synchronization to ensure maximum
uptime and minimum risk of lost data.
The Video Management System software shall have
multicast and multi-streaming support. It shall
General
VMS-FR-10 definitely have the ability to take a snapshot from
Requirements
any online live camera and export to a standard
graphic file format.
The Video Management System shall support
archiving for optimizing recorded data storage
General
VMS-FR-11 through unique data storage solutions by combining
Requirements
performance and scalability with cost efficient long-
term video storage.
The Video Management System shall incorporate
intuitive map functions allowing for multi layered
map environment. The map functionality shall allow
General
VMS-FR-12 for the interactive control of the complete
Requirements
surveillance system, at-a-glance overview of system
integrity, and seamless drag-and-drop integration
with video wall module option.
The System should support Maps integration with
VMS-FR-13
below features;
VMS-FR-14 i. Adding Image Layers to the location map
VMS-FR-15 ii. Define the location map for each location
General
VMS-FR-16 iii. Add cameras to the map images
Requirements
VMS-FR-17 iv. Add image layers to the map
VMS-FR-18 v. Add a Maps Server
vi. System should support raster format images of
VMS-FR-19
jpeg/jpg and png file and Vector (shape files)
The Video Management System shall incorporate
General fully integrated matrix functionality for distributed
VMS-FR-20
Requirements viewing of any camera in the system from any
computer with the client viewer.
General
VMS-FR-21 VMS shall be ONVIF compatible
Requirements

349 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
VMS shall be scalable to support minimum 5000 or
General
VMS-FR-22 more cameras, which can be added into the system
Requirements
by only addition of software licenses and servers
It shall be possible to integrate VMS into the
Command & Control system. In that respect bidders
General
VMS-FR-23 shall provide their SDK/API (or any other integration
Requirements
means) libraries and documentation to ensure a
seamless integration with any other system.
General VMS shall be open to any standard storage
VMS-FR-24
Requirements technologies integration.
General VMS shall already support Storage system from
VMS-FR-25
Requirements multiple vendors.
VMS shall provide the ability to save any event that
General was tagged as an alarm (video motion detection,
VMS-FR-26
Requirements video loss or input) received, to be saved in a
manner in which it cannot be overwritten.
General VMS shall be open to any video wall system
VMS-FR-27
Requirements integration
General VMS shall offer the possibility to integrate external
VMS-FR-28
Requirements Video Analytics systems.
It shall be possible to access VMS without installing
Distributed
VMS-FR-29 dedicated client software (e.g. through the use of
Architecture
common web browser such as Internet Explorer…)
Distributed VMS shall be designed to offer a full IP based
VMS-FR-30
Architecture distributed architecture
VMS shall have the capability to handle software
Distributed
VMS-FR-31 clients (operators) connected in different locations
Architecture
on the same network.
Distributed Simultaneous quantity of operators per location
VMS-FR-32
Architecture shall not be limited
VMS shall store the system’s configuration in a
VMS-FR-33 Management relational database, either on the management
server computer or on the network.
VMS shall authenticate user access, user rights and
VMS-FR-34 Management
privileges of all operators through Active Directory
Access rights and privileges shall consist in but not
VMS-FR-35
limited to
Visibility of devices, live view, playback, AVI/ ASF/
MP4 export, JPEG export, database export,
VMS-FR-36
sequences, smart search, input status, output
Management control.
VMS-FR-37 PTZ control, PTZ priority, PTZ pre-set control
Smart/Remote Client, live playback/setup, status
VMS-FR-38
API, service
VMS-FR-39 registration API and
VMS-FR-40 Privileges for the map feature
Registration of the system shall allow for on line
VMS-FR-41 Management
activation and off line activation of licenses

350 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The system shall support automatic failover for
Recording Servers. This functionality shall be
accomplished by one Failover Server as a standby
unit for max. 5 servers that shall take over in the
VMS-FR-42 Management
event that one of a group of designated Recording
Servers fails. Recordings shall be synchronized back
to the original Recording Server once it is back
online
VMS shall operate in multicast / unicast / bandwidth
VMS-FR-43 Management throttling protocol to minimize the network
bandwidth
VMS shall support video streams up to at least 30
VMS-FR-44 Multicasting
FPS
Monitoring module shall allow for continuous
monitoring of the operational status and event-
VMS-FR-45 Multicasting
triggered alarms from servers, cameras and other
devices.
The Monitoring module shall provide a real-time
overview of alarm status or technical problems while
VMS-FR-46 Monitoring Module
allowing for immediate visual verification and
troubleshooting.
Module shall include flexible access rights and allow
VMS-FR-47 Monitoring Module each user to be assigned several roles where each
shall define access rights to cameras.
Viewing live video from cameras on the surveillance
system with Playback recordings from cameras on
VMS-FR-48 Monitoring Module the surveillance system, with a selection of
advanced navigation tools, including an intuitive
timeline browser.
The system shall allow views to be created which are
only accessible to the user, or to groups of users
based on different layouts optimized for 4:3 and
VMS-FR-49 Monitoring Module 16:9 display ratios. It should be able to create and
switch between an unlimited number of views and
able to display video from up to 64 cameras from
multiple servers at a time.
It shall be possible to schedule recording and
archiving by a recurrence pattern (daily, weekly,
VMS-FR-50 VMS Storage
specific time and dates) and by specific time ranges
(all day, time range, daytime, night time…)
It shall be possible to schedule recording on per
VMS-FR-51 VMS Storage
camera basis (Continuous, manual or motion based)
It shall be possible to schedule recording on per
VMS-FR-52 VMS Storage
camera basis (Continuous, manual or motion based)
VMS shall allow the control of the amount of used
VMS-FR-53 VMS Storage
disk space.
It shall be possible to protect specific video streams
VMS-FR-54 VMS Storage
against any deletion and for any period of time

351 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The system log shall be searchable by Level, Source
VMS-FR-55 Log Management
and Event Type.
The Alert Log records alerts triggered by rules
VMS-FR-56 Log Management
(searchable by Alert type, Source and Event type)
The system shall have smart recording wherein no
recording or recording at lower frame rate is done
VMS-FR-57 Management when there is no movement. The VMS shall be able
to record higher-quality video and shall reduce fps
when not in use during Night time.
System should support recording management to
view the recordings available on a camera’s 
local
VMS-FR-58 Management
storage device (such as an SD card), and copy them
to the server.
System should support thumbnail search to quickly
locate specific scenes or events in recorded video
without fast-forwarding or rewinding. Thumbnail
VMS-FR-59 Management
Search should display a range of video as thumbnail
images, should allow to identify a portion of the
recording to review.
System should support Clip Management—Use Clip
VMS-FR-60 Management Management to view, download and delete clips.
That are stored on the server.
No. of operators shall not be software licenses
dependent. In case of emergency situation, threats,
VMS-FR-61 Management natural catastrophe the control room shall be able
to reconfigure the VMS by adding more operators
without any Contractor’s intervention.
Security Platform shall have strong security
mechanism such as the use of advance encryption,
digital certificates and claims-based authentication
VMS-FR-62 Management
to ensure that only authorised personnel have
access to critical information, prevent man-in-the-
middle attacks, and that the data is kept private.
8.2.14 Video Analytics

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The System shall be a real-time video analytics
General
VCA-FR-01 engine that utilizes advanced image processing
Requirements
algorithms to turn video into actionable intelligence.
The system shall provide configurable detection
zones and lines to detect events of interest,
General
VCA-FR-02 Detection zones define an area of interest and
Requirements
Detection lines define a perimeter instead of a
region.
General The system shall facilitate creating multiple zones
VCA-FR-03
Requirements and lines in a single scene to trigger various alerts

352 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
General The system shall allow the configuration of
VCA-FR-04
Requirements applicable rules and manage them.
General The system shall also enable editing the Zones and
VCA-FR-05
Requirements lines to the desired shape or size.
The triggers generated by the applied rules shall
General provide visual indicators to identify the event. Such
VCA-FR-06
Requirements as a yellow coloured target changing the colour to
red on event
General The system shall enable masking of areas which
VCA-FR-07
Requirements interfere detection zones in other areas of the scene
General The system shall enable detecting rules in the
VCA-FR-08
Requirements defined areas (zones/ lines)
The system shall provide a functionality for
General
VCA-FR-09 configuring timelines for various events such as
Requirements
abandoned object, camera tampering etc.
General The system shall be able to filter large amounts of
VCA-FR-10
Requirements video and focus on human attention appropriately
General The system shall allow classification of different
VCA-FR-11
Requirements objects like animals, vehicles, people etc.
The System shall have Automated PTZ camera
General control for zooming in on interesting events like
VCA-FR-12
Requirements motion Detection etc. as picked up by Camera
without the need for human intervention.
General VCA shall provide secured feeds with encryption,
VCA-FR-13
Requirements watermarking for data authenticity
VCA shall be able to trigger alerts for the vehicle
General
VCA-FR-14 direction, vehicle speed, vehicle parked in defined
Requirements
zones etc.
The system shall have a reporting generation
General
VCA-FR-15 functionality to provide inputs on various instances
Requirements
of events triggered in the system
General VAS should allow to add, edit, delete or disable and
VCA-FR-16
Requirements enable Policies.
The city wide surveillance system needs to have the
capability to deploy intelligent video analytics
software on any of selected cameras. This software
VCA-FR-17 Features
should have the capability to provide various alarms
& triggers. The solution should offer following
triggers from Day1.
Camera Tampering (In case this is an inherent
feature of the camera, this may not be provided as
VCA-FR-18 Security Features a separate line item in VA), Unattended object,
Object Classification, Tripwire / Intrusion, Loitering,
etc.
Vehicle Wrong Way Detection, Illegal Parking
Traffic / Parking
VCA-FR-19 Detection, Congestion Detection, Vehicle Counting,
Features
Speeding Detection, Parking Management etc.

353 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
Video Stitching with Object Tracking, Video
Enhanced
VCA-FR-20 Stabilization, Video Smoke Detection, Video Fire
Monitoring Features
Detection etc.
Crowd Control, Counter-Flow Detection, People
VCA-FR-21 Crowd Management
Counting, Line Control, People Tracking etc.
Motion Detection component that automatically
detects moving objects in the field of view of a
General
VCA-FR-22 camera, and is capable of filtering out movement in
Requirements
configurable directions and movement due to
camera motion (e.g. from wind)
System shall have a sophisticated rule-based engine
General
VCA-FR-23 with powerful analytics capabilities that provides
Requirements
automatic event notification
System should have a proper MIS system for
recording of various video analytics as per need.
There should be provisions for acknowledging the
VCA-FR-24 Log Management
events with remarks in the system itself & print out
of a period specific list can be taken for recording
purpose.
8.2.15 Face Recognition System Software

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
The facial recognition system should be able to
integrate with IP Video Cameras as required in the
solution and shall be able to identify multiple persons
of interest in real-time, through leading-edge face
General recognition technology. The system shall be able to
FRS-FR-01
Requirements recognize subjects appearing simultaneously in
multiple live video streams retrieved from IP
surveillance cameras. The Facial recognition system
should seamlessly be integrated to the network video
recorders and the video management system.
The facial recognition system should be able to work on
General
FRS-FR-02 the server/ desktop OS as recommended by OEM and
Requirements
provided by the Master System Integrator
The user interface of the facial recognition system
should have a report management tool without
General installation of any additional client software. It should
FRS-FR-03
Requirements be able to generate real time report such as Audit log
report, Hit List Report, Daily Statistics Report and
Distribution Report etc.
The facial recognition system should be accessible
General
FRS-FR-04 from 5 different desktops / laptops at any given time.
Requirements
When choosing a distributed architecture, the system

354 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
shall be able to completely centralize the events and
galleries from each local station into a unique central
station, devoted to management and supervision.
The system should have ability to handle initial real-
General time watch list of 10,000 Faces (should be scalable to
FRS-FR-05
Requirements at least 1 Million faces) and 50 Camera Feeds
simultaneously and generate face matching alerts.
The algorithm for facial recognition or the forensic tool
General
FRS-FR-06 should be able to recognise partial faces with varying
Requirements
angles
General The system should be able to detect multiple faces from
FRS-FR-07
Requirements live single video feed
General The system should have combination of eye-zone
FRS-FR-08
Requirements extraction and facial recognition
General The system should have short processing time and high
FRS-FR-09
Requirements recognition rate
The system should be able to recognize faces
General
FRS-FR-10 regardless of vantage point and any facial accessories/
Requirements
hair (glasses, beard, expressions)
Face detection algorithms, modes and search depths
FRS-FR-11 should be suitable for different environments such as
General fast detection, high accuracy etc.
Requirements The FRS system shall use of GPU technology instead of
FRS-FR-12 Traditional CPUs, to greatly improve the computational
performance in crowded environments.
General The system should be able to identify and authenticate
FRS-FR-13
Requirements based on individual facial features
The system should be compatible with the video
General
FRS-FR-14 management system being proposed by the Master
Requirements
System Integrator
General The system should have capability for 1:1 verification
FRS-FR-15
Requirements and 1:N identification matching
The system should be able to integrate with other
General
FRS-FR-16 systems in the future such as 'Automatic fingerprint
Requirements
identification system (AFIS)' etc.
The system should be able to support diverse industry
General
FRS-FR-17 standard graphic and video formats as well as live
Requirements
cameras
General The system should be able to match faces from
FRS-FR-18
Requirements recorded media.
General The system should be able to detect a face from a group
FRS-FR-19
Requirements photo

355 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
General The system should be able to detect a face from stored
FRS-FR-20
Requirements videos of any format
General The system should have bulk process of adding faces in
FRS-FR-21
Requirements the system
The system should be an independent system, with
General
FRS-FR-22 capability to integrate with industry standard Video
Requirements
Management Systems (VMS) for alert viewing.
The system should allow users to search or browse
captured faces (based on date or time range), export
General any captured image for external use with a capability to
FRS-FR-23
Requirements support a Handheld mobile with app for windows OS or
android OS to capture a face on the field and get the
matching result from the backend server.
The proposed solution should provide the ability to
assign different security levels to people and places. It
General
FRS-FR-24 should alert security staff when someone is spotted in
Requirements
an area where they’re not permitted, whilst allowing
them free access to non-restricted/public areas.
The system shall be able to detect faces in different
General
FRS-FR-25 environmental changes like rain, wind, fog and poor
Requirements
light.
The system should have the facility to categorize the
General
FRS-FR-26 images like "Remember this person" or "hit-list" or
Requirements
"wanted".
General
FRS-FR-27 The OEM should have deployed the solution in India
Requirements
FRS should cover the following features:
i. Face Capture
FRS-FR-28 Features
ii. Face Counting
iii. Face Recognition
Facial Image Database Management:
General It should allow users to manage the facial image
FRS-FR-29
Requirements library, including registering, changing, deleting &
querying facial image information
8.2.16 ANPR Software

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
· The System should automatically detect a
Vehicle Detection
vehicle in the camera view using video
ANPR-FR-01 and Video Capture
detection and activate license plate
Module
recognition.

356 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
· The System should automatically detect the
license plate in the captured video feed in real-
time.
· The system should perform Optical Character
Recognition (OCR) of the license plate
characters.
· The System should store JPEG image of vehicle
and license plate and enter the license plate
number into database management system like
MSSQL, MySQL, PostgreSQL etc. along with
date timestamp and site location details.
· System should be able to detect and recognize
the English alpha numeric license plate in
standard fonts and formats for classes of
vehicles such as cars, HCV, and LCV.
· The system should be robust to variation in
License Plates in terms of font, size, contrast
and colour and should work with good accuracy
· The system should detect the colour of all
vehicles on best effort basis, in the camera
view during daytime and label them as per the
predefined list of configured system colours.
The system should store the colour information
Vehicle Detection of each vehicle along with the license plate
ANPR-FR-02
by Colour information for each transaction in the
database.
· The system should have options to search
historical records for post event analysis by the
vehicle colour or the vehicle colour with license
plate and date time combinations.
· The system should have option to input certain
license plates according to the hot listed
categories like “Wanted”, “Suspicious”,
“Stolen”, etc. by authorized personnel.
ANPR-FR-03 Alert Generation · The system should be able to generate
automatic alarms to alert the control room
personnel for further action, in the event of
detection of any vehicle falling in the hot listed
categories
· On successful recognition of the number plate,
Vehicle Status
ANPR-FR-04 system should be able generate automatic
Alarm Module
alarm to alert the control room for vehicles

357 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
which have been marked as “Wanted”,
“Suspicious”, “Stolen”, “Expired". (System
should have provision/expansion option to add
more categories for future need).
· The Instantaneous and automatic generation of
alarms. In case of identity of vehicle in any
category which is define by user.
· The system should enable easy and quick
retrieval of snapshots, video and other data for
post incident analysis and investigations.
· The system should be able to generate suitable
MIS reports that will provide meaningful data to
concerned authorities and facilitate optimum
utilization of resources. These reports should
include:
· Report of vehicle flow at each of the installed
locations for Last Day, Last Week and Last
Month.
· Report of vehicles in the detected categories at
each of the installed locations for Last Day,
Last Week and Last Month.
· Report of Vehicle Status change in different
Vehicle Log
ANPR-FR-05 Vehicle Categories.
Module
· The system should have Search option to tune
the reports based on license plate number, date
and time, site location as per the need of the
authorities.
· The system should have option to save custom
reports for subsequent use. The system should
have option to export report being viewed to
common format for use outside of the ANPRS
or exporting into other systems.
· The system should provide advanced and smart
searching facility of License plates from the
database. There should be an option of
searching number plates almost matching with
the specific number entered (up to 1 and 2-
character distance).
· The system should have option to input certain
Vehicle Category license plates according to category like
ANPR-FR-06
Editor "Wanted", "Suspicious", “Stolen", and
“Expired" etc. by Authorized personnel.

358 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
· The system should have an option to add new
category by authorized personnel.
· The system should have option to update
vehicle status in specific category by
authorized personnel. E.g. on retrieval of stolen
vehicle, system entry should be changed from
"Stolen" to "Retrieved".
· System should have option to specify maximum
time to retain vehicle records in specific
categories.
· The Central Management Module should run on
Central
the ANPRS Central Server in control booth. It
ANPR-FR-07 Management
should be possible to view records and edit
Module
hotlists from the Central Server
· Besides recording the snaps & video clips of
every license plate extracted, it is also required
that a centralized video management software
is also supplied to achieve the below: -
· Continuous recording of every lane video
irrespective of presence of vehicle.
· Such recording schedules can be continuous,
event based, schedule based, trigger based etc.
· Archive Search using dates, time, event etc.
· High Availability/Redundancy of Recording &
Database.
· Health monitoring module - To allow for
continuous monitoring of the operational status
Centralized Video
and event-triggered alarms from servers,
ANPR-FR-08 Management
cameras and other devices. The health
Module
monitoring module should provide a real-time
overview of alarm status or technical problems
while allowing for immediate visual verification
and troubleshooting.
· Virtual Matrix – To allow viewing of live video in
different layouts on operator screen.
· Video stitching – It should allow stitching of
multiple lane videos/tiles to provide panoramic
type seamless view of both entry & exit lanes.
· The centralized Video Management Module
should be part of same ANPR software
framework. No 3rd party VMS is allowed to be
offered, howsoever integrated it may be

359 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

8.2.17 Body Camera Software License

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Body camera software can be provided as a Cloud-
based platform, as a hybrid installation onto your
existing server infrastructure or as a single,
BCS-TR-01 General standalone install to a local PC or laptop. Software
allows our solutions to be suitable for the largest,
complex deployments of Body Worn Video or for
single user applications
Software provides AES encryption, ensuring your
files are completely secure, and a full audit trail to
protect the evidential integrity of the videos you
BCS-TR-02 Encryption
capture. Access to the software is password
protected, and multiple user access levels can be
allocated dependent on requirements
Searching and organising your files is completely
intuitive. Files are sorted and searchable by vital
BCS-TR-03 Functionality metadata such as date, time, location, device
number and user. You can also add your own tags
to files to make them even easier to find
Access to the software is provided to your
organisation via the internet. It requires no physical
installation and all your files are stored securely in
BCS-TR-04 Cloud-based
cloud. This solution is ideal if you need to access
EMS from multiple locations and / or lack onsite
supporting storage infrastructure
Software will perform a custom install of EMS onto
your organisation’s server. This is ideal if you need
BCS-TR-05 Hybrid Install to access EMS from multiple locations and have a
preference to host the software on your own private
network / robust onsite storage infrastructure
A single instance install of WCCTV's EMS onto your
BCS-TR-06 Standalone
standalone PC or Laptop
BCS-TR-07 Scalable Platform Cloud-based, Hybrid or Standalone Install
responsive and intuitive design, transfer and store
BCS-TR-08 Password protected
your AES encrypted data
Set designated administration levels and user
BCS-TR-09 Role based
access rights
Organise and search for your files using detailed
BCS-TR-10 Manage your files
metadata
BCS-TR-11 Share Collaborate on cases by securely sharing case files

360 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Files are deleted after 30 days (configurable) unless
BCS-TR-12 Data Protection
required for ongoing case
Provides full audit trail so your files are evidentially
BCS-TR-13 Evidential usage
sound

8.2.18 Public Announcement Software License

S. No. Category Minimum Requirement Specifications

· Software shall be fully proven prior to being
supplied, installed, tested and
commissioned.
· A list of reference sites at which the system
software has been installed and operational
at the date of the closing of this tender shall
be provided.
· The operator interface software shall
incorporate English language descriptions
and messages using both text based menus
and graphical/icon displays. All
configuration (e.g. entering of alarm
response properties, adjusting time
schedules, user data, etc.) shall be
performed on-line without effecting the
operation of the overall system.
PAS-FR-01 General
· Selective access to different operator
functions shall be configured based on an
operator’s user level. User levels shall be
determined from the Biometric verification
each time an operator logs on to a
workstation.
· After any predefined period, if no operator
activity has occurred at the operator
workstations, that station shall automatically
request Biometric verification failing which
the station shall log off.
· The time period before automatic logging off
of workstations shall be user configurable,
and shall be determined during
commissioning of the system, in liaison with
the Engineer.
· The operating system shall be a recognised
PAS-FR-02 Operating System
and widely accepted standard operating
361 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Category Minimum Requirement Specifications

system that shall suit the requirements of
the system to be installed. The operating
system shall be a real time multi-user/multi-
tasking system such as NT, W2000, Unix or
QNX. The operating system shall have
proven and demonstrated reliable operation
in the security environment.
· Facilities shall be provided to store all
programs on site and include all equipment
necessary to backup and reload all system
programs, including the operating system
with all user specific system parameters.
· Operators shall be required to "log on" to
operator workstations using the finger print
reader provided at each operator station
before being able to access the system or
user information, reset alarms or access any
other system functions.
· Access to all workstations shall be limited
through allocation of access levels.
· A minimum of 100 users and 100 User
PAS-FR-03 System Access
levels shall be available. Only users allocated
with a user level of 99 shall be capable of
the assignment and changing of passwords
to all levels.
· Each operator shall be allowed to access
different operator commands and functions,
and view certain individually assigned
events, menus and functions based on their
assigned user level.
· The GUI shall be capable of performing SQL
queries to the current or archived databases
on the server workstations, format the data
into customised reports which shall allow for
the following:
· Display of all relevant information on any
PAS-FR-04 · System Reporting individual alarm point including alarm point
identification by device number and alarm
point status.
· Display all alarm points in the system in
alarm or normal condition, as a single log.
· Display all emergency procedures applicable
to any alarm type with corresponding alarm
362 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Category Minimum Requirement Specifications

response actions and locations, per alarm
device.
· Reporting details shall include:
· Alarm point status
· Alarm count per device.
· Alarm activity over a time period, selected
by time and date.
· Display of selected alarm transactions based
on alarm type and a calendar / time period.
· Display system operators login/out history
· Display all operator commands entered by
any or all operators based on time/calendar
interval.
· The GUI shall provide a menu option which,
when selected, allows the system to display
or print a list of current alarms, faults and
conditions including the current fault
conditions relating to GUI workstations and
PAS-FR-04 System Status Intercom system hardware.
· In graphical display mode the system shall
display maps of each building complete with
all internal levels and shall indicate all
systems equipment status (i.e. Intercom on,
off, tamper, Threshold, isolated etc.)

8.2.19 Fleet Tracking Software

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

The fleet tracking solution shall allow Real time location tracking of all
FMS.TR.001 vehicles including those for Police, Fire, SWM Bin Collection, D2D
Collection operations etc. on the city on map.
The system shall provide Real-time status of engine of the vehicle i.e.
FMS.TR.002
running, stopped
The system shall provide Real-Time status of battery supply from
FMS.TR.003
vehicle
The system shall provide Vehicle Navigation for fixed routes to be
FMS.TR.004 completed by vehicles with audio in Punjabi, Hindi and English mounted
on vehicle dashboard.
The system shall provide ability to assign fixed routes on daily basis to
FMS.TR.005 all registered vehicles in system with bin collection or feeder points
along the route and track any deviation from fixed routes allocated.
The system shall provide ability trace vehicle breakdown events, driver
FMS.TR.006 unavailability to maintain service levels in the city based on vehicle
missing pick-up schedules.

363 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Indicative Requirement Description

The system shall provide ability to re-assign drivers to vehicles and
FMS.TR.007
routes based on their availability
The system shall provide to do geo-fencing of vehicles to restrict area
FMS.TR.008
of operation in specified hours during the day.
The system shall provide ability to monitor entry and exit time of
FMS.TR.009
vehicles in garages, depots, transfer stations, landfills etc. in the city
The system shall provide ability to keep track of schedule for servicing
FMS.TR.010
of all bin locations in the city for waste collection
The system shall provide ability to keeping track of schedule for
FMS.TR.011 servicing of all D2D Collection Feeder points in the city for waste
collection
8.2.20 OWQMS Web Application

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
On-line waste water Quality Monitoring System (OWQMS)
OWQMS shall consist of a web based
application and mobile application to provide
systematic framework for enhancing waste
OWQMS-FR-01.1
water discharge monitoring to detect
emerging water quality issues and respond
prior to the problem occurs in the city.
General OWQMS shall utilize real-time water quality
parameters collected from quality sensors
OWQMS-FR-01.2
across the drainage canals to analyse and
detect waste water quality anomalies.
Monitoring shall include all the waste water
OWQMS-FR-01.3 quality parameters received from the remote
sensors.
Waste water quality parameters shall be
OWQMS-FR-01.4 fetched from the Intelligent Gateway via
3G/LTE network.
The system shall have the desired interfaces
for the data integration with other existing
applications as necessary. It shall be possible
OWQMS-FR-01.5
to integrate with State and Central pollution
Data Boards portals/database via API integration
Communication to share waste water quality data.
The application shall import and store sensor
measurement and state data (operational
and communication status) at a specified
OWQMS-FR-01.6 time frequency from other relevant
databases and systems to analyse, and
visualize the waste water quality data on a
continuous basis.
Information Based on operational and communication
OWQMS -FR-01.7 Management & status and other characteristics, it shall
Analysis determine whether data is valid or invalid,

364 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
requirement
and whether the quality of the data is
sufficient to assess waste water quality.
Shall analyse valid sensor data to assess
OWQMS-FR-01.8
water quality and sensor states.
Shall perform advanced data analysis, such
as time-series trend analysis, multi-
parameter clustering, and single parameter
OWQMS-FR-01.9
thresholding for identifying unusual waste
water quality events due to either intentional
or unintentional causes
Shall generate and manage alarms based on
sensor states and waste water quality
OWQMS -FR-01.10 determined by the analysis of a) valid sensor
data and b) calculated water quality
Alert Investigation parameters
Shall generate email and sms notifications,
follow-up notifications, and escalated
OWQMS -FR-01.11
notifications to appropriate personnel in the
event of alarms
Shall generate standard and user-configured
OWQMS -FR-01.12
reports.
Reports Shall have the control access to all data,
OWQMS -FR-01.13 results, reports, and system administration
tools

8.2.21 Anti-Virus Solution

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

Anti-virus shall have auto update feature, it shall be able to push signature
AVS.TR.001
from the centralized server to all the clients Or workstations
AVS.TR.002 Bidder shall ensure that the scan logs are made available for review.
AVS.TR.003 The solution must support mass mailing virus detection.
AVS.TR.004 The solution must support mail attachment virus detection.
AVS.TR.005 The solution must support Malformed Mail format detection.
The solution must have a built in Safe Stamp feature to have a sign of a
AVS.TR.006 secure email. The email scanning time stamp shows whether the sender’s
antivirus database is not up to date or not.
AVS.TR.007 The solution must have its own Updated Recommended Virus Extensions.
The solution must support Heuristics-based mail header detection for
AVS.TR.008
Spam.
The solution must support Heuristics-based scanning of the mail body for
AVS.TR.009
Spam.
The solution must support administrator defined Anti-Spam exception list
AVS.TR.010
(approved list).
AVS.TR.011 The solution must support administrator to define list of known spammers.
The solution shall be able to detect Spam in form of categories like general,
AVS.TR.012
commercial email, Get rich quick, pornography etc.

365 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Minimum Requirement Description

The solution shall be able to take action based on the category in which
AVS.TR.013
Spam is detected.
The solution must be able to take different action based on the different
AVS.TR.014
sensitivity level of Spam detection.
AVS.TR.015 The solution must provide alerts based on action taken on the Spam mail.
AVS.TR.016 The solution must support Encrypted Mail Detection.
AVS.TR.017 The solution must support Password Protect Zip Detection.
AVS.TR.018 The solution must have a Secure SSL Web Management Console.
The solution must be able to prevent System Denial of Service (‘Do’s’)
AVS.TR.019
Attack.
AVS.TR.020 Bidder shall propose the required hardware for the entire solution
Bidder shall provide requisite licenses for all the software required for the
AVS.TR.021
Anti-virus and Anti-spam Solution.
AVS.TR.022 Solution should provide protection against Back Doors and Trojan Horses
Solution should provide real time fraud and risk management including but
not limited to behavioural analysis, key loggers, Trojans and should allow
AVS.TR.023
monitoring on transactions and raise alerts in case of suspicious activities
as defined by the security policy of organization.

8.2.22 Web based Helpdesk & Incident Management Software with Application /
Platform / OS Licenses

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
The EMS shall be able to support the proposed
hardware and software Components (IT and Non-
IT) deployed over the tenure of the Contract. The
software shall be capable of providing early
WBH-FR-01 General Attributes warning signals to the Helpdesk Agents on the
performance issues, and future infrastructure
capacity augmentation. The EMS shall also support
single pane / dashboard with visibility across
multiple areas of applications for monitoring.
Bidder is required to design, supply, install,
customize, test, implement, rollout and maintain
the helpdesk application and hardware as per the
requirements of this RFP. The proposed helpdesk
WBH-FR-02 General Attributes
solution shall provide comprehensive and end-to-
end management of all the components for each
service including all the hardware devices,
Network, Systems and Application infrastructure.
Bidder is expected to provide helpdesk
encompassing but not limited to the following
functions:
WBH-FR-03 General Attributes · Configuration Management
· Fault Management
· Incident, Problem and Change Management
· Asset Management

366 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
· Remote Control
· SLA Management & Monitoring
· Performance Management
· Monitoring Backup and Management
· Event Management
· Server, Storage and other Infrastructure
Management
· Monitor network components of the LAN &
WAN
· Network Link Monitoring
Any other modules as required by SI to meet the
requirements of the RFP All EMS modules required
to fulfil the requirements laid in the RFP should
necessarily be from single OEM only.
Note: It is mandatory that all the modules for the
proposed EMS Solution shall provide out-of-the-box
and seamless integration capabilities. Bidder shall
provide the specifications and numbers for all
necessary Hardware, OS & DB (if any) which is
required for an EMS to operate effectively and
provide the same at no extra cost.
Following functionalities are essential and required
from such EMS tools:
· Availability Monitoring, Management and
Reporting
· Performance Monitoring, Management and
WBH-FR-04 General Attributes Reporting
· Helpdesk Monitoring, Management and
Reporting
· Asset Management
· Incident Management and RCA reporting
· Change and Configuration management
Discovery, The proposed system shall support multiple types
Configuration of discovery like IP range discovery including
WBH-FR-05 and Faults: built-in support for IPv6 , Seed router based
Monitoring and discovery and discovery whenever new devices are
Management added with capability to exclude specific devices
Discovery,
Configuration The proposed system shall support exclusion of
WBH-FR-06 and Faults: specific IP addresses or IP address ranges.
Monitoring and
Management
Discovery,
The system shall provide discovery & inventory of
Configuration
physical network devices like Layer-2 & Layer-3
WBH-FR-07 and Faults:
switches, Routers and other IP devices and shall
Monitoring and
provide mapping of LAN & WAN connectivity.
Management

367 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Discovery,
Configuration
The discovery shall be able to identify and model of
WBH-FR-08 and Faults:
the ICT asset.
Monitoring and
Management
The proposed system shall provide a detailed asset
Discovery, report, organized by system shall provide sufficient
Configuration reports that identify unused ports in the managed
WBH-FR-09 and Faults: network infrastructure that can be reclaimed and
Monitoring and reallocated. The proposed system shall also
Management intelligently determine which ports are
operationally dormant.
The proposed system shall determine device
Monitoring and availability and shall exclude outages from the
WBH-FR-10
Management availability calculation with an option to indicate
the reason.
Monitoring and The proposed system shall provide out of the box
WBH-FR-11
Management root cause analysis.
The proposed system shall include the ability to
monitor and visualize a virtualized system
Monitoring and infrastructure by discovering and monitoring
WBH-FR-12
Management virtual machines and providing ability to depict the
logical relationships between virtual servers and
virtual machines.
The proposed solution shall detect virtual server
Monitoring and and virtual machine configuration changes and
WBH-FR-13
Management automatically update topology and shall raise
alarm when VM migrations happen between hosts.
The proposed solution shall have the ability to
Monitoring and
WBH-FR-14 collect data from the virtual systems without solely
Management
relying on SNMP.
The proposed solution shall support an
Monitoring and
WBH-FR-15 architecture that can be extended to support
Management
multiple virtualization platforms and technologies.
The proposed system shall support SNMPv3-based
Monitoring and network discovery and management out-of-box
WBH-FR-16
Management without the need for any external third-party
modules.
The proposed system shall be able to administer
configuration changes to network elements by
Monitoring and providing toolkits to automate the following
WBH-FR-17
Management administrative tasks of effecting configuration
changes to network elements like Capture running
& start-up configuration, Upload configuration etc.
The proposed system shall provide sufficient
reports pertaining to asset and change
WBH-FR-18 Reporting management, alarms and availability of critical
network resources as well as network response
times for critical links.
368 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
The proposed system shall able to perform real-
time or scheduled capture of device configurations.
WBH-FR-19 Reporting
It shall also provide features to capture, view &
upload network device configuration.
The proposed system shall able to store historical
device configurations captured in the database and
thereby enable comparison of current device
WBH-FR-20 Reporting configuration against a previously captured
configuration as well as compare the current
configuration against any user-defined standard
baseline configuration policy.
The proposed system shall be able to monitor
compliance & enforce change control policies
WBH-FR-21 Reporting within the diverse infrastructure by providing data
& tools to run compliance reports, track &
remediate violations, and view history of changes.
The proposed tool shall display configuration
changes differences in GUI within central Console.
WBH-FR-22 Reporting Also this shall be able to identify which user has
made changes or modifications to device
configurations using the Interface.
Service Level The proposed service management system shall
Management: provide a detailed service dashboard view
WBH-FR-23
Monitoring and indicating the health of each of the component and
Management services provisioned as well as the SLAs.
The system shall provide an outage summary that
Service Level
WBH-FR-24 gives a high level health indication for each service
Management
as well as the details and root cause of any outage.
The system shall be capable of managing IT and
Non-IT resources in terms of the business services
they support, specify and monitor service
Service Level obligations, and associate users/Departments/
WBH-FR-25
Management Organizations with the services they rely on and
related Service/Operational Level Agreements.
Presently, services shall include E-mail, Internet
Access, Intranet and other services hosted.
The Service Level Agreements (SLAs) definition
facility shall support defining a set of one or more
Service Level
WBH-FR-26 service that specify the Service obligations
Management
stipulated in an SLA contract for a particular time
period (weekly, monthly, and so on).
SLA violation alarms shall be generated to notify
Service Level
WBH-FR-27 whenever an agreement is violated or is in danger
Management
of being violated.
The system shall provide the capability to
Service Level designate planned maintenance periods for
WBH-FR-28
Management services and take into consideration maintenance
periods defined at the IT resources level. In

369 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
addition the capability to exempt any service
outage from impacting an SLA shall be available.
The reports supported shall include one that
Service Level monitors service availability (including Mean Time
Management: to Repair (MTTR), Mean Time between Failure
WBH-FR-29
Reporting (MTBF), and Maximum Outage Time thresholds)
and the other that monitors service transaction
response time.
The system shall provide a historical reporting
Service Level
facility that shall allow for the generation of on-
Management:
WBH-FR-30 demand and scheduled reports of Service related
Reporting
metrics with capabilities for customization of the
report presentation.
The system shall provide for defining service
Service Level
policies like Service Condition High\Low
WBH-FR-31 Management:
Sensitivity, Port Status High\Low Sensitivity shall
Reporting
be provided out of the box.
The System shall have all the capabilities of a
Network Management System which shall provide
Service Level
Real time network monitoring and Measurement
WBH-FR-32 Management:
offend-to-end Network performance & availability
Reporting
to define service levels and further improve upon
them.
Network
Performance
The tool shall provide a live exceptions list
Monitoring,
displaying the various health and threshold
WBH-FR-33 Management and
exceptions that are occurring in the managed
Reporting:
infrastructure.
Monitoring and
Management
Network
Performance The tool shall have the capability to configure
Monitoring, different polling speeds for different devices in the
WBH-FR-34 Management and managed infrastructure with capability to poll
Reporting: critical devices
Monitoring and
Management
Network
Performance
The proposed system shall use intelligent alarm
Monitoring,
algorithms to learn the behaviour of the network
WBH-FR-35 Management and
infrastructure components over a period of time
Reporting:
Monitoring and
Management
Network
The Network Performance Management console
Performance
shall provide a consistent report generation
WBH-FR-36 Monitoring,
interface from a single central console.
Management and
Reporting:
370 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Reporting
This central console shall also provide all required
Network
network performance reports (including latency,
Performance
threshold violations, packet errors, availability,
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-37 bandwidth utilization etc.) for the network
Management and
infrastructure. The proposed system shall identify
Reporting:
over-and under-utilized links and assist in
Reporting
maximizing the utilization of current resources.
Network
Performance The proposed system shall enable complete
Monitoring, customization flexibility of performance reports for
WBH-FR-38
Management and network devices and monitored servers.
Reporting:
Reporting
Network
Performance The proposed system shall provide an integrated
Monitoring, performance view for all the managed systems and
WBH-FR-39
Management and networks along with the various threshold
Reporting: violations alarms in them.
Reporting
The proposed system shall provide the following
reports as part of the base performance
monitoring product out-of-the-box to help network
Network
operators quickly identify device problems quickly.
Performance
The following charts like mentioned below shall be
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-40 available for routers: Backplane Utilization, Buffer
Management and
Create
Reporting:
Failures, Buffer Hits, Buffer Misses, Buffer
Reporting
Utilization, Bus Drops, CPU Utilization, Fan Status,
Free Memory, Memory Utilization, Packets by
Protocol, and Packets out.
Network
The proposed system shall be able to auto-
Performance
calculate resource utilization baselines for the
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-41 entire managed systems and networks and allow
Management and
user to set corresponding upper and lower
Reporting:
threshold limits.
Reporting
Application
The proposed solution shall proactively monitor all
Performance
user transactions for any web-application hosted;
Monitoring,
detect failed transactions; gather evidence
WBH-FR-42 Management and
necessary for triage and diagnosis of problems that
Reporting:
affect user experiences and prevent completion of
Monitoring and
critical business processes
Management
Application The proposed solution shall determine if the cause
Performance of performance issues is inside the application, in
WBH-FR-43 Monitoring, connected back-end systems or at the network
Management and layer.
Reporting:
371 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
Monitoring, The proposed solution shall correlate performance
WBH-FR-44 Management and data from HTTP Servers (external requests) with
Reporting: internal application performance data.
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
The proposed solution shall see response times
Monitoring,
based on different call parameters. For example
WBH-FR-45 Management and
the proposed solution shall be able to provide CPU
Reporting:
utilization metrics.
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
Monitoring, The proposed Solution shall be able to correlate
WBH-FR-46 Management and Application changes (code and configuration files)
Reporting: with change in Application performance.
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
Monitoring, The proposed solution shall allow data to be seen
WBH-FR-47 Management and only by those with a need to know and limit access
Reporting: by user roles.
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
Monitoring,
The proposed solution shall measure the end users'
WBH-FR-48 Management and
experiences based on transactions.
Reporting:
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance
Monitoring, The proposed solution shall give visibility into user
WBH-FR-49 Management and experience without the need to install agents on
Reporting: user desktops.
Monitoring and
Management
The solution shall be deployable as an appliance-
Application
based system acting as a passive listener on the
Performance
WBH-FR-50 network thus inducing zero overhead on the
Monitoring,
network and application layer.
Management and

372 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Reporting:
Monitoring and
Management
Application
Performance The proposed solution shall be able to provide the
Monitoring, ability to detect and alert which exact end users
WBH-FR-51 Management and experience HTTP error codes such as 404 errors or
Reporting: errors coming from the web application.
Monitoring and
Management
Application
The proposed system shall be able to detect user
Performance
impacting defects and anomalies and reports them
Monitoring,
in real-time for Slow Response Time, Fast
WBH-FR-52 Management and
Response time, Low Throughput, Partial Response,
Reporting:
Missing component within transaction
Monitoring and
Management
Application
The proposed system shall be able to instantly
Performance
identify whether performance problems like slow
Monitoring,
response times are within or outside the Data
WBH-FR-53 Management and
center without having to rely on network
Reporting:
monitoring tools.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and
Database
Performance The proposed system shall be able to provide trend
Monitoring, analysis reports and compare the user experience
WBH-FR-54
Management and over time by identifying transactions whose
Reporting: performance or count has deteriorated over time.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and The proposed system shall addresses management
Database challenges by providing centralized management
Performance across physical and virtual systems.
Monitoring, The proposed system shall be able to monitor
WBH-FR-55
Management and various operating system parameters such as
Reporting: processors, memory, files, processes, file systems,
Monitoring and etc. where applicable, using agents on the servers
Management to be monitored.
Systems and
Database
It shall be possible to configure the operating
Performance
system monitoring agents to monitor based on
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-56 user-defined thresholds for warning/critical states
Management and
and escalate events to event console of enterprise
Reporting:
management system.
Monitoring and
Management

373 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Systems and
Database
It shall also be able to monitor various operating
Performance
system parameters depending on the operating
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-57 system being monitored yet offer a similar
Management and
interface for viewing the agents and setting
Reporting:
thresholds.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and
Database
Performance
The proposed solution shall support monitoring
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-58 Processors, File Systems, Log Files, System
Management and
Processes, and Memory etc.
Reporting:
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and
Database
The proposed tool shall provide Process and NT
Performance
Service Monitoring wherein if critical application
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-59 processes or services fail, administrators are
Management and
immediately alerted and processes and services
Reporting:
are automatically re-started.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and
The proposed tool shall be able to provide Log File
Database
Monitoring which enables administrator to watch
Performance
system logs and text log files by specifying
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-60 messages to watch for. When matching messages
Management and
gets logged, the proposed tool shall notify
Reporting:
administrators and enable to take action like
Monitoring and
sending an email.
Management
Systems and
Database
The proposed database performance management
Performance
system shall integrate network, server & database
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-61 performance management systems and provide
Management and
the unified view of the performance state in a
Reporting:
single console.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and
Database
Performance
It shall be able to automate monitoring, data
Monitoring,
WBH-FR-62 collection and analysis of performance from single
Management and
point.
Reporting:
Monitoring and
Management

374 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Systems and
Database
Performance It shall also provide the ability to set thresholds and
Monitoring, send notifications when an event occurs, enabling
WBH-FR-63
Management and database administrators (DBAs) to quickly trace
Reporting: and resolve performance-related bottlenecks.
Monitoring and
Management
Systems and The proposed system shall provide Performance
Database Management and Reporting Provides real-time and
Performance historical performance of physical and virtual
Monitoring, environments enabling customers gain valuable
WBH-FR-64
Management and insights of a given virtual container of the relative
Reporting: performance of a given Virtual Machine compared
Reporting to other Virtual Machines, and of the relative
performance of groups of Virtual Machines.
Systems and
Database
Performance Role based Access Enables role-based
WBH-FR-65 Monitoring, management by defining access privileges
Management and according to the role of the user.
Reporting:
Reporting
Systems and
Database
The proposed Virtual Performance Management
Performance
system shall integrate latest virtualization
WBH-FR-66 Monitoring,
technologies
Management and
Reporting:
Reporting
Helpdesk -
Monitoring, The proposed helpdesk system shall provide
WBH-FR-67 Management and flexibility of logging, viewing, updating and closing
Reporting incident manually via web interface.

The proposed helpdesk system shall support ITIL

Helpdesk - processes like request management, problem
Monitoring, management, configuration management and
WBH-FR-68 Management and change order management with out-of-the-box
Reporting templates for various ITIL service support
processes.

Helpdesk -
Each incident shall be able to associate multiple
Monitoring,
activity logs entries via manual update or
WBH-FR-69 Management and
automatic update from other enterprise
Reporting
management tools.

375 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Helpdesk -
The proposed helpdesk system shall be able to
Monitoring,
provide flexibility of incident assignment based on
WBH-FR-70 Management and
the workload, category, location etc.
Reporting

Helpdesk -
Each escalation policy shall allow easy definition on
Monitoring,
multiple escalation levels and notification to
WBH-FR-71 Management and
different personnel via window GUI/console with no
Reporting
or minimum programming.
The proposed helpdesk system shall provide
grouping access on different security knowledge
articles for different group of users. The proposed
Helpdesk -
helpdesk system shall have an updateable
Monitoring,
knowledge base for tech al analysis and further
WBH-FR-72 Management and
help end-users to search solutions for previously
Reporting
solved issues. The proposed helpdesk system shall
support tracking of SLA (service level agreements)
for call requests within the help desk through
service types.
Helpdesk - The proposed helpdesk system shall be capable of
Monitoring, assigning call requests to technical staff manually
WBH-FR-73 Management and as well as automatically based on predefined
Reporting rules, and shall support notification and escalation
over email, web etc.
Helpdesk -
Monitoring, The proposed helpdesk system shall integrate
WBH-FR-74 Management and tightly with the Knowledge tools and CMDB and
Reporting shall be accessible from the same login window.

Helpdesk -
It shall support remote management for end-user &
Monitoring,
allow analysts to do the desktop sharing for any
WBH-FR-75 Management and
system located anywhere, just connected to
Reporting
internet.
Remote desktop sharing in the system shall be
Helpdesk -
agent less & all activity shall be automatically
Monitoring,
logged into the service desk ticket. It shall allow IT
WBH-FR-76 Management and
team to create solution & make them available on
Reporting
the end user login window for the most common
requests
Incident Incident management shall be governed by the
Management change management and configuration
WBH-FR-77
and Root Cause management policy of PCSCL. The policy shall be
Analysis Reporting shared with the Bidder.
Incident An information security incident is an event (or
Management chain of events) that compromises the
WBH-FR-78
and Root Cause confidentiality, integrity or availability of
Analysis Reporting information. All information security incidents that
376 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
affect the information or systems of the enterprise
(including malicious attacks, abuse / misuse of
systems by staff, loss of power / communications
services and errors by users or computer staff)
shall be dealt with in accordance with a
documented information security incident
management process.
Incident
Incidents shall be categorized and prioritized. While
Management
WBH-FR-79 prioritizing incidents the impact and urgency of the
and Root Cause
incident shall be taken into consideration.
Analysis Reporting
It shall be ensured that the incident database is
Incident
integrated with Known Error Database (KeDB),
Management
WBH-FR-80 Configuration Management Database (CMDB).
and Root Cause
These details shall be accessible to relevant
Analysis Reporting
personnel as and when needed.
Testing shall be performed to ensure that recovery
action is complete and that the service has been
fully restored. The Bidder shall keep the end users
informed of the progress of their reported incident.
Incident When the incident has been resolved, it shall be
Management ensured that the service desk records of the
WBH-FR-81
and Root Cause resolution steps are updated, and confirm that the
Analysis Reporting action taken has been agreed to by the end user.
Also, unresolved incidents (known errors and
workarounds) shall be recorded and reported to
provide information for effective problem
management.
Incident Information security incidents and weaknesses
Management associated with information systems shall be
WBH-FR-82
and Root Cause communicated in a manner allowing timely
Analysis Reporting corrective action to be taken.
Incident The Bidder shall conduct regular reviews on
Management performance of incident management activities
WBH-FR-83
and Root Cause against documented Key Performance Indicators
Analysis Reporting (KPI's).
The incident management activities shall be carried
Incident
out by the Bidder in such a way that an incident is
Management
WBH-FR-84 resolved within the agreed time schedule.
and Root Cause
Root Cause Analysis (RCA) shall be conducted by
Analysis Reporting
the Bidder.
Incident Controls related to incident management need to
Management be implemented and each implemented control
WBH-FR-85
and Root Cause shall have a documentary evidence to substantiate
Analysis Reporting and demonstrate effective implementation.
Change and
Change and configuration management shall be
Configuration
WBH-FR-86 governed by the change management and
Management
configuration management policy.

377 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Change and Change management provides information on
Configuration changes, and enables better control of changes to
WBH-FR-87
Management reduce errors and disruption in services.

All changes shall be initiated using change

management process; and a Request For Change
Change and (RFC) shall be created. All requests for change
Configuration shall be evaluated to determine the impact on
WBH-FR-88
Management business processes and IT services, and to assess
whether change shall adversely affect the
operational environment and introduce
unacceptable risk.
Change and The Bidder shall ensure that all changes are
Configuration logged, prioritized, categorized, assessed,
WBH-FR-89
Management authorized, planned and scheduled to track and
report all changes.
Ensure review of changes for effectiveness and
take actions agreed with interested parties.
Change and
Requests for change shall be analysed at planned
Configuration
WBH-FR-90 intervals to detect trends. The results and
Management
conclusions drawn from the analysis shall be
recorded and reviewed to identify opportunities for
improvement.
Change and Controls related to change management need to be
Configuration implemented and each implemented control shall
WBH-FR-91
Management have a documentary evidence to substantiate and
demonstrate effective implementation.
Change and The roles and responsibilities of the management
Configuration shall include review and approval of the
WBH-FR-92
Management implementation of change management policies,
processes and procedures.
Change and
A configuration management database shall be
Configuration
WBH-FR-93 established which stores unique information about
Management
each type Configuration Item CI or group of CI.
Change and
The Configuration Management Database (CMDB)
Configuration
WBH-FR-94 shall be managed such that it ensures its reliability
Management
and accuracy including control of update access.
Change and The degree of control shall maintain the integrity
Configuration of services and service components taking into
WBH-FR-95
Management consideration the service requirements and the
risks associated with the CI.
Change and
Corrective actions shall be taken for any
Configuration
WBH-FR-96 deficiencies identified in the audit and shall be
Management
reported to the management and process owners.

378 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Nature of
S. No. Minimum Requirement Specifications
Requirement
Change and
Information from the CMDB shall be provided to
Configuration
WBH-FR-97 the change management process and the changes
Management
to the CI shall be traceable and auditable.
Change and A configuration baseline of the attached CI shall be
Configuration taken before deployment of a release into the live
WBH-FR-98
Management environment. It shall be stored in the safe
environment with appropriate access control.
Master copies of CI shall be recorded in the CMDB
Change and and shall be stored in secure physical or electronic
Configuration libraries which shall be referenced in the
WBH-FR-99
Management configuration records. This shall be applicable to
documentations, license information, and software
and hardware configuration images.
Master copies of CI shall be recorded in the CMDB
Change and and shall be stored in secure physical or electronic
Configuration libraries which shall be referenced in the
WBH-FR-100
Management configuration records. This shall be applicable to
documentations, license information, and software
and hardware configuration images.
All the ICT assets shall be hardened as per the
Hardening guidelines and industry leading
ICT Assets
WBH-FR-101 practices. Remove all unauthorized software,
Hardening
utilities, and services. All required logs shall be
configured and monitored.

8.3 Disaster Recovery Infrastructure Software

Sr. Minimum Requirement Description

No.
1 The proposed solution must offer a workflow based management & monitoring
and reporting capability for the real time monitoring of a DR solution
parameters like RPO (at DB level), RTO, replication status and should provide
alerts( including SMS and e-mail alerts) on any deviations. The proposed
solution should be able to conduct DR Drills from a centralized location
2 The proposed solution should provide a single dashboard to track DR Readiness
status of all the applications under DR
3 The proposed solution should be capable of reporting important health
parameters like disk space, password changes, file addition/deletion etc. to
ensure DR readiness
4 The proposed solution should have inbuilt ready to use library of recovery
automation action for heterogeneous databases and replication environment.
This must significantly reduce custom development of scripts and speedy
deployment of DR solutions
5 The proposed solution should facilitate out-of-the-box, workflow based
switchover and switchback for DR drills for standard applications based on
industry best practices

379 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

6 The proposed solution should facilitate workflows for bringing up the

applications and all the components it depends on at DR while it is up at primary
site without pausing/stopping the replication
7 The proposed solution should be able to manage hosts by either deploying
agents or without deploying any agent and should not require any change in the
existing environment
8 The proposed solution must support all major platforms including Linux,
Windows, Solaris, and Unix etc. with high availability options. It must support
both physical and virtual platforms
9 The proposed solution should facilitate workflow based, single-click recovery
mechanism for single or multiple applications
10 The proposed DRM solution should integrate seamlessly with the existing setup
without the need to reconfigure or remove existing application setup including
clusters
11 The proposed solution should cover all the functionalities mentioned in the
specifications and all the required licenses should be provisioned

380 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

9. Annexure II: IP Camera Locations

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Civil line Traffic Congestion
1. Kichlu Chowk Cross Road 4 - - - - 1 0
Thana Points
Civil line
2. Jaysingh Chowk Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - - 0 0
Thana
Islamabad -T-Point to Traffic Congestion
3. Islamabad T-Point 4 - - - - 0 0
Gobindgarh Fort Points
Katrabhai Sant Singh - -
4. D Div T-Point Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 0 1
Chowk
Mazjid Bazarsirki
5. D Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Bandar
6. Shakti Nagar Chowk D Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
7. Majith Mandi Chowk D Div Circle Crime Hotspot 14 - - - 1 0
8. Chowk Chaursti Attari C Div T-Point Crime Hotspot 2 3 0 0 1
9. Jamadar Haweli C Div T-Point Tourist Hotspot 9 - - - 3 0 0
10. B.K E&I Sr.Sec School D Div One way School 11 - - - 2 0 0
11. B.K Dutt Gate D Div Cross Road School 11 - - - 3 0 0
12. Lahori gate D Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Traffic Congestion
13. Khajana Gate D Div Circle 4 - - - 4 0 0
Points
14. Balmik Mohalla D Div T-Point Crime Hotspot 2 - 3 - 0 1
Gate Hakima Main Gate Hakima
15. Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Chowk Thana
Gate Hakima
16. Main Road bangla basti Two Way Crime Hotspot 2 2 - - 0 1
Thana
Pumme Di Pulli Near Gate Hakima
17. Two Way Tourist Hotspot 9 - - - 2 0 0
Bhadrakali Thana
Chabal Road mord
gurbash Gate Hakima Traffic Congestion
18. Two Way 4 - - - 4 0 0
nagar(Nr.Bhadrakali Thana Points
Mandir)
Chabal Road mord Gate Hakima
19. Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Gurbash Thana

381 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Chabal Road Railway Gate Hakima
20. Two Way Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 2 0 1
Crossing Thana
Gate Hakima
21. T-Point Chabal Road T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Thana
Gate Hakima City Entry/Exit
22. Adda fatehpura T-Point 5 - - - 4 1 4
Thana Points
Amritsar Entrance
Bridge Nr Gate Hakima
23. T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Gurudhwara(gate Thana
Hakima)
T-Point Mord Gate Hakima
24. One way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Fatehsingh Colony Thana
Fatehsingh Colony Gali Gate Hakima
25. T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
No:-22 Thana
T-Point Fatehsingh
Gate Hakima City Entry/Exit
26. Coloney T-Point 5 - - - 4 1 4
Thana Points
Fatehpura Road
City Entry/Exit
27. Amritsar Entrance B Div T-Point 5 - - - 4 1 4
Points
Civil line Traffic Congestion
28. Bhandari Bridge Circle 4 - - - 4 1 0
Thana Points
29. Husanpura circle A Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 0 0
30. Tandoor wala Chowk A Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 5 0 0
31. Sangam Chowk A Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 1 0
32. City Center Back SIde A Div Two way Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 0 1
City Center Market
33. A Div Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
Front Side
Surajchand Mansingh
34. E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Gate
35. Sherawala Gate E Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Ghee Mandi Akali Fhula
36. E Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Singh
37. Chita Gummat Chowk A Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
38. Ram Bagh A Div Circle Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - - 0 1
39. Ram Talai A Div Cross Road Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - - 0 1

382 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
40. Chimrang Road B Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
41. J.C Motor(100Ft Road) B Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
42. Mata Kola Chowk B Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 0 0
Pratap Nagar Near OBC
43. B Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Bank
44. Thind Dairy B Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
City Entry/Exit
45. Tarawala Bridge B Div Circle Points, Crime 5, 2 - - - 4 1 0
Hotspot
46. New Amritsar Gate B Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
47. Golden Gate B Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
Sultanwind chowk
48. (Amritsar Sultanwind Two Way Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 0 1
Entrance Village)
49. Drama Wala bazar B Div Two Way Markets 10 - - - 2 0 0
50. Chora bazar B Div One Way Markets 10 - - - 1 0 0
Markets, Crime
51. Chungiwala bazar B Div One way 10, 2 - - - 1 0 0
Hotspot
Uttamnagar Ganda nala
52. B Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Sultantwind chowk
53. Sultanwind Gate B Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 0 0
Ajit Nagar
54. B Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - ] 4 0 0
Chowk(Dhingra
Traffic Congestion
55. Hall Gate E Div Circle 4 - - - 2 1 0
Points
Gate Hakima
56. Dana Mandi T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Thana
57. Jwala Mohan Floor Mill Islamabad Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Gate Hakima
58. Bhagtawala Chowk Circle Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 0 1
Thana
Roop Nagar Main Road
Gate Hakima
59. Near T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Thana
Lovely Chicken 1

383 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Roop Nagar Main Road
Gate Hakima
60. Near T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Lovely Chicken 2
61. Shiv Gali C Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Choti dhab
62. C Div Two Way market 10 - - - 2 0 0
bazar(Shivsanti
63. Sutto wala bazar C Div Chowk market 10 - - - 3 0 0
64. Guru Bazar chowk E Div Two Way market 10 - - - 2 0 0
65. Mahajan Kulfi Wala E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
66. Goal Hatti Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
67. RS Tower Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Shastri Market Dena
68. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Bank
69. State Bank Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 0 0
70. Amrita Talkie Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
71. Ghee Mandi Mohalla E Div Five Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
T-Point Tahil Shaheb
72. E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Bazar
Guru Ravidas Road Hall
73. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Gate
Traffic Congestion
74. Kairon Market E Div T-Point 4 - - - 2 0 0
Points
75. T-Point New Town Hall E Div Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
76. Arya School Lohgarh E Div T-Point School 11 - - - 2 0 0
Chowk Regent Cinema
77. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Lassiwala
Chowk Bharwan Ka
78. E Div Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Dhaba
Chowk Katra Jaimal
79. E Div Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Singh
80. Telephone Exchange E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
81. Karmon Diodhi Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Turn Point Pratap
82. E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
bazar
83. Katra Ahuwalia Chowk E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
384 | P a g e Private & Confidential
DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
84. Turn Point Guru bazar E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
DAV School both side
85. E Div T-Point School 11 - - - 2 0 0
Gate I/S
Subhash Juice Bar
86. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Sikndari Gate
Traffic Congestion
87. Kesar Da Dhaba E Div T-Point 4 - - - 2 0 0
Points
88. Bombay Wala Kua E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Guruduara Lohgarh
89. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Sahib
90. Outer Gate Busstand A Div Two Way Bus stand 7 2 - - 1 2
91. Purani Sabji Mandi E Div Two Way Markets 10 - - - 2 0 0
Chowk Farid Mathian
92. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Wala
93. Chitra Taki Road E Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
DAV College Inside
94. E Div Cross Road School 11 - - - 2 1 0
Both Outside
Outside Ram Baug
95. A Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Church Road
96. Katra Baghian Chowk A Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Sabji Mandi samasan
97. Sultanwind T-Point Market 10 - - - 3 0 0
Ghat
98. Wallah Mandi Back Side Mohkampura Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
DAV International
99. Verka Y-Point School 11 - - 1 - 0 0
School Bypass
Fatehgarh Sukur Chak
100. Verka Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 0 0
Bypass
Gurudhwara Kotha
101. Verka Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Shaheb
102. Verka Bus Stand Verka Two Way Bus stand 7 2 - - 4 0 2
Chowk Bille wala
103. Mohkampura Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Mohkampura
Gururamdas Hostipital
City Entry/Exit
104. Vallah Verka Two Way 5 - - - 4 1 4
Points
Gate

385 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Government
105. Focal Point 1-2 Maqbulpura T-Point Infrastructure 17 - - - 8 0 0
Assets
106. Chowk Vallah Verka Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 1 0
Government
Circle Cross
107. Chowk Milk Plant Verka Verka Infrastructure 17 - - 1 - 0 0
Road
Assets
Government
Preet Nagar sikha Gas
108. Mohkampura Two Way Infrastructure 17 - - - 0 0 0
Godown
Assets
Opposite Apex
109. Mohkampura T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Hostpital
Gurudhwara Wala
110. Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Chowk
111. Pawan Nagar Gali No:-5 Rambagh Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Outside Jagat Jyoti
112. Rambagh Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - 2 0 0
School
113. Chungiyan Chowk T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Suncity T-Point &
114. Maqbulpura Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Suncity Mord
City Entry/Exit
115. Chowk Mudal Bypass Verka Cross Road 5 - 4 - - 1 4
Points
Gurudhware Wali
116. Gali:14 Mohkampura Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Dashmesh Nagar
Chowk Judge
117. Nagar(Nr.Gurudhwara Mohkampura T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Shahib
118. Domai Mandir Mohkampura Two Way Temple 9 - - - 3 0 0
119. Jora Fatak Mohkampura Y-Point Crime Hotspot 2 - 5 - 0 1
T-Point Ghanaiya
120. A Div T-Point Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Hostpital
Matakola Balai Kendra
121. E Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Gali

386 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Outside Mission
122. E Div One Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 1 0 0
Compond
123. Galiyara Parking Chowk E Div Circle Parking 14 - - - 2 1 0
124. Shivala Virbhan E Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
T-Point Ramanand
125. E Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Bagh
Islamabad T-point to
126. Islamabad T-Point Tourist Hotspot 9 - - - 3 0 0
govindgarh
Katra Karam Singh
127. D Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Chowk
Purani Lakad Mandi
128. E Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Chowk
129. Chowk Chabutra C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
130. Sharma Colony Near C Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
131. Tapai Fatak Islamabad Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
132. Bakarmandi Chowk Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
133. Chatiwind Chowk C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 2 0
134. Chatikhui Chowk C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Purani Chungi Teg
135. Royal Hotel C Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Tarang Taran Road
136. Maijivadiya Kabra C Div Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
137. Mohni Chowk Cantonment Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
138. Karori Chowk C Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Tourist Hotspots
139. Baba Shahib Chowk C Div T-Point Entry/Exit 9 - - - 3 0 0
Points
140. Dholimala T-Point C Div T-Point Crime Hotspot 2 - 3 - 3 0 1
Ramsar Road Near Tourist Hotspots
141. Baba Deep C Div Cross Road Entry/Exit 9 - - - 2 0 0
Singh Gurudhwara Points
142. Laxmansar Chowk C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
143. Chowk Gujjarpura C Div Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
144. Navacoat bazar Road Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0

387 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
T-point Right Bridge
145. Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Near CKD
146. B-Block gate 1,2 Islamabad One Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Traffic Congestion
147. Islamabad Chowk Islamabad Cross Road 4 - - - 2 0 0
Points
148. Machi Mandi near Fatak Islamabad Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
149. Islamabad Bridge Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Soorchowk Balmiki
150. Cantonment Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
CHowk
151. Putlighar Chowk Cantonment Cross Road Crime Hotspot 2 2 - - - 1 1
152. Kishan Kot Fatak Islamabad Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Gate Hakima
153. Bhagta wala gate Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
154. Galwali gate C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
155. Kallu ka akhada C Div Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
156. Naiya wala more Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Civil line
157. Hotel Best western T-Point Market 10 - - - 2 1 0
Thana
Civil line
158. T-Point MK Hotel T-Point Market 10 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Amritsar Improvement Civil line
159. Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 1 0 0
trust Thana
Civil line
160. Ranjit Avenue Chowki Chowk Market 10 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
C-Block Chowk Ranjit Civil line
161. Circle Market 10 - - - 2 0 0
Avenue Thana
Civil line
162. Ranjit Avenue T-Point T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line
163. Purani Chungi Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line
164. DC Kothi Green Avenue T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line Traffic Congestion
165. Incometax Chowk Cross Road 4 - - - 1 1 0
Thana Points

388 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Civil line Traffic Congestion
166. Mall Cross Road Cross Road 4 - - - 1 0 0
Thana Points
Civil line Traffic Congestion
167. Novelty Chowk Cross Road 4 - - - 2 1 0
Thana Points
Civil line
168. Joshi Colony Chowk Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Civil line
169. Garden Colony T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line
170. Jamunwali Road T-Point School 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Civil line
171. B.R Modern School Cross Road School 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
DAV Police Public Civil line
172. Two Way School 11 - - - 2 0 0
School Thana
Rani ka Bagh Near Gift Civil line
173. Cross Road Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 0 1
Shop Thana
Civil line
174. Amandeep Hostpital Y-Point Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Mord Guru Arjan Dev
175. Cantonment Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Nagar
Khalsa College Near
176. Cantonment Cross Road School 11 - - - 2 1 0
Nikkasingh
177. 22 No Fatak Islamabad T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Metro Bus Stand Near
178. Cantonment Cross Road School 11 - - 1 - 0 0
Khalsa
Purani Chungi Chehrta
179. Chheharta Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 1 0
Road
Khandwala Near
180. Chheharta T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Chehta Road
181. Sandhu Colony Chheharta Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Kale Ka Mode Chehta
182. Chheharta Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
Road
183. Chehta Cross Road Chheharta Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
184. Narayan Garh Chehta Chheharta Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0

389 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
City Entry/Exit
185. India Gate Chehta Road Chheharta Cross Road 5 - - - 3 1 4
Points
186. Wadali T-Point Chheharta T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
City Entry/Exit
187. Sunsahab Gurudhwara Chheharta One Way 5 - - - 4 1 2
Points
188. Kort Khalsa CHowk Chheharta T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
189. Nika Singh Coloney Chheharta Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
City Entry/Exit
190. Mahal PP Cantonment T-Point 5 - - - 3 1 4
Points
191. Darshan Singh Ka Dera Chheharta Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
192. Gawal Mandi Chowk Cantonment Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
193. Shimla Market Cantonment T-Point Market 10 - - - 2 0 0
194. Pipli Shab Gurudhwara Islamabad One Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
195. Parshuram Chowk Cantonment Circle Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Bhandari Bridge To
Civil line
196. Goal Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Bagh(Pakode wala)
Civil line
197. UCO Bank Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line Traffic Congestion
198. Crystal Chowk Cross Road 4 - - - 2 1 0
Thana Points
199. Coat Atmaram Road Sultanwind T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
200. Jaspal nagar DI Galiya Sultanwind T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
201. Tej Nagar Chowk Sultanwind Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Sharah Baba Deepsingh
City Entry/Exit
202. ji Sultanwind T-Point 5 - - - 3 1 4
Points
Shidhawala
203. Chowk Tandan Nagar Rambagh T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
204. Murgikhane Wali Gali Mohkampura Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
205. Banke bihari Wali Gali Mohkampura Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Baba Meer Shah Nehru
206. Sadar T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Colony
Papa public school, 88
207. Sadar Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
feet road

390 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
27ft Road Green Field
208. Sadar Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Road
Tungawali Gali(ESI Traffic Congestion
209. Sadar Circle 4 - - - 2 0 0
Road) Points
Borh wala shivala Traffic Congestion
210. Sadar T-Point 4 - - - 2 0 0
batala road Points
Mai bhago college
211. Sadar Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
majitha road
212. D.R enclave Airport Thana Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
213. Loharka chowk bridge Cantonment Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
214. Meera kot chowk Cantonment cross road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 1 1 0
215. Ekam dhaba g.t road Airport Thana Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
216. Pind heir Airport Thana Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Traffic Congestion
217. Gumtala bypass chowk Cantonment cross road 4 - - - 2 1 0
Points
Airport Entry / Exit
218. T point airport road Airport Thana T-Point 8 - - - 3 1 4
Points
Akash amar Chowk
219. Fateh garh Sadar T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Chudiya Road
Ajay Sr.Secondary
School (Amar
220. Sadar T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Jyoti School)Sakhe Di
Haweli
Fatehgarh Bypass
221. Sadar Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 1 0 0
Chowk
Baba Deep Singh
222. Sadar T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Coloney-
City Entry/Exit
223. Majitha Chowk Bypass Sadar Cross Road 5 - - - 4 1 4
Points
Govt High school near
park pani
224. Sadar Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
wali tenka friends
colony

391 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Traffic Congestion
225. Mustafa chowk Sadar T-Point 4 - - - 2 0 0
Points
Civilline T-Point Near
Civil line
226. Namthari Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Gurudhwara
Civil line
227. Hukumsingh Road Y-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 0 0
Thana
Civil line
228. Company Baug Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Congress bhavan, Near Civil line
229. T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Circuit House Thana
Civil line
230. Doaba Chowk T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 0 0
Thana
231. Daily Needs Cantonment Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Saroop rani govt Civil line
232. Two way Colleges 12 - - - 2 0 0
college Thana
Commissioner of
Civil line Administrative
233. police, Two way 16 - - - 2 0 0
Thana Building
amritsar
Govt senior secondary Civil line
234. Two Way school 11 - - - 2 0 0
school, Thana
Guru Arjun Dev Nagar
235. Cantonment Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Mod
236. Gopal Mandir Chowk Sadar Chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
Amritsar Toll Plaza,
City Entry/Exit
237. Manawala, Rural ASR Two way 5 - - - 4 1 2
Points
ANPR
Amritnal Bagh (Rose Civil line
238. Entry/Exit Park 3 - - - 2 0 0
Garden) Thana
239. Prakash Hospital Cantonment Entry/Exit Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
240. Jaliawala Baug C Div Two way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
241. Beri hospital Cantonment T-Point Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
242. Navpreet Hospital Cantonment Entry/Exit Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
243. Carewell Hospital Entry/Exit Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0

392 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
S.Raminder Singh
244. C Div Entry/Exit Park 3 - - - 3 1 0
Bulariya Park
Green avenue park(Nr
Civil line Traffic Congestion
245. verka T-Point 4 - - - 3 1 0
Thana Points
booth)
Park Guru Govind singh
246. Cantonment Two way Park 3 - - - 2 0 0
Nagar
Amritbakery Opp-Kabir
247. Cantonment Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 0 0
Park
Kabir Park Market Opp-
248. Cantonment Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
GNDU
Shivaji Park, Rani ka Civil line
249. T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
Bagh Thana
Katra Moti Ram park
250. Near D Div Two Way Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
Soyabin Wali Dukan
251. Park Beri gate D Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
Vijaynagar, Kashmir
Avenue, Procession/Gatheri
252. A Div Park 3 - - - 3 1 0
Back side Krishna ng Hotspots
Sweets
Procession/Gatheri
253. Shivala Colony A Div Park 3 - - - 4 1 0
ng Hotspots
Krishna Square, Water Procession/Gatheri
254. A Div Park 3 - - - 3 1 0
tank Park ng Hotspots
Dumb School, Procession/Gatheri
255. A Div Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Tehsilpura ng Hotspots
Procession/Gatheri
256. 40 Kuh main park Mohkampura Park 3 - - - 5 1 0
ng Hotspots
Golden Avenue, Near
Procession/Gatheri
257. Veer Maqbulpura Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
Heekikat Rai
Focal point Opp Police Police Procession/Gatheri
258. Maqbulpura 3 - - - 3 1 0
Station station ng Hotspots

393 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Procession/Gatheri
259. Baba Deep Singh Nagar Sultanwind Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
Veer Enclave, Opp
Procession/Gatheri
260. Riyan Public Rural ASR Park 3 - - - 4 1 0
ng Hotspots
School
Hindu Sabha, Sr
Procession/Gatheri
261. Secondary D Div School 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
School
Procession/Gatheri
262. Park Shakti Nagar D Div Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
Subhash Park, Katra Procession/Gatheri
263. E Div Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Sher Singh ng Hotspots
Procession/Gatheri
264. Town Hall E Div Park 3 - - - 3 1 0
ng Hotspots
Ucha Park, Near
Procession/Gatheri
265. Godam E Div Park 3 - - - 3 1 0
ng Hotspots
Mohalla
Govt Sr Secondary
Procession/Gatheri
266. School Gate, GT Road, Cantonment School 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
Putiligarh
Dhobi Ghat, Near Gate
Gate Hakima Procession/Gatheri
267. Hariman Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Thana ng Hotspots
Chowk
Friends Colony, Opp
Procession/Gatheri
268. Harimandir Sadar Park 3 - - 1 - 1 0
ng Hotspots
Majitha Road
Civil line Procession/Gatheri
269. Joshi Colony Park Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Thana ng Hotspots
Park Pani wali Tanki,
Procession/Gatheri
270. Near Chheharta Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
ng Hotspots
Japani Mill
Triconi Park, Rani ka Civil line Procession/Gatheri
271. Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
bagh Thana ng Hotspots

394 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Gurudwara Singh
Civil line Procession/Gatheri
272. Sabha, Opp Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Thana ng Hotspots
Rani Ka Bagh
Civil line Procession/Gatheri
273. Goal Bagh Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Thana ng Hotspots
Arya Samaj School
274. Park Area Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Park
Open Space_Sewa
Kendra_Opp
275. Park Area Park 3 - - - 2 1 0
Arya Samaj School
Park
276. Peripheral Park Park Area Park 3 - 6 1 0
277. Gang Di Mori Park Park Area Park 2 2 - 1 1
Sant Nagar Park
278. Park Area Park 3 - - 2 1 0
Dolphin Park
Gali Munshiyaan
279. Park Area Park 3 - - 2 1 0
Rodanwali
280. Gali Hargobindpura Chheharta Park Area Park 3 - - 2 1 0
281. Chhattiwind Nehar Sultanwind Entry/Exit City Entry/Exit 5 - - 4 1 2
Civil line Administrative
282. District HQ, Amritsar Office Entry 16 - - - 2 0 0
Thana Building
283. Iswar nagar Chawk C Div T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Guru Amar Das Nagar
284. C Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Chawk
Bagchi lakha Singh
285. C Div Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Chawk
District Shoping
Civil line Market and
286. Complex Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 6 0 0
Thana Parking
Parking
Rashtriya Bal School
287. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Islamabad
Model School
288. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Islamabad
289. RBBSK Primary School Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0

395 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Atom Public School
290. Islamabad Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Chaatwali Gali
Apex International Civil line
291. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School, Rani ka Bagh Thana
NavBharat School 33
292. Cantonment School Schools 11 - - 1 0 0
Number
Government
293. Khalsa College Women Cantonment College 12 - - - 2 0 0
Colleges
Government
294. Khalsa College Cantonment College 12 - - - 2 0 0
Colleges
295. Khalsa School Cantonment School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Government
296. GND University Cantonment College 12 - - - 3 0 0
Colleges
Twinkle Star School
297. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Guru Nanak
Bhavan SI Public
298. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School 33
Ranjit Avenue ITI Civil line
299. College Colleges 12 - - - 3 0 0
College Thana
Guru Ram Das Dental
300. College B Div College Colleges 12 - - - 2 0 0
100 Ft Road
Civil line
301. SSSS School School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Civil line
302. Ram Ashram School School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Police DAV School Civil line
303. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Lawrenace Thana
Guru Har Krishan
Civil line
304. Public School or School Schools 12 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
CKD College GT Road
Holi Heart School GT
305. Cantonment School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Road

396 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Prem Ashram School,
306. D Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Beri gate Market
307. Hindu Sabha School D Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Prakash Ashram
308. School, Inside Hatti E Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Gate
309. Mental Hospital Sadar Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
310. Beri Hospital Cantonment Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
311. Navpreet Hospital Cantonment Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
312. Ohri Hospital Cantonment Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Civil line
313. Care and Cure Hospital Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Soor Hospital Khajana
314. D Div Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Gate
315. Mahajan Hospital D Div Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
316. Narang Hospital Islamabad Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
317. Pasricha Hospital Islamabad Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
318. Bhatia Hospital C Div College Colleges 13 - - - 0 0 0
Khalsa College Ranjit Civil line
319. School Schools 12 - - - 2 0 0
Avenue Thana
Civil line
320. Bedi School College Colleges 11 - - - 3 0 0
Thana
Shehzada Nand College Civil line
321. College Colleges 12 - - - 2 0 0
Green Thana
BBK DAV International Civil line
322. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School Thana
323. Ryan International B Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
324. DPS School Rural ASR School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sant Kabir Public
325. School Mandar B Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Val Bazaar
Ajit Vidhyalaya School
326. B Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sultwind
Shahed Baba Pratap
327. B Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sing

397 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Saint Joseph School Civil line
328. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Rani ka Thana
Saint Joseph School Gate Hakima
329. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Fatahpur Thana
Cambridge School
330. Cantonment School Schools 11 - - - 3 0 0
Loharka Road
331. Pink Plaza E Div market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 0 0
332. Meeri Peeri School Chheharta School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sacred Heart School
333. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Chungi
SM High Scholl Vikas
334. Chheharta School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Nagar
DD High School Gobind
335. Chheharta School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Pura
Narangarh Govt School
336. Chheharta School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Chehtra
Medcrad Hospital Tran
337. C Div Hospital hospital 16 - - - 0 0 0
Taran
338. Govt School Nava Kot Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
339. Amar School Nava Kot Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Twinkle Star School
340. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Navakot
Guru Nanak Dev Civil line Government
341. Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Hospital Thana Hospital
Hare Krishna Public
342. School Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Majitha Road Bypass
343. Spring Dale School Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Savan School Devi
Nagar
344. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Fatehgarh Churian
Road
Shiv Deep Public
345. School New Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Nehru Colony

398 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
JK Public School Tung
346. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
bala
347. Govt Public Tung Bala Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Model Study School
348. Tung Bala Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Majitha Road
Govt Sr Secondary
349. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School
Preet Public School
350. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Mustafabad
SS High School
351. Tungbala Guru Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Gobind Sing Nagar
Shivam Public School
352. Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
New
Saranagdhar Sr
353. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Secondary
MahaShakti
Civil line
354. Vidhyabhawan School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Jawahar Road
Bekish Shiksha Modern
355. School Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Vijay Nagar
Bright Way Public
356. Chheharta School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School
Roaming Angels Public
357. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School
Punjab High School Gali
358. School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
no 1
359. Tagore Modern School E Div School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sham Public School
360. Gali 3 Indra Sadar School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Colony Mustafabad

399 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Sunveli School Gopal
361. Nagar Sadar School Schools 11 - - 1 0 0
Tower vali Gali
362. GD Goenika School Cantonment School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
CLH School Islamabad
363. Islamabad School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Dargah
364. CLH School Putligarh Cantonment School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Civil line
365. Ajanta Public School School Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Civil line
366. Parvati Devi Hospital Hospital Hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Civil line
367. Hartej Hospital hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Kamal Mahajan Hathi
368. E Div Market Crime Hotspot 2 - 2 - 0 1
Gate
369. Saren Hospital Sadar Hospital hospital 13 - - 0 0 0
Randhawa Health Care
Center
370. E Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Karta Moti Ram Hathi
Gate
Civil line
371. Adlakha Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Civil line
372. Amandeep Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Uppal Neuro Hospital Civil line
373. Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Rani ka Thana
Civil line
374. Ved Gupta Mall Road market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 0 0
Thana
Gurupreet Hospital 100
375. B Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
ft Road
EMC Hospital Green Civil line
376. Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Avenue Thana
Dr. Diljit Singh Eye Civil line
377. Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Hospital Thana

400 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Civil line
378. TB Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
KD Hospital Circluar Civil line
379. Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Road Thana
Sukh Sagar Hospital Civil line
380. Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Basant Thana
Govt Medical College
Civil line
381. Majitha Hospital hospital 13 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Road Medical Avenue
Chikitsa ENT Hospital
382. E Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 2 0 0
Pink Plaza
383. Apollo Hospital Liberty B Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Kalra Hospital Sultan
384. B Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Wind Road
385 Swift Hospital Sadar Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Vidya Sagar Mental
Civil line Hospital
386. Hospital, hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Gate
Nirankari Colony
Institute Of Mental
Hospital, Civil line Hospital
387. hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Circular Road, Thana Gate
Nirankari Colony
Government Mental
Civil line Hospital
388. Hospital, hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Gate
Circular Road
Civil line
389. Simran Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Civil line
390. Ajit Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Anand Hospital and
391. C Div Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Heart
Civil line
392. Randhawa Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana
Civil line
393. Harpreet Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
Thana

401 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
394. Idh Hospital Hospital hospital 13 - - - 0 0 0
395. Machhi Mandi Market E Div Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 1 0
396. Shimla Market Cantonment Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 1 0
397. Alpha One Mall Maqbulpura Mall Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 3 1 0
Majitha Road
398. Trillium Mall Mall Main Markets Entry 10 - - 1 - 1 0
PS
399. Celebration Mall A Div Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 3 1 0
Sultan Wind Clothes
400. B Div Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 3 1 0
Market
Bhadar Kalimandir Gate Hakima
401. Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 3 1 0
Khajan Gate Thana
Civil line
402. Model Twon Mandir Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 3 1 0
Thana
Civil line
403. Company Bagh Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 3 0
Thana
Civil line
404. Gurunanak Stadium Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 1 0
Thana
Beri Gate Market Pal
405. D Div Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 1 0
Vala Area
406. Putligarh Market Area Cantonment Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 2 1 0
Civil line Government Administrative
407. Puda Bhawan 16 - - - 2 0 0
Thana Office Building
Guru Nanak Nagar,
408. Islamabad Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 1 0
Stree No. 1
409. Chotta Haripur Chawk Islamabad Cross Road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 4 1 0
Bus Stations
410. Amritsar Bus stand A Div Bus Stand 7 6 - - 3 2
Entry/Exit Points
Mahakali Nav Greh Civil line
411. T-Point Traffic Junctions 14 - - 1 - 0 0
Mandir , Sashtri Nagar Thana
Administrative
412. General & Textile Union Cantonment Office Entry 16 - - - 2 0 0
Building
Civil line
413. Suvidha Centre (North Cross Road Govt Assets 17 - - 1 0 0
Thana
IKGPTU Campus
414. Chheharta College Gate Colleges 12 - - - 2 0 0
Amritsar

402 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Central Institute of
Plastics
415. Chheharta College Gate Colleges 12 - - - 2 0 0
Engineering and
Technology
416. Bibek Academy School Sultanwind School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Govt. Sen. Sec School,
417. Islamabad School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Dhapai
Government Girls
Senior
Secondary School,
418. E Div School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Sundar Gali
Bahadur Nagar, Katra
Ahluwalia
Govt Girls Higher
Secondary
School, M S Gate,
419. E Div School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Shivala Road
Katra Bhagian, Hall
Bazar,
Govt high school,
Rajinder
420. Sadar School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Nagar Gali Number 3
Prem Nagar
Government Middle
421. School Islamabad School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Railway B Block
Government Senior
Secondary
422. School, GT Road Chheharta School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Naraingarh, Azad
Nagar
Government High
Civil line
423. School, School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Karampura, E-Block

403 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Govt. High School, Kala
424. Chheharta School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Pind,
Government Girls High
School,
425. C Div School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
M.C.Market, Bhagta
Wala Gate
Government Saragarhi
426. Memorial Secondary C Div School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School
Government Saragarhi
Memorial Secondary
427. C Div school Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
School,
High School
Sarkari Secondary
Gate Hakima
428. School, Katda Hakima, School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Thana
Outside Hakima Gate
Vishav Public High
School,
429. Sadar School Gate Schools 11 - - - 2 0 0
Batala Rd, Guru Nanak
Nagar
Indian Institute of
430. Chheharta College Gate Colleges 12 - - - 2 0
Management,
431. Vallah Mandi Area Mohkampura Market Main Markets Entry 10 - - - 5 3 0
Administrative
432. Civil Hospital A Div Hospital 13 - - - 4 1 0
Building
Civil line Traffic
433. Basant Avenue Market Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions
Civil line Traffic Traffic Congestion
434. Reyato chowk 4 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions Points
Civil line Traffic
435. lawrence cross road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions
DAV college / larence Civil line Traffic
436. Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
road Thana Junctions
Civil line Traffic
437. Dausanda singh chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions

404 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Majitha Road Traffic
438. Trillium mall junction Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions
Majitha Road Traffic Traffic Congestion
439. Ratan singh chowk 4 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions Points
Majitha Road Traffic
440. ESI cross road Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions
Traffic
441. 88 ft Road entry Sadar Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Junctions
Traffic
442. 88FT exit Sadar Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Junctions
Traffic
443. Kabir marg Sadar Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Junctions
Traffic Traffic Congestion
444. Verka bypass Sadar 4 - - - 0 0 0
Junctions Points
Makhan Restraurant Majitha Road Traffic
445. Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
chowk PS Junctions
Majitha Road Traffic
446. SSSS chowk Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions
Majitha Road Traffic Traffic Congestion
447. Joshi colony market 4 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions Points
Circular road (opposite Majitha Road Traffic
448. Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
TSPCL PS Junctions
Musta chowk (Bagh Traffic
449. Sadar Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
chowk) Junctions
Majitha Road Traffic
450. Gala Mala marg Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
PS Junctions
District shopping Civil line Traffic Traffic Congestion
451. 4 - - - 0 0 0
centre Thana Junctions Points
Civil line Traffic
452. C Block market Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions
Civil line Traffic
453. Green Avenue market Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions
Civil line Traffic
454. Amrit nal bagh Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Thana Junctions

405 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Railway station entry Civil line Traffic Railway Stations
455. 6 1 - - 0 0 1
point Thana Junctions Entry/Exit
Railway station exit Civil line Traffic Railway Stations
456. 6 1 - - 0 0 1
point Thana Junctions Entry/Exit
Railway station entry / Civil line Traffic Railway Stations
457. 6 2 - - 0 0 2
exit, B/H Thana Junctions Entry/Exit
Durgiyana mandir Civil line Traffic
458. Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
(Hathi chowk) Thana Junctions
Durgiyana New Civil line Traffic
459. Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 0 0 0
Entrance Thana Junctions
Sultan Wind 100 feet Traffic
460. B Div Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 3 1 0
road Junctions
Traffic
461. Gurunam nagar Sultanwind Traffic Junctions 14 - - - 2 1 0
Junctions
Crime
462. 100 Feet Sowadi Road B Div Crime Hotspot 14 - - - 4 1 0
Hotspot
Sunena Bazar, Guru Crime
463. e Div Crime Hotspot 14 - - - 2 1 0
Bazar Hotspot
Sheeda Sahib Crime
464. Chheharta Crime Hotspot 14 - - - 2 1 0
Gurudwara, ANPR Hotspot
Crime
465. Jahazgarh, ANPR B Div Crime Hotspot 14 - - - 2 1 0
Hotspot
Crime 3
466. Transport nagar B Div Crime Hotspot - - - 2 1 0
Hotspot
Shastri Nagar, Park Civil line 3 -
467. Park Park - - 1 0 0
Lawrence Road Thana
Civil line 3 -
468. Park Canady Avenue Park Park - - 1 0 0
Thana
Dump Dump School, 3 -
469. A Div Park Park - - 1 0 0
Tehsilpura
Kashmir Avenue, Rose 3 -
470. A Div Park Park - - 1 0 0
Garden
Dhingra Complex, Near 3 -
471. Mohkampura Park Park - - 1 0 0
Panj Peer, G.T. Road

406 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Park Chamrang Road, 3 - - -
472. B/S Mata Kauhal B Div Park Park 1 0 0
Hospital
473. Sakatri Bagh C Div Park Park 3 - - 1 - 0 0
Hindu Shaba Sen. Sec. 3 - - -
474. D Div Park Park 1 0 0
School, Amritsar
Shubash Park, Katra 3 - - -
475. E Div Park Park 1 0 0
Sher Singh
Gurbkash Nagar, Green 3 - - -
476. Park, Near Police Islamabad Park Park 1 0 0
Chownki,
Mahadev Vidiya 3 - - -
Civil line
477. Niketan School, A- Park Park 1 0 0
Thana
Block, Ranjit Avenue
Bent Park, Opp MK Civil line 3 - - -
478. Park Park 1 0 0
Hotel Thana
Civil line 3 - - -
479. Golbagh Park Park 1 0 0
Thana
Moon Avenue, Sharma 3 - - -
480. Sadar Park Park 1 0 0
Park
Akash Avenue,Near 3 - - -
481. DhamMandir Near Sadar Park Park 1 0 0
Byepass
Trikoni Park, Rani ka 3 - - -
482. Cantonment Park Park 1 0 0
Bagh
Guruduara Singh Sahib, 3 - - -
483. Rani Ka Bagh, opp. Cantonment Park Park 1 0 0
Park
Government High 3 - - -
Gate Hakima
484. School, Park Park 1 0 0
Thana
Gate Hakima
B-Block, Railway 3 - - -
485. Islamabad Park Park 1 0 0
Colony Park
486. Green Avenue market Park Park 3 - - 1 - 0 0

407 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

Fixed
Priority Panoramic
Police Type of Indoor Outdoor Box PTZ
S. No. Location Name Location Name of 360º ANPR
Station name Location FRS FRS Camera Camera
Location Camera
(GF)
Majitha Road 3 - - -
487. Park Basant Avenue Park Park 1 0 0
PS
Tripti Bala ji Mandir, 3 - - -
488. Green field, Majitha Sadar Park Park 1 0 0
Road
Gopal Nagar Near Hari 3 - - -
489. Mandir, Tanki wali Gali, Sadar Park Park 1 0 0
Majitha Road
Civil line 3 - - -
490. Joshi colony Park Park 1 0 0
Thana
Park Wali tanki, Near 3 - - -
491. Japani Mills, Main Road Chheharta Park Park 1 0 0
Chheharta
Shiva Ji Park, Rani ka 3 - - -
492. Cantonment Park Park 1 0 0
Bagh
PTZ for Public Address System - - - - - 25 0
Total 21 35 75 778 130 72

408 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

10. Annexure III: Air Quality Monitoring Station Locations

Environment
S. No Location Details
Sensor
1. Batala Road – Old Focal Point 1
2. Ranjit Avenue 0arket 1
3. Amritsar Bus Stand 1
4. Sultan Wind Clothes Market 1
5. East Mohan Nagar 1
6. Tarn Taran Road 1

11. Annexure IV: Water Quality Analyzer

Environment
S. No Location Details
Sensor
1. Tung Dhab Drain 1
2. City Outfall Drain 1

409 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

12. Annexure V: Manpower Requirements

12.1 Manpower/Resource Requirements for Operations & Maintenance of

Smart Solutions in Amritsar City
S. No. Role Quantity
1. Project Manager - IT Infrastructure 1
2. Technical Lead - IT Infrastructure 1
3. System Admin - L2 1
4. Network Admin - L2 1
5. Security Specialist - L2 1
6. DB Administrator - L2 1
7. Video Analyst / IP Camera Surveillance Expert - L3 1
8. Software Developer (Full Stack Developer) - L3 1
9. Support Engineer - L1 1
10. Electrical Maintenance Technician 1
11. HVAC Technician 1
12. EMS Engineer - L2 1
13. BMS Engineer - L2 1
14. Security Staff 1
15. Help Desk - L1 1

12.1.1 Project Manager - IT Infrastructure

S. No. Description
B.E. or B. Tech. with MBA or equivalent / M.E. or M.Tech / MCA or higher degree
1.
from a recognised university
Should have experience of working in Government sector with minimum of 2 of
2. large IT infrastructure / Data Centre / Smart City Solutions / Surveillance
projects of similar scale.
3. Should possess Industry accredited certifications like PMP/Prince 2 certified
Minimum 15 years of experience in IT infrastructure out of which at least 8
4.
years in / Data Centre / Smart City Solutions / Surveillance
5. Should have minimum of two years of experience within the organization
Responsible for the overall Contract performance and should not serve in any
6.
other capacity under this Contract
Knowledge of organizing, planning, directing and coordinating the overall
7.
responsibilities
Knowledge of the principles and methodologies associated with program
8. management and expert in use of program management tools like Microsoft
Project
Note: It is presumed that Project Manager has considerable and reasonable executing powers to
take informed decisions for smooth delivery of the Project

410 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

12.1.2 Technical Lead

S. No. Description
B.E. or B. Tech. with MBA or equivalent / M.E. or M.Tech / MCA or higher degree
1.
from a recognised university
Should have experience of working in Government sector as Technical lead in
2. minimum 2 project in IT infrastructure / Data Centre / Smart City Solutions /
Surveillance
Industry accredited certifications like MCSE,MSCD,CCNA or certifications from
3.
OEM products
Minimum 10 years of experience in IT infrastructure out of which at least 5
4.
years in Data Centre / Smart City Solutions / Surveillance projects
5. Should have minimum of two years of experience within the organization
6. Should be PMP/Prince 2 certified
7. Should not serve in any other capacity under this Contract

12.1.3 System Admin - L2

S. No. Description
1. B.E./B. Tech./MCA or higher degree from a recognized university
Microsoft Certification (MCSE) , RHCE or similar certifications in System
2.
Administration tools/platforms/OS specifically used in this project
Minimum 6 years of IT experience out of which 3 years as System Administrator
3.
in large scale Data Centre projects
Experience of installation, configuration, Management and Monitoring of
Windows/Linux based Servers with high availability solutions like clustering /
4.
load balancing of servers, Server Virtualization (using Hyper-V/VMware /Open
Source)
Experience of administration and management of Windows/Linux based
5.
Servers
Extensive Knowledge of IIS Web Server for successful running & administering
WWW, FTP, SMTP etc. services on production environment. Databases like MS
SQL/MySQL/Maria DB/PostgreSQL/Oracle etc. connectivity for applications
running on Web/App servers.
Or
Extensive Knowledge of Apache Web Server, Tomcat & JBoss Application
Server for successful running & administering WWW, FTP, and SMTP etc.
6.
services on production environment. Databases like MySQL/Maria
DB/PostgreSQL/Oracle etc. connectivity for applications running on Web/App
servers.
Or
Extensive Knowledge of DAMP (Drupal + Apache + MySQL + PHP) setup,
Operations & Maintenance for Drupal related server administration covering
administering WWW, FTP, SMTP etc. services on production environment.

411 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Description
Databases like MySQL/Maria DB/PostgreSQL/Oracle etc. connectivity for
applications running on Web/App servers.

12.1.4 Network Admin - L2

S. Np Description
1. B.E./B. Tech./MCA or higher degree from a recognized university
2. Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications
Minimum 6 years of IT experience out of which 3 years as Network
3.
Administrator in Government domain
Must have sound knowledge of switching, routing, QoS, OSPF, BGP, NAT,
4.
Virtual Networks, Net Flow, etc.
5. Must have minimum 3 years of hands on experience with L3 Switches
Must have sound knowledge of system administration, shell scripting, python,
6. ansible, puppet, Application load balancing, routing, IP tables, HTTP/HTTPS,
SSL offloading, web-server, TCP multiplexing, etc.

12.1.5 Security Specialist - L2

S. No. Description
1. B.E./B. Tech./MCA or higher degree from a recognized university
Certified Security Professional with one of the certification, namely,
a) ECSA
b) CEH
2.
c) CISA
d) CISSP
e) OEM certification in security
Minimum 5 years of IT experience out of which at least 3 years as a Security
3.
Administrator in Government sector
4. Knowledge of operating systems, network devices and security devices
5. Knowledge of Networking protocols
6. Knowledge of troubleshooting and management of network technologies
Knowledge of configuration, operations, troubleshooting and resolution of
7. network security appliances such as firewall, IPS, DDoS, SIEM, Anti-Virus, Patch
Management, Application firewall etc.

12.1.6 DB Administrator - L2

S. No. Description
1. B.E./B. Tech./MCA or higher degree from a recognized university
2. Certification in Database Administration
Minimum 6 years of IT experience out of which 3 years as Database
3.
Administrator in Government sector

412 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Description
Experience of installation, configuration, Management and Monitoring of
Windows based Database software i.e. MS SQL Database Server with high
availability solutions like clustering/Mirroring of servers. Creation &
Management of database accounts, Backups/log-shipping.
4.
Or
Experience of installation & configuration of Linux based
MySQL/PostgreSQL/Oracle Database/application Server software with high
availability solutions like Clustering/load balancing/log-shipping of servers
Extensive Knowledge of administration and management of Windows /Linux
5.
based Database Servers. Knowledge of related/dependent OS services.
Knowledge of IIS/Apache/Tomcat Web Server for http services etc. for
6.
integration with Web/Application Server

12.1.7 Video Analyst / IP camera Surveillance Expert - L3

S. No. Description
1. B.E./B. Tech./MCA or higher degree from a recognized university
2. Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications
Minimum 6 years of IT experience out of which 3 years in IP camera / Video
3.
surveillance
Must have sound knowledge of Video Analytics, IP Camera Surveillance, video
4. storage & archiving, command/control display technologies and general
Security system principles and practices
Must have minimum 3 years of hands on experience in IP camera Surveillance/
5. Video Analytics , ability to customize analytics on cameras and integrate with
third party systems
Must have sound knowledge of WAN, LAN, firewall, network switch
6.
technologies and video transmission on IP networks etc.

12.1.8 Software Developer (Full Stack Developer) - L3

S. No. Description
B.E. or B. Tech. with MBA or equivalent / M.E. or M.Tech / MCA or higher degree
1.
from a recognised university
Should have experience of working the IT infrastructure / Data Centre / Smart
2.
City Solutions / Surveillance
Industry accredited certifications like MCSD , Oracle Certified
3.
Expert/Professional
Minimum 8 years’ experience as a Full Stack Developer with experience in
4.
middleware , database integration and front-end development
5. Should have minimum of two years of experience within the organization

413 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Description
Should have minimum 2 years’ experience on projects related to ICCC
6.
command control software used by MSI
7. Should not serve in any other capacity under this Contract
Should have more than 3 years of experience in middleware integration
8.
projects and API based integration

12.1.9 Support Engineer – L1

S. No. Description
B.E./B. Tech./MCA or Diploma in computer science, electrical or electronic or
1.
information technology or computer technology from a recognized university
2. Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications
Minimum 3 years of experience out of which 2 years in L1 computer hardware
3. and software support/LAN/servers/storage/video walls surveillance/IT help
desk support/Video conference
Must have knowledge of Video walls, PC’s, LAN, servers, storage, IP telephony,
4.
help desk,

12.1.10 Electrical Maintenance Engineer

S. No. Description
1. Any Diploma from a recognized university
2. Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications
Minimum 6 years of experience in maintenance electrical substation,
3.
distribution, UPS, DG, other BMS systems
Must have knowledge of basic computer word, excel, BMS software and help
4.
desk
5. Should have a lead a team size of 3 members, at least one project
Should have basic knowledge about frisking, emergency situation response,
6.
records book keeping
7. Should be able to coordinate with different vendors

12.1.11 HVAC Technician

S. No. Description
1. Any Diploma from a recognized university
2. Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications
Minimum 6 years of experience in maintenance of HVAC and other BMS
3.
systems
Must have knowledge of basic computer word, excel, BMS software and help
4.
desk

414 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

S. No. Description
5. Should have a lead a team size of 3 members, at least one project
Should have basic knowledge about frisking, emergency situation response,
6.
records book keeping
7. Should be able to coordinate with different vendors

12.1.12 EMS Support Engineer – L2

S. No. Description
1. Any Engineer from a recognized university
Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications in EMS
2.
Software and Hardware
Minimum 3 years of experience in EMS solutions for data centre by managing
3. and monitoring servers, database, network , security components and their
SLA monitoring
Must have knowledge of good knowledge of computer word, excel, EMS
4. software, help desk and incident management. Shall be responsible for
generating SLA reports on regular basis

12.1.13 BMS Support Engineer – L2

S. No. Description
1. Any Engineer from a recognized university
Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications in BMS
2.
Software and Hardware
Minimum 3 years of experience in maintenance electrical distribution, UPS, DG,
3. HVAC, IP camera, other BMS systems using software based integrated BMS
monitoring solutions
Must have knowledge of good knowledge of computer word, excel, BMS
4.
software , help desk and incident management

12.1.14 Helpdesk Staff

S. No. Description
1. Any Diploma from a recognized university
Respective OEM Certified Professional or equivalent certifications in Helpdesk
2.
Software functions
Minimum 3 years of experience in IT Helpdesk functions , with proficiency in
3.
Hindi, English and Punjabi
Must have knowledge of basic computer word, excel, Helpdesk software and
4.
Incident Management

415 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

12.1.15 Security Staff

S. No. Description
1. Any Diploma from a recognized university or 10th standard Pass
2. Should have completed security services related training for 1 month

416 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

13. Annexure VI: Location Details of Public Address System

S. No Nale of the Location Quantity
1. Hall bazaar 3
2. Saragadi Parking (Below) 1
3. Heritage walk 1
4. Crystal chowk 1
5. Queens road 2
6. Giani Tea Stall 1
7. Putligarh – kichloo chowk – Khandwala chowk (20 mtrs - 30 mtrs) 1
9. Durgiana mandir 1
10. Lohgarh chowk 1
11. Bus stand (In gate, out gate, Center) 3
12. Railway station (In gate, out gate, Parking) 3
13. Link road 1
14. Malls – Celebration, Alpha, Trillium 3
15. Majitha road (Makkan restaurant) 1
16. Gurudwara Shaidwara sahid 1
17. Islamabad flyover 1

417 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

14. Annexure VII: Location Details of Public Address System

I. All the network cameras supplied must be certified for: FCC , CE and UL (
Certificates to be enclosed)
II. The network cameras for 720P HD and 1080P HD supplied must meet the SMTPE
video standards: SMTPE 296M (HDTV 720p) & SMTP 274M HDTV 1080P).
III. The network cameras supplied must meet either of below conditions on
compression standards:
· ISO/IEC 23008–2, ITU-T H.265 or
· ISO/IEC 14496-10 AVC (H.264) video compression standards with suitable
optimization to achieve 3 Mbps or lower bit rate at 1920X1020 resolution at 30
FPS.
IV. The network cameras supplied must meet the IEC 60529 (IP66) environmental
protection standards.
V. The network cameras supplied must be manufactured in accordance with the ISO
9001&14000 standards.
VI. The network cameras supplied must be compliant with 2002/95/RoHS.
VII. The Camera Shall Support 3rd Party Edge Analytics
VIII. The cameras shall support the use of HTTPS and SSL/TLS, providing the ability to
upload signed certificates to encrypt and secure authentication and communication
of both administration data and video streams.
IX. The unit shall provide centralized certificate management, with both pre-installed
CA certificates and the ability to upload additional CA certificates. The certificates
shall be signed by an organization providing digital trust services.
X. The Camera shall support IEEE 802.1X authentication, Password protection, IP
address filtering, HTTPS encryption, Digest authentication, User access log,
Centralized certificate management
XI. The camera shall be fully supported by an open and published API (Application
Programmers Interface), which shall provide necessary information for integration
of functionality into third party applications.
XII. The implemented API shall be standardized and supported by all network video
products offered by the manufacturer
XIII. The PTZ network surveillance cameras must have minimum RAM on processor 512
MB RAM, 128 MB Flash or better for better performance of the camera.
XIV. The network surveillance cameras must support minimum On Board Edge storage
of 128 GB or better.
XV. The specified unit shall be of manufacturer’s official product line, designed for
commercial and/or industrial 24/7/365 use.
XVI. The specified unit shall be based upon standard components and proven technology
using open and published protocols and adopt to industry established standards.
XVII. All cameras must comply with ONVIF Profile S standard or better.
XVIII. Firmware/software upgrades are to be provided by the OEM free of cost during the
warranty period and AMC Period. Undertaking from OEMs to be provided on their
Letter head

418 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

XIX. All the major components of the CCTV systems shall be latest but field-proven and
shall not be End-of-Life / Outdated; the same shall have to be supported by
concerned OEM for at-least 5 years’ period from the date of supply.
XX. All the cameras shall have 5 Years OEM warranty and the same shall be submitted
on OEM Letter head.
XXI. Cameras shall be fully supported by an open and published API (Application
Programmers Interface), which shall provide necessary information for integration
of functionality into third party applications.
XXII. Camera OEM to be present in India for at least 7 years and a subsidiary of the parent
company and not through Joint venture or Distributor. Camera OEM should submit
a declaration letter along with letter of incorporation confirming the same.
XXIII. OEM of CCTV shall provide RMA Support response in 4 Working days with Advance
Replacement Policy and shall provide duly certified document by
OEM/Manufacturer.
XXIV. All the cameras shall have ability to change the GOP/ GOV for Bit rate optimization.
XXV. All Fixed cameras shall have ability to select user defined shape for motion
detection to include or exclude area to reduce false alarms, bandwidth and storage.
XXVI. All cameras shall have ability to send and receive triggers to perform any action
without intervention of VMS.
XXVII. Vendor should submit technical compliance on OEM letterhead for all major items
i.e. Camera, VMS, Switch, Wireless, Storage and passive items.
XXVIII. Bidder Should Submit Valid authorization in original form from all major Items i.e.
Camera, VMS, Switch, Wireless, Storage and passive items
XXIX. Minimum 3 streams required from the camera.
XXX. Camera OEM to have at least 15 employees in India and a local RMA centre. OEM's
Service tax registration document clearly mentioning service tax no. to be given as
proof.
XXXI. MAC address of the cameras should be in the name of the CCTV OEM company
supplying the cameras. Declaration to be submitted along with MAF. To be cross-
verified at the time of POC.
XXXII. Bidder along with OEMs of major items (like IP Camera of all types, VMS, Video
Analytics, Servers, Storages, switches etc.) should not be blacklisted by any
Ministry under Government of India or by Government of any State in India or any
of the Government PSUs as on tender floating date. Certificate / affidavit
mentioning that the Bidder is not blacklisted by any Ministry under Government of
India or by Government of any State in India or any of the Government PSUs.
XXXIII. OEM of IP camera must be ISO 9001:2008 certified. Documentary proof to be
submitted.

419 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

15. Annexure VIII: Indicative ICCC Room Layout

420 | P a g e Private & Confidential

DPR for Implementation and Maintenance of Smart Solutions ASCL

421 | P a g e Private & Confidential